Oas Treaty Series N°-35

OAS

TREATY SERIES

N°-35 TREATY SERIES NO. 35

TREATIES AND CONVENTIONS SIGNED AT THE SIXTH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF AMERICAN STATES

Habana, Cuba, January 16 - February 20, 1928

PAN AMERICAN UNION Washington, D. C., 1950 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Convention on status of aliens ...... 1

C onvention on asylum ...... 4 Convention on consular agents ...... 6

Convention on diplomatic officers ...... 10

Convention on maritime neutrality ...... 14 Convention on duties and rights of States in the event of civil strife 19

Convention on treaties ...... 21 Convention on commercial aviation ...... 25

Revision of the Convention of Buenos Aires on the protection of literary and artistic copyright ...... 33

Convention on private international law (Bustamante Code) ..... 36

Convention on the Pan American Union ...... 76 )xVan~rniIII IKI KK

_ ,_

AVfrl 9V'h-Vd

___ I KK '

SalvVqU2.1V2 AOflQSXOHI . * I

VT¢,,'Z'.L.9 = ,! ¢

SI.LVIL. (IllNI.l - "- VV31 -:

S~ OfXlO.LJH = ; - :! I _=

- .o TlIIIIJ - z "

VIltto1lo.J - . -_ ,, I_: Z - = A-,. - -

AI -10imi" . IA 7z'- *.1. -- A 1. 1-,. *fl - -

U .-. DFim

,, I - . - .

--_ - I _ F-. -, - CONVENTION STATUS OF ALIENS

The Governments of the States of Brazil: lail Fernandes, Lindolfo Col- America, being desirous of fixing the lor, Alarico da Silveira, Samnpaio Correa, rules they must observe for the granting Eduardo lEspialola. of asylum, in their mutual relations have Argentina: lonorio Pueyrredda (Laler agreed to establish them in a Convention rcsiflned), Laturentino Olascoaga, Felipe and to that end have appointed as A. Espil. Plenipotentiaries: Parag/u(ay: Lisaudr Dliaz Lee. Peru: Jesbs Melquiades Salazar, Victor Haiti: Fernando D~ennis, Charles lIi- Mabtrtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, houl. Luis Ernesto Denegri. Dominican Republic: Francisco .1. Pey- Uruguay: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan nado, GustAM'(o A. l)Iz, Ellas Blrache, Jos6 Am6zaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Angel Morales, Twlio M. Cestero, lRicardo Erasmo Callorda. Ph6'ez Alfonseca, Jacinto It. de Castro, Panama: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Federico C. Alvarez. Chiari. United States of .1nerica: Charles Ecuador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Evans Ilughes, Nolh lerandon Judah, Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, Mexico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan 1. O'Brien, zlez {oa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, Elorduy. Leo S. Rowe. El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, II6tor Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. Orestes Ferrara, Enrique lHernlndez Car- Guatemnla: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo taya, ,hos6 Manuiel Cortina, Aristides Alvarado Tello, Lois Beltranena, Jos6 Aguero, .Jos6 It. Alemin, Manuel M14r- Azurdia. quez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, Ndstor Nicaragua:Carlos Cuadra Pazos, ,Joa- Carbonell, ,iesiis Maria Barraqu6. quin G6mez, IMAxinlo II. Zepeda. Who, after exchanging their respective Boliviat: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa full powers, found to be in good and due du Rels. form, have agreed oi the following: Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- Aur iwi I. It is not permissible for cisco Gerardo Yams, IRafael Angel Arraiz. States to grant asluy t in legations, war- Colombia: Enrique ()laya tIhrera, Je- ships, military camps or military aircraft, fis M. Yepes, Rohl'rto Urdalneta Abe- to persons accused or condemned for Mlez, Ricardo Guti6rrez Lee. common crimes, or to deserters from the londuras: Fausto DIvila, Mariano army or navy. Vztzquez. Persons accused of or condemned for Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, common crinies taking refuge in any of J. Rafael ()reamuno, Arturo Tinoco. Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Al- the places mentioned in the preceding varez, Carlos Silva Vildl6sola, Manuel paragraph, shall be surrendered upon Bianchi. request of the local government. Should said persons take refuge in Fifth: While enjoying asylum, refugees foreign territory, surrender shall be shall not be allowed to perform acts brought about through extradition, but contrary to the public peace. only in such eases and in the form es- Sixth: States are under no obligation tablished by the respective treaties and to defray expenses incurred by one conventions or by the constitution and granting asylum. laws of the country of refuge. Awrci.u 3. The present Convention An'ricLE 2. Asylum granted to political does not affect obligations previously offenders in legations, warships, military undertaken by the contracting parties camps or military aircraft, shall be through international agreements. respected to the extent in which allowed, ArTICLL 4. After being signed, the pres- as a right or through humanitarian ent Convention shall be submitted to toleration, by the usages, the conventions the ratification of the signatory States. or the laws of the country in which The Government of Cuba is charged with granted and in accordance with the transmitting authentic certilied copies following provisions: to the Governments for the aforemen- First: Asylum may not be granted tioned purpose of ratification. The in- except in urgent cases and for the period strument of ratification shall be deposited of time strictly indispensable for the in the archives of the Pan American Union person who has sought asylum to ensure in Washington, the Union to notify the in some other way his safety. signatory governments of said deposit. Second: Immediately upon granting Such notilication shall be considered as asylum, the diplomatic agent, commander of a warship, or military camp or aircraft, an exchange of ratifications. This Con- shall report the fact to the Minister of vention shall remain open to the ad- Foreign Relations of the State of the herence of non-signatory States. person who has secured asylum, or to the In witness whereof, the aforenamed local administrative authority, if the Plenipotentiaries sign the present Con- act occurred outside the capital. vention in Spanish, English, French and Third: The Government of the State Portuguese, in the city of Habana, the may require that the refugee be sent 20th day of February, 1928. out of the national territory within the shortest time possible; and the diplo- Reservation of the Delegation of the United matic agent of the country who has States of America granted asylum may in turn require the The Delegation of the United States guaranties necessary for the departure of America, in signing the present Con- of the refugee with due regard to the inviolability of his person, from the vention, establishes an explicit reserva- country. tion, placing on record that the United Fourth: Refugees shall not be landed States does not recognize or subscribe in any point of the national territory nor to as part of international law, the so in any place too near thereto. called doctrine of asylum. CONVENTION CONSULAR AGENTS

The Governments of the Republics Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Al- represented at the Sixth International varez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel Conference of American States, held in Bianchi. the city of Habana, Republic of Cuba, Brazil: Raffl Fernandes, Lindolfo Col- in the year nineteen hundred and twenty- lor, Alarico di Silveira, Sampaio Correa. eight, desirous of defining the duties, Eduardo Espinola. rights, prerogatives and immunities of Arge tina: 11onorio Pueyrred6n (Later Consular Agents, in accordance with the resigned), Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe usages and agreements on the matter; A. Espil. Have decided to conclude a Convention Paraguay: Lisandro Diaz .en. to that end and have appointed the Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles li- following Plenipotentiaries: boul. Peru: Jesfis Melquiades Salazar, Victor Dominican Republic: Francisco J. Pey- Matirtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, nado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Luis Ernesto Denegri. Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cestero, Ricardo Uruguay: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan Pdrez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Castro, Jose Amdzaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Federico C. Alvarez. Erasmo Callorda. United States of America: Charles Panama: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Chiari. Ecuador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O'Brien, Mexico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, zilez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles Leo S. Rowe. Elorduy. Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, Hector Orestes Ferrara, Enrique Hermnndez Car- David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. taya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo Agoiero, Jos6 B. Alemtn, Manuel Mfir- Alvarado TeHo, Luis Beltranena, Jose quez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, N6stor Azurdia. Carbonell, Jesds Maria Barraqu6. Nicaragua:Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Joa- quin G6mez, Mfiximo H. Zepeda. Who, after having deposited their full Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa powers, found to be in good and due form, du Rels. have agreed to the following provisions: Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- Section I.-Appointments and functions cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. Colombia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Je- ARTICLE 1. States may appoint in the sils M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta Arbe- territory of others, with the express or lAcz, Ricardo Gutidrrez Lee. tacit consent of the latter, consuls who Honduras: Fausto Dfivila, Mariano shall there represent and defend their Vfzquez. commercial and industrial interests and Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Peeche, J. render to their nationals such assistance Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. and protection as they may need. ARTICLE 2. The form and requirements cases, it shall not have recourse to this for appointment, the classes and the rank measure without previously attempting of the consuls, shall be regulated by the to obtain from the consul's Government domestic laws of the respective State. his recall. ARTICLE 3. Unless consented to by the ARTICLE 9. In case of the death, dis- State where he is to serve, one of its ability or absence of consular agents, nationals may not act as consul. The any of the assistant employees whose granting of an exequatur implies such official positon has been previously made consent. known to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs ARTICLE 4. The consul having been or the Department of State, may tem- appointed, the State shall forward porarily assume the consular functions; through diplomatic channels to the other while thus engaged he shall enjoy all the State the respective commission which and prerogatives corresponding to the shall contain the name, category and permanent official. authority of the appointee. ARTICLE 10. Consuls shall exercise tile As to a vice consul or commerical functions that the law of their State agent appointed by the respective consul, confers upon them, without prejudice where there is authorization by law, the to the legislation of the country where commission shall be issued and com- they are serving. municated to the latter. AwrICLE Ii. In the exercise of their ARTICLE 5. States may refuse to accept functions, consuls shall (teal directly consuls appointed in their territory or with the authorities of their district. subject the exercise of consular functions Should their representations not be to certain special obligations. heeded, they may then pursue them ARTICLE 6. The consul can be recog- before the Government of the State nized as such only after having presented through the intermediary of their diplo- his commission and obtained the exequa- matic representative, but should not com- tur of the State in whose territory he is to municate directly with the Government serve. Provisional recognition can be except in the absence or non-existence of granted upon the request of the legation a diplomatic representative. of the consul pending the delivery in due ARTICLE 12. In case of the absence of a form of the exequatur. diplomatic representative of the consul's Officials appointed under the terms of State, the consul may undertake such Article 4 are likewise subject to this diplomatic actions as the Government of formality and in such case it rests with the State in which he functions may per- the respective consul to request the mit in such cases. exequatur. ARTICLE 13. A person duly accredited ARTICLE 7. The exequatur having been for the purpose may combine diplomatic obtained, it shall be presented to the representation and the consular function authorities of the consular district, who provided the State before which he is shall protect the consul in the exercise accredited consents to it. of his functions and guarantee to him the immunities to which he is entitled. Section II.-Prerogativecs of Consuls ARTICLE 8. The territorial Govern- ARTICLE 14. In the absence of a special ment may at any time withdraw the agreement between two nations, the con- consul's exequatur, but, except in urgent sular agents who are nationals of the State appointing them, shall neither be sular agents; neither shall they examine arrested nor prosecuted except in the nor seize, under any pretext whatsoever, cases when they are accused of commit- documents or other objects found in a ting an act classed as a crime by local consular office. No consular officer shall legislation. be required to present his official files ARTICLE 15. In criminal cases, the pros- before the courts or to make declaration ecution or the defense may request with respect to their contents. attendance of consular agents at the When consular agents are engaged in trial, as witnesses. This request must be business within the territory of the State made with all possible consideration to where they are exercising their duties, consular dignity and to the duties of the the files and documents of the consulate consular office and shall be complied with shall be kept in a place entirely separate by the consular official. from the one where private or business Consular agents shall be subject to the papers are kept. jurisdiction of the courts in civil cases, ARTICLE 19. Consuls are obliged to although with the limitation that when deliver, upon the simple requestL of the the consul is a national of his State and local authorities, persons accused or con- is not engaged in any private business demned for crimes who may have sought with purposes of gain, his testimony refuge in the consulate. shall be taken either verbally or in writ- An1TrCbi, 20. Consular agents, as well ing, at his residence or office, with all the as the employees of the consulate who are consideration to which he is entitled. nationals of the State appointing them, The consul may, nevertheless, of his not engaged in business with purposes of own free will appear as a witness when gain, in the State where they perform such appearance does not seriously hinder their functions, shall be exempt from all the discharge of his official duties. national, state, provincial or municipal ARTICLE 16. Consuls are not subject to taxes levied upon their person or property, local jurisdiction for acts done in their except such taxes as may apply to the official character and within the scope possession or ownership of real estate of their authority. In case a private located in the State where discharging individual deems himself injured by the their duties or to the proceeds of the consul's action, he must submit his com- same. Consular agents and employees plaint to the Government, which, if it who are nationals of the State they repre- considers the claim to be relevant, shall sent, are exempt from taxes on the sal- make it valid through diplomatic chan- aries, honorariums or wages which they nels. receive in return for their consular ser- ARTICLE 17. In respect to unofficial vices. acts, consuls arc subject, in civil as well Aa'rIMCL 21. The employee who sub- as in criminal matters, to the jurisdiction stitutes for the consular agent in his of the State where they exercise their absence, or for another cause, shall enjoy functions. during his temporary term of office the ARTICLE 18. The official residence of the same immunities and prerogatives as the consuls and places used for the consulate's latter. offices and archives are inviolable and in ArIcLE 22. Consuls engaged in busi- no case may the local authorities enter ness or exercising other functions apart them without the permission of the con- from those pertaining to their consular duties are subject to local jurisdiction in vention in Spanish, English, French and all their activities not pertaining to the Portuguese, in the city of Habana, the consular service. 20th day of February, 1928.

Section III.-Suspension and Termination Reservation of the Delegation of Venezuela of Consular Functions On behalf of the Government that I represent, I make ARTICLE 23. Consular agents suspend a reservation with their functions because of illness or leave respect to the coincidence of diplomatic of absence, and terminate their office: and consular functions in the same person, a) by death; because it is totally opposed to our b) by retirement, resignation or dis- tradition, maintained since it was es- missal; and tablished until the present time, in a way c) by the cancellation of the exequatur. that admits of no change. ARTICLE 24. The present Convention does not affect obligations previously RESERVATIONS MADE AT TIHE TIME undertaken by tile contracting parties OF RA''IFICATION through international agreements. Doniinican Republic: AnICLI. 25. After being signed, the InI approving the present Convention, present Convention shall be submitted to the National Congress, on behalf of fihe the ratification of the signatory States. ilepnlbic, makes the following reserva- The Government of Cuba is charged with tions: it. declines to a)prove Articles 12, transmitting authentic certified copies 15, 16, 1N, 20 and 21; and it makes clear to the Governments for the aforemen- that, in Article 1H, the word "crime" is tioned purpose of ratification, The instru- to be interpreted in it broad sense, and ment of ratification shall be deposited in includes, therefore, "delicts, crimes, and the archives of the Pan American Union infractions"; and in Article 17 the ex- in Washington, the Union to notify the pression "criminal matters" includes all signatory governments of said deposit. "penal matters." Such notification shall be considered as an exchange of ratifications. This Con- NOTE: Reservations of the Dominican vention shall remain open to the adher- Republic were not accepted by the ence of non-signatory States. Government of the United States, and the latter does not regard the convention In witness whereof, the aforenamed to be in effect between the United States Plenipotentiaries sign the present Con- and the Dominican Republic. CONVENTION DIPLOMATIC OFFICERS

The Governments of the Republics accepted by all nations, and have desig- represented at the Sixth International nated the following Plenipotentiaries: Conference of American States, held in Peru:Jess Melquiades Salazar, Victor the city of Habana, Republic of Cuba, Mairtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, the year 1928, being aware that one of Luis Ernesto Denegri. the most important matters in the field Uruguay: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan of international relations is that per- Jos6 Am6zaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro taining to the rights and duties of diplo- Erasmo Callorda. matic officers, which should be regulated Panama: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo in accordance with the conditions of Chiari. economic, political and international life Ecuador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor of nations; Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. Realizing the desirability that such Mexico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- regulation be effected pursuant to the new zilez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles trends on the matter; Elorduy. Recognizing that diplomatic officers do El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, Il6ctor not in any case represent the person of David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. the chief of State but only their Govern- Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo ment and that they must be accredited Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, Jos6 to a recognized Government, and acknowl- Azurdia. edging the fact that diplomatic officers Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Joa- represent their respective States and quin Gdmez, Mhxino H. Zepeda. should not claim immunities which are Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa not essential to the discharge of their du Rels. official duties, and acknowledging also Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- that it would seem desirable that either cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. the officer himself or the State represented Colombia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Je- by him renounce diplomatic immunity sfis M. Yepes, Roberto Urdancta Arbe- whenever touching upon a civil action lAez, Ricardo Gutid'rcz Lee. entirely alien to the fulfillment of his Honduras: Fausto Diivila, Mariano mission; Vzquez. There being no possibility, neverthe- Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, less, at the present moment, of agreeing J. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. to general stipulations which although Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Al- forming a well-defined trend in interna- varez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel tional relations sometimes conflict with Bianehi. the established practices of various States Brazil: Rafl Fernandes, Lindolfo Col- in a contrary sense; lor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio Correa, Therefore and until a more complete Eduardo Espinola. regulation of the rights and duties of Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n (Later diplomatic officers can be formulated; resigned), Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe A. Have decided to conclude a Conven- Espil. tion incorporating the principles generally Paraguay: Lisandro Diaz Le6n. 10 Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Ri- and regulations of the country to which boul. the officers are accredited. Dominican Republic: Francisco J. Pey- ARTICLE 4. In addition to the functions nado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, indicated in their credentials, ordinary Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cestero, Ri- officers possess the attributes which the cardo Pdrez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Cas- laws and decrees of the respective coun- tro, Federico C. Alvarez. tries may confer upon them. They should United States of America: Charles exercise their attributes without coming Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, into conflict with the laws of the country Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, to which they are accredited. Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O'Brien, ARTICLE 5. Every State may entrust James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, its representation before one or more Leo S. Rowe. governments to a single diplomatic offi- Cuba: Antonio S. do Bustamante, cer. Orestes Ferrara, Enrique Hern~ndez Car- Several States may entrust their repre- taya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides sentation before another to a single diplo- Agfero, Josd B. Alem~n, Manuel Mdr- matic officer. quez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, N~stor ARTICLE 6. Diplomatic officers, duly Carbonell, Jesdis Maria Barraqu6. authorized by their governments, may, with the consent of the local government, Who, after having deposited their full and upon the request of a State not powers, found to be in good and due represented by an ordinary officer before form, have agreed on the following pro- the latter Government, undertake the visions: temporary or accidental protection of the General provision interests of the said State. 7. States are free in the selec- Aa'rcL 1. States have the right of ARTICLE tion of their diplomatic officers; but they being represented before each other may not invest with such functions the through diplomatic officers. nationals of at State in which the mission Section .- Chiefs of Mission must function, without its consent. ARTICLE 2. Diplomatic officers are ARTICLE S. No State may accredit its classed as ordinary and extraordinary. diplomatic officers to other States with- Those who permanently represent the out previous agreement with the latter. Government of one State before that of States may decline to receive an officer another are ordinary. from another or, having already accepted Those entrusted with a special mission him, may request his recall, without or those who are accredited to represent being obliged to state the reasons for the Government in international confer- such a decision. ences and congresses or other interna- Aa'rICLE 9. Extraordinary diplomatic tional bodies are extraordinary. officers enjoy the same prerogatives and ARTICLE 3. Except as concerns prece- immunities as ordinary ones. dence and etiquette, diplomatic officers, Section If.-Personnel of Missions whatever their category, have the same rights, prerogatives and immunities. ARTICLE 10. Each mission shall have Etiquette depends upon diplomatic the personnel determined by its Gov- usages in general as well as upon the laws ernment. ARTICLE I1. When diplomatic officers obliged to deliver to the competent local are absent from the place where they authority that requests it any person ac- exercise their functions or find it impossi- cused or condemned for ordinary crimes, ble to discharge them, they shall be who may have taken refuge in the mis- substituted for temporarily by persons sion. designated for that purpose by their ARTICLE 18. Diplomatic officers shall Government. he exempt in the State to which they are accredited: Section III.-Duties of Diplomatic 1. From all personal taxes, either Officers national or local; ARTICLE 12. Foreign diplomatic officers 2. From all land taxes on the building may not participate in the domestic or of the mission, when it belongs to the foreign politics of the State in which they respective government; exercise their functions. 3. From customs duties on articles ARTICLE 13. Diplomatic officers shall, intended for the oflicial use of the mission in their official communications, address or for the personal use of the diplomatic themselves to the Minister of Foreign officer or of his family. Relations or Secretary of State of the AiTiCLE 19. Diplomatic officers are country to which they are accredited. exempt from all civil or criminal juris- Communications to other authorities diction of the State to which they are shall also be made through the said Min- accredited; they may not, except in the ister or Secretary. case when duly authorized by their government, waive immiunity, be prosecuted Section IV.-Imunities and or tried unless it be by the courts of their Prerogatives of Diplomatic Of/icers own country. ARTICLE 14. Diplomatic officers shall ARTICLE 20. The immunity from juris- be inviolate as to their persons, their diction survives the tenure of office of residence, private or official, and their diplomatic officers in so far as regards property. This inviolability covers: actions pertaining thereto; it may not, a) All classes of diplomatic officers; however, be invoked in respect to other b) The entire official personnel of the actions except while discharging their diplomatic mission; diplomatic functions. c) The members of the respective ARTICLE 21. Persons enjoying immu- families living under the same roof; nity from jurisdiction may refuse to d) The papers, archives and corres- appear as witnesses before the territorial pondence of the mission. courts. ARTICLE 15. States should extend to ARTICLE 22. Diplomatic officers enter diplomatic officers every facility for the upon the enjoyment of their immunity exercise of their functions and especially from the moment they pass the frontier to the end that they may freely commu- of the State where they are going to nicate with their governments. serve and make known their position. ARTICLE 16. No judicial or adminis- The immunities shall continue during trative functionary or official of the State the period that the mission may be sus- to which the diplomatic officer is accred- pended, and, even after it shall be ter- ited may enter the domicile of the latter, minated, for the time necessary for the or of the mission, without his consent. officer to be able to withdraw with the ARTICLE 17. Diplomatic officers are mission. AwrcMr 23. Persons belonging to tile the two countries shall terminate the mission shall also enjoy the same immu- mission of the diplomatic officers. nities and prerogatives in the States ALrrtcLx 26. Ti present Conention which they cross to arrive at their post does not affect olbligations previously or to return to their own country, or in undertaken by the contracting parties a State where they may casually be dur- through international agreements. ing the exercise of their functions and to AIrtCL 27. After being signed, the whose Government they have made present Convention shall be submitted known their position. to the ratification of the signatory States. AlrrICLE 24. In case of death of the The Government of Cttl;a is charged with diplomatic officer, his family shall con- transnitting authentic certified copies to tinue to enjoy the immunities for a the Governments for the afot atentioned reasonable term, until they may leave purpose of ratification. The instroment of the State. ratification shall be dleposited in he archives of the Pan American Union in Section V.-Termination of the Wtashington, the Union to notify tile Diplomatic Mission signatory governments of snid deposit. ArIcLr 25. The mission of the diplo- Such notification shall be considered as matic officer ends: an exchange of ratilicttions. This ( on- 1. By the official notification of the vention shall remain open to the adher- officer's Government to the other Gov- ence of the non-signatory States. ernment that the officer has terminated his functions; In witness whereof, the aforenamed 2. By the expiration of the period Plenipotentiaries sign the present Con- fixed for the completion of the mission; vention in Sipanish, Inglish, l'renchi and 3. By the solution of the matter, if Portuguese, in tle city of I tlmime, tile the mission had leen created for a parti- 20th day of February, 1928. cular question; 4. By the delivery of passports to the IiESEVATI'vrtONS .MAl)E AT rTile TIAI officer by the Government to which lie is OIF RATIFICA'ION accredited; Chile: 5. By the request for his passports made by the diplomatic officer to the With tile reservation that the excep- Government to which lie is accredited. tion established in No. 3 of Article 18 In the above mentioned eases, a reas- shall be stibordimeatecl to tile plrovisions onable period shall he given the diplo- which govern the subject unider Chilean matic officer, the official personnel of the IlaV. mission, and their respective families, to )omiihican Rcptblic: quit the territory of thc State; and it shall be the duty of the Government to The scope of No. 3 of Article 18, with which the officer was acerelited to see regardhto exempt ion from CustlIms duties that during this time none of them is on articles intended for the personal use molested nor injured in his person or of the diplomatic official or of his family, property. shall be understood as limited by the pro- Neither the death or resignation of the visions intlhe matter which may be estab- head of the State nor the change of Gov- lished by the customs laws of the Re- ernment or political regime of either of public. CONVENTION MARITIME NEUTRALITY

The Governments of the Republics Panama: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo represented at the Sixth International Chiari. Conference of American States, held in Ecuador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor the city of Habana, Republic of Cuba, in Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. the year 1928; Alexico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- Desiring that, in case war breaks out ztilez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles between two or more States the other Elorduy. States may, in the service of peace, offer El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, HIdetor their good offices or mediation to bring David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. the conflict to an end, without such an Guatenala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo action being considered as an unfriendly Alvarado Tello, Luis lieltranena, *los6 act; Azurdia. Convinced that in case this aim cannot Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, be attained, neutral States have equal Joaquin G6mez, Mltximo 11. Zepeda. interest in having their rights respected Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa by the billigerents; du Rels. Considering that neutrality is the jurid- Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- ical situation of States which do not cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. take part in the hostilities, and that it Colombia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, creates rights and imposes obligations of ,lesds M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta impartiality, which should be regulated; Arbeltiez, Ricardo Guti6rrez Lee. Recognizing that international soli- Honduras: Fausto Divila, Mariano darity requires that the liberty of Vzquez. commerce should be always respected, Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, J. avoiding as far as possible unnecessary Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. burdens for the neutra!s; Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Al- It being convenient, that as long as vp.rez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel this object is not reached, to reduce those Bianchi. burdens as much as possible; and Brazil: Radl Fernandes, Lindolfo In the hope that it will be possible to Collor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio regulate the matter so that all interests Correa, Eduardo Espinola. concerned may have every desired Argentina: Honorio Pucyrred6n (Later guaranty; resigned), Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe Have resolved to formulate a Conven- A. Espil. tion to that effect and have appointed Paraguay: Lisandro Diaz Le6n. the following Plenipotentiaries: Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Peru: Jesds Melquiades Salazar, Victor Riboul. Madirtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, Dominican Republic: Francisco J. Luis Ernesto Denegri. Peynado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Uruguay:Jaeobo Varela Acevedo, Juan Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cestero, Ri- Jos6 Am6zaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro cardo Pdrcz Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Erasmo Callorda. Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. United States of America: Charles trality shall be made in accordance with Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, the procedure which best suits the State Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, effecting it and at the expense of the Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O'Brien, transgressing ship. Said State, except in James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, the case of grave fault on its part, is rot Leo S. Rowe. responsible for damages which tile vessel Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustaniante, may sutffer. Orestes Ferrara, Enrique HernAndez Section 1.-Duties and Ifights Cartaya, Josd Manuel Cortina, Aristides Agilero, Josd B. Alemgn, Manuel Mur- of Belligerents quez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, Nstor ARTICLE 3. Belligerent States are obli- Carbonell, Jesals Maria Barraqu6. gated to refrain from performing acts of war in neutral waters or other acts which Who, after having presented their may constitute on the part of the State credentials, which were found in good that tolerates them, a violation of neu- and correct form, have agreed upon the trality. following provisions: ARTICLE 4. Under the terms of the Section 1.-Freedom of Commerce preceding article, a belligerent State is in Time of War forbidden: a) To make use of neutral waters as ARTICLE 1. The following rules shall a base of naval operations against the govern commerce in time of war: enemy, or to renew or augment military 1. Warships of the belligerents have supplies or the armament of its ships, or the right to stop and visit on the high to complete the equipment of the latter; seas and in territorial waters that are not b) To install in neutral waters radio- neutral any merchant ship with the ob- telegraph stations or any other apparatus ject of ascertaining its character and which may serve as a mnals of communi- nationality and of verifying whether it cation with its military forces, or to make conveys cargo prohibited by international use of installations (if this kind it may law or has committed any violation of have established before the war and blockade. If the merchant ship does not which may not have been opened to the heed the signal to stop, it may be pur- public. sued by the warship and stopped by ARTICLE 5. Belligerent warships are force; outside of such a case the ship forbidden to remain in the ports or cannot be attached unless, after being waters of a neutral State more than hailed, it fails to observe the instructions twenty-four hours. This provision will be given it. communicated to the ship as soon as it The ship shall not be rendered incapa- arrives in port or in the territorial waters, ble of navigation before the crew and and if already there at the time of the passengers have been placed in safety. declaration of war, as soon as the neutral 2. Belligerent submarines are subject State becomes aware of this declaration. to the foregoing rules. If the submarine Vessels used exclusively for scientific, cannot capture the ship while observing religious, or philanthropic purposes are these rules, it shall not have the right to exempted from the foregoing provisions. continue to attack or to destroy the ship. A ship may extend its stay in port ARTICLE 2. Both the detention of the more than twenty-four hours in case of vessel and its crew for violation of neu- damage or bad conditions at sea, but must depart as soon as the cause of the produced by the enemy's fire shall in no delay hs ceased. case be repaired. When, according to the domestic law The neutral State shall ascertain the of the neutral State, the ship may not nature of the repairs to be made and will receive fuel until twenty-four hours after see that they are made as rapidly as its arrival in port, the period of its stay possible. may be extended an equal length of time. ARTICLE 10. Belligerent warships may ARTICLE 6. The ship which does not supply themselves with fuel and stores conform to the foregoing rules may be in neutral ports, under the conditions interned by order of the neutral Gov- especially established by the local author- ernment. ity and in ease there are no special pro- A ship shall be considered as interned visions to that effect, they may supply from the moment it receives notice to themselves in the manner prescribed for that effect from the local neutral author- provisioning in time of peace. ity, even though a petition for reconsi- ARTICLE 11. Warships which obtain deration of the order has been interposed fuel in a neutral port cannot renew their by the transgressing vessel, which shall supply in the same State until a period remain under custody from the moment of three months has elapsed. it receives the order. ARTICLE 12. Where the sojourn, sup- ARTICLE 7. In the absence of a special plying and provisioning of belligerent provision of the local legislation, the ships in the ports and jurisdictional maximum number of ships of war of a waters of neutrals are concerned, the belligerent which may be in a neutral provisions relative to ships of war shall port at the same time shall be three. apply equally: ARTICLE 8. A ship of war may not de- 1. To ordinary auxiliary ships; part from a neutral port within less than 2. To merchant ships transformed into twenty-four hours after the departure of warships, in accordance with Convention an enemy warship. The one entering first VII of The Hague of 1907. shall depart first, unless it is in such The neutral vessel shall be seized and condition as to warrant extending its in general subjected to the same treat- stay. In any case the ship which arrived ment as enemy merchantmen: later has the right to notify the other a) When taking a direct part in through the competent local authority the hostilities; that within twenty-four hours it will b) When at the orders or under leave the port, the one first entering, the direction of an agent placed on however, having the right to depart with- Ioard by an enemy government; in that time. If it leaves, the notifying c) When entirely freight-loaded ship must observe the interval which is by an enemy government; above stipulated. d) When actually and exclusively ARTICLE 9. Damaged belligerent ships destined for transporting enemy shall not be permitted to make repairs troops or for the transmission of in neutral ports beyond those that are information on behalf of the enemy. essential to the continuance of the voy- In the cases dealt with in this article, age and which in no degree constitute an merchandise belonging to the owner of increase in its military strength. the vessel or ship shall also be liable to Damages which are found to have been seizure. 3. To armed merchantmen. Credits that a neutral State may give ARTICLE 13. Auxiliary ships of bellig- to facilitate the sale or exportation of erents, converted anew into merchant- its food products and raw materials are men, shall be admitted as such in neutral not included in this prohibition. ports subject to the following conditions: ARTICLE 17. Prizes cannot he taken to 1. That the transformed vessel has not a neutral port except in case of unsca- violated the neutrality of the country worthiness, stress of weather, or want of where it arrives; fuel or provisions. When the cause has 2. That the transformation has been disappeared, the prizes must leave imme- made in the ports or jurisdictional waters diately; if none of the indicated condi- of the country to which the vessel be- tions exist, the State shall suggest to longs, or in the ports of its allies; them that they depart, and if not obeyed 3. That the transformation be genuine, shall have recourse to the means at its namely that the vessel show neither in disposal to disarm them with their offi- its crew nor in its equipment that it can cers and crew, or to intern the prize crew serve the armed fleet of its country as an placed on board by the captor. auxiliary, as it did before; ARTICLE 18. Outside of the cases pro- 4. That the Government of the coun- vided for in Article 17, the neutral State try to which the ship belongs communi- must release the prizes which may have cate to the States the names of auxiliary been brought into its territorial waters. craft which have lost such character in ARTICLE 19. When a ship transporting order to recover that of merchantmen; merchandise is to be interned in a neu- and tral State, cargo intended for said coun- 5. That the same Government obligate try shall be unloaded and that destined itself that said ships shall not again be for others shall be transhipped. used as auxiliaries to the war fleet. ARTICLP 20. The merchantman sup- ARTICLE 14. The airships of belliger- plied with fuel or other stores in a neutral ents shall not fly above the territory or State which repeatedly delivers the whole the territorial waters of neutrals if it is or part of its supplies to belligerent vessel not in conformity with the regulations of shall not again receive stores and fuel in the latter. the same State. ARTICLE 21. Should it be found that a Section II.-Rights and Duties merchantman flying a belligerent flag, by of Neutrals its preparations or other circumstances, ARTICLE 15. Of the acts of assistance can supply to warships of a State the coming from the neutral States, and the stores which they need, the local author- acts of commerce on the part of indivi- ity may refuse it supplies or demand of duals, only the first are contrary to neu- the agent of the company a guaranty trality. that the said ship will not aid or assist ARTICLE 16. The neutral State is for- any belligerent vessel. bidden: ARTICLE 22. Neutral States are not a) To deliver to the belligerent, di- obligated to prevent the export or transit rectly or indirectly, or for any reason at the expense of any one of the bellig- whatever, ships of war, munitions or any erents of arms, munitions and in general other war material; of anything which may be useful to their b) To grant it loans, or to open credits military forces. for it during the duration of war; Transit shall be permitted when, in the event of a war between two American ARTICLE 29. After being signed, the nations, one of the belligerents is a Medi- present Convention shall be aubmitted to terranean country, having no other the ratification of the signatory States. means of supplying itself, provided the The Government of Cuba is charged vital interests of the country through with transmitting authentic, certified which transit is requested do not suffer copies to the Governments for the afore- by the granting thereof. mentioned purpose of ratification. The ARTICLE 23. Neutral States shall not instrument of ratification shall be depos- oppose the voluntary departure of na- ited in the archives of the Pan American tionals of belligerent States even though Union in Washington, the Union to notify they leave simultaneously in great num- the signatory governments of said de- bers; but they may oppose the voluntary posit. Such notification shall be consid- departure of their own nationals going ered as an exchange of ratifications. to enlist in the armed forces. This Convention shall remain open to the ARTICLE 24. The use by the belligerents adherence of non-signatory States. of the means of communication of neutral In witness whereof, the aforenamed States or which cross or touch their terri- Plenipotentiarics sign the present Con- tory is subject to the measures dictated vention in Spanish, English, French and by the local authority. Portuguese, in the city of Habana, the ARTICLE 25. If as the result of naval 20th day of February, 1928. operations beyond the territorial waters of neutral States there should be dead or Reservation of the Delegation of the United wounded on board belligerent vessels, States of A mnerica said States may send hospital ships under The Delegation of the United States of the vigilance of the neutral government America signs the present Convention to the scene of the disaster. These ships with a reservation regarding Article 12, shall enjoy complete immunity during section 3. the discharge of their mission. ARTICLE 26. Neutral States are bound Reservation of the Delegation of Chile to exert all the vigilance within their The Delegation of Chile signs the pres- power in order to prevent in their ports ent Convention with a reservation con- or territorial waters any violation of the cerning Article 22, paragraph 2. foregoing provisions. Reservation of the Delegation of Cuba Section IV.-Fulfilment and Observance The Delegation of the Republic of of the Laws of Neutrality Cuba signs with a reservation in reference ARTICLE 27. A belligerent shall indem- to Article 12, section 3. nify the damage caused by its violation of the foregoing provisions. It shall like- RESERVATION MADE AT TIE TIME wise be responsible for the acts of persons OF RATIFICATION who may belong to its armed forces. ARTICLE 28. The present Convention United States of America: does not affect obligations previously Subject to a reservation regarding Arti- undertaken by the contracting parties cle 12, Section 3, which the Government through international agreements. of the United States does not accept. CONVENTION DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF STATES IN THE EVENT OF CIVIL STRIFE

The Governments of the Republics Brazil: Radil Fernandes, Lindolfo Col- represented at the Sixth International lor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio Correa, Conference of American States, held in Eduardo Espinola. the city of Habana, Republic of Cuba, Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n (Later in the year 1928, desirous of reaching an resigned), Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe agreement as to the duties and rights of A. Espil. States in the event of civil strife, have Paraguay: Lisandro Diaz Lc6n. appointed the following Plenipotentiaries: Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Ri- Peru: Jesds Melquiades Salazar, Victor boul. Madrtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, Dominican Republic: Francisco J. Pey- Luis Ernesto Denegri. nado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Uruguay:Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cestero, Ri- Jos6 Amdzaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro cardo P6rez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Erasmo Callorda. Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. Alfaro, Eduardo Panama: Ricardo J. United States of America: Charles Chiari. Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Ecuador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. )wight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O'Brien, Mexico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- Wilbur, zAlez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles .lames Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Elorduy. Leo S. Rowe. El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, H6ctor Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. Orestes Ferrara, Enrique Herntndez Car- Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo taya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, Josd Agilero, Jos6 B. Alemdn, Manuel MAr- Azurdia. quez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, Ndstor Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Joa- Carbonell, Jesdis Maria Barraqu6. quin G6mez, Miximo H. Zepeda. Who, after exchanging their respective Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa full powers, which were found to be in du Rels. good and due form, have agreed upon the Fran- Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, following: cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel ARTICLE I. The contracting States bind Arraiz. to observe the following rules Colombia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Je- themselves to civil strife in another one ads M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta Arbe- with regard Idez, Ricardo Guti6rrez Lee. of them: Honduras: Fausto DAvila, Mariano First: To use all means at their dis- Vtzquez. posal to prevent the inhabitants of their Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, territory, nationals or aliens, from parti- J. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. cipating in, gathering elements, crossing Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Alva- the boundary or sailing from their terri- rez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel tory for the purpose of starting or pro- Bianchi. moting civil strife. Second: To disarm and intern every ARTICLE 3. The insurgent vessel, whe- rebel force crossing their boundaries, the ther a warship or a merchantman, equip- expenses of internment to be borne by ped by the rebels, which arrives at a the State where public order may have foreign country or seeks refuge therein, been disturbed. The arms found in the shall be delivered by the Government of hands of the rebels may be seized and the latter to the constituted Government withdrawn by the Government of the of the State in civil strife, and the mem- country granting asylum, to be returned, bers of the crew shall be considered as once the struggle has ended, to the State political refugees. in civil strife. ARTICLE 4. The present Convention Third. To forbid the traffic in arms does not affect obligations previously and war material, except when intended undertaken by the contracting parties for the Government, while the belliger- through international agreements. ency of the rebels has not been recog- ARTICLE 5. After being signed, the nized, in which latter case the rules of present Convention shall be submitted neutrality shall be applied. to the ratification of the signatory States. Fourth: To prevent that within their The Government of Cuba is charged with jurisdiction there be equipped, armed or transmitting authentic certified copies to adapted for warlike purposes any vessel the Governments for the aforementioned intended to operate in favor of the re- purpose of ratification. The instrument of bellion. ratification shall be deposited in the ARTICLE 2. The declaration of piracy archives of the Pan American Union in against vessels which have risen in arms, Washington, the Union to notify the emanating from a Government, is not signatory governments of said deposit. binding upon the other States. Such notification shall be considered as The State that may be injured by dep- an exchange of ratifications. This Con- redations originating from insurgent vention shall remain open to the adherence of non-signatory States. vessels is entitled to adopt the following punitive measures against them: Should In witness whereof the aforenamed the authors of the damages be warships, Plenipotentiaries sign the present Con- it may capture and return them to the vention in Spanish, English, French and Government of the State to which they Portuguese, in the city of Habana, the belong, for their trial; should the damage 20th day of February, 1928. originate with merchantmen, the injured State may capture and subject them to RESERVATION MADE AT THE TIME the appropriate penal laws. OF RATIFICATION The insurgent vessel, whether a war- United States of America: ship or a merchantman, which flies the Subject to the understanding that the flag of a foreign country to shield its provisions of Article 3 of the convention actions, may also be captured and tried shall not apply where a state of belli- by the State of said flag. gerency has been recognized. CONVENTION TREATIES

The Governments of the American Brazil: Radil Fernandes, Lindolfo Col- States being desirous of clearly fixing lor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio Correa, the rules which must govern the treaties Eduardo Espinola. they may sign among themselves, have Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n (Later decided to establish them in a Conven- resigned), Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe tion, and to that end have appointed the A. Espil. following Plenipotentiaries: Paraguay:Lisandro Diaz Le6n. Peru: Jesds Melquiades Salazar, Victor Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Ri- Maurtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, boul. Luis Ernesto Denegri. Dominican Republic: Francisco J. Pey- Uruguay: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan nado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Jos6 Amzaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cestero, Ricardo Erasmo Callorda. Prez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Castro, Panama: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Federico C. Alvarez. Chiari. United States of America: Charles Ecuador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood Mexico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O'Brien, zle Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquilcs James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, Elorduy. Leo S. Rowe. El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, Hdctor Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. Orestes Ferrara, Enrique Hernhndez Car- Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo taya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides Alvarado Tollo, Luis Beltranena, Jos6 Agbero, Jos6 B. AlemAn Manuel MAr- Azurdia. quez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, Ndstor Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Joa- Carbonell, Jestis Maria Barraqu6. quin G6mez, Mhximo H. Zepeda. Who, having exchanged their respective Bolivia: Josd Antezana, Adolfo Costa full powers and found them to be in good du Rels. and due form, have agreed on the follow- Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- ing: cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel AnTiLE 1. Treaties will be concluded Arraiz. by the competent authorities of the- Colombia: Enrique Olaya Herrcra, Je- States or by their representatives, accord- sds M. Ycpes, Roberto Urdaneta Arbe- ing to their respective internal law. Mfez, Ricardo Guti6rrcz Lee. Anaicu 2. The written form is an Honduras: Fausto Dhvila, Mariano essential condition of treaties. Vhzquez. The confirmation, prorogation, renewal Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, J. or continuance, shall also be made in Rafael Orcamuno, Arturo Tinoco. writing unless other stipulations have Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Alva- been made. rez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel ARTICLE 3. The authentic interpreta- Bianchi. tion of treaties, when considered necessary by the contracting parties, shall the benefit of a third State which was not likewise be in writing. a contracting party, depends exclusively ARTICLE 4. Treaties shall be published upon the latter's decision. immediately after exchange of ratifica- ARTICLE 10. No state can relieve itself tions. The failure to discharge this inter- of the obligations of a treaty or modify national duty shall affect neither the force its stipulations except by the agreement, of treaties nor the fulfilment of obligations secured through peaceful means, of the stipulated therein. other contracting parties. ARTICLE 5. Treaties are obligatory only ARrICLE 11. Treaties shall continue in after ratification by the contracting effect even though the internal constitu- States, even though this condition is not tion of the contracting States has been stipulated in the full powers of the nego- modified. If the organization of the State tiators or does not appear in the treaty should be changed in such a manner as to itself. render impossible the execution of treat- ARTICLE 6. Ratification must be unies, because of division of territory or conditional and must embrace the entire other like reasons, treaties shall be treaty. It must be made in writing pursu- adapted to the new conditions. ant to the legislation of the State. ARTICLE 12. Whenever a treaty be- In case the ratifying State makes reser- comes impossible of execution through vations to the treaty it shall become the fault of the party entering into the effective when the other contracting party obligation, or through circumstances informed of the reservations expressly which at the moment of concluding it accepts them, or having failed to reject were under control of this party and them formally, should perform action unknown to the other party, the former implying its acceptance. shall be responsible for damages resulting In international treaties celebrated from its non-execution. between different States, a reservation ARTICLE 13. The execution of a treaty made by one of them in the act of ratifica- may, through express stipulation or by tion affects only the application of the virtue of special agreement, be placed clause in question in the relation of the wholly or partly under the guaranty of other contracting States with the State one or more States. making the reservation. The guarantor State can intervene in ARTICLE 7. Refusal to ratify or the the execution of the treaty only by virtue formulation of a reservation are acts of a request by one of the interested inherent in national sovereignty and as such constitute the exercise of a right parties and then only under the conditions which violates no international stipula- which were stipulated for intervention. tion or good form. In case of refusal it When intervention takes place, only such shall be communicated to the other measures may be employed by the guar- contracting parties. antor State as are sanctioned by inter- ARTICLE 8. Treaties shall become effec- national law, and without requirements tive from the date of exchange or deposit of greater scope than those of the State of ratification, unless some other date has which has been guaranteed. been agreed upon through an express ARTICLE 14. Treaties cease to be effec- provision. tive: ARTICLE 9. The acceptance or the non- a) When the stipulated obligation has acceptance of provisions in a treaty, for been fulfilled. b) When the length of time for which last notification, and will continue in it was made has expired. force for any other signatory States, if c) When the resolutory condition has any. been fulfilled. ARTICLE 18. Two or more States may d) By agreement between the parties. agree that their relations are to be e) By renunciation of the party exclu- governed by rules other than those es- sively entitled to a benefit thereunder. tablished in general conventions cele- f) By total or partial denunciation, if brated by them ith other States. agreed upon. This precept applies not only to future g) When it becomes incapable of execu- treaties but also to those in effect at the tion. time of concluding this Convention. ARTICLE 15. The caducity of a treaty ARTICLE 19. A State not participating may also be declared when it is permanent in the making of a treaty may adhere to and of non-continuous application, on the same if none other of the contracting condition that the causes which originated parties be opposed, its adherence to be it have disappeared and when it may communicated to all. The adherence shall logically be deduced that they will not be deemed final unless made with express reappear in the future. reservation of ratification. The contracting party invoking this A'rlCLE 20. The present Convention caducity may, upon not obtaining the does not affect obligations previously consent of the other party or parties, undertaken by contracting parties appeal to arbitration, the contracted through international agreements. obligation to remain in force if a favorable ARTICLE 21. After being signed, the award is not obtained and while the present Convention shall be submitted decision is being made. to the ratification of the signatory States. ARTICLE 16. Obligations contracted in The Government of Cuba is charged with treaties shall be sanctioned in cases of transmitting authentic certified copies to non-compliance and when all diplomatic the Governments for the aforementioned negotiations have been exhausted without purpose of ratification. The instrument success, by decision of a court of justice of ratification shall be deposited in the or an arbitral tribunal, within the limits archives of the Pan American Union in and according to the procedure in use at Washington, the Union to notify the the time in which the infraction is alleged. signatory governments of said deposit. ARTICLE 17. Treaties whose denuncia- Such notification shall be considered as tion may have been agreed upon and those an exchange of ratifications. This Con- establishing rules of international law, vention shall remain open to the adher- can be denounced only in the manner ence of non-signatory States. provided thereby. In witness whereof the aforenamed In the absence of such a stipulation, a Plenipotentiaries sign the present Con- treaty may be denounced by any convention in Spanish, English, French and tracting State, which State shall notify Portuguese, in the city of Habana, the the others of this decision, provided it 20th day of February, 1928. has complied with all obligations cov- enanted therein. Reservation of the Delegation of Mexico In this event the treaty shall become The Delegation of Mexico regardless ineffective, as far as the denouncing of the contrary vote it wishes to formu- State is concerned, one year after the late with respect to several articles in the 23 Conventions on Public International Law to the treaty have been fundamentally already adopted, will sign them making modified; as sole reservation one relative to Article II. When its execution becomes con- 13, which it does not accept, of the Con- trary to the nature of things; vention on Treaties. III. When it becomes incompatible with the existence, independence or dig- Reservation of the Delegation of Salvador nity of a State; The Delegation of Salvador not only IV. When it becomes ruinous to its casts its negative vote to Article 13, but wealth or its commerce. it also votes against the Convention and The reservation which Bolivia makes does not sign it. to Article 15 is to the effect that not only treaties of non-continuous application, as Reservations of the Delegation of Bolivia provided in said article, are subject to a In the opinion of the Delegation of declaration of caducity, but that the Bolivia the condition of becoming incapa- same should apply to all kinds of treaties, ble of execution to which section g) of whatever their nature or denomination, Article 14 refers, also arises, among even to those so-called delinitive treaties others, in the following cases: which like every human covenant are I. When the facts and circumstances liable to error, since there is nothing im- which gave origin or served as a basis mutable and eternal. CONVENTION COMMERCIAL AVIATION

The Governments of the American Brazil: Raill Fernandes, Lindolfo Col- Republics, desirous of establishing the lor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio Correa, rules they should observe among them- Eduardo Espinola. selves for aerial traffic, have decided to Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n (Later lay them down in a convention, and to resigned), Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe that effect have appointed as their Pleni- A. Espil. potentiaries: Paraguay: Lisandro Diaz Le6n. Peru: Jesds Mequiades Salazar, Victor Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Ili- Matirtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, boul. Luis Erncsto Denegri. Dominican Republic: Francisc o I. Pcy- Uruguay: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan nado, Gustavo A. Dlaz, Elilas lBrachc, Jos6 Am6zaga, Leonel Aguiirre, Pedro Angel Morales, 'l'lio \I. Cestero, li- Erasmo Callorda. cardo P6rez Alfonseea, ,W intO It. Cie Panama: Ricardo .1. Alfaro, Eduardo Castro, lederico C. Alvarez. Chiari. Sni lrd States af .lt nrica: C'harles Ecuador: tlonzalo Zadunbide, Victor l:vans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Zevallos, Coldn Eloy Alfaro. I lenry P. l"h't'her, O sear V. I'nderw\ood, Mexico: .hio (4art'ia, Ivrnando (;ait- Dwight V. lorrow, .Morgon.1. t'Brien, ziilez Him, Salvador I'rbina, Aquiles ,lan('s ]lrln St,co RAy l.ymaN Wilbur, Elorduy. Leo S. lio\ve. El Salvador: (Gustavo G uerrero, llictor (nba: Antonio S. de Btustaninte, David Castro, E'dardo Alvarez. IOrestes lerrara, a:riqtue I leruindez Car- Guatemala: (arlos Salazar, Bernardo taya, ,lOs6 'I anue ( 'ortina, Aristides Alvarado Tello, Lu.is Beltratnena. ,Ios6 Agiitera, los6 .IiAlemina, I:nuel \IUr- Azurdia. quez Sterling, I'ernando Ortiz, Nustor Nicaragaa: Carlos ('itadra Pazos, ,Iol- ('arbonell, Jentis NMI1ariaIIarratqii6. quin (hniez, Ma1ximo Ii. Zepeda. Who, after haiving exchunged their Bolivia: ,Jos. Antezana, Adolfo Costa respetive full Jiuers, which have been duI lIels. found to be in good and due form, have Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- cisco Gerardo Yanes, lafael Angel agreed upon the following: Iligh Arraiz. Ar't'L I. LThe ('ontracting Parties recognize that every State has Colombia: Enrique Olaya Ilerrera, Je- stis M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta Arbe- complete and exeltsivt sovereignty over Ifiez, Ricardo Gutirrez Lee. tihe air space above its territory and Honduras: Fausto )'Avila, 'ulariano territorial waters. V~zquez. Ainrit.-: It. The present t'nvention Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche. J. applies exelusively to private aircraft. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. Airric .i: I11.'in following shall 1e Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Alva- deemed to bv Statei aircraft: rez, Carlos Silva Vilddsola, Manuel a) NMilitary and naval aircraft. Bianchi. b) Aircraft exclusively emiploved in State service, such as posts, customs, as this fact is realized or upon being so police. notified by the signals agreed upon, to Every other aircraft shall be deemed land as soon as possible outside of said to be a private aircraft. area in the airdrome nearest the prohib- All State aircraft other than military, ited area over which it was improperly naval, customs and police aircraft shall flying and which is considered as an inter- be treated as private aircraft and as such national airport by the subjacent State. shall be subject to all the provisions of ARTICLE VI. Aircraft shall have the the present Convention. nationality of the State in which they are AIMcLE IV. Each contracting State registered and cannot be validly regis- undertakes in time of peace to accord tered in more than one State. freedom of innocent passage above its The registration entry and the certifi- territory to the private aircraft of the cate of registration shall contain a de- other contracting States, provided that scription of the aircraft, and state the the conditions laid down in the present number or other mark of identification Convention are observed. The regulations given by the constructor of the machine, established by a contracting State with the registry marks and nationality, the regard to admission over its territory of name of the airdrome or airport usually aircraft of other contracting States shall used by the aircraft, and the :full name, be applied without distinction of nation- nationality and domicile of the owner, ality. as well as the date of registration. ArrICLEIV. Each contracting State has AnrtICLE VIII. '[The registration of air- the right to prohibit, for reasons which craft referred to in the preceding article it deems convenient in the public in- shall be made in accordance with the hws terest, the flight over fixed zones of its and special provisions of each contracting territory by the aircraft of the other con- State. tracting States and privately owned ARTICLE IX. Every aircraft engaged national aircraft employed in the service in international navigation must carry a of international commercial aviation, distinctive mar'k of its nationality, the with the reservation that no distinction nature of suh distinctive mark to be shall be made in this respect between agreed upon by the several contracting its own private aircraft engaged in inter- States. 'Tlu listictive marks adopted national commerce and those of the other will Ihecommonicated to lie Pan Ameri- contracting States likewise engaged. Each can Unii anid to the other contracting contracting State may fortlierior e pr- St ates. scirihe the route ti be followed over its Atiit'.u i. l':very aircraft engaged in territory by the aii'r'aft of the other international navigattion shall carry with States, except in cases of force mijcuirc it in the custody of the aircraft cola- which shall be governeId in accortlance llander: with the stipmlations of Article XVIII of a) .k ertificate if registration, duly this Convention. Eath State shl pub- certified to according to the laws of the lish in advtance and notify the other con- State in which it is registered; tracting States of the fixation of the b) A certificate of airworthiness, as authorized routes and the situation and provided for in Article XlI; extension of the prohibited zones. c) The certificates of competency of AmimeCLE VI. Every aircraft over a the commander, pilots, engineers, and prohibited area shall be obliged, as soon crew, as provided for in Article XIII; d) If carrying passengers, a list of ing States without being subjected to their names, addresses and nationality; the licensing system of anly State with c) If carrying nmerchandise, tie bills which such commerce is carried on, each of lading and manifests, and all other and every contracting State mentioned documents required by customs laws and in the certificate of airworthiness reserves regulations of each country; the right to refuse to recognize as valid f) Log books; the certificate of airworthiness of any g) If equipped with radiotelegraph ap- foreign aircraft where inspection by a paratus, the corresponding license. duly authorized commission of such State Airricaa XI. Each contracting State shows that the aircraft is not, at the shall every month file with every other time of inspection, reasonably airworthy State party to this Convention and with in accordance with the normal require- the Pan American Union, a copy of all ments of the laws and regulations of such registrations and cancellations of regis- State concerning the public safety. trations of aircraft engaged in inter- In such cases said State may refuse to national navigation as between the sev- permit further transit by the aircraft eral contracting States. through its air space until such time as Ai'rrICLE XII. Every aircraft engaged it, with due regard to the public safety, in international navigation (between the is satisfied as to the airworthiness of the several contracting States) shall be pro- aircraft, and shall immediately notify the vided with a certificate of airworthiness State whose nationality tile aircraft issued by the State whose nationality it possesses and thei' Pan American Union possesses. of the action taken. This document shall certify to the Aa'rici: X1II. The aircraft comman- States in which the aircraft is to operate, der, pilots, engineers, and other members that, according to the opinion of the of the operating crew of every aircraft authority that ismues it, such aircraft engaged in international navigation be- complies with the airworthiness require- tween tie several contracting States ments of each of the States named in shall, in aicolance with the laws of each said certificate. State, be provided with a certilicate of The aircraft conmandcr shall at all competency by the contracting State times bohl tile certificate in his Custody whose nationality tile aircraft possesses. and shall deliver it fror inspection and Slil Il(ittictC or certificates shUll set verification to the athorized representa- forth that each pilot,in ahlition to hat'- tives of the State which said aireraft ing fulfilled the relninrement of tlie State visits. iss iog Ie( sam, has passed a satisfac- Each contracting State shall commoiii- tory examination vith regard to the (!ate to the other States partie. to this tratlic rules existing in the other con- Convention and to the l'an A\n'rivan trit ilg Stales l(\ver which he desires to Union its regulations governi ing the rat- fly. The requirements of form of said ing of its aircraft as to airwort hiness loem(' neat S shall he uniform throughout and shall similarly communicate anY all the contracting States an d slall be changes inade therein. drafted iii the language of all of them, While the States aflirio the, principle taod for tIis irpose lie Pan American that the aircraft of each contracting Union is charged with making the neces- State shall have the liberty of engaging sary arrangements amongst the contract- in air commerce with the other contracting States. Such certificate or certificates shall be ARTICLE XVII. As a measure of public held in the possession of the aircraft com- safety or because of lawful prohibitions, mander as long as the pilots, engineers, the transportation of articles in inter- and other members of the operating crew national navigation other than those concerned continue to be employed on mentioned in Articles XV and XVI may the aircraft. Upon the return of such be restricted by any contracting State. certificate an authenticated copy thereof Such restrictions shall be immediately shall be retained in the files of the air- communicated to the other contracting craft. States and to the Pan American Union. Such certificate or certificates shall be All restrictions mentioned in this arti- open at all times to the inspection of the cle shall apply equally to foreign and duly authorized representatives of any national aircraft employed in inter- State visited. national traffic. Each contracting State shall communi- Aa'rIcLE XVIII. Every aircraft en- cate to the other States parties to this gaged in international traffic which enters Convention and to the Pan American the air space of a contracting State with Union its regulations governing the issu- the intention of landing in said State ance of such certificates and shall from shall do so in the corresponding customs time to time communicate any changes airdrome, except in the cases mentioned made therein. in Article XIX and in case of force ma- ARTICL.E XIV. Each and every con- jetre, which must be proved. tracting State shall recognize as valid, Every aircraft engaged in international certificates of competency of the aircraft navigation, prior to its departure from commander, pilots, engineers, and other the territorial jurisdiction of a contract- members of the opelating crew of an air- ing State in which it has landed, shall craft, issued in accordance with the laws obtain such clearance as is required by and regulations of other contracting the laws of such State at a port desig- States. nated as point of departure by such AR'rrcLE XV. The carriage by aircraft State. of explosives, arms and munitions of war Each and every contracting State shall is prohibited in international aerial navi- notify every other State party to this gation. Therefore, no foreign or native Convention and the Pan American Union aircraft authorized for international of such airports as sihall be designated by traffic shall be permitted to transport such State as ports of entry and depart- articles of this nature, either between tire. points situated within the territory of When the laws or regulations of any any of the contracting States or through contracting State so require, no aircraft the same, even though simply in transit. shall legally enter into or depart from ARTICLE XVI. Each State may pro- its territory through places other than hibit or regulate the carriage or use, by those previously authorized by such State aircraft possessing the nationality of as international airports, and the landing other contracting States, of photographic therein shall be obligatory unless a spe- apparatus. Such regulations as may be cial permit, which has been previously adopted by each State concerning this communicated to the authorities of said matter shall be communicated to each airport, is obtained from the competent other contracting State and to the Pan authorities of said State, in which permit American Union. shall be clearly expressed the distinctive marks which the aircraft is obliged to However, such aircraft shall follow the make visible whenever requested to do normal air route, and make their identity so in the manner previously agreed upon known by signals agreed upon as they in said permit. fly across the frontier. In the event that for any reason, after ARTICLE XX. From the time of landing entering the territorial jurisdiction of a of a foreign aircraft at any point what- contracting State, aircraft of another con- ever until its departure, the authorities tracting State should land at a point of the State visited shall have, in all other than an airport designated as a cases, the right to visit and examine the port of entry in that State, the aircraft aircraft and to verify all documents with commander shall immediately notify the which it must be provided, in order to nearest competent authority and hold determine that all the laws, rules, and himself, crew, passengers and cargo at regulations of such States and all of the the point of landing until proper entry provisions of this Convention are com- has been granted by such competent plied with. authority, unless communication there- ARTICLE XXI. The aircraft of a con- with is impracticable within twenty-four tracting State engaged in international hours. air commerce shall be permitted to dis- Aircraft of one of the contracting charge passengers and a part of its cargo States which flies over the territory of at one of the airports designated as a another contracting State shall be obliged port of entry of any other contracting to land as soon as ordered to do so by State, and to proceed to any other air- means of the regulation signals, when port or airports in such State for the for any reason this may be necessary. purpose of discharging the remaining In the cases provided for in this article, passengers and portions of such cargo the aircraft, aircraft commander, crew, and in like manner to take on passengers passengers and cargo shall be subject to and load cargo destined for a foreign such immigration, emigration, customs, State or States, provided that they com- police, quarantine or sanitary inspection ply with the legal requirements of the as the duly authorized representatives of country over which they fly, which legal the subjacent State may make in accord- requirements shall be the same for native ance with its laws. and foreign aircraft engaged in inter- ARTICLE XIX. As an exception to the national traffic and shall be communica- general rules, postal aircraft and aircraft ted in due course to the contracting belonging to aerial transport companies States and to the Pan American Union. regularly constituted and authorized may AnrICLE XXII. Each contracting State be exempted, at the option of the sub- shall have the right to establish reserva- jacent State, from the obligation of land- tions and restrictions in favor of its own ing at an airdrome designated as a port national aircraft in regard to the coin- of entry and authorized to land at certain mercial transportation of passengers and inland airdromes, designated by the cus- merchandise between two or more points toms and police administration of such in its territory, and to other remunerated State, at which customs formalities shall aeronautical operations wholly within be complied with. The departure of such its territory. Such reservations and re- aircraft from the State visited may be strictions shall be immediately published regulated in a similar manner. and communicated to the other contracting States and to the Pan American obligations of any of the States parties Union. to this Convention, acquired or Inposed ARTICLE XXIII. The establisliment herein; providtl, however, that two or and operation of airdromes will be regu- more States, for reasons of reciprocal lated by the legislation of each country, convenience and interest may agree upon equality of treatment being observed. appropriate regulations pertaining to the A~RTICLE XXIV. Tie aircraft of one operation of aircraft and the fixing of contracting State engaged in interna- specified routes. These regulations shall tional commerce with another contract- in no case prevent the establishnment and ing State shall not he compelled to pay operation of practicable inter-American other or higher charges in airports or aerial lines and terminals, These regula- airdromes open to the public than would tions shall guartantee equality of treat- be paid by national aircraft of the State ment of the aircraft of each and every visited, likewise engaged in international one of the contracting States and shall commerce. be subject to the same coiditions as are AnrTIcL XXV. So long as a contract- set forth in Article V of this Convelntion ing State shall not have established Ip- with respect to prohibited areas within propriate regulations, the commander of the territory of it particular State. an aircraft shall have rights and duties Nothling coat aiiied in thib tConvention analogous to those of the captain iOf It shall affect the rights and obligations merchant steamer, according to the reestablished by existing treaties. spective laws of each State. AnmruLE: XXXI. The contracting AarricLE XXVI. The salvage of air- States obligate themselves in so far as craft lost at sea shall be regulated, in possible to cooperate in inter-Amnerican the absence of any agreement to the meastires relative to: contrary, by the principles of maritime a) The centralization and distribution law. of meteorological information, whether ARTICLE XXVII. The aircraft of all statistical, current or special. States shall have the right, in cases of b) The publication of uniform aero- danger, to all possible aid. nautical charts, its well as the establish- ARTICLE XXVIII. Reparations for ment of a uniform system of signals. damages caused to persons or property c) The use of radiotelegraphy in aerial located in the subjacent territory shall navigation, the establishment of the be governed by the laws of each State. necessary radiotelegraph stations and the ARTICLE XXIX. In case of war the observance of the inter-American and stipulations of the present Convention international radiotelegraph regulations shall not affect the freedom of action of or conventions at present existing or the contracting States either as bellig- which may come into existence. erents or as neutrals. ARTICLE XXXII. The contracting ARTICLE XXX. The right of any of the States shall proc'ure as far as possible contracting States to enter into any con- uniformity of laws and regulations gov- vention or special agreement with any erning aerial navigation. The Pan Ameri- other State or States concerning inter- can U'nion shall coo)erate witi the national aerial navigation is recognizeIl, (overnments of the cotlracting States so long as such convention or special to attain the dhesired iinifornity of laws agreement shall not impair the rights or andt regulations for aerial navigation in the States parties to this Convention. to arbitration as hereinafter provided. Each contracting State shall exchange Each of the Governments involved in the with every other contracting State with- disagreement shall choose another Gov- in three months after the date of ratifica- ernment not interested in the question at tion of this Convention copies of its air issue and the Government so chosen shall traffic rules and requirements as to arbitrate the dispute. In the event the competency for aircraft commanders, pi- two arbitrators cannot reach an agree- lots, engineers, and other members of ment, they shall appoint another disin- the operating crew, and the requirements terested Government as additional arbi- for airworthiness of aircraft intended to trator. If the two arbitrators cannot engage in international commerce. agree upon the choice of this third Gov- Each contracting State shall deposit ernment, each arbitrator shall propose a with every other State party to this Government not interested in the dispute Convention and with the Pan American and lots shall be drawn between the two Union three months prior to the date Governments proposed. The drawing proposed for their enforcement any addi- shall devolve upon the Governing Board tions to or amendments of the regulations of the Pan American Union. referred to in the last preceding para- The decision of the arbitrators shall be graph. by majority vote. AirCLE XXXIII. Each contracting Aa'ricLE. - XXVII. Any contracting State shall deposit its ratification with State may denounce this Convention at the Cuban Government, which shall any time by transmitting notification thereupon inform the other contracting thereof to the Cuban Government, which States. Swh ratification shall remain shall communicate it to the other States deposited in the archives of the Cuban parties to this Convention. Sich denunci- Government. ation shall not take effect until six At'r'LE XXXIV. The present Con- months after notification thereof to the vention will come into force for each Cuban Governiment, and shall take effect signatory State ratifying it in respect to only with respect to the State making other States which have already ratified, the denunciation. forty (lays from the date of deposit of its ratification. In witness whereof, the above-named AR'riCLE XXXV. Any State may ad- Plenipotentiaries have signed this Con- here to this Convention by giving notice vention and the seal of the Sixth Inter- thereof to the Cuban Government, and national Conference of American States such adherence shall be effective forty has been hereto affixed. days thereafter. rhe Cuban Government Reservation tf the Dominican Republic shall inform the other signatory States of such adherence. The Delegation of the Dominican Re- ARTICLE XXXVI. In ease of disagree- public records, as an explanation of its ment between two contracting States vote, that upon signing the present Con- regarding the interpretation or execution vention it does not understand that the of the present Convention the question )ominican Republic dissociates itself shall, on the request of one of the Gov- from Conventions it has already ratified ernments in disagreement, be submitted and which are in force. RESERVATIONS MADE AT THE TIME by a military person, shall be considered OF RATIFICATION as military aircraft. Costa Rica: Chile: Approved by the Constitutional Con- With the understanding that the estab- gress, with the understanding that said lishment of international and foreign lines Convention on Aerial Navigation does within the country remains subject to the not alter the situation created by the consent of the Government of the Re- Spanish-American Convention on Aerial public, which, upon granting such per- Navigation signed at Madrid in October 1926. mission, reserves the right to prescribe the restrictions and conditions it deems Dominican Republic: convenient, and that all aircraft, whether With reservations made at the time of national or foreign, piloted or commanded signing. CONVENTION CONVENTION OF BUENOS AIIIES ON TIlE PROTECTION OF LITEIRARY AND AITISTI( COPYRI(IIT, AS REVISED BY TIlE SIXTH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF AMERICAN STATES

The countries members of tile Pan Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beehe, J. American Union, represented at the Sixth Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo 'l'inoeo. International Conference of American Chile: Alejanro Lira, Alejandro Alva- States, sent to it the following delegates rez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel duly authorized to approve any recom- Bianchi. mendations, resolutions, conventions and Brazil: tatil Fernandes, Lindolfo Col- treaties which they might deem useful to lar, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio Correa, the interests of America: Eduardo Espinola. Peru:Jesas Melquiades Salazar, Victor Argentina: Hlonorio Pueyrred6n (Later Matlrtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, resigned), Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe Luis Ernesto Denegri. A. Espil. Uruguay:Jacoho Varela Acevedo, Juan Paraguay: Lisandro i)laz Le6n. Jos Amdzaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Haiti: Fernando lDt-nis, (harles Ri- Erasmo Callorda. boul. Panama: Ricardo .1. Alfaro, Eduardo Diominican Republic: Franeisco .. Pey- Chiari. nado, (Gustavo A. Di)az. l'llas ltraehe, Ecuador: Gonzalo Zadumbide, Victor Angel .Morales, Tulio NI. ('estvro, Iti- Zevallos, Col6n Eh.ky Alfaro. cardo l'(rpz Alfonseca. Jacinto It. Ie Mexico: Julio (;areha, Fernando (;oi- (Castro, Feerico (. -Alvarez. z.lez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles 'nited States of Anrica: Charles Elorduy. 'vtaris IIHlg}zes, Noble Itrandon Jhudah, Salvador: Gustavo (ouerrero. Ihictor IHenry 1). Fh'teher. Osear AV.Underwood, David Castro, duardo Alvarez. Dwight W. Morrow, Morgtan !. O'Brien, Guatemala: (aras Salazar, Bernardo .ames Brown .Seott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, ,Ios6 Leo S. Rlowe. Azurdia. (ua: Attoni', S. de BHu.talaunte, Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Jot- Orestes Ferrara, E'nrique lernAndcz Car- quin G6mez, Mdximo 1-. Zepeda. taya, .. os6 ,Manuel Cortina. Aristides Bolivia: Josi Antezana, Adolfo CoSta Aguiero, ,os6 It. AhmiAn, Manuel .Mir- du Rels. qu(ez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, Ndstor Venezuela: Santiag, Key Ayala, Fran- Carbonell, .Jesils Muria IBarraquW. cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Who, after (otnflioniating to one Arraiz. another their respective powers and find- (olombia: Enirique Olaya Ilerrera, Je- ing them in good and due order, have sts M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta Arbe- agreed to revise the ('onvention on the liez, Ricardo Guti6rrez Lee. Protection of Literary and Artistic Copy- Honduras: Fausto Ddvila, Mariano right, signed in Buenos Aires on August Vzquez. 11, 1910. ARTICLE 1. (To stand.) by means of einematography rwa literary ARTICLE 2. In the expression "literary or artistic work shall be protected as an and artistic works" are included books, original work. writings, pamphlets of all kinds, what- ARTICLE 5. The authors of literary and ever may be the subject they deal with musical works have the exclusive right and whatever the number of their pages; to authorize: 1.-The adaptation of said dramatic or dramatico-musical works; works to instruments that serve to repro- choreographic and musical compositions, duce them mechanically; 2.-The public with or without words; drawings, paint- rendering of the same works by means ings, sculpture, engravings, lithographic, of said instruments. photographic and cinematographic works, ARTICLE 5 bis. (To stand as in the old or reproductions by means of me- Article 5.) chanical instruments designed for the ARTICLE 6. The duration of the protec- reproduction of sounds; astronomical or tion granted by this convention embraces geographical globes; plans, sketches or the life of the author and fifty years plastic works relating to geography, geol- after his death. ogy, or topography, architecture or any However, in case this duration period other science as well as the arts applied shall not be adopted by all the signatory to any human activity whatever; and, States in a uniform manner, the period finally, all productions that can be pub- shall be regulated by the law of the lished by any means of impression or country where the protection is requested reproduction. and may not exceed the period of dura- ARTICLE 3. The acknowledgment of a tion fixed by the country of origin of the copyright obtained in one State, in con- work. Therefore, the signatory countries formity with its laws, shall produce its shall not be obliged to apply the pro- effects of full right in all the other States, vision of the preceding paragraph except without the necessity of complying with in so far as their internal laws permit. any other formality, provided always For works comprising several volumes there shall appear in the work a state- that are not published simultaneously, as ment that indicates the reservation of well as for bulletins, or parts, or periodi- the property right, and the name of the cal publications, the term of the copy- person in whose favor the reservation is right will commence to run, with respect registered. Likewise the country of ori- to each volume, bulletin, part, or periodi- gin, the country in which the first publi- cal publication from the respective date cation was made, or those in which of its publication. simultaneous publications were made, as AnrTICLE 7. (To stand.) well as the year of the first publication, ARTICLE 8. (To stand.) must be indicated. ARTICLE 9. (To stand.) ARTICLE 4. (To stand.) ARTICLE 10. (To stand.) ARTICLE 4 bis. The authors of literary ARTICLE 11. (To stand.) or artistic works have the exclusive right ARTICLE 12. (To stand.) to authorize the reproduction, adapta- ARTICLE 13. (To stand.) tion and public presentation of their ARTICLE 13 his. The authors of liter- works by means of cinematography. ary or artistic works in disposing of them Without prejudice to the rights of the pursuant to their copyrights do not cede author of the original work, reproduction the right of enjoyment and of reprodue- tion. They shall hold upon said works a to the country that has made such de- moral right of inalienable control which nouncement. will permit them to oppose any public (February 18, 1928) reproduction or exhibition of their altered, mutilated or revised works. ARTICLE 14. (To stand.) Reservation of the Delegation of Chile ARTICLE 15. (To stand.) The Delegation of Chile accepts in ARTICLE 16. The present Convention general the modification of the Conven- shall replace between the contracting tion of Buenos Aires which has just been States the Buenos Aires Convention of approved, but must formulate a reserva- August 11, 1910. The latter shall remain tion in regard to the points in which this in effect as to the relations of the States modified Convention is opposed to the that do not ratify the present Conven- legislation in force in Chile. tion. This reservation does not diminish our The signatory States of the present earnest desire of attaining the adoption Convention shall be at liberty, upon of juridical principles which give equal exchanging ratifications, to declare that protection to intellectual property in all upon this or that point they understand countries of America. that they shall be bound by the provisions of any previous Convention which Reservation of the Delegation of Veneziela they may have signed. The Delegation of Venezuela reserves ARTICLE 17. The present Convention the signing of this convention until such shall take effect, between the signatory time as its Government shall reach a States which ratify the same, three definite decision with regard to it, since months after they communicate their the Convention of Buenos Aires, which ratification to the Government of Cuba, Venezuela not only (lid not ratify but and shall remain in effect between all of which its Congress expressly rejected as them until one year after the date of well as the present Convention, contains denouncement. This denouncement shall provisions which are contrary to our be sent to the Government of Cuba and juridical tradition and to our positive shall have no effect, except with regard laws on the matter. CONVENTION PRIVATE INTERNATIONAL LAW

The Presidents of the Republics of Colombia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Je- Peru, Uruguay, Panama, Ecuador, Mex- sds M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta Arbe- ico, El Salvador, Guatemala, Nicaragua, lfez, Ricardo Guti6rrez Lee. Bolivia, Venezuela, Colombia, Honduras, Honduras: Fausto Dhvila, Mariano Costa Rica, Chile, Brazil, Argentina, Vfzquez. Paraguay, Haiti, Dominican Republic, Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, United States of America and Cuba, J. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. desirous that their respective countries Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Alva- should be represented at the Sixth Inter- rez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel national Conference of American States, Bianchi. have sent to it, duly authorized to ap- Brazil: Radil Fernandes, Lindolfo Col- prove the recommendations, resolutions, lor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio Correa, conventions, and treaties which they Eduardo Espinola. may deem useful to the interests of Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n (Later America, the following delegates: resigned), Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe Peru: Jesds Melquiades Salazar, Victor A. Espil. Madirtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, Paraguay: Lisandro Diaz Le6n. Luis Ernesto Denegri. Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Ri- Uruguay: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan boul. Jos6 Am6zaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Dominican Republic: Francisco J. Pey- Erasmo Callorda. nado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Panama: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cestero, Ri- Chiari. cardo Perez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Ecuador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. United Slates of Amcrica: Charles Mexico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, zf.lez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, Elorduy. Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O'Brien, El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, H6ctor James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. Leo S. Rowe. Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, Jos6 Orestes Ferrara, Enrique Hernndez Car- Azurdia. taya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Joa- Agicro, Jos6 B. AlemAn, Manuel MAr- quin G5mez, MXiximo It. Zepeda. quez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, N6stor Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa Carbonell, Jescis Maria Barraqu6. du Rels. Who, after having communicated to Veneztela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- each other their full powers and found cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel them in good and due form, have agreed Arraiz. on the following: ARTICLE 1. The contracting Republics the requested adherence. accept and put into force the Code of ARTICLE 7. Any American Republic Private International Law annexed to bound by this convention which desires the present convention. to modify in whole or in part the annexed ARTICLE 2. The provisions of this Code Code shall present the corresponding shall be applicable only among the con- proposal to the International Conference tracting Republics and among the other of American States for the proper resolu- States which adhere to it in the manner tion. hereinafter provided. ARTICLE S. If any of the contracting ARTICLE 3. Each one of the contract- or adhering international juristic persons ing Republics, when ratifying the present should wish to denounce the present con- convention, may declare that it reserves vention, it shall notify the denunciation acceptance of one or more articles of the in writing to the office of the Pan Ameri- annexed Code, and the provisions to can Union, which shall immediately which the reservation refers shall not be transmit a certified literal copy of the binding upon it. notification to the others, informing them ARTICLE 4. The Code shall go into of the date on which it was received. force, for the Republics which ratify it, The denunciation shall take effect only thirty days after the deposit of the re- in respect to the contracting party which spective ratification, provided it has been has notified it, and a year after it has ratified by at least two of them. been received in the office of the Pan ARTICLE 5. The ratification shall be American Union. deposited in the office of the Pan Ameri- ARTICLE 9. The office of the Pan can Union, which shall transmit copy American Union shall kee l) a register of thereof to each of the contracting Re- the dates of deposit of ratifications, and publics. receipt of adhesions and denunciations, ARTICLE 6. Noncontracting States or and shall issue certified copies of said international juristic persons desiring to register to every contracting party re- adhere to this convention, and in whole questing it. or in part to the annexed Code, shall In testimony whereof the plenipoten- notify the office of the Pan American tiaries sign the present convention and Union, which in its turn shall inform all affix thereto the seal of the Sixth Inter- the existing contracting or adhering national Conference of American States. States. Six months thereafter the State Done at the city of Habana, Republic or international juristic person interested of Cuba, on the twentieth day of Febru- may deposit in the office of the Pan ary one thousand nine hundred and American Union the instrument of ad- twenty-eight, in four copies, written herence, and shall be reciprocally bound respectively in Spanish, French, English, by this convention 30 days after the and Portuguese, which shall be deposited adherence with regard to all those gov- in the office of the Pan American Union erned thereby who have not made within in order that it may send a certified copy that period any reservation concerning of all to each of the signatory Republics. CODE OF PRIVATE INTERNATIONAL LAW

PRELIMINARY TITLE of the will of the parties or of one of them, termed voluntary or of a private order. GENERAL RULES ArTICLE 4. Constitutional precepts are ARTICLE 1. Foreigners belonging to any of an international public order. of tilecontracting States enjoy, in the ArTICLE 5. All rules of individual and territory of the others, the same civil collective protection, established by polit- rights as are granted to nationals. ical and administrative law, arc also of an Each contracting State may, for reasons international public order, except in case of public order, refuse or subordinate to of express provisions therein enacted to special conditions, tileexercise of certain the contrary. civil rights by the nationals of the re- ARTICLE 6. In all cases not provided for maining States and any of the latter in this Code each one of the contracting States may in such cases refuse or sub- States shall apply its own definition to the ordinate to special conditions the same juridical institutions or relationships cor- exercise to the nationals of the former. responding to the groups of laws men- ARTICLE 2. Foreigners belonging to any tioned in Article 3. of the contracting States shall also enjoy ARTICLE 7. Each contracting State shall in the territory of the others identical apply as personal law that of the domicile individual guarantees with those of na- or that of the nationality or that which tionals, except as limited in each of them its domestic legislation may have pre- by the Constitution and the laws. scribed, or may hereafter prescribe. Identical individual guarantees do not ARTiCm. S. The rights acquired under include, unless especially provided inthe the rules of this Code shall have full domestic legislation, the exercise of piuiblic extraterritorial force in the contracting functions, the right of suffrage, and other States, except when any of their effects or political rights. consequences is in conflict with a rule of ARTICLi 3. For the exercise of civil an international public order. rights and the enjoyment of identical BOOK I individual guarantees, the laws and regulations in force in each contracting State INTERNATIONAL CIVIL LAW are deemed to be divided into the three TITLE I following classes: I. Those applying to persons by reason PERSONS of their domicile or their nationality and CHAPTER L-NATIONALITY AND following them even when they go to an- NATURALIZATION other country, termed personal or of an internal public order. ARTICLE 9. Each contracting party shall 1I. Those binding alike upon all persons apply its own law for the determination of residing in the territory, whether or not the nationality of origin of any individual they are nationals, termed territorial, or juristic person and of its acquisition, local, or of an international public loss and recuperation thereafter, either order. within or without its territory, whenever III. Those applying only through the one of the nationalities in controversy is expression, interpretation, or presumption that of tile said State. In all other cases tileprovisions established in the remain- mercial, or industrial societies or coming articlesof this chapter shall apply. paties shall have the nationality provided ARTICLE 10. In quvstions relating to by the articles of association, or, in an nationality ot origin in which the Staite applicaile case, that of tili, place where in which tilet%- are raked is not intere-sted, its principal itoaageoint iOr governing the law of that one of the nationalities in blodv is litlitallY located. issue in which t litjwrsoi i itllee'ned has .\irl'.t: 19. Wit h respect to stock his domicile shall le applite. corpi'rations, natiil lity shall lie leter- AnTici.: 1. In tilheabseilce of tiha iniii(i(l ibt lie arliles if iicirpirtiotn or, domnivile, tl princililes accepited b y the in ant applicable iavse, by tlie law of the law of the trial court shall be applied in lahce cwhere the general meeting of share- the case inentioned in the preceding holders is normially held, and in the ab- article. sence thereof, by the law of the place ARTICLE 12. Questions concerning indi- where its principal governing or admin- vidual acquisition of a new nationality istrative board or council is located. shall be determined in accordance with ARTICLE 20. Change of nationality of tilelaw of the nationality which is sup- corporations, foundations, associations posed to be acquired. anti partnerships, except in cases of ARTICLE 13. in collective naturaliza- change of territorial sovereignty, should tions, in case of the independence of a be subject to the conditions required by State, tile law of the acquiring or new their old law and by tile new. State shall apply, if it has established in II case of change in the territorial the territory ain effective sovereignly sovereignty , owing to independence, ilie which has been recognizt d by tlie State rule established in Article 13 for collective trying the issune, liii t llbseice lto'of nat uralizat ions shall apply. that of tie td Siate, all without prejudice Ar I I : 21 . ' li'provisitis of Article 1), to the contr:i ual stipiilions bet weli in so far as Ihy ii i.cern jirisicipersons, the two interested Stiates, whitil shall and those oi" .\rt I;0, It; Mid 20, shall not always have plrefireti'e. lie applie I in liet-cinitr:i,-t itig Stats which Air'rlim I-1. In the case of loss of do not :tsiriie iationtity to juristic nationiality, t lie law of the lost iit ionality persons. should be aplplied. 1IAPERI.-DOMICILIE AnTwi. 15. Resumption of nationality is cotrolled by the law of the nationality Airrici.: 22. The concept, acquisition, which is resunied. loss aind recove'ry of gtentvral ort special ART'IcLE 16. "he nationality of origin domicile of natiral or juristic persons of corporations and foundations shall be shall lie governesd liy tle territorial law. determined Ibythw Ilaw of the State which A uiil.lI: 23. TIi, huon icile ft tlilplounatic authorizes or approves tlhein. otlicers and that of individhuals telpo- ATicL, 17. ''li!nationality of origin 'irilv i'tsidilg :bl'iLI in tlie employnent of associations shall be tht nationality of or cimnmission of their (Givernuent or the country inwliich they are constituted, for scientilic or artistic studies, will be the and therein they shall be registered or last. oie they had in their national ter- recorded if such requisite is demanded by ritoi'y. tilelocal legislation. ARTICLi.c 24. The legal domicile of the ARTICLE 18. Unincorporaited civil, com- head of the family extends to the wife and children, except children who have and the disappearance or oflicial dissolu- reached their majority or have been tion of juristic persons, s well as for the emancipated, and that of the tutor or purpose of deciding whether minority, guardian extends to tIe minors or in- insanity or imbecility, deaf-dumbness, capables under hisguardianship unless prodigality, and civil interdiction are only otherwise provided by tihepersonal legis. restrictions upon the status of persons lation of those to Vhorn the domicile of permitting the existence of rights and another is aserihed. even certain obligations. ARTICLE 25. Questions relating to change of domicile of natural or juridical Section II.-Juristic Persons persons shall be determined in accordance ARTICLE 31. Each cent ract ing State, as with the law of the Court, if it is that of a juristic person, has full capacity to one of the interested States, otherwise acquire and exercise civil rights and to they shall be determined by the law of assume obligations of the sane character the phce in which it is alleged they have within tile territorv of the others, without their last domicile. acquired restrictions other than those expressly AiRiei.: 2(i. For persons having no established by the local law. domicile the place of their residence or, AITICi.E 32. The concept and recogni- where they may happen to be, shall be tion of juristic persons shall be governed considered as such. by territorial law. CnAI'rEIR iiI.-BIRiiT, EXTINCTION, AND ArTICLE 33. Excepting the restrictions CONSEQU ENCES OF CIVIL PERSONALITY provided in the two preceding articles tie Section l.-Ilividual Persons civil capacity of corporations is governed by the law which has created or recog- ARTICLE 27. The capacity of individual nized them; that of foundations by the persons is governed by the personal law, rules of their institution, approved by the with the exception of the restrictions proper authority if required by their na- established for its exercise by this Code tional laws; and that of associations by or by local laws. their constitutions upon like conditions. ARTICLE 28. Personal law shall be ap- ARTICLE 34. With the same restrictions, plied for the purpose of deciding whether the civil capacity of civil, commercial, or birth determines personality and whether industrial partnerships is governed by the be the unborn child is to deemed as born provisions relating to the contract of purposes for all favorable to him, as well partnership. as for the purpose of viability and the An'rIC. 35. The local law applies for effects of priority of birth in the case of the purpose of escheat in respect to the double or multiple childbirth. property of juristic persons which have Ai'rI('LE 29. The presumptions of sur- ceaseid to exist, unless otherwise provided vivorship or simulta-icous death, in the for in their by-laws, charters, or in the absence of proof, are governed by the law in force for associations. personal law of each of the deceased persons in so far as their respective es- CHAPTER IV.-MARRIAGE AND DIVORCE tates are concerned. ARTICLE 30. Each State shall apply its Section I.-Legal Conditions which must own legislation for the purpose of declar- Precede the Celebration of Matrimony ing that civil personality is extinguished ARTICLE 36. The parties thereto shall by the natural death of individual persons be*subject to their personal law in so far as it relates to their capacity to celebrate the purpose of marrying the survivor, the marriage, the parents' consent or ad- and to any other inexcusable grounds of vice, the impediments and their dispen- annulment. sation. Section 11.-The Form of Marriage ARTICLE 37. Foreigners must show, before marrying, that they have complied ARTICLE 41. A marriage shall be held with the conditions provided by their valid everywhere in respect to its form personal laws in respect to the provisions if it has been celebrated in the manner of the preceding article. They may do so prescribed as valid by the laws of the by a certificate issued by their diplomatic country where it has taken place. How- or consular officers or by any other means ever, the States whose legislation pre- deemed sufficient by the local authority, scribes a religious ceremony may refuse which shall have full liberty of deter- to recognize the validity of marriages mining in every case. entered into by their nationals abroad ARTICLE 38. Local legislation is appli- without the observance of that form. cable to foreigners in respect to the im- ARTICLE 42. In the countries where the pediments which it establishes as indis- law admits thereof, marriages entered pensable, to the form of consent, to the into by foreigners before the diplomatic binding or nonbinding force of the be- or consular agents of both contractants trothal, to the opposition to the marriage, shall be subject to their personal law, the obligation of notifying impediments without prejudice to the application and the civil consequences of a false thereto of the provisions of Article 40. notice, to the form of preliminary procedure, and to the authority who may be Section 11.-Effects of Marriage in competent to perform the ceremony. Respect to the Persons of the Spouses ARTICLE 39. The liability or nonliability ARTICLE 43. The personal law of the for breach of promise of marriage or for spouses shall be applied, and, if different, the publication of banns in such case is that of the husband, in what concerns the governed by the common personal law of respective duties of protection and obedi- the parties and in the absence thereof by ence, the obligation or nonobligation of the local law. the wife to follow the husband when he ARTICLE -40. The contracting States are changes his residence, the disposal and cele- not obliged to recognize a marriage administration of their joint property and of them, by their brated in any one all other special effects of marriage. which is in nationals or by foreigners, ARTICLE 4-1. The personal law of the conflict with their provisions relative to wife will govern the disposal and admin- the necessity of dissolution of a former istration of her own property and her marriage, to the degree of consanguinity appearance in trial. or affinity, in respect to which there exists AwrICLE -15. The Obligation of the an absolute impediment, to the prohibi- to live together and be faithful tion of marriage established in respect to spouses subject to the those guilty of adultery by reason of to and help each other is which the marriage of one of them has territorial law. been dissolved, to the same prohibition ARTICLE 46t.A local law which deprives in respect to the one guilty of an attempt the marriage of a bigamist of civil effects against the life of one of the spouses for is also imperatively applied. Section IV.-Nullity of Marriage and its ARTICLE 55. The law of the court be- Effects fore which the litigation is pending de- ARTICLE 47. The nullity of marriage termines the judicial consequences of the should be governed by the law to which action and terms of the judgment in re- the intrinsic or extrinsic condition which spect to the spouses and the children. gives rise to it is subject. ARTICLE 56. Separation and divorce, ARTICLE 48. Coercion, fear, and abduc- obtained in conformity with the preced- tion as causes of nullity of marriage are ing articles, produce their civil effects in governed by the law of the place of accordance with the legislation of the solemnization. court which grants them, in the other ARTICLE 49. The personal law of the contracting States, saving the provisions spouses if it is the same, otherwise that of Article 53. of the spouse who acted in good faith, and in the absence of both conditions CHAPTER V.-PATERNITY AND FILIATION that of the male, shall apply in respect ARTICLE 57. Rules concerning the pre- to the rules regarding the care of the sumption of legitimacy and its conditions, children of void marriages in cases in those conferring tIle right to the name, which the parents-can not or do not wish and those which determine the evidence to stipulate anything on the subject. of filiation and regulate the inheritance of ARTICLE 50. The same personal law the child are rules of an internal public shall be applied to all other civil effects order, the personal law of the child if of a void marriage, except those which it different from that of the father being must produce in respect to the property applied. of the spouses, which shall follow the law ARTICLE 58. The rules granting rights of the matrimonial economic regime. of inheritance to legitimated children ARTICLE 51. The rules fixing the judicial partake of the same character, but in this effects of the action of nullity are of an case the personal law of the father is international public order. applied. Section V.-Scparation and Dirorce ARTICLE 59. The rule which gives the legitimate child the right to maintenance ARTICLE 52. The right to separation and is of an international public order. divorce is regulated by the law of the ARTICLE 60. The capacity to legitimate matrimonial domicile, but it can not be is governed by the personal law of the founded on causes prior to the acquisition father, and the of said domicile if they are not authorized capacity to be legitimated with equal effect by the personal law of by the personal law of the child, legitima- both spouses. tion requiring the concurrence of the con- ARTICLE 53. Each contracting State ditions prescribed by both. has the right to permit or recognize, or ARTICLE 61. A prohibition against not, the divorce or new marriage of per- legitimation of children not simply natu- sons divorced abroad, in cases, with ral is of an international public order. effects or for causes which are not ad- ARTICLE 62. The consequences of legiti- mitted by their personal law. mation and the action to impugn it are ARTICLE 54. The causes of divorce and subject to the personal law of the child. separation shall be subject to the law of ARTICLE 63. Investigation of paternity, the place in which they are sought, if maternity and prohibition thereof are the married couple is domiciled there. regulated by territorial law. ARTICLE 04. The rules prescribing the property are also subject to the personal required conditions for acknowledgment, law of the child, whatever the nature of compelling it in certain cases, establishing the property or the place where it is the actions necessary for the purpose, situated may be. granting or refusing the family name, ARTICLE 71. The provisions of the pre- and fixing the causes of nullity, are sub- ceding article are to be applied in foreign ject to the personal law of the child. territory without prejudice to the rights ARTICLE 05. The inheritance rights of of the third parties which may be granted illegitimate children are subject to the by local law and the local provisions in personal law of the father, and those of respect to publicity and specialty of illegitimate parents are subject to the mortgage securities. personal law of the child. ARTICLE 72. Provisions which deter- ARTICLE 60. The form and circum- mine the kind and limits of the right of stances of acknowledging illegitimate the father to correct and punish and his children are subordinated to the terri- recourse to the authorities, as well as torial law. provisions depriving him of power by reason of incapacity, absence or by judg- CHAPTER VI.-MAINTENANCE AMONG ment of a court, are of an international RELATIVES pIblie order. ARTICLE 67. The legal concept of main- cIA,rl R VIH.-ADo'TI N tenance, the order in which it is to be provided, the manner of furnishing it, AiRrwiLE 73. The capacity to adopt and and the extinction of that right shall be to be adopted and the conditions and subject to the personal law of the one to limitations of adoption are subject to the be maintained. personal law of each of the interested ARTICLE 08. The provisions establishing persons. the duty to provide maintenance, its Article 74. Tie effects of adoption are quantity. reduction or increase, the time regulated by the personal law of the at which it is due, and the manner in adopting party in so far as his estate is which it is to be provided, as well as those eonerned, and by that of the adopted forbidding the renunciation and the as- 01ne' in respect to the name, the rights and signment of that right, are of an inter- duties which he retains regarding his national public order. natural family, as well as to his estate in regard to the adopting person. CI1APrER VII.-PATERNAL POWER ARTICLE 75. Either one of the inter- ARTICLE 69. The existence and general ested persons may repudiate the adoption extent of paternal power in respect to in accordance with the provisions of his person and property, as well as the cause personal law. of its extinction and recovery, and the ARTICLE 76. Provisions regulating in limitation, by reason of a new marriage, this matter the right to maintenance, as of the right to punish, are subject to the well as provisions establishing solemn personal law of the child. forms for the act of auloption, arc of an ARTICLE 70. The existence of the right international public order. of usufruct and all other rules applicable ARTICLE 77. The provisions of the four to the different classes of his private preceding articles will not apply to States whose legislations do not recognize adop- ancillary guardianship must be simul- tion. taneously applied the personal laws of the guardian, curator, or ancillary guardian CHAPTER IX.-ASENCE and of the minor or incapacitated person. ARTICLE 78. Provisional measures in ARTICLE 87. The security to be fur- the case of absence are of an international nished by the guardian or curator and the public order. rules for the exercise of guardianship are ARTICLE 79. Notwithstanding the pro- subject to the personal law of the minor visions of the preceding article, the repre- or incapacitated person. If the security is sentation of the person whose absence is a mortgage or a pledge, it is to be fur- presumed shall be designated in accord- nished in the manner prescribed by the ance with his personal law. local law. ARTICLE 80. The personal law of the ARTICLE 88. Obligations relating to ac- absentee determines who is competent to countings, except responsibilities of a institute an action requesting such decla- penal nature, which are territorial, are ration and establishes the order and also governed by the personal law of the conditions of the administrators. minor or incapacitated person. ARTICLE 81. The local law shall be ap- AuTICLE 89. In respect to registration plied for the purpose of deciding when of guardianships, the local and the per- the declaration of absence is made and sonal laws of the guardian or curator and takes effect and when and how the admin- of the minor or incapacitated person shall istration of the property of the absentee be simultaneously applied. shall terminate as well as the obligation ARTICLE 90. The precepts which compel and manner of rendering accounts. the public prosecutor or any other local ARTICLE 82. Everything relating to the functionary to request the declarations of presumption of death of the absentee and incapacity of insane and deaf-mutes and his eventual right is regulated by his those fixing the procedure to be followed personal law. for that declaration are of an interna- ARTIciE 83. A declaration of absence tional public order. or of its presumption as well as its cessa- ARTICLE 91. Rules establishing the con- tion and that of presumption of death of sequences of interdiction are also of an the absentee have extraterritorial force, international public order. including what has reference to the ap- ARTICLE 92. The declaration of in- pointment and powers of the admin- capacity and interdiction have extra- istrators. territorial force. ARTICLE 93. Local law shall be applied CHAPTER X.-GUARDIANSnIP to the obligation of the guardian or ARTICLE 8-1. The personal law of the cum'tor to support the minor or incapaci- minor or incapacitated person shall be tated person and to the power to correct applied to what concerns the object of the latter only to a moderate degree. the guardianship or curatorship, its organ- ARTICLE 04. The capacity to be a ization, and its different classes. member of a family council is regulated ARTICLE 85. The same law is to be ob- by the personal law of the interested served in respect to the appointment of person. an ancillary guardian. ARTICLE 95. The special incapacities ARTICLE 86. To incapacities and excuses and the organization, functioning, rights concerning guardianship, curatorship, and and duties of the family council, are subject to the personal law of the ward. another State in legal relations under ARTICLE 96. The proceedings and reso- international public law. lutions of the family council shall in all ARTICLE 104. A literal and formal cases conform with the forms and solem- certificate of each inscription relating to nities prescribed by the law of the place a national of any of the contracting in which it meets. States, made in the civil registry of ARTICLE 97. Contracting States which another, shall be sent gratuitously and have as personal law that of domicile, through diplomatic channels to the coun- may demand, on transferring the domicile try of the interested person. of incapacitated persons from one country to another, that the guardianship or TITLE II curatorship be ratified or that the guard- PRO'EnTry ian or tutor be reappointed. CHlAPTER I.-CLASSIFICATION OF PROPERTY CHAPTER XI.-PRODIGALITY ARTICLE 105. All property of whatever ARTICLE 98. A spendthrift decree and description, is subject to the law of the its effects are subject to the personal law place where it is situated. of the spendthrift. ARTICLE 106. For the purposes of the ARTICLE 99. Notwithstanding the pro- preceding article, as regards personal visions of the preceding article, the law property of a corporal nature, and of all of the domicile shall not be applied to titles representative of debts of tiny kind, a spendthrift decree respecting parties account shall he taken of the place of whose national law igniores this institution. their ordinary or normal situation. ARTICLE 100. A spendthrift decree ARTICLE 107. The situation of debts is made in one of the contracting States determined by the place in which they shall have extraterritorial force in respect should he paid, and, if that is not fixed, to the others in so far as the local law by the domicile of the debtor. may permit it. Aa'rcI.CE 108. Industrial property, copyrights, and all other similar rights of an CHAPTER XII.-FMANCIPATION AND economic nature which authorize the ex- MAJORITY ercise of certain activities granted by law, ARTICLE 101. The rules applicable to are considered to he situated where they emancipation and majority arc the ones have been formally registered. established by the personal legislation of ARTICLE 109. Concessions are deemel the interested persons. to be situated where they have been ARTICLE 102. However, the local legis- legally acquired. lation may be declared applicable to ARTICLE 110. In the absence of any majority as a requisite for electing the other rule and also in the cases not pro- nationality of said legislation. vided for in this Code, it shall be understood that personal property of every CHAPTER XIII.-CIVIL REGISTRY kind is situated in the domicile of its ARTICLE 103. Provisions relating to the owner, or if he be absent, in that of the civil registry are territorial, except in property holder. respect to the register kept by consular ARTICLE I11. From the provision of the or diplomatic agents. The stipulations of preceding article are excepted things this article db, not affect the rights of given as pledge, which are considered as situated in the domicile of the person CIAP'TER III.--COMMUNITY OF PIIOPERTY in whose possession they have been ARTICLE 118. Tile community of prop- placed. Crty is governed in general by the Lgree- ARTICLE 112. The territorial law shall ment or will of the parties and in tile be always applied for the Iurpose of absence thereof by the law of the place. distinguishing between personal and real Its place shall be tile domicile of tile property, without prejudice to rights ac- community in the absence of an agme- quired by third parties. ment to the contrary. ARTICLE 113. The other legal classifi- ARTICLE 119. The local law shall be cations and qualifications of property are always applied, exclusively, to the right subject to the same territorial law. of requesting a division of the thing held CHAP'ER .- rOSSESstON in common and to the forms and conditions of its exercise. ARTICLE prop. 114. Inalienable family ARTICLE 120. Provisions relative to erty exempt from encumbrances and at- surveying and marking and the right to tachments is governed by the law of tie inclose rural properties, as well as those place. relating to ruined buildings and trees the nationals of a contracting However, threatening to fall, are of an international State in which that kind of property is public order. not admitted or regulated shall not be able to hold it or organize it in another, CHAP'TEn Iv.-PosSEssIoN except in so far its it does not injure their ARTICLE 121. Possession and its effects necessary heirs. are governed by local law. AlRICLE I 5. Copyrights and industrial ARTICLE 122. The modes of acquiring property shall he governed by the pro- possession are governed by the law Ill)- visions of the special international con- plicable to each in accordance with its ventions Lit present in force or concluded nature. in the futum. AIrriCLE 123. The means and procedure In the absence thereof, their acquisi- to be employed in order to maintain the tion, registration, and enjoyment shall possession of a holder, disquieted, dis- remain subject to the local law which grants them. turbed, or dispossessed by judicial meas- ARTICLE 116. Each contracting State ures or resolution or in consequence has the power to subject to special rules thereof are determined by the law of the as respects foreigners, property in mines, court. in fishing and coasting vessels, in in- CHAPTEIR V.-USUFRUCT, USE, AND dustries in territorial waters and in the IIABITATION maritime zone, and the acquisition and enjoyment of concessions and works of ARTICLE 124. When the usufruct is public utility and public service. established by mandate of tie law of a ARTICLE 117. The general rules relating contracting State, the said law shall to property and the manner of acquiring govern it obligatorily. it or alienating it inter vivos, including ARTICLE 125. If it has been established those applicable to treasure trove, as well by the will of private persons as mani- as those governing the waters of public fested in acts inter vivos or mortis causa, and private domain and the use thereof, the law of the act or that of the succes- are of an international public order. sion shall be respectively applied. ARTICLE 126. If it springs from pre- ARTICLE 135. Territorial law should be scription, it shall be subject to the local applied to the concept and enumeration law which establishes it. of legal servitudes and to the noncon- ARTICLE 127. The precept which does ventiomd regulation of those relating to or does not excuse the usufructuary father waters, passage, party walls, light and from furnishing security depends upon prospect, drainage of buildings, and dis- the personal law of the child. tances and intermediate works for con- ARTICLE 128. The requiring of security structions and plantations. by the surviving spouse for the hereditary cIIAmtn.vlt.-i-isTiumE OF PROPERTY usufruct and the obligation of the usufructuary to pay certain legacies or heredi- ARTICLE 136. Provisions establishing tary debts are subordinated to the law of and regulating them and imposing them the succession. as necessary as regards third persons are ARTICLE 120. The rules defining the of an international public order. usufruct and the forms of its establish- AirritIE 137. There shall be recorded ment, those fixing the legal causes which in the registries of property of each o f the extingiish it, and that which limits it to a contracting States tle reorudable docu- certain number of years for peoples, ments or titlesexecuted in aat bar and corporations, or partnerships are of an having vadid force inthe former in accord- interational public order. ance with tis Coale, anl executory judg- ARTIcLE 130. Use and habitation are ments which under this (ale airc given governed by the will of the party or effect in the State ta wlhich the registry parties who establish them. belongs, or which have in it the force of res adjudicate. CIIAPrER VI.-SERVITUDES ARTICLE 138. Provisions relating to ARTICLE 131. The local law shall be legal mortgages in favor of the State, applied to the concept and classification provinces, or towns are of an interna- of servitudes, to the non-contractual tional public order. ways of acquiring them and extinguishing AuTiCLIE 139. The legal lien which some them, and to the rights and obligations laws concede in benefit of certain indi- in this case of the owners of the dominant vidual persons, shall be enforceable only and servient lands. when the personal law agrees with the law ARTICLE 132. The servitudes of a con- of the place in which the property thereby tractual or voluntary origin are subject affected is situated. to the law of the instrument or juridical relationship which creates them. TITLE III ARTICLE 133. From the provision of the VAIIOUS MODEs OF AcQUISITION preceding article are excepted community CHAPTER of pasturage on public lands and the re- I.---GENERAL RULE demption of the use of wood and all other ARTICLE 1,10. The local law is applied to products of the mountains of private the modes of acquisition regarding which ownership which are subject to the terri- there are no provisions to tia contrary torial law. in this Code. ARTICLE 134. The rules applicaiale to legal servitudes imposed in the interest CIIA "TER l.-G1s or for the use of private persons are of a AUTICLE 1-11. Whenever they are of private order contractual origin they shall remain subject for their perfection and effects inter ARTICLE 150. The rules on the form of vivos to the general rules of contracts. wills are of an international public order, ARTICLE 142. The capacity of both the except those concerning a will made in a donor and donee shall be subject to the foreign country, and military and mari- respective personal law of each of them. time wills, when made abroad. ARTICLE 143. Gifts which are to take ARTICLE 151. The procedure, condi- effect on the death of the donor shall tions, and effects of the revocation of a partake of the nature of testamentary will are subject to the personal law of provisions and shall be governed by the the testator, but the presumption of revo- international rules established in this cation is determined by the local law. Code for testamentary succession. CHAPTER V.-INHERITANCE CHAPTER IN GENERAL III.-SUCCESSIONS ARTICLE 152. The capacity to inherit ARTICLE 144. Successions, both intes- by will or without it is regulated by the tate and testamentary, including the personal law of the heir or legatee. order of descent, the quantum of the ARTICLE 153. Notwithstanding the pro- rights of descent and tile intrinsic validity vision of the preceding article, the in- of the provisions, shall be governed, ex- capacities to inherit which contracting cept as hereinafter provided, by the States consider as such, are of an inter- personal law of the person from whom national public order. the rights are derived, whatever may be ARTICLE 154. The appointment and the nature of the estate and the place substitution of heirs shall be according where it is found. to the personal law of the testator. ARTICLE 145. The precept by which ARTICLE 155. The local law shall, never- the rights to the estate of a person are theless, be applicd to the prohibition of transmitted from the moment of his fideicommissary substitutions beyond the death is of an international public order. second degree, or those made in favor of persons not living at tile time of the death CHAPTER IV.-WILLS of the testator, and of those involving a ARTICLE 146. The capacity to devise perpetual prohibition against alienation. by will is regulated by the personal law ARTICLE 156. The appointment and of the testator. powers of testamentary executors depend ARTICLE 147. The territorial law shall upon the personal law of the deceased he applied to the rules established by each and should be recognized in each one of State for the purpose of showing that an the contracting States in accordance with insane testator acted in a lucid interval. that law. ARTICLE 1-8. Provisions forbidding a ARTICLE 157. In case of intestate es- joint or a holographic or a nuncupative tates, in which the law designates the will, and those which declare it to be a State as heir in the absence of others, the purely personal act are of an international personal law of the person from which public order. the right is derived shall be applied; but ARTICLE 149. Rules relating to the if it is designated as occupant of res form of private palrs relating to wills aullas the local law shall be applied. and concerning the nullity of a will made ARTICLE 158. The precautions which under duress of force, deceit, or fraud, are to be taken when the widow is preg- are also of an international public order. nant shall be in accordance with the provisions of the legislation of the place ARTICLE 168. Those arising from ac- where she happens to be. tions or omissions involving guilt or ARTICLE 159. The formalities required negligence not punishable by law shall in order to accept the inheritance with be governed by the law of the place in benefit of inventory or for the purpose which the negligence or guilt giving rise of using the right of deliberating shall be to them was incurred. subject to the law of the place where the ARTICLE 169. The nature and effect of succession is opened; and this is sufficient the various classes of obligations, as well to produce their extraterritorial effects. as the extinction thereof, are governed by ARtICLE 160. The rule referring to the the law of the obligation in question. unlimited undivided preservation of the ARTICLE 170. Notwithstanding the pro- inheritance or establishing a provisional visions of the preceding article, the local partition, is of an international public law regulates tie conditions of payment order. and the money in which payment shall ARTICLE 161. The capacity to solicit be made. and carry into effect a division is subject ARTICLE 171. The law of the place also to the personal law of the heir. determines who is to cover the judicial ARTICLE 162. The appointment and costs for enforcing payment and regulates powers of the auditor or partitioner de- them. pend upon the personal law of the person ARTICLE 172. The evidence relative to from whom the title is derived. obligations is subject, so far as its ad- ARTICLE 163. The payment of heredi- mission and value is concerned, to the tary debts is subordinated to the same law governing the obligfation itself. law. However, the creditors who have ARTICLE 173. Objection to the cer- security of a real nature may realize on tainty of the place where a private instru- it in accordance with the law controlling ment was executed, if having any bearing said security. on its validity, may be made at tiny time by a third party prejudiced thereby, and TITLE IV the burden of proof shall be on him who OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS makes it. ARTICLE 174. The presumption of rcs CHAPTER I.-OBLIGATIONS IN GENERAL jl dicata by a foreign judgment shall be ARTICLE 164. The concept and classifi. admiss ule whenever the judgment fulfils cation of obligations are subject to the the necessary requirements for its execu- territorial law. tion within the territory, in conformity ARTICLE 165. Obligations arising from with the present Code. the operation of law are governed by the law which has created them. CHAPTER II.-CONTRACTS IN GENERAL ARTICLE 166. Those obligations arising ARTICLE 175. The rules which prevent from contracts have force of law as be- the conclusion of contracts, clauses, and tween the contracting parties and should conditions in conflict with the law, mo- be discharged in accordance with the rality, and public policy, aud the one terms thereof with the exception of the which forbids the taking of an oath and limitations established by this Code. regards the latter as void, are of an inter- ARTICLE 167. Those arising from crimes national public order. or offenses are subject to the same law as ARTICLE 176. The rules which deter- the crime or offense from which they arise. mine the capacity or incapacity to give consent depend upon the personal law of be hereafter laid down for special cases, each contracting party. in contracts of accession, the law of the ARTICLE 177. The territorial law shall one proposing or preparing them is pre- be applied to mistake, violence, intimida- sumed to be accepted, in the absence of an tion, and fraud, in connection with expressed or implied consent. consent. ARTICLE 186. In all other contracts ARTICLE 178. Every rule which pro- and in the case provided for in the pre- hibits as the subject matter of contracts, ceding article, the personal law common services contrary to law and good morals to the contracting parties shall be first and things placed outside the field of applied, and in the absence of such law trade, is also territorial. there shall be applied that of the place ARTICLE 179. Provisions which refer to where the contract was concluded. unlawful matters in contracts are of an international public order. CHAPTER ITI.--CONTRACTS RELATING TO TO MARRIAGE ARTICLE 180. The law of the place of PROPERTY IN RESPECT the contract and that of its execution ARTICLE 187. This contract is governed shall be applied simultaneously to the by the personal law common to the necessity of executing a public indenture parties, and in the absence thereof, by or document for the purpose of giving that of the first matrimonial domicile. effect to certain agreements and to that The same laws determine, in that order, of reducing them to writing. the supplemental legal control in the ARTICLE 181. The rescission of con- absence of stipulation. tracts by reason of incapacity or absence ARTICLE t88. The precept which for- is determined by the personal law of the bids the making of marriage settlements absentee or incapacitated person. during wedlock or modification of same, ARTICLE 182. The other causes of rescis- or which alters the control of property by sion and the form and effects thereof are changes of nationality or of domicile after subordinated to the territorial law. marriage are of an international public ARTICLE 183. Provisions relating to the order. nullity of contracts shall be subject to the ARTICLE 189. Those relating to the en- law upon which the cause of nullity forcement of laws and good morals, to depends. the effects of marriage settlements affect- ARTICLE 184. The interpretation of con- ing third parties, and to the solemn form tracts should be effected, as a general thereof are of the same character. rule, in accordance with the law by which ARTICLE 190. The will of the parties they are governed. regulates the law applicable to gifts However, when that law is in dispute by reason of marriage, except in respect and should appear from the implied will to their capacity, to the safeguard of law- of the parties, the legislation provided for ful rights of heirship, and to the nullity in that case in Articles 186 and 187 shall thereof during wedlock, all of which is be presumptively applied, although it subordinated to the general law governing may result in applying to the contract a marriage as long as it does not affect different law as a consequence of the international public order. interpretation of the will of the parties. ARTICLE 191. Provisions regarding ARTICLE 185. Aside from the rules al- dowry and paraphernalia depend on the ready established and those which may personal law of the wife. ARTICLE 102. The rule which repudiates fixing the conditions and formalities the inalienableness of dowries is of an thereof, prescribing an acknowledgment international public order. every certain number of years, and for- ARTICLE 193. A prohibition against re- bidding subemphyteusis, are also terri- nouncing the conjugal partnership during torial. marriage is of an international public ARTICLE 202. In case of transferable order. annuities (censos consignativos), the rule forbidding that payment in fruits may CHAPTER IV.-SALE, ASSIGNMENT, AND consist of an aliquot part of the products EXCHANGE of the land subject to the annuity is of an ARTICLE 194. Provisions relating to international public order. compulsory alienation for purposes of ARTICLE 203. The same is the character public utility are of an international of the demand that the land subject to public order. the annuity be appraised, in the case of StARTICLE 195. It is the same with pro- reservative annuities. visions fixing the effects of possession and registration among various acquirers and CHAPTER VII.-PARTNERSHIP those referring to the right of legal re- ARTICLE 204. Laws requiring a lawful demption. object, solemn forms, and an inventory CHAPTER V.-LEASES when there is real estate, are territorial. rF'ARTICLE 196. In respect to leases of CHAPTER VIII,-LOANS things, the territorial law should be ap- ARTICLE 205. Local law is applied to plied to such measures as are intended the necessity of an express agreement for to"protect the interest of third parties interest and the rate thereof. and the rights and duties of the purchaser of leased real estate. CHAPTER IX.-BAILMENT ARTICLE 197. In so far as the contract ARTICLn 206. Provisions relating to for services is concerned, the rule which necessary bailments and attachments are prevents the making of such contracts for territorial. life or for more than a certain time, is of an international public order. CHAPTER X.-ALEATORY CONTRACTS ARTICLE 198. Legislation relating to ARTICLI 207. The effects of capacity accidents of labor and social protection in actions arising out of gambling con- of'the laborer is also territorial. tracts are determined by the personal ARTICLE 199. Special and local laws law of the interested party. and regulations are territorial as regards ARTIcL 208. The local law defines lot- carriers by water, land, and air. tery contracts and determines the games CHAPTER VI.-ANNUITI ES of chance and the betting which are permitted o. forbidden. ARTICLE 200. The territorial law is ap- which de- plied to the determination of the concept ARTICUL 209. A provision and classes of annuities, the redeemable clares null ad void an annuity consti- character and prescription thereof, and tuted on the life of a person deceased the real action arising therefrom. at the time of its creation, or at a time an incurable ARTICLE 201. In respect to emphyteutic when he was suffering from annuities (censos enfil diicos), provisions disease, is territorial. CHAPTER XI.-COMPROMISE AND recording of the mortgage contract are ARBITRATION territorial. ARTICLE 219. A prohibition against the ARTICLE 210. Provisions forbidding creditor acquiring tile property of the compromise or arbitration of certain real estate involved in the antiehresis, for matters are territorial. default in payment of the debt, is also ARTICLE 211. The extent and effects of territorial. the arbitration and the authority of res judicata of the compromise also depend CIIAITER XIV.-QUASI CONTRACTS upon the territorial law. ARTICLE 220. The conduct of another's CHAPTER XII.-SECUR1TY business is regulated by the law of the ARTICLE 212. A rule forbidding tile place in which it is effected. surety to assume a greater liability than AnTICLE 221. The collection of that that of the principal debtor is of an which is not due is subject to the common international public order. personal law of the parties and, in the ARTICLE 213. To the same class belong absence thereof, to that of the place in the provisions relating to legal or judicial which the payment was mad. security. ARTICLI 222. The other quasi-contracts are subject to the law which regulates the CIIAPTER XIII.--PLEDGE, MORTGAGIE, AND legal institution which gives rise to them. ANT'IIRESIS AnTICLE 214. The irovision forbidding CIIAPTER XV.-CONtURINCE AND PREF- the creditor to appropriate to himself the EIENCE OF nBTS chattels received by him as pledge or ARriCLE 223. WNlhen concurrent obliga- mortgage is territorial. tions have no real character and are sub- ARTICLE 215. The precepts fixing the ject to one and the same law, the latter essential requirements of the pledge con- shall also regulate the preference of said tract are also territorial, and they must obligations. be compliedl with when the thing which AnTiCM 224. In respect to those which is pledged is taken to a place where such are guaranteed by a real action, the law are different from those re- requirements of the llace of the guaranty shall apply. when the contract was executed. quired ARTiCLE 225. Aside from the cases pro- ARTICLE 216. The provisions hv virtue vided for in the preceding articles, the of which the pledge is to remain in the law of the trial court should be applied possession of the creditor or of a third to the preference of debts. party, the one which requires as against ARTICLE 226. When the question is strangers that a certain (late be expressed in more than in a public instrument, and the one which simultaneously presented fixes the procedure for the alienation of one court of different States, it shall be the pledge, are also territorial. determined in accordance with the law ARTIciLE 217. The special rules and of that one which actually has under its regulations of pawn shops and analogous jurisdiction tile property or money which public establishments are territorially is to render the preference effective. binding in respect to all transactions CIIAPTER XVI.-RIIESCRI PTION made with them. ARTICLE' 218. The provisions fixing the ARTICLE 227. Acquisitive prescription objects, conditions, requisites, extent, and of both real and personal property is governed by the law of the place where through their representatives, and mar- they are situated. ried women by themselves. ARTtChi, 228. If personal property ARTICUL 235. Tihe local law should be should change situation during the period applied to the incompatibility to engage of prescription, the latter shall be gov- in commerce of public servants and of erned by the law of the place where it is commercial agents and brokers. at the moment the period required is ARTICLE 236. Every incompatibility completed. for commerce resulting from laws or spe- AnriCLE 229. Extinctive prescription of cial provisions in force in any territory personal actions is governed by the law shall be governed by the law of the same. AwrICLE The said incompatibility, to which the obligation which is to be 237. in so far as diplomatic and consular extinguished is subject. agents are concerned, shall be measured ARTICLE 230. Extinctive prescription by the law of the State appointing them. of real actions is governed by the law of The country where they reside has also the place where the object to which it the right to forbid thein to engage in refers is situated. commerce. ARTICLE 231. If in the case provided ARTICLE 238. The partnership contract for in the preceding article personal prop- or, in an applicable case, the law to which erty has changed its location during the such contract may be subject, is applied period of prescription, the law of the to the prohibition against general or silent place where the property is found at the partners engaging in commercial transac- completion of the time there specified for tions, or in certain classes of them, on prescription shall apply. their own account or on that of others.

BOOK 11 'IIAPTER II.--TIlE QUALITY OF MERCHANTS AND ACTS OF COMMERCE INTERNATIONAL (.OMMEII(IAL LAW AaTtLicm, 239. For all purposes of a TITLE I public character, tilequality of merchants MICHANTS AND (OMMEiE IN IENERAL is governed I*ythe law of the place where the act has taken place or where the trade CHAPTER I. -MERCIIANTS ili question has been carried on. ARTICLE 232. Thll capacity to engage Aitrimt.i: 2t0. 'I'lli form of contracts in commerce andt Iohecolne party to and v,,mimlircial acts is subject to the - commercial acts and contramcts, is l'q-g ileitlriallaw. lated by the personal law of each inter- REGISTRY ested person. CiAITER III.-COMMI.RiIAL ARTIcIa. 23:3. o' tile same personal Anrici iL.211. 'rovisi,,ns relating to the law are subordinated invapacities and rIording ini tIh coinmcrcial registry of their cessation. foreign merchants and partnerships are ARTICI.I 23-1. The law of the place territorial. where tile business is carried on should AnRTIct.I 2-12. Ruls fixing the effect of be applied in the measures for publicity recording in said registry the credits or necessary to the effect that persons in- rights of third parties have the same capacitated therefor may engage in it character. CHAPTER IV.-PLACES AND HOUSES OF place where its board of directors is COMMERCIAL TRAFFIC AND OFFICIAL QUO- normally located. TATION OF PUBLIC SECURITIES AND COM- If the said laws should not distinguish MERCIAL PAPER PAYABLE TO BEARER between commercial and civil societies, the said corporation shall have either ARTICLE 2.13. Provisions relating to the character according to whether it is or places and exchanges for the ollicial registered in the commercial registry quotation of public securities and docu- not of the country where the question is to ments payable to bearer are of an inter- be judicially determined. In the absence national public order. of a commercial registry the local law of CHAPTER V,-GENERAL PROVISIONS RELAT- the latter country shall be applied. ING TO COMMERCIAL CONTRACTS ARICLiE 2.19. Questions relative to the ARTICLE 244. The general ,'ules pro- constitution and manliner of operation of vided for civil contracts in Chapter I, commercial societies and the liability of Title IV, Book I, of this Code sliall be tli memhers thereof are subject to the applied to commercid contracts. articles of association or, in an applicable AirnCLE 24.5. Contracts by correspond- case, to the law govorn iog such articles. ence shall be complete only when tile ARTICLE 250. The issue of shares and conditions prescribed for the purpose by obligations in one of the contracting the legislation of all the contracting States, the forms and guarantees of parties have been duly complied with. publicity and tie liability of managers ARTICLE 2-6. Provisions relating to of agencies and branch offices in respect unlawful contracts and terms of grace, to third persons are subject to the terri- courtesy, and others of a similar nature torial law. are of an internationl public order. ARtiCLE 251. Laws subordinating the partnership to a special r6girne by reason TITLE II of its transactions are also territorial. SPECIAL COMMERCIAL CoN'rR.CTs ARTICLE 252. Commercial partnerships duly constituted in a contracting State CHAPTER I,-COMMERCIAL COMPANIES will enjoy the same juristic personality ARTICLE 2.17. The commercial character in the other contracting States except for of a collective or silent partnership is the limitations of territorial law. determined by the law to which tile AriCLE 253. Provisions referring to articles of partnership are subject, and the creation, operation, and privilege of in the absence thereof, by the law of the banks of issue and discount, general ware- place where it has its commercial domicile. house companies, and other similar com- If those laws do not distinguish be- panies, are territorial. tween commercial and civil societies, the CHAPTER II.-COMMERCIAL COMMISSION law of the country where the question is submitted to tie courts shall be applied. ARTICLE 25.1. Provisions relating to the ARTICLE 218. The comnmercial char- form of an urgent sale by a commission acter of a corporation depends upon the merchant to save as far as possible the law proviled in t be articles of a.ssociation; value of the articles of the commission are in the absence of such rlorivision, upon of all international public order. the law of the place where the general AR'tICL.: 253. The obligations of the meetings of shardholders are held, and factor are subject to the law (if the com- in the absence thereof, the law of the mercial domicile of the principal. CHAPTER III.-COMMERCIAL DEPOSIT AND honor, acceptance, and protest of a bill LOANS of exchange, are subject to the law of the ARTICLE 256. The noncivil liabilities of locality in which each one of those acts a depositary are governed by tie law of takes place. the place where the deposit is made. Au'ricLE 264. In the absence of ex- Arrrlc.E 257. Tile rate or freedom of pressed or implied agreement, the legal commercial interests is of an international relations between the drawer and the public order. payee are governed by the law of the AarTCLEa 258. Provisions relating to place where tile bill is drawn. loans upon collateral of quotable securi- AiricLE 265. Likewise, the obligations ties made in the exchange, through the and rights existing between the acceptor intervention of a duly authorized broker and the holder are regulated by the law or official functionary, are territorial. of the place in which the acceptance was made. CHAPTER IV.-LAND TRANSPORTATION ARTICLE 266. In the same hypothesis, ARTICLE 259. In cases of international the legal effects produced by indorsement transportation there is only one contract, between indorser and indorsee depend governed by the proper law corresponding upon the law of the place where the bill to it according to its nature. has been indorsed. ARTICLE 260. Time limits and formali- ARTICLE 267. The greater or lesser ex- ties for the exercise of actions arising out tent of the obligations of each indorser of this contract but not provided for does not alter the original rights and therein are governed by the law of the duties of the drawer and the payee. locality where the facts took place. AnTICLl: 268. Guaranty (aval), in the ctuaIrER v.-coxrnacTs OF INsURANCE same conditions, is governed by the law of the llace in which it is furnishlCd. Awlrtch. 261. Trie contract of fire in- ArTICLE 269. The legal effects of ac- surance is governed by the law of tile ceptance by intervention are regulated, place where the tiling insured is located in the adsence of agreeoent, by tile law at the tilne of its execution. of the place in which the third party ARTICLE 262. All other contracts of insurance follow the general rule, being intervenes. regulated by the personal law common to AirricLm. 270. The time limits and the parties, or in the absence thereof, by formalities for acceptance, payment, and the law of the place where the contract of protest, are subject to the lOCal law. insurance was executed; but tile external Aa'rict. 27t. The rules of this chapter formalities for proving facts or omissions are applicable to local drafts (libranzas), necessary to the exercise or preservation duelbills, promissory notes, and orders or of actions or rights are subject to the cheeks. law of the locality where the act or omis- CllA lEU VII.-FORGEItY, RoInl'Y, LAR- sion which gives rise to them took place. CENY, OIlt LOSS OF PUBLIC SECURITIES CAPTI R VI.-CONTRACTS AND BILLS OF AND NEGOTIAILE INSTRUMENTS EXCHANGE AND SIMILAR COMMERCIAL ARTICLE 272. Provisions relating to the INSTRUMENTS forgery, robbery, theft or loss of credit ARTICLE 263. The forms of the order, documents and bonds payable to bearer, indorsement, suretyship, intervention for are of an international public order. ARTICLE 273. The adoption of the order of the vessel are subject to the law measures established by the law of the of the flag. locality in which the fact takes place ARTICLE 282. The preceding provisions does not excuse the interested parties of this chapter are also applicable to from taking all other measures established aircraft. by the law of the place in which those ARICLE 283. The rules on nationality documents and securities are negotiated, of the proprietors of ships and aircraft and by that of the place of their payment. and ship's husbands, as well as of officers and crew, are of an international public TITLE III order. MARITIME AND Ain COMMERCE ARTICLE 284. Provisions relating to tile nationality of ships and aircraft for river, CHAPTER I.-SHIPS AND AIRCRAFT lake, and coastwise commerce, or com- ARTICLE 274. The nationality of ships me-ce between certain points of the is proved by the navigation license and territory of the contracting States, as the certificate of registration and has the well 1s for fishing and other submarine flag as an apparent distinctive symbol. exploitations in the territorial sea, also ARTICLE 275. The law of the flag gov- are (f tininternational lalilic order. erns the forms of publicity reqluired for the transfer of property ill a ship. CIIAPTEI-A 1.-SPECIA I(CONrnAurS Op ARTICLE 276. The power of judicial MARTIME AND AERIAL COMMEIRCE attachment and sale of a ship, whether ArTIcLE 285. The charter party, if not. or not it is loaded and cleared, should be a contract of adhesion, shall be governed subject to tile law of the place where it by the law of the plce of departure of is situated. the merchandise. AnTicI. 277. The rights of the creditors The acts of execution of the contract, after the sale of the ship, and their ex- shall he subject tot lhelaw If tile place tinguishment, are regulated by the law where they are perforned. AIt'ricLL. of tile ilag. 28(;. T'ie powers ,ofthe eaphn ARTICI;.: 278. Maritime hypothecation, ill rcspect Ito loans ,,IIl ottoilry bnd) privileges, and real guaranties, consti- are hlternined by tlle law of til'flag. tuted in accordance with the law of the AirTi. 287. T1e c0lltraelt of It bat- flag, have ext rat erritorial effect even in tolliry bolnd, exced'pt as otl(('(vise pr,,vided those countries the legislation of which by agree'mnent, is subject to the law of does not recognize nor reguilate such tile plae inwhich tile loan is mlade. hypothecation. ARTICL. 28S. In (rder to determine A IITICLE 279. Thellpwers and obliga- whether tile av'erag' is particular or gel- tions of the master and the liability of eral and the pr)Iortion in which fille the proprietors and ship's husbands for vesseland cargo Ireto contribute there- their acts are also subject to the law for, theIlw of the flag is applied. of tile ftlag AirricL.E 289. A fortuitos collision in ARTMCIx, 230. The recognition of the territorial waters or ill the nationl air ship, the reque.t for a pilot, and the sani- is sulaject to tile law of tile flag if com- tary police depend upon the telrito- mon to colliding vessels. rial law. ARTICLE 290. In the same case, if the ARTICLE 281. The obligations of the flags are different the law of the place officers and seamen and the internal is applied. ARTICLE 291. Tle same local law is in ARTICLE 299. Nor are the penal laws every ease applied to wrongful collisions of the State applicable to offenses com- in territorial waters or in the national air. mitted within the field of military oper- ARTICLE 292. To a fortuitous or wrong- ations when it authorizes tile passage of ful collision in the open sea or air is ap- all army of another contracting State plied the law of the flag if all the ships through its territory, except offenses not or aircraft carry tilesame one. legally connected with sai( army. An'rICL 293. If that is not the case, Airricm 300. The same exemption is the collision shall be regulated by tileapplied to offenses committed on board flag of the ship or aircraft struck if the of foreign war vessels or aircraft while in collision has been wrongful. territorial waters or in the national air. ARTICLE 294. In the cases of fortuitous ARTICLE 301. The same is the case in collision o the high sea or in the open respect to offenses committed in terri- air between vessels or aircraft of different torial waters or in the national air, on flags, each shall bear one half of the sum foreign merchant vessels or aircraft, if total of the damage apportioned in ac- they have no relation with the country cordance with the law of one of them, and its inhabitants and do not disturb its and the other half apportioned in accord- tranquillity. ance with the law of the other. ARTICLE 302. When the acts of which an offense is composed take place in TITLE IV different contracting States, each State PiamscuiPrioN may punish the act committed within its ARTICLE 295. Prescription of actions jurisdiction, if it by itself constitites a arising from contracts andi commercial punishalle act. acts sh1allbe subject to the rules estab- In the contrary case, preference shall lished in this Code in respect to civil be given to the right of the local sov- actions. ereignty where tile offense has been committed. BOOK II AirriCI.: 303. In case of related offenses INTEa.NATrIoNAL PENAL LAW commnitted in the territories of inore than one cont raeting State, only tile one com- CHAITER .- PENAL LAWS mitte l in its own territor 'y shall bIe sulbject ARTICL 296. Penal laws are binding to the penal law of each. on all persons residing in the territory, Au'riciE 301. No contracting State without other exceptions tlan those es- shall apply in its territory the penal laws tablished in this chapter. of the others. ARTICLE: 297. The head of ealch of the contracting States is exempt from the CII.A\I'ri II.-OFFENSES COlMMITED IN A penal laws of the others when lie is in FOIIIGN CONTRACTING STATE the territory of the latter. AirICLE 305. Those committing an ARTICLE 298. The diplomatic repre- offense against the internal or external sentatives of the contracting States in security of a contracting State or against each of the others, together, with their its pulllic credit, whatever the nationality foreign personnel, and the members of or domicile of the delinquent person, are the families of tile former who are living subject in a foreign country to the penal in his company enjoy tile same exemption. laws of each contracting State. ARTICLE 306. Every national of a con- ARTICLE 312. Prescription of an offense tracting State or every foreigner dom- is subordinated to the law of the State iciled therein who commits in a foreign having cognizance thereof. country an offense against the independ- ARTICLE 313. Prescription of the pen- ence of that State remains subject to its alty is governed by the law of the State penal laws. which has imposed it. ARTICLE 307. Moreover, those persons are subject to the penal laws of the foreign BOOK IV State in which they are apprehended and INTERK '.TIONAL LAW OF PROCEDURE tried who have committed outside its territory an offense, such as white slavery, TITLE I which said contracting State has bound GENERAL RULES itself by an international agreement to ARTICLE 314. The law of each col- repress. tracting State determines the competence CHAPTER III.-OFFENSES COMMIT'ED OUT- of courts, as well n1s their organization, SIDE THE NATIONAL TERRITORY the forms of procedure and of execution of judgments, and the appeals from their ARTICLE 308. Piracy, trade in negroes decisions. and slave traffic, white slavery, the de- ARTICLE 315. No contracting State struction or injury of submarine cables, shall organize or maintain in its territory and all other offenses of a similar nature special tribunals for members of the other against international law committed on contracting States. the high sea, in tile open air, and on ARTICLE 316. Competence rat onc loci territory not yet organized into a State, is subordinated, in the order of inter- shall be punished by the captor in ac- national relations, to the law of the con- cordance with the penal laws of the latter. tracting State which establishes it. ARTICLE 309. In cases of wrongful col- ARTICLE 317. Competence ratione ma- lision on the high sea or in the air, be- tcria and ratione personae, in the order tween ships or aircraft carrying different of internationl relations should not be colors, the penal law of the victim shall be based by the contracting applied. States on the status as nationals or foreigners of the C APr-I'. IV.-SUNDRY QUESTIONS interested parties, to the prejudice of ARTICLE 310. For the legal concept of the latter. reiteration or recidivism will be taken TI LE II into account the judgment rendered in a COM IPEENCE foreign contracting State, with the exception of the cases in which same is contrary CHAPTER I.-ENERAL RULES CONCERNING to local law. COMPIENCE IN CIVIL AND ARTICLE 311. The penalty of civil COMMEIRCIAL MATrERS interdiction shall have effect in each of ARTICLE 318. The judge competent in the other States upon the previous com- the first place to take cognizance of suits pliance with the formalities of registration arising from the exercise of civil and or publication which may be required by commercial actions of all kinds shall be the legislation of such State. the one to whom the litigants expressly or impliedly submit themselves, provided ARTICLE 324. For the exercise of real that one of them at least is a national of actions in respect to personal property, the contracting State to which tile judge the judge of the place where tile property belongs or has his domicile therein, and is situated shall be competent, and if it in the absence of local laws to the con- is not known by the plaintiff, then the trary. judge of the domicile, and in the absence The submission in real or mixed actions thereof, the one of the residence of the involving real property shall not be pos- defendant. sible if the law where the property is ARTICLE 325. For the exercise of real situated forbids it. actions in respect to real property, and ARTICLE 319. The submission can be for that of mixed actions to determine made only to a judge having ordinary boundary and partition of common prop- jurisdiction to take cognizance of a simi- erty, the competent judge shall be tie lar class of cases in the same degree. one where the property is situated. ARTICLE 320. In no case shall the ARTICLE 326. If in the cases to which parties be able to submit themselves tile two preceding articles refer there is expressly or impliedly for relief to any any property situated in more than one judge or court other than that to whom of the contracting States, recourse may is subordinated according to local laws be had to the judges of any of them, un- the one who took cognizance of tile suit less prohibited, as to immovables, by the in the first instance. law of their situation. ARTICLE 321. By express submission AnTicLI.r 327. In cases relating to the shall be understood the submission made probate of wills or to intestate estates, the by the interested parties in clearly and competent court will be that of the place conclusively renouncing their own court in which the deceased had his last dom- and unmistakably designating the judge icile. to whom they submit themselves. AnTIcLE 328. In insolvency and bank- ARTICLE 322. Implied submission shall ruptcy proceedings, when the debtor has be understood to have been made by the acted voluntarily, the judge of the dom- plaintiff from the fact of applying to the icile of the latter shall be the one com- judge in filing the complaint, and by the petent. defendant from the fact of his having, ARTICLE 329. In insolvency or bank- after entering his appearance in the suit, ruptcy proceedings brought by the cred- filed any plea unless it is for the purpose itors the competent judge shall be the of denying jurisdiction. No submission one of any of the places who has cogni- can be implied when the suit is proceeded zance of the claim which gives rise to with as in default. them, preference being given, if among ARTICLE 323. Outside the cases of ex- them, to that of the domicile of the debtor press or implied submissions, without if he or the majority of the creditors prejudice to local laws to tile contrary, demand it. the judge competent for hearing personal ARTICLE 330. In respect to acts of causes shall be the one of the place where voluntary jurisdiction, saving also the the obligation is to be performed, and in case of submission without prejudice to the absence thereof the one of the domicile local laws to the contrary, tIle competent or nationality of the defendants and sub- judge shall be the one of the place where sidiarily that of their residence. the person instituting it has or has had his domicile, or if none, his residenco. tracting foreign State or its head inter- ARTICLE 331. Respecting acts of volun- veies in them. tary jurisdiction in commercial matters, Ai'ricLa. 337. rhe provisions estab- apart from the case of submission, without lished in preceding articles shall be ap- prejudice to local laws to tile contrary, plied to foreign diplomatic agents and to the competent judge shall be tile one of the commanders of war vessels or aircraft. the place where the obligation should be ARTICLE 338. Foreign consuls shall not performed or, in the absence thereof, the be exempt from the civil jurisdiction of one of the place where tile event giving the judges and courts of the country in rise to them occurred. which they act, except in respect to their ARTICLE 332. Within each contracting official acts. State, the preferable competence of sev- ARTICLE 339. In no case can judges or eral judges shall be in conformity with courts adopt coercive or other measures their national law. which have to be executed within the legations or consulates or their archives, CHAPTER I.-EXCEPTIONS TO THE GEN- nor in respect to diplomatic or consular ERAL RULES OF COMPETENCE INRESPECT correspondence, without the consent of TO CIVIL AND COMMERCIAL MATTERS the respective diplomatic or consular ARTICLE 333. The judges and courts of agents. each contracting State shall be incompe- tent to take cognizance of civil or com- CHAPTER 11.---GENERAL RULES OF COMPE- mercial cases to which the other contract- TENCE IN PENAL MATTERS ing States or their heads are defendant AIriCLE 340. The judges and courts of parties, if the action is a personal one, the contracting State in which crimes or except, in case of express submission or of misdemeanors have been committed are colntercla ims. competent to take cognizance of and pass AaicrtL 33-I. Ia the same case and with judgment upon them. the same exception, they shall be incom- AnTCLE 341. Competence extends to petent when real actions are exercised, if all other crimes and misdemeanors to the contracting State or its hed has which the penal law of the State is to be acted on the case as such and in its public applied in conformity with the provisions character, when the provisions of the last of this Code. paragraph of Article 318 shall be applied. ARTICLE 3-12. It also extends to crimes ARTICLE 335. If the foreign contracting or misdemeanors committed in a foreign State or its head la acted as an individual country by national officials enjoying the or private person, the judges or courts benefit of immunity. shall be competent to take cognizance of the eases where real or mixed actions are CIIAPTER Iv.-EXCEPIONS TO THE GEN- brought, if such competence belongs to ERAL RULES OF COMPETENCE IN them in respect to foreign individuals in PENAL MAI'TERS conformity with this Code. ARTICLE 343. Persons and crimes and ARTICLE 336. The rule of the preceding misdemeanors to which the penal law of article shall be applicable to universal the respective State does not extend are causes (juicios uaiversales, e. g., distribu- not subject, in penal matters, to the tion of a bankrupt's or decedent's effects), competence of the judges and courts of the whatever the character in which the con- contracting States. TITLE III domicile of the accused, if such State is among those requesting extradition. EXTRADITION ARTICLe 350. The foregoing rules in ARTICLE 344, In order to render effec- respect to preference shall not be applica- tive the international judicial competence ble if tile contracting State is obligated in penal matters each of the contracting toward a third one, by reason of treaties States shall accede to the request of any in force prior to the adoption of this Code, of the others for the delivery of persons to establish a different method. convicted or accused of crime, if in con- ARTICLE 351. In order to grant extra- formity with the provisions of this title, dition it is necessary that the offense has subject to the dispositions of the inter- been committed in the territory of tile national treaties and conventions con- State requesting it, or that its penal laws taining a list of penal infractions which are applicable to it in accordance with authorize the extradition. the provisions of Book Ill of this Code. ARTICLE 345. Tie contracting States ARTICLE 352. Extradition extels to are not obliged to hand over their own persons accused or convictedi as principals, nationals. The nation which refuses to accomplices, or abettors of a consum- give up one of its citizens shall try him. mated offense. ARriCLE 346. Whenever before the re- ARTICLE 353. It is necessary that the ceipt of the request, a person accused or act which gives rise to the extradition le convicted has committed an offense in a criminal offense in the legislation of ti the country from which his delivery is State making the request and in that requested, the said delivery inay he post- upon which it is made. poncd until he is tried and has served Airrict,l; 354. It shall be likewise neces- sentence. sary that the penalty littadI' to thw ARTICLE 3.17. If various contracting alleged acts, according to their 'provisional States should request the extradition of or final descripthIo IN'the vonipeent a delinquent for the same offense, he judge or court of the State requesting the should be delivered to that one in whose extradition, is not less than olle year of territory the offense has been committed. deprivation of liberty, and that the arrt'st ARTICLE 348. In case the extradition is or let ention of the at'usvd Ihas requested for differcnt aicts, tile preference Ordered or decided tlpon. ill (.as.finial shall belong to the ctotracting State in sentence Ias not been delivered. The whose territory the most grievous offense sentente shouldIbe depri'atiotn of liberty. has been committed, according to the Airt'rIc'm; 355. Politival ofTenses and act s legislation of the State upon which the related thereto, as definedt Il the re- request was made. quested State, are excludd front extra- ARTICLE 349. If all the acts imputed dition. should be equally grave, the preference AtrIcm.t: 356. Not slall it bv, grianted shall be given to the contracting State if it is shown that the rcquest for extra- which first presents the request for extradition has been in fact made for the dition. If all have applied simultaneously, purpose of trying trpunishing the ac- the State upon which the request was cused for ivroffense of a political .iarateter made shall decide, but the preference in ae'ordante with thle sami, delinitillon. should be given to tile State of origin, A'rtcLE 357. llomicide or murder of or in the absence thereof, to that of the the head of a, contracting State ortof any other person who exercises authority in equal force, or one which obliges the said State, shall not e deened a political interested party to appear leriodiCally offense nor an iet related thereto. before tie criminal ioiurt, together with AIMiCLE 358. Extradition shall not he sich parts if the record in tie tas as granted if the per-s n denided lltsil- fitrnishpriof or litleast sioilereatsoillthle ready been tried and acquitted, or served evilnee iif tile guilt of the person it his sentence, or is awaiting trial, ill tile question. territory of the requesteil State for the 2. The filiation iif the person whose offense upon which the request is based. extradition is reqtuested, or such mlarks or ARTICLE 359. Nor should extradition ciretntstances as may serve to iden- be granted if the offense or the penalty is tify hin. already barred by limitation by the laws 3. Ai authenticated copy of the proof tile requesting or requested State. visions establishing the legal definition AaTICLE 360. h, all cases in which the of the act which gives rise to the request legislation of the requested State prevents for extradition, describing the participa- extradition it is an indispensable require- tion imputed therein to the defendant, ment that such legislation be enacted be- and prescribing the penalty applicable. fore the commission of the crime. ARTICLE 366. The extradition may be ARICLE 361. Consuls general, consuls, requested by telegraph and, in that case vice consuls, or consuilar agents may re- tie documents mentioned in the preced- quest the arrest and delivery oil board of it ing article shall lie presented to the re- vessel or airerft of their comntry of the questing country li' to its legation or officers, sailors, or iendwrs of till- crew consulate general in the retuesting itilln- of its war or merclatit ships ilraircraft try, within two nllntilts following the Whi lL V haVf' itMSV'rtei It1ierefriiiii. deteniolni if the aiTiSu'u, ( i)tierwise lie .\icrlci.i: 3162. ltr tit, ptirpitsi-s oif the shall ueSlit at lilurty. preedingg artieit,, tleyN shall eilihiit to AIrroct'. 367. M[i urixur,l' if thl retmlest- till' U'upt-" hcl annllority, ielivering also ing State diV nt dispi)ose iOf tile p sill to it tl tileiilitatt el ctcopy thereof, tile deiatulnded within tlhre ni ntls fllilwing regis er f the slip or airt ra ft, ti , irew his being plalced at its disposali he shall list, irlilly otficilldisitien 'lli upont ie set ait Iiluerl . which the reqiiest is founded. ARTICLi,: 368. Thie ll'rsn thetainedlmay ilse, in tile State to which the reqtuest for Alir'1.i: 33. li adjoining io litries extratl itionis llade, all legal inains pro- special rules IIlY bi atgreetd upon for vithi'., for its natiniihs for the ptlrpose of extraditioun ill tei rigitns ill'hliialities of regaining their fretdini, basing tile ex- tile boundary. ercist t hereof on tie provisions iif this AirrILE 3i1. Tie r"'qtest fir extratli- CJ'ode. tion sholiil lie nade thrtuilgh agents iuly AlcrlCL.-: 369. Thin perstin detainil may authorizeil for this purpo. by the laws also ithereafter use the legal r'el edies of the petitioning State. whi'h are cinsidered proper int tile State AtrrcL: 365. 'ogether wil tie fiial which requests the extradition, against request for extradition the following the uitialiticatituns and resolutions upon should lie subnitted: which tie latter is foiunded. I. A sentence uf conviction or a war- AurICLE 370. 'Tihe delivery shtuld be rant or order of arrest or a document of made together with till the effects found in the possession of the person demanded, ing rise to the extradition and committed whether as proceeds of the alleged crime, prior thereto, unless it is clone with the or whether to be used as evidence, in so consent of the requested State, or unless far as practicable in accordance with the the extradited person remains free in the laws of the State effecting the delivery territory of the former for three months and duly respecting the rights of third after his trial and acquittal for the offense persons. which gave rise to the extradition, or ARTICLE 371. The delivery of the effects after having served the sentence of de- referred to in the preceding article can privation Otfliberty im utnsedupon him. be made, if requested by tie State re- AHrtCLl; 378. In no case shall the death questing the extradition, even though the penalty )e imposed or executted for the detained person (lies or escapes before it offense upon which the extradition is is effected. founded. ARTICLE 372. The expenses of detention Aitt-m.: 379. \Vhenever allowance for and delivery shall be horne by the re- temporary detention is )roper, it shall questing State, but the latter shall not, be c tuputed front the time of the deten- in tile meanwhile, have to defray any ex- tion of the extraLdited pe'rsm in the State penses for the services rendered by the to which the request was tilade. public paid employees of the government Atrn'.i. 3S0. The detained person shall front which extradition is requested. be set free if tie reqesti ing Steat (hoes AnTicixt 373. The charge for the serv- not present the rlequest ftw extraidition in ices of such public employees or oflicers a reasonable periol. within tile least time as receive only fees or perquisites shall possible after temporary arrest, taking not exceed their customary fees for their into account the distance and facilities of acts or services under the laws of the postal conunication between tile two country in which they reside. countries. ARTICLE 374. All liability arising from ARTICLE 381. If the extradition of a the fact of a provisional detention shall person has been refused, a second request rest upon the requesting State. on account of the same crime cannot ARTICLE 375. 'he passage of the extra- b,, made. dited person and his custodians through TITLE IV the territory of a third contracting State shall be permitted upon presentation of THE RIOGUT TO APPEAR IN COURT AND the original document which allows the ITS MODALITIES extradition, or of an authenticated copy ARTICLE 382. The nationals of each thereof. contracting State shall enjoy in each of ARTICLE 376. A State which obtains the others the benefit of having counsel extradition of an accused who is after- assigned to them upon the same condi- wards acquitted shall be obliged to com- tions as natives. municate to the State which granted it an ARTICLE 383. No difference shall be authenticated copy of the judgment. made between nationals and foreigners in ARTICLE 377. The person delivered can the contracting States in respect to giving not be detained in prison nor tried by the security for judgment. contracting State to which he is delivered AitrICIuE 3S-t. Aliens belonging to a for an offense different from the one giv- conitratting State may exercise in tile others public rights of action in matters with the law of the one issuing the same, of a penal nature upon tile same condi- and as; to the manner of discharging the tions as the nationals. reqLuest lie should comply with his ARTICLE 385. Nor shall those aliens be own law. required to furnish security when excr- ARTICLE 392. The letters requisitorial cising a private right of action in cases will be written in the language of tile in which it is not required from nationals. State which sent them and will be ac- ARTICLE 386. None of tile contracting companied by a translation in the lan- States shall require from the nationals of guage of the State to which they are another the security judicio sisli nor the addressed, said translation to be duly onus probandi in cases where they are not certified by a sworn public translator. required from its own nationals. ARTICLE 393. Parties interested in tile ARTICLE 387. No provisional attach- execution of letters requisitorial and ments, bail, or any other measures of t rogatory of a private nature should give similar nature shall be authorized in re- powers of attorney, being responsible for spect to the nationals of the contracting the expenses incurred by the same and States by reason merely of their being by the investigations made. foreigners. TITLE VI 'ri'TLE V

LE'PErrFs II EQUISI'rOIIAL OR LIT'I'IRS EXC'EPIONS HAVING AN INTERNATIONAL ROGATORY CIIARACTER ARTICLE 388. Every judicial step which ArrIcLI, 39-1. Litispendencia by reason a contracting State has to take in another of a suit in another of tile contracting shall be effected by means of letters States may be pleaded in civil matters req isitorial or letters rogatory, trans- when the judgment rendered in one of mitted through tle diplomatic cnnel. them is to take effect in the other as Nevertheless, the contracting States may res judicata. agree upon or accept as between them- ARTICLE 395. In1criminal cases tile plea selves any other forn of transmission in of ilispcndcncia by reason of a cause respect t(; civil or criminal matters. pending in another contracting State AicricL.: 389. The judge issuing the shall not lie. letters requisitorial is to decide is to his AivrItcwL 396. The plea of res judicata own competenc and the legalit 'v and founded on a judgment of another con- propriety of the act or evidence, without tracting party shall lie only when the prejudice to the jurisdiction of the judge judgment has been rendered in the pes- to whom said letters .el( addressed. once of the parties or their legal repre- ARTICLE 390. 'T'lle jud ge to whom such senltatives, and no question founded on letters requisitorial are sent, shall decide the provisions of this Code has arisen as to as to his own cinmpetence ralione materiae the competence of the foreign court. in respect to the act which be is requested AIrTICLW- 397. In all cases of juridical to perform. relations subject to this Code questions ARTILE 391. 'the one receiving the of competence founded on its precepts letters requisitorial or letters rogatory may be addressed to the jurisdiction of should comply, as to the object thereof, the Court. TITLE VII law to which tilelegal relation constituting EVIDENCE the object of the suit is subject. ARTICLE 405. The form of the oath CHAPTER I.-GENERAL PROVISIONS IN shall conform to the law of the judge or RESPECT TO EVIDENCE court before whom it is administered, and ARTICLE 398. The law governing the its validity is subject to the law governing offense or the legal relation constituting the fact in respect to which the oath the subject of the civil or commercial suit is taken. determines upon whom the burden of ARTILE" 400. Tile presumptions de- proof rests. rived from an act are subject to the law ARTICLE 399. In order to determine of tileplace where tileact giving riseto the modes of proof which may be used in them occurs. each case, the law of the place in which ARTICLE 407. Circumstantial evidence the act or fact to be proved has taken is subject to the law of the judge or place shall apply, except those which are court. not authorized by the law of the place in which the suit is instituted. CHAPTEI 1I.-SPECIAL RULE'S ON EVIDENCE ARTICLE, 400. The form of the evidence OF FOREIGN LAWS is regulated by the law in force in the ARTCLE.: 408. Tihe judge and courts of pl'ace where it is taken. each contracting State shall apply cx ARTrICLE 401. The weight of the evi- oficio, in suitable cases, t he laws of the dence depends on the law of the judge. others, without prejudice to the means ARiICLE 4102. Documents executed in of proof referred to in this chapter. each of the contracting States shall have ARTIC. 409. The party invoking the iil the others the same vahue in court as application of the law of any contracting those executed therein, if they fulfil the State in one of the others, or dissenting following requirements: from it, may show the text thereof, force 1. That the subject matter of the act and sense, by means of a certificate sub- or contract in question is lawful and scribed by two practicing lawyers of tile permitted by the laws of the country country whose legislation is in question, where it is execute([ and of that where which certificate shall be duly authenti- it is used. cated. 2. That the contracting parties have ARTICLE 410. In the absence of proof, ability and capacity to bind themselves or if the judge or the court deems it in conformity with their personal law. insufficient for any reason, they may re- 3. That in the execution thereof the quest ex officio before decidiig, through forms and formalities eslablished in the the diplomatic channel, that the State country where the acts or contracts have whose legislation is in question furnish a been executed have been observed. report on the text, force, and sense of the 4. That the document is authenticated applicable law. and contains the other requisites neces- AR'rICLE 411. Each contracting State sary to this authenticity in the place hinds itself to furnish to tileothers, as where it is used. soon as possible, the information referred ARTICLE 403. The executory force of a to in the preceding article, which in- document is subordinated to the local law. formation should come from its Supreme ARTICLE 40-1. Tie capacity of wit nesses Court, or from some one of its divisions and challenging thereof depend upon the or sections, or from the State Attorney, or from the Department or Ministry of contracting States, upon the previous Justice. compliance with the formalities of registration or pul)lication which may lie re- TITLE VIII quired by the legislation of each State. A'I'PEAL FOl ANNULMENT ARTICLE .117. A decree of bankruptcy ARTICLE 412. In every contracting or insolvency, rendered in one of the State where the appeal for annulment or contracting States, shall be executed in other similar institution exists, it may be others in tile cases and manner estab- interposed for tile infraction, erroneous lished in this code in respect to judicial interpretation, or improper application of resolutions; but it shall have the effect of it law of another contracting State, upon res judicata from the moment it is made the same conditions and in the same cases final, as to the persons which it is to as in respect to the national law. affect. ARnTIci.; 413. The rules established in ARTICLE -118. Tle piowers and functions Chapter 1[ of the preceding title shall he of the trustees appointed in one of the applicable to the .pipial for annulment contracting States in accordance with the although the inferior judge or the lower provisions of this code shall have extra- court may have ah'eady applied them. territorial effect iin tie others, without the necessity if any local proceeding. 'ITLE IN Ailrlci.i: -19. ie retroactive effect of a BANKRUPTCY oil [ORIOIVENCv declirat iin if iankruptcy or insolvency and the alln ileit of certain acts in CII.AIvl'E I.-UNITY OF BANKRUITiY Olt cILsetlu(,nce ifuIIuse j udginents shall INSOLVE"NCY be determined Iiy lie law thereof and shall AU'rICLE 414. If the insolvent or bank- lie applical ue to Ihe territory of all the rupt creditor has only one civil or corn- othe' Cintracting Stateis. Inercial doinicile, there can lie only one AR'rwLi,: -121). Rval actions and rights preventive proceeding ill insolvency or of the same nature shall continue to be bankruptcy, or one suspension of pay- subject , notwiihstanding the declaration menits, or a composition (qt1a 1y espera) :in bankruptcy (ir insolvency, to the law in resjpect of all his assets and his liabili- of the situation of the things affected ties in the contracting States. there)v and to tei conipetence of tle ARriciL 41.5. If one and the same judges of tie place in which they are person or partniership should have in more foulnd. than one contraiting State varions ci)ni- l CIIAI"riirl III.-.(GIREMI.NT AND iniercia establishments eni ticlv separate RIA In LITATriox economically, there may lie as nany suits for preventive proceeding in bankruptcy Aui'rIcli:' 421. The agreelent along the as tlere are- Comercial est!abliishiineii ts. creditirs and the hankruilpt or insolvent shall have extraiterritorial effect in the CIAPTER II.-UNIVEI'SALITY OF nIANK- other contracting States, saving the right RUPTCY Oil INSOLVENCY, AND to a real action hy the creditors who may THEIR EFFECTS not have accepted. ARTICLE 416. A decree establishing the AwrICLE 422. The rehabilitation of the capacity of tile bankrupt or insolvent, bankrupt has also extraterritorial validity has extraterritorial effect in each of the in the other contracting States, as soon as the judicial resolution by which it is ARTICLE 425. In the case referred to in ordered becomes final, and in conformity the preceding article, every recourse with its terms. against the judicial resolution granted by the laws of that State in respect to final TITLE X judgments rendered in a declarative ac- EXECU'ION OF JUDGMENTS RENDERED tion of greater import shall be granted. BY FOREIGN COURTS ARTICLE 426. The judge or tribunal from whom the execution is requested CHAPTER I.--CIVIh MATTERS shall, before decreeing or denying it, ARTICLE 423. Every civil or contentious and for a term of twenty days, hear the administrative judgment rendered in one party against whom it is directed as well of the contracting States shall have force as the prosecuting attorney. and may be executed in the others if it ARTICLE 427. The summons of the combines the following conditions: 4! party wiho should be beard shall be made 1. That the judge or the court which by means of letters requisitorial or letters has rendered it have competence to take rogatory, in accordance with the pro- cognizance of the matter and to pass visions of this Code if he has his domicile judgment upon it, in accordance with the in a foreign country and lacks sufficient rules of this Code; representation in the country, or in the 2. That the parties have been sum- form established by the local law if he has moned for the trial either personally or his domicile in the requested State. through their legal representative; ARTICLE 428. After the term fixed for 3. That the judgment does not conflict appearance by the judge or the court, with the public policy or the public laws the case shall be proceeded with whether of the country in which its execution is or not the party summoned has appeared. sought; ARTICL.: 429. If the execution is denied, 4. That it is executory in the State in the judgment shall be returned to the which it was rendered; party who presented it. 5. That it he authoritatively translated ARTICLE 430. When the execution of by an official functionary or interpreter judgment is granted, the former shall be of the State in which it is to be executed, subject to tire procedure determined by if the language employed in the latter is the law of the judge or the court for its different. own judgments. 6. That the document in which it is Aacrici.: 43 1. Final judgments rendered contained fulfils the requirements neces- by at contracting State which by reason sary in order to be considered as authentic of their pronouncemnents are not to be in the State from which it proceeds, and executed shall have in the other States those which the legislation of the State the effects of rcs.]idicala if they fulfill the in which the execution of the judgment is conditions providled for that purpose by sought requires for authenticity. this Code, except those relating to their ARTICLE 424. The execution of the execution. judgment should be requested from a Aa1TICw,: -132. The procedure and effects competent judge or tribunal in order to regulated in the preceding articles shall carry it into effect, after complying with be applied in the contracting States to the formalities required by.the internal awards made in any of them by arbi- legislation. trators or friendly compositors, whenever the case to which they refer can be the DECLARATIONS AND RESI:ISVATIONS subject of a compromise in accord'ance Reservations of thc .Arflcntine Delcgation with the legislation of the country where the execution is requested. The Argentine Delegation places on ARTICLE, 433. The same procedure shall record the following reservations which it be also applied in respect to civil judg- formulates to the project of Convention ments rendered in any of the contracting of Private International Law, submitted States by an international tribunal when to the consideration if tileSixth Inter- referring to private persons or interests. national Conference of American States: I. It understands that the codilication CHAIPER II.-ACTS OF VOLUNTARY of Private International I,,tVshouhld he JURISDICTION "gradual and progressive", especially as AR'rrcmr 43-1. The provisions made in regards institutions which present in the acts of voluntary jurisdiction regarding American Repuhli( s idIvlntical or arhalo- commercial matters by judges or tribunals goils fundamental featllres. of a contracting State or by its consular 2. It ratifies the force (ifthe Treatie,s agents shall le executel in the others in of Inter-nat ionual ('ivil Law, of Iterna- accordance with the procedure and the tioial Penal Iaw, of Inuternatio nal (orl- manner indicated in tie lreceding article. riercial ILawoand of Ionernational Pro- AirrIChL: -135. The resolutions adopted cedural Law, approved at Montevideo in in acts of voluntary jurisdiction in civil the year 1889, w'ith Ihipir respiect ive Con- matters inia contracting State shall be ventions and Protoc ls. accepted by the others if they fulfill the 3. It (toes not accelpt princil)les which conditions required by this ('ode for the modify the "law of domicile", especially validity of documents executed in a as regards everything which opposes the foreign country and %%ere rendered by a text and spirit of Argentine civil legis- competent judge or tribunal, and they lation. shall in consequence have extraterritorial 4. It does not approve provisions af- validity. fecting directly or indirectly the principle upheld by the civil and commercial legis- CIIAPTER I1.-PENAL MA'rERIS lation of the Argentine Republic to the ARTICLE -136. No contracting State shall effect that "juristic persons owe their execute the judgments rendered in one existence exclusively to the law of tile of the others in penal matters in respect State which authorizes them and are to the sanctions of that class which they therefore neither national nor foreign; impose. their functions are determined by said ARTICLE 437. They may, however, ex- law, in accordance with the precepts de- ecute tihe said judgments in respect to rived from the 'domicile' which that law civil liability and the effects thereof upon acknowledges to such persons." the property of the convicted person if 5. It does not accept principles which they have been rendered by a competent admit or tend to approve divorces ad judge or tribunal in accordance with this vinculin. Code and upon a hearing of the interested 6.It accepts the system of the "unity party and if the other conditions of form of successions" with the limitation derived and procedure established by the first from the lex reisiae as regards irmmov- chapter of this title have been com- able property. plied with. 7. It accepts all principles tending to acknowledge in favor of women the same accused cannot be invoked as a ground civil rights granted to adult males. for refusing his extradition." 8. It does not approve those principles 15. It does not accept the principles modifying the doctrine of jus soli as a regulating international thor qfuestions means of acquiring nationality. on tie juridical status of laborers, for the 9. It does not accept precepts solving reasons it submitted at the sessions of the conflicts of "dual nationality" in a man- International Commission of Jurists of ner prejudicial to the exclusive application Rio de Janeiro in 1927, when Article 198 of jus soli. of the project of Convention of Interna- 10. It does not accept rules authorizing tional Civil Law was being discussed. the intervention of diplomatic or consular The Argentine Delegation reiterates agents in inheritance proceedings con- What it has heretofore declared at the cerning foreigners, except such principles meetings of Committee No. 3 that it as have already been established in the ratifies in the Sixth International Con- Argentine Republic regulating such interference of American States the votes cast vention. and the attitude assumed by the Argen- 11. As regards the regulation of bills tine Delegation at the sessions of the of exchange and checks in general, it International Commission of Jurists held accepts no provisions which may modify in Rio de Janeiro during the months of the criteria accepted in previous world April and May, 1927. conferences, such as those of The Hague Declaration of theDelegation the of 1919 and 1912. of United 12. It makes specific reservation of the States of America application of the "law of the flag" to The Delegation of the United States of questions relating to maritime law, espe- America regrets very much that it is cially as regards the charter party and unable at the present time to approve the its legal effect, as it considers that these Code of Dr. Iustnante, as in view of should be subject to the law and jurisdic- the Constitution of the United States of tion of the country of the port of desti- America, the relations among the States nation. niem bers of the Union and th powers This principle was successfully upheld and fiuctins of the Federal Govern- by the Argentine branch of tie Inter- meit, it findiIs it very difficult to do so. national Law Associat ion,at its 3 1st Ses- The Government of the United States of sion and is now one of the "Buenos Aires Amoerica firmly maint ains its intention not rules." to dissociate itself from Latin America, 13. It reaffirms the principle that of- anidtherefore, in accordance with Article fenses committed on airships within the Sixth of tlie Convention which permits national aerial domain or on foreign any Governmnt to aidlaere later Ihereto, merchant ships should be tried and pun- it will make use oif the privilege extended ished by tie authorities an( tilelaws of by this article in oMer that, after care- the States where such ships may be fully studying the Code in all its pro- found. visions, it may le eiabled to adhere to 14. It ratifies the thesis, approved by at least a large portion thereof. For these the American Institute of International reasons, the Delegation of the United Law at its session of 1927 in Montevideo, States of America reserves its vote in the to the effect that "the nationality of the hope, as has been stated, of adhering partly or to a considerable number of the 7. It does not agree to precepts which Code's provisions. solve the problem of "dual nationality", with prejudice to an exclusive Declaration of the Delegation of Uruguay application of the jus soli. The Delegation of Uruguay formulates 8. It adheres to the criteria, accepted reservations to the end that its position in world conferences, relative to the regu- be consistent with that held in the Inter- lation of bills of exchange and checks. national Commission of Jurists at Rio do 9. It makes a reservation as to the Janeiro by Doctor Pedro Varela, pro- application of the "law of the flag" on fessor in the Faculty of Law at the matters relative to maritime law. University in Uruguay. At the same time 10. It agrees that crimes committed on the Delegation declares that Uruguay airships within the aerial national do- gives its approval to the Code as a whole. main, or on foreign merchant ships, should Reservations of the Delegation of Paraguay be tried by the courts of the State where such ships may happen to be. 1. The Delegation declares that Para- guay maintains its adhesion to the Reservation of the Delegation of Brazil Treaties of International Civil Law, In- The substitute amendment it proposed ternational Commercial Law, Interna- to Article 53 having been rejected, the tional Penal Law, and International Delegation of Brazil withholds its ap- Procedural Law which were approved at proval of Article 52, which gives jurisdic- Montevideo in 1888 and 1889, together tion to the law of the matrimonial do- with the Conventions and Protocols at- micile for regulating separation and di- tached thereto. vorce; and likewise of Article 54. 2. It does not agree to modify the system of the "law of the domicile", Declaration of the Delegations of Colombia sanctioned by the civil legislation of the and of Costa Rica Republic. The Delegations of Colombia and of 3. It maintains adhesion to the prin- Costa Rica subscribe to the Code of ciple of its internal legislation that juristic Private International Law as a whole persons owe their existence exclusively to with the express reservation as to every- the law of the State which authorizes thing which may be in contradiction them and are, therefore, neither national with the Colombian or Costa Rican leg- nor foreign; their functions are deter- islations. mined by special law, pursuant to the With respect to juristic persons, our principles arising from the domicile. view is that they should be subject to the 4. It accepts the system of the "unity local law as regards everything relating of successions" with the limitation derived to their "concept and recognition", as from the lex rei sitae as regards immov- wisely provided by Article 32 of the Code, able property. in contradiction,-at least apparently- 5. It is in accord with every principle with other provisions thereof, such as tending to recognize in favor of women, Articles 16 to 21. the same civil rights conferred upon adult For the undersigned Delegations, ju- males. ristic persons can not have any nationality 6. It does not accept principles which either under scientific principles or in may modify the system of jus soli as a the view of the highest and most perma- means of acquiring nationality. nent interests of America. It would have been preferable that in this Code which here jurisdiction over her nationals, who we are going to enact, there should have have established themselves in these free been omitted everything which might lands of America, and they hope that tile serve to assert that juristic persons, legislation of the Continent will be unified particularly those with capital stock, in accordance with the tprincil)hs that have nationality. subject alien immigran ts to the uinre- The undersigned Delegations, upon stricted force of the local laws. With tile accepting the compromise set forth ill hope, therefore, that very soon the do(e- Article 7 between the European doctrine trine of the domicile will be the one to of the personality of the law and the regulate in America the civil status and genuinely American doctrine of domicile capacity of persons, and feeling assured for regulating the civil status and ca- that it will constitute one of the most pacity of persons in private international characterisic aspects of juridical Pan law, declare that they accept this coin- Americanism, which we tre all anxious to promise in order not to delay tie issuance create, tile undersigned Delegations vote of this Code, to which all the nations of ill favi i of he ('ode of Private Interna- America are looking forward as one of the tioil Law 1id accepit Ihe dhct rinary most transcendental accomplishments of compromise on which it is inspireld. this Conference; but the subscribing )elec- As regards the provisions relative to gations emphatically assert that such a divorce, the I)elegat ion of C olombia foml- compromise should be transitory because ulates its ulqualified reser\vati i to the juridical unity must be accomplished in regulation of divorce by tile law of the tile continent around tile law of the do- llatrinionill domicile, because it con- micile, the only one which effectively skIers that for such purpose and in view safeguards the sovereignty and independ- of tile exceptionally transcendental and ence of the peoples of America. Inmigm- sacred character of marriage (basis of so- tion countries, as these Republics are or ciety and of the State itself) Colombia will be, cannot but regard with tile great- cannot accept the application within her est concern that European immigrants territory of alien laws. should bring with them the pretension of The subscribing Delegations also desire invoking in America their own laws of to record their enthusiastic admiration origin, to determine here their civil status for the fruitful efforts of Dr. Sanchez de as to contractual capacity. To accept this Bustamante which this Code embodies possibility (which is sanctioned by the in its five hundred articles, formulated in principle of national law, partially ac- clear-cut phrases, which can well serve as knowledged in the Code), amounts to models for the legislators of all countries. creating in America a State within a From this day on Dr. Sanchez do Busta- State and to placing ourselves almost mante will not only be one of tile most under the capitulation regime which eminent sons of Cuba, but also one of the Europe imposed during centuries on the foremost citizens of the great American nations of Asia, which she considered as fatherland which can justly feel proud of inferior in their international relations. raising egregious scientists and statesmen The undersigned Delegations earnestly like the author of the Code of Private hope that very soon there will disappear International law which we have con- from the American legislations all traces sidered, and which the Sixth International of theories (more political than legal) Conference of American States is about favored by Europe in order to preserve to sanction on behalf of all the Americas. Reservations of the Delegatiin of El fillthis reason it, ctalriot aite)t, except Salveador witi reserviirns, I[is provisioins of tile First hRcservation: Esi)eciallY tlplicalble pI'ojel. of Code which tlaccorl s 'premacy to Articles -t, 1-1, 17 , 232, and 233. to the "law of the doinicile"' or to the With respect to the iicapacities to local law: till this ititwitlistanding the Which aliens maify be subjected in accord- conciliatory ptrinciplh set forth in Article 7 unce With 0heir personal law for disposing of the project andt of which Article 53 of by will, for entering into contracts, for the saime is tilt a)plicition. appearing in court, and for engaging in 2. As regards rnlltitiOlility, Title 1, Book commerce or ptticipating iii commercial 1, Articles 9 et sequa, we forrnlate a transactions or contracts, the rleservatiol reservation with respect, first, to time is nlu;e thtit said incnpiacit is will not be niatiorality tif juristic pe rsons, and second, acknIowledged in Salvador in Cases where in a speial noiei', regarding tile gen- the transact ions or contracts in ijitist ion Crtal pliilOci it'O piitlitital (Jonsti trtion hiavc Ieell xelciied ill Salvtdor witho ut in acctirdatce with whichI lt otherlini- con trivell titln of tihe Nilvadorean law and tiolrtlit y siitll lei ackniowledIged to tiny to take etTeot within its national territory. l)oniirival vitizei except that, of the SCcond 1l'& i"Nittiti: Ai)plictl)le to Arti- l)olniii.ar It.llRlilic as long itslie resides cle187, last pxragraph. in its territiiv. As to cotmunity of prtthti' vtyitnptsold 3. With I'refllenrit to the doinicile of ipoin SpOilN byt their pelrsoiitl lawI Uider ftiriign juristic'pr'sons, whichever may lie the legisLtilll of t forii slte, it will Ie' their i'halts. iltln whttever tile place recognized in Sovadoili r only if Ctlitiritll'd whelm hiy yinhe li:t\' estiablished their hy conitractI tl tevn t i'ittestd pi'lics (liniicilt, wherreve,,theihr principal office iid allU requirlinonls which the Sl Va- may iliticalti, c refiira,we rltke reser- dorealn law now iiovides or n :iY hie'- vtiiri of tile filliowin, lrilcile of public after ptovide wit I respect to property MrN'tIr ill the )llniniClrn lepiblic: any located in Salvadior are conplied with. physical or nioral osrn lii ircnig i'ctiv- Third Rcscrrttlion: Especially applicttle itiesof a jnridical nlitire within its ter- to Art ics 327, 328, and 329. ritorvyshl itl ve- forits ditiniih thetpltc The I)cegation of Salvaloi' makes tie where it keeps lrt t'stil ishinen t,,an reservation that. in so far as Salvadlr is tigeiley, iMrtny i'eplSt'rlttiv' whlatsivi'r. conllietnd Ithe jiurisdictioin of foreign This doliiih attributes jurlrisdictiolito judiges Or triilinils iii irieritilae hIearings Ihenatiolil Irihlinals in tiose jliiilicil a1Ti proceetdings rid in credioLrs' stlits relation s i intt'nig ilctswhich havie antd htikrii ltty tases :dtTcting irnin iv- 1aiken in t he cintli ry, whiatever their ables locateid in SalIvoiiir, will i Ullin- iatlre a'y le'. acceptable. Declorol ion. of lh Dcletiiion of Ecuador Reservations of Ill I)vlefitioii of the 'The Delegattion of Rcnttor lilts tile Doiinicmt Republic honilii to subscrit in its entirety time I. The Delegation of the l)ominiican Convention lli'tht Code if Private i nter- Republic desires to maintain tie supren- nttiontl Law, in homage tL l)r. lBasta- acy of its national law in all questions iintn.It does nlt, deem it necessary to relating to the status and capacity of the set forth any reservationt, preserving only Dominicans wherever they may be, and the general power, provided in the Con- vention itself, which leaves the Govern- be an obstacle to tileapproval of a Code ments at liberty to ratify it. of Private International Law by this Pan American Conference; but it will reserve Declarationof the I)elegation of Nicaragua its vote on such mnatters and (iluestions as The Republic of Nicaragua will be unit may deei advisable, especially those able to apply tile provisions of the Code points relating to the traditional policy or of Private International Law which may legislation of Chile. be in conflict with the Canon Law in Declaration of theDIelflalion of Paona matters which now or in the future Nica- ragua may consider to be subject to such When casting its vote in favor of the Canon Law. Project of Code of Private international ''he Nicaraguan Delegation declares, Law at the meeting of the Cctmnittee as it has previously done several times held on January 27th ultinio, the l)ele- verbally throughout the discussions, that gation of the Republic of Panama stated some of the provisions of the approved that at an opportune 1inn;it would pre- Code are in disagreement with express sent such reservations itsit might deem provisions of the legislation of Nicaragua necessary, should the need arise. This or with principles which form the basis attitude of tie 1elegation of Panama was of such legislation; but, as deserved hom- due to certain douits it entertained with age to the notable work of the illustrious reference tic tilemneaniig and Scipe of author of this Code, it chooses, instead of some of tihe provisions coltained in the formulating the corresponding reserva- Project, particularly as regards tileapl)pli- tions, to make these declarations and to cation cif tile national laW to foreignc's leave to the public authorities of Nica- residing ill tIe ccuintliv, Itsthis would ragua the formulation of soch reservations have given rise to a real ccolnlict, bccauise or the modification, as fll as possible, of iti the Repubilic of Paiialnl eve,'r since its the national legislation, in eases of con- estiblismiientli s alt indep endentt nation, flict. tie systetu (ifthe trrilriil law has ibee in firee. Ilowe vcr, Ile Iv)legaitll oif Declarationof the Delegation of Chile liattuina iinsider:i0t..i ill tlie dcllicilthics The Delegation of Chile is pleased i whi luil uicossibly .,ise in Ihis delicate offer its warmest congratuilations It the nilattiih luve cic((1 'seelli anld wistIly eminent and hiarned jurist if AmeriCa, iltlutl\ i'.'% .\rti l 7 cif the licrject, itt Dr. Antonio Sanciz dc Bustaniante, for lciviluilnlv witihwhicih "iich cittracting the great work lie has (lone in drafling a Stact clsltihll uitjcl) .yslpirsiinial law lit if project of Code of Privat e Iliteruatit:d Ic' dnitici, cli'o li t fllfl iialilit lity, or Law, destined to regiulate tie relat ioins that which its clloStilc'hislticlt ,lmay alniong the Republiis of America'.This haviv pl'.i'il'icdoi may hue'after pire- work is a preciiis cnt cri htionto hiih srilni'..As in i '(,siif till ci liotheStates furthering of juridical Pall Aiuericanisio, sitllscnibiulil co if tying, tlit ( 'cinvention, which all countritis cf the New Worhd Panailnt, thrrfoi'r, will Io litfiull libietly desire to see st reng thentd and developed. ti :pil ,vits oltw law, which is the terri- Although this great task of coditication tocriil laW. cannot be accomllished in a irief StuM Of Wi illmatters sc iunlerstlcd, it is highly time, because it needs mature thought onl grat ifying for the )elegation of Palnama the part of the States which are to ILrtici- to declare, its it dlces, that, it extet(ls its pate in it, the Delegation of Chile will not approval without reservations of tiny kind to the Project of Code of Private Costa Rica: International Law, or Bustamante Code, With the reservations made by the as it should be called in honor of its Delegation of Costa Rica, it being under- author. stood that such reservations refer not Declarationof the Delegation of Guatemala only to our present legislation but also to any future legislation. Guatemala has incorporated into its civil legislation the doctrine of domicile, Dominican Republic: but even if such were not the case, the With reservations made at the time of conciliatory articles of the Code harmo- signing. nize perfectly any conflict which might Ecuador: arise between different States due to their affiliation with diverse schools. Insofar as it is not opposed to the In consequence, therefore, the Dele- Constitution and Laws of the Republic. gation of Guatemala is in perfect accord El Salvador: with the method which, with so much wisdom, caution, ingenuity, and scientific T1he Convention is approved with the judgment, is set forth in the Project of following reservations: Code of Private Iternational Law, and First: Especially applicable to Articles it desires to leave express record of its 44, 146, 176, 232, and 233: absolute acceptance of the latter without With respect to the incapacities to reservations of any kind. which aliens may be subjected in accordance with their personal law for disposing by will, for entering into con- RESERVATIONS MADE AT THE TIME tracts, for appearing in court, and for OF RATIFICATION engaging in commerce or participating Bolivia: in commercial transactions or contracts, With the reservations formulated by the reservation is made that said in- the Bolivian Delegation, with respect to capacities will not be acknowledged in articles not in accord with the legislation El Salvador in cases where the transac- of the country and international treaties tions or contracts have been executed in signed by Bolivia. El Salvador without contravention of the Salvadorean law and to take effect Brazil: within its national territory. With reservations made at the time of Second: Applicable to Article 187, last signing. paragraph: As to community of property imposed Chile: upon spouses by their personal law under With the reservation formulated by the legislation of a foreign state, it will the Delegates of Chile, and also that, in be recognized in El Salvador only if Chilean law and with relation to conflicts confirmed by contract between the in- that may appear between Chilean legisla- terested parties and all requirements tion and any foreign legislation, the pro- which the Salvadorean law now provides visions of the present or future legisla- or may hereafter provide with respect to tion of Chile shall prevail over said Code, property located in El Salvador are com- in case of disagreement. plied with. Third: Especially applicable to Articles legislative power of El Salvador to pre- 327, 328, and 329: scribe in the future the laws or provisions Insofar as El Salvador is concerned, that it believes convenient on the sub- the jurisdiction of foreign judges or jects of private international law con- tribunals in inheritance hearings and tained in the Bustamante Code; and proceedings and in creditors' suits and In the event that the juridical doctrines bankruptcy cases affecting immovables contained in the said Convention are at located in El Salvador, will be unaccept- variance with or modify in any way the able. laws of El Salvador, they shall not prevail Fourth: The Republic of El Salvador over said laws. does not renounce its legislative power Haiti: to prescribe in the future the laws or provisions that it believes convenient on With reservations as to Articles 383, the subjects of private international law 385, 386, and 387 of said Code. contained in the Bustamante Code; and Venezuela: Fifth: It considers the Convention on Private International Law as a body of Venezuela reserves acceptance of Arti- juridical doctrine of great value in juris- cles 16, 17, 18, 24, 35, 39, 43, 44, 49, 50, prudence, but deems it to be as yet of 57, 58, 62, 64, 65, 67, 70, 74, 87, 88, 139, insufficient force to prevail over the ex- 144, 157, 174, 247, 248, 301, 324, 348, press provisions of the Salvadorean law 360, 378, and from 423 to 435. in every matter in which that body of Since in Venezuela there is no life doctrine contradicts or modifies them. imprisonment, exception is taken con- This approval does not restrict the cerning this point. CONVENTION PAN AMERICAN UNION

Their Excellencies, the Presidents of a) The International Conference of the lepul)lics of Peru, Uruguay, Panama, American States. Ecuador, Mexico, E I Salvador, Guatemala, b) 'he Pan American Union under the Nicaragua, Bolivia, Venezuela, Colombia, direction of a Governing Board with its Honduras, Costa Rica, Chile, Brazil, seat in the city of Washington. Argentina, Paraguay, lhiti, Dominican c) Every organ that nay be established Republic, the United States of America by virtue of conventions between the and Cuba: American States. Through their respective plenipotenti- Each State enjoys, its of right, repre- ary delegates, have agreed upon thv fo- sentation it til (' nferiemes andl on tihe lowing Convention, which shall he sigried ("overning Iitrd. in the nnier providld fo' in the linal article: Airrlcm': I I The American lRepublics, whose moral union rests on the juridical equality of tlie 'he I ,ierotional ('onlj'rrccs of A merim Stles Republics of the Continent and on tie mutual respect of the rights inherent in The Coniferences shall meet at periodic their complete independence, desirous of intervals. The (overning Board of the promoting eflicaciously the incretsing Pan American Uion shdl deternine the conciliation of their economic interests date on which ihey shall lirovidedre:ot, and coordination of their social and that in no case shall a lniger period than intellectual activities, and recognizing five years elapse between (' onferences, that relations between peoples are regu- except in case offorce moajeure. lated by law as well as by their legitimate individual and collective interests; Airrici.t,: [If Agree to continie their joint action of cooperation and solidarity by means of Goernig Board periodic meetings of the International The governnenai of the Pan American Conferences of American States, [ts well Union shall be vested in it Governing as by means of organs established by Iloar d composed of the retreseitatives virtue of international agreements and that the American govecriiats may ap- through the Pan American Union which )oil. Tlie [i ppolitliiii tt ailydevolve has its seat in Washington and whose Uptl) tile diplomatic rel)resenitatives of organization and functions shall be regu- the respective countries in Washington. lated by the present Convention, in the Besides his own country, a member of following terms: the Governing Board may serve its special

ARTICLE I replresentative of one or more countries, in which case such representative siall Organs of the Union of the American States have as many votes as countries repre- The Union of the American States sented. strives for the fulfilment of its object Tle Board shall elect its Chairman and through the following organs: Vice Chairman annually. AnTICLE IV deavoring as far as possible to distribute the positions among nationals of tile Executive Officers countries members of the Union. The Governing Board shall appoint tile following officers: AwnriCLE: V A Director General, who shall have Maintenance of the Pen Anerican Untion charge of the administration of the Pan The Governing Board of the Pan Anerican Union, with power to promote American Union shall determine tile its most amlle development in accordance quotitwhil is to lie paid by each of the with the terms of this Convention, the Governmenits members of tilie Uniom for regulations and the resolutions of the the nulaintenanie oif the Pan American Board, to which body ie shall he re- Union. But increases in th' hudget of the sponsible. Pant American Union exceed\ig li inore The Director General shall attend, in lhantwelty-live per ventlhe luiiget if an advisory capacity, the meetings of the tilepreceding yea.r sli:dl b alpov'ed by Governing Board, of the committees ap- tle Itnltninios vte of the ;o}'iiiiig pointed by tile Bo:rd, and of the Inter- Ho., the repr setl iatives living giveti national Conferences of Americanu States ilie to eoIIsull ItirhI respei i' i\'itI- i for tlie purpose of giving such inftormation nleiltS. Tht q Ita shall Ih d1eterined oil ais may lit, requtired. lhe necessiry ex- hit' asis Ift'Ihe ilestot hial stat1 t s tif pellses shall ie paid out of the forads of poplaht ionlill pI.St.Sitn of Ihet(Pall the Pan American Union. Amierican iUnion il thi'tirst day of ,lily An Assistwat )irector, vhoi shall act as offeahy~ 'The hildel shatll be evoi- secrettry of the (koverning Board. nilittlled to tile ioVt'liriills inieil's The )ireetor Geleerial shall prpliltt oft01V I'nliOll heftlre01V trstI:k.y Of1 the internal regultions by which thci'arits enstling ialdalir year, wit al iiicatiotil divisions of the 'an American Unitn shall oft liv'Itlttiti wlihichea ntiliuilit'y shall p:ly, be governed, ill accordance with the pro- slichImynellits tioI' tiiailh' hfore tii' lirst visions of tile present tiont, and Convent of ,hily Ofithat tar. shall slbmit them I0 tle ( ;overning The Governing I at'i Ishallelect froim Board for approval. :1111itig1its ttinlla'r.S aaCtilnlilitee el'tli d The Director ( "etieral shall preseit to with examnillilng, on tiin,daltes deternincd the Governinig Botird otitially, at the by li oardl,I lit'ici'uills ifi Oh' ex- riegilair session Of lit, lorud ill No'enili'r, peiditiurt'sof le lni.n, ill tutlforlilyt V itdetuiled Idget for the ensting fiscal with tile proiisins esl'.lishd hy tie year. regulattions aoldtlt opini n of thre 'x- 'i'he Director neiiItral shall sibilmit to perts to be ;ililtntl'd fot' illpoSw. the consideration of eaeh ('onfereiiee of the American Repulblics a detailed report Amriici: VI on the work carried out by the Pan I"uictious of theui .Apniie IUnion American Union during the Period pre- BothI the (v-hlring"Ihtird "andtit(e Pnin ceding tile meeting of the Conference. The Director General shall appoint, Auericain Unio shl distI arge tIil t it's with the approval of tile Governing assignied hy this ('onvention siibjectto Board, the persmnel necessary to the the Coilitii that thevyshall nt exerctise work of the ]ati Americon Union, en- functions iif t I)ilitial cliaraicier. The functions of the Pan American countries members of the Union, and to Union are: this end may request the governments to 1. To compile and distribute informa- appoint experts to represent them at these tion and reports concerning the com- Conferences, which shall meet at the place mercial, industrial, agricultural, social and and time determined by the Board. educational development as well as tile To carry out the purposes for which general progress of the American Re- the institution is organized the Governing publics. Board shall provide for the establishment 2. To compile and classify information of such administrative divisions or sec- referring to the conventions and treaties tions within the Pan American Union ts concluded among the American Republics it may deem necessary. and between these and other States, as well as to the legislation of the former. ARTICLE VII 3. To assist in the development of com- Deposit and exchange of ratifications mercial, industrial, agricultural, social and cultural relations, the study of the Tile instruments of ratification of the problems of labor and the furtherance of treaties, conventions, protocols and other a more intimate mutual acquaintance be- diplomatic documents signed at tile Inter- tween the American Republics. national Conferences of American States 4. To act as a Permanent Commission shall be depositedtat the Pan American of the International Conferences of Aneri- Union by the respective representative on can States; to keep their records and the Governing Board, acting in the name archives; to assist in obtaining ratilication of his Government, without need of spe- of the treaties and conventions; to carry cial credentials for the deposit of the out and facilitate the execution of the ratification. A record of the deposit of the resolutions aolted by the International ratification shall be nmade in a document Conference.s of American States, within signed by the representative on the Board the limits of its powers; and to prepare of the ratifying country, by the Director in agreement with the Governments tile General of the Pan American Union, and program of the International Conferences by tile Secretary of the Governing Board. of American States, and submit to the The Pan American Union shall com- Conferences a project of regulations. municate to all the States members of tile 5. ro perform such other functions en- Union, through their representatives on trusted to it by the Conference or by tile the Board, the deposit of the ratification. Governing Board, by virtue of the powers VIII conferred upon it by this Convention. ARTICLE Whenever a State believes that its vital Coltiunication of olfteial documents to the interests are involved in a question, or Pan American Union that an obligation may thereby be imposed upon it, such State may require ihe Governments of the countries that the resolution of the Board be members of the Union shall transmit to adopted by unanimous vote. the Pan American Union two copies of 6. The Governing Board may promote the official documents and publications the meeting of International Conferences which relate to the purposes of the Union, of Experts to study problems of a techni- as far as tie internal legislation of the cal character of common interest to the respective countries may permit. ARTICLE IX ARTICLE XI Cooperation between official Pan American All correspondence and matter trans- organizations mitted through the mails to the Pan For the purpose of coordinating the American Union, which bears the frank results of the work of other official Pan used by the Union, and all correspondence American organizations, and of establish- or matter transmitted by the Pan Ameri- ing relations of close cooperation between can Union, shall be carried free of charge them, the program of work and the devel- by the mails of the American Republics. opment of their activities shall, as far as ARTICLE XII possible, be the subject of agreement between their directive bodies and the Gov- The contracting States may withdraw erning Board of the Pan American Union. from the Pan American Union at any The Governments members of the time, but shall pay their respective quotas Union which may not have an efficient for the period of the current fiscal year. organ for the study and investigation of ARTICLE XIII Pan American affairs, shall establish a committee composed of persons of experi- This Convention cannot be modified ence in such matters, or an office attached except in the same manner in which it to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs en- was adopted. trusted with Pan American affairs. ARTICLE XIV These committees or offices shall have the following duties: The present Convention shall be rati- a) To cooperate with their respective fied by the signatory States, and is open Governments to obtain ratification of to the signature and ratification of the treaties and conventions, and to the carry- States represented at the Conference that ing out of the agreements adopted by the may not have been able to sign. International Conferences of American The President of the Conference, States. through the Government of the Republic b) To furnish the Pan American Union of Cuba, shall send to the Governments promptly with the information it may represented at the Conference an authen- need in the preparation of its work; ticated copy of the present project of c) To present to the Union through the Convention in order that, if the Govern- proper channels such projects as they ments approve, it may receive their ad- may consider useful to the purposes of hesion. For this purpose, the Govern- the Union. ments that adhere to the Convention shall authorize their respective diplomatic ARTICLE X or special representatives in the city of The Governing Board of the Pan Habana to sign the Convention. All the American Union shall prepare the regu- States having signed, the Convention lations and fix the status of the members shall be submitted by each government of the staff, determining their salaries and for ratification. The present Convention conditions of retirement. shall become effective when all the States represented at the Conference receive )claration of Ihe Dclegation of A rgentlina notice that all the ratifications have been The Argentine Delegation declares, deposited with the Pan Amrericmtl Union, pursuant to express instructions of its and that tile adhesions and ratifications Government, that it approves and will of the twenty-one American Relpublics sign the project of Convention; but that have been received. it now wishes to formulate the reservation that it regrets that the economic prin- In witness whereof, the 1)ehgates sign ciples which it upheld in the Committee and affix their sefls to the present Coul- have not been included in this Conven- vention. tion. OEA - DOCUMENTOS OFICIAIS OVA ",, er.\ 6..- (portu~gu( .,)

LI 1111 35oj

TRATADOS E CONVENfOES FiRMlAHOS NA SEXTA COIFEREMCII INTERACIOXAL AIERICA1A

UNIAO PAN-AMERICANA Si*utaria Geral da Organiza.io dos Estados Americanos Washington, D.C.

SERIE SOBRE TRATADOS No. 35

OEA DOCUMENTOS OFICIAIS OEA Ser.X 6.5 (portugues)

TRATAHOS E C[ttflEtIIES FIR[MIlAItS A SEXTA IIIXFEREVIA AT EKXACIOVIL AlIERICAAI Havana, Cuba, 16 de janeiro 20 de fevereiro de 1928

UNIAO PAN-AMERICANA Secretaria Geral da Organizafco dos Estados Americanos Washington, D.C. 1966 Esta s~rie 6 preparada pela Divisdo Jurfdica Geral do Departamento de Assuntos Jurfdicos, Unido Pan-Americana, Washington, D.C. TABUA DAS MATERIAS Pdgina Convenqio s6bre condi~go dos estrangeiros ...... 1

Conven~ao s6bre asilo ...... 4

Convengo s6bre agentes consulares...... 6

Conven~go s6bre funcionArios diplomAticos ...... 10

ConvenqAo s6bre neutralidade maritima ...... 15

Conven &o s6bre os deveres e direitos dos estados nos casos de lutas civis ...... 21

ConvenVgo s6bre tratados ...... 23

Convengo s6bre aviavgo comercial ...... 27

Revisdo da Convengdo de Buenos Aires s6bre a proteqdo A propriedade litergria e artistica ...... 35

Convenqdo de direito internacional privado (C6digo Bustamante). 38

Convenqo s6bre a Unido Pan-Americana ...... 76 VNVOINIw~ I IqI Vada.1 94 4: ~ I

P4______v~ C4

vvalvfl9VIJ I II*a ______mIOI-M I " V._ ____~ -ovs w __ -aC'GVAIVSo-

YPYNJ _- _ ___ - _

SVaflIH) g 7 - g)U

I U 0

vwlvo * U-

___ __ W)___ __ U) ) )

s: zJsU~ln~I'

L)> I -

SO(~nSUV,~a U) U) ) I~>

______A - -- -- __ __ [ I~ U) U)U

~IOULD~j_ __ ~ __ ~H cl' CONVENQAO CONDI( JO DOS ESTRANGEIROS

Os Governos das rep6blicas represen- Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Al- tadas na Sexta Confer~ncia Internacional varez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel Americana, celebrada na cidade de Ha- Bianchi. vana, Repiblica de Cuba, no ano de Brasil: Ratil Fernandes, Lindolfo 1928, Collor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio Resolveram celebrar uma Conven§o, Correa, Eduardo Espinola. corn o fim de determinar a condigo Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n (Re- dos estrangeiros nos seus respectivos nunciou posteriormente), Laurentino Olas- territ6rios, e com 6sse fim nomearam coaga, Felipe A. Espil. como PlenipotenciArios aos seguintes Paraguai: Lisandro Diaz Le6n. senhores: Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Ri- Peru: Jesds Melquiades Salazar, Vic- boul. tor Madrtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, Rep' blica Dominicana: Francisco J. Luis Ernesto Denegri. Peynado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Uruguai:Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cesteros, Ri- Jos6 Amzaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro cardo P6rez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Erasmo Callorda. Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. Panamd: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Estados Unidos da Amhrica: Charles Chiari. Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Equador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Vic- Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, tor Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. Dwight W Morrow, Morgan J. O'Brien, Mhxico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, zAlez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles Leo S. Rowe. Elorduy. Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, lH6ctor Orestes Ferrara, Enrique HernAndez Car- David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. taya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo Agiiero, Jos6 B. AlemAn, Manuel MAr- Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, Jos6 quez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, Nstor Azurdia. Carbonell, .Jc,e Maria Barraqu. Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Jo- Os quais depois de terem depositado aquin G6mez, MAximo H. Zepeda. os seus plenos poderes, e que estavam Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa em boa forma, acordaram as seguintes du Rels. disposi 'es: Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- ARTIGO 1. Os Estados t~m o direito cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. de ez"tabelecer por meio de leis as condi- Coldmbia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Jesfis 6es de entrada e residncia dos estran- M. Yepes, Roberto Urdan6ta Arbehlez, geiros nos seus territ6rios. Ricardo Gutirrez Lee. ARTIGO 2" Os estrangeiros estAo su- Honduras: Fausto Ddvila, Mariano jeitos, tanto como os nacionais, A6juris- VAzquez. di¢5o e leis locais, observando as limi- Costa Rica: Ricardo ('tro Beeche, ta¢Ses estipuladas nas conven 6es e J. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. tratados. . ARTIGo 30 Os estrangeiros nio podem gov~rno de Cuba fica encarregado de ser obrigados ao servi~o militar; mas os enviar c6pias certificadas aut~nticas ae3 domiciliados, a ndo ser que prefiram sair governos para o referido fim da ratificado pals, poderdo ser obrigados nas mes- Ao. 0 instrumento da ratificaqdo serA mas condi 6es que os nacionais, ao depositado nos arquivos da Unifo Pan- servivo de policia, bombeiros ou milicia Americana em Washington, quem noti- para a proteVo da localidade dos seus ficarg Asse dep6sito aos governos signa- domicilios contra catAstrofes naturais ou tArios; tal notifica &o valerA como troca perigos que nao sejarn provenientes de de poderes de ratificago. guerra. Em . fM do que os PlenipotenciArios ARTIGO 40 Os estrangeiros estio obri- expressados assinam a presente Con- gados As contribui bes ordin6rias ou vendo em espanhol, ingl~s, portugu~s e extraordinArias, assim como aos em- frances, na cidade de Havana, no dia 20 prstimos forgosos sempre que tais medi- de fevereiro de 1928. das sejam gerais para a povoado. ARTIGO 5.0 Os Estados devem de Reserva da Delega¢do dos Estados Unidos reconhecer aos estrangeiros domiciliados da America ou de passo no seu territ6rio t6das as A Delegagdo dos Estados Unidos da garantias individuais que reconhecem a America, firma a presente Conven §o favor dos seus pr6prios nacionais e o fazendo uma reserva expressa, ao Artigo goso de direitos civis essenciais, sem Terceiro da mesma, no que se refere ao prejuizo, enquanto o concernente aos servio militar dos estrangeiros em caso estrangeiros, das prescriVSes legais rela- de guerra. tivas A extensdo e possibilidades do exercicio dos ditos direitos e garantias. RESERVAS FEITAS NO ATO DA RATIFICAgAO ARTIGO 60. Os Estados podem, por DA CONVENgAO motivo de ordem ou de seguranpa pdiblica, expulsar o estrangeiro domiciliado, resi- Estados Unidos da America: dente ou simplesmente de passo pelo Corn excedo dos Artigos 3 e 4. seu territ6rio. M xico: Os Estados estdo obrigados a receber os nacionais que, expulsados do estran- 1. 0 GovArno do Mexico declara inter- geiro, se dirijam a seu territ6rio. pretar o principio contido no Artigo 5 da ARTIGO 71 0 estrangeiro ndo deve Convendo, isto 4, o de subordinar As imiscuir-se nas atividades politicas priva- limita 6es da Lei Nacional a extensdo tivas dos cidaddos do pals no qual se e modalidades do exercicio dos direitos encontre; se tal fizer, ficari sujeito As civis essenciais dos estrangeiros, como se san~aes previstas na legislaAo local. aplicando igualmente & capacidade civil ARTIGO 80. A presente Conven¢do ndo dos estrangeiros, de adquirir bens dentro afeta os compromissos adquiridos an- do territ6rio nacional. teriormente pelas Partes Contratantes 2. 0 Govrno do M6xico formula uma em virtude de acordos internacionais. reserva no tocante ao direito de expulsio ARTIGO 9o . A presente Convengdo, de estrageiros, estabelecido pelo Artigo depois de assinada, seri submettida As 6 da Convenao, no sentido de que 6sse ratifica 5es dos Estados signatArios. 0 direito seja sempre exercido pelo M6xico na forma e corn a extensAo previstas em correspond~ncia diplomAtica corn o Go- sua Lei Constitucional. v~rno do Mxico "no que diz respeito aos NorA: Corn rela &o A reserva do direitos e deveres dos Estados Unidos Mxico, o Govrno dos Estados Unidos relativamente A protegAo, no M6xico, dos da Am6rica notificou os paises signatArios, direitos de propriedade dos cidadAos ameri- por intermlio da Uni o Pan-Americana, canos, e contra a expuls~o arbitrAria d6sse que mantinha a posiq.o definida em sua mesmo pals." CONVENQXO ASILO

Desejosos os Governos dos Estados Brasil: Rafil Fernandes, Lindolfo da Am6rica de fixar as regras que devem Collor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio observar-se para a concessdo de Asilo Correa, Eduardo Espinola. nas suas mdtuas relaQSes, concordaram Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n (Re- estabelec&-las numa Conven¢do, e para nunciou posteriormente), Laurentino Olas- 6sse fim nomearam como Plenipotenci- coaga, Felipe A. Espil. irios: Paraguai: Lisandro Diaz L6on. Peru: Jesds Melquiades Salazar, Vic- Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Ri- tor Mairtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, boul. Luis Ernesto Denegri. RepIblica Dominicana: Francisco J. Uruguai: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan Peynado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Jos6 Amzaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cesteros, Ri- Erasmo Callorda. cardo P~rez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Panamd: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. Chiari. Estados Unidos da America: Charles Equador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Zevallos, Col6n EloA Alfaro. Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, Mdxico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O'Brien, zilez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, Elorduy. Leo S. Rowe. El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, H6ctor Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. Orestes Ferrara, Enrique Hern~ndez Car- Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo taya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, Jos6 Agtiero, Jos6 B. Alem6n, Manuel MAr- Azurdia. quez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, N6stor Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Jo- Carbonell, Jesfis Maria Barraqu6. aquin G6mez, Mdximo H. Zepeda. Os quais depois de terem trocado os Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa seus respectivos Poderes, que estavam em boa e devida ordem, convieram no du Rels. seguinte: Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- ARTIGO 1. Ndo 6 licito aos Estados cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. dar Asilo em LegaqSes, navios de guerra, Col6mbia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Jesds acampamentos ou areonaves millitares, a M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta Arbeliez, pessoas acusadas ou condenadas por Ricardo Guti~rrez Lee. delitos comuns nem a desertores de terra Honduras: Fausto Ddvila, Mariano e mar. VAzquez. As pessoas acusadas ou condenadas Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, por delitos comuns que se refugiarem J. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. em algum dos lugares assinalados no Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Al- parAgrafo precedente deverio ser en- varez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel tregues tdo pronto como o requeira o Bianchi. govrno local. Se essas pessoas se refugiarem em terri- t6rio nacional, nem em lugar que ihe t6rio estrangeiro, a entrega efetuar-se-A esteja pr6ximo. mediante extradiqdo, e sbmente nos Quinto: Enquanto o asilo dure ndo ca.sos e na forma que estabelecam os se permitird aos asilados praticar atos que respectivos Tratados e ConvenQSes ou alterem a tranquilidade pdiblica. a Constitui(;o e leis do pats onde se Sexto: Os Estados ndo estdo obrigados refugiam. a pagar os gastos por aqu~le que concede ARTIGO 2. 0 asilo dos culpados politicos asilo. em Lega 6es, navios de guerra, acampa- ARTIGO 3. A presente ConvenqAo nf.o mentos ou aeronaves militares, serA afeta os compromissos tomados anterior- respeitado na medida em que, como um mente pelas Partes Contratantes em direito ou por toler~ncia humanitAria, o virtude de acordos internacionais. admitirem o uso, as Conven 6es ou as ARTIGO 4. A presente Convenqdo leis do pals de reffigio e de ac6rdo com depois de assinada ser. submetida As as seguintes disposiQSes: ratifica 6es dos Estados signatArios. 0 Primeiro: 0 asilo nf.o poderA ser gov(rno de Cuba fica encarregado de concedido senao em casos de urgncia e enviar copias certificadas aut~nticas aos pelo tempo estritamente indispensAvel governos para os fins da ratifica¢Ao. 0 para que o asilado se ponha de qualquer instrumento da ratifica¢io ser deposi- outra mareira em seguran(a. tado no arquivo da Unido Pan-Ameri- Segundo. 0 Agente Diplomftico, Co- cana vim Washington, quem notificard mandante de navio de guerra, acampa- aos governos signatArios; esta notificav&o mento ou aeronave militar, imediata- tem o valor da troca (tas ratifica c6s. mente depois de ter concedido o ailo o Esta Convenqdo fican em aberto para comunicar6 ao Ministro das Relay'es a adesdo dos Estados nAo signatArios. Exterieres do Estado do asilado, ou "L Em f6 do que os Plenipotencidrios autoridade administrativa do lugar se deignados, assinam a presentc Con- o fato ocorre fora da capital. venqao em e-panhol, inglVs, franc&s e 7crcciro 0 (virno do Estado poderai portugue , na cidad' de lavana, no exigir que o asilado seja p6sto fora do dia 20 de Fevereiro de 1928. territVrio nacional dentro do mais breve prazo; e o Agente Diplomdtico do pals I?.serz da Delegagdo dos Estados Unidos que tenha concedido o asilo, poderi da I mrica por sua vez exigir as garantias neces- 0., Estados Unidos da Am6rica, ao sArias para que o refugiado saia do pals, assinarem a presente Convvn( '-(, fazem respeitando-se a inviolabilidade da ua a e\pressa reserva, fazendo constar que pessoa. os Estados Unidos ndo reconhecem nem Quarto: Os asilados ndo poderiio ser firmam a chamada doutrina de asilo, desembarcados em ponto algurn do terri- como parte do Direito Internacional. CONVENQ.O AGENTES CONSULARES

Os Governos das Reptiblicas represen- Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, tadas na Sexta Confer~ncia Internacional J. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. Americana celebrada na Havana, Repi- Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Al- blica de Cuba, no ano de mil novecentos varez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel e vinte e oito, desejosos de definir os Bianchi. deveres, direitos e prerrogativas e imuni- Brasil: Rafil Fernandes, Lindolfo dades dos Agentes Consulares, de acbrdo Collor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio com as prdticas e Conv~nios sbbre o Correa, Eduardo Espinola. assunto. Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n (Re- Resolveram celebrar uma Convenio nunciou posteriormente), Laurentino Olas- para 6ste fim, e nomearam como Pleni- coaga, Felipe A. Espil. potenci~rios os Srs. seguintes: Paraguai: Lisandro Diaz Le6n. Peru: Jesds Melquiades Salazar, Victor Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Ri- Mairtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, boul. Luis Ernesto Denegri. Repiblica Dominicana: Francisco J. Uruguai: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan Peynado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Jos6 Amzaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cesteros, Ri- Erasmo Callorda. cardo P6rez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Panamd: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. Chiari. Estados Unidos da Am&ica: Charles Equador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, Mexico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O'Brien, zilez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, Elorduy. Leo S. Rowe. El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, H6ctor Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. Orestes Ferrara, Enrique Herndndez Car- Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo taya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, Jos6 Agiero, Jos6 B. AlemAn, Manuel MAr- Azurdia. quez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, N&stor Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Jo- Carbonell, Jesds Maria Barraqu6. aquin G6mez, Miximo H. Zepeda. Os quais depois de terem depositado Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa os seus Plenos Poderes, encontrados em du Rels. boa e devida forma, acordaram as Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- seguintes disposiq6es: cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. Col6mbia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Jesds SecCdo I.-Nomea do e AtribuiC6es M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta Arbeliez, ARTIGO 10. Os Estados podem nomear Ricardo Guti6rrez Lee. no territ6rio dos outros, com o expresso Honduras: Fausto DAvila, Mariano e t6cito consentimento destes, Cbnsules Vdzquez. que representem e defendam ai os seus interesses comerciais e industriais, e tirdo as imunidades a que tiver direito. prestem aos seus nacionais a assistfncia e ARTIio 80. 0 Gov~rno territorial pode prote"Ao de que careqam. em qualquer momento retirar o exe- ARTIGO 20. A forma e requisito para quatur ao C~nsul; mas, salvo caso de serem nomeados e as classes e categorias urg6ncia, ndo recorreri a ste meio sem dos C6nsules sergo reguladas pelo direito antes intentar junto do Gov~rno do interno do respectivo Estado. C~nsul a sua anulaq~o. . . ARTIGO 30 Sem o consentimento do ARTIGO 9o No caso de morte, incapaci- Estado onde deve de servir ndo pode dade ou aus~ncia dos Agentes Consu- ser recoahecido como C6nsul um dos lares, qualquer dos empregad auxilia- seus nacionais. A concessdo do exequatur res cujo carter oficial se tenha feito supre a autoriza¢do. conhecer corn anterioridade ao Ministro . ARTIGO 40 Nomeado o C6nsul, o das Relap6es Exteriores ou A Secretaria de Estado remeterd ao outro, pela via Estado, poderA desempenhar provisbria- diplom.tica, a respectiva Patente, na qual mente as funq(es consulares, e enquanto constarA o nome, categoria e atribuiq6es as desempenhe desfrutar6 de todos os do nomeado. direitos e prerrogativas correspondentes Tratando-se de umn Vice-C6nsul ou ao proprietArio. Agente Comercial nomeado pelo respec- ARTIGO 100 Os C~nsules exercerdo as tivo C6nsul nos casos autorizados pela atribuiqSes que lhes confira a lei do respectiva lei, a Patente serA expedida e seu Estado, sem prejuizo da legisla- comunicada a Aste. &o do Estado aonde desempenhem a sua ARTIGO 50 Os Estados podem ndo misao. aceitar os C~nsules nomeados para o seu ARTIGO 110. Os Cfnsules entender-se-&o territ6rio, ou subordinar o exercicio das oficialmente corn as autoridades do seu funq~es Consulares a obrigaq~es espe- distrito no exercicio das suas atribuiv6es. ciais. Se as suas solicita 6es nAo forem atendi- ARTIGO 60. 0 C~nsul nao pode ser das, poderio, por meio do funcionArio reconhecido como tal, sendo depois de diplomAtico da sua naqdo, continuar as ter apresentado a sua Patente e obtido sua.i solicita 'Se: perante o Govrno do o exequatur do Estado em cujo territ6rio l'stal(,, nf.o devendo comunicar-se direta- vai a servir. mente corn t:stw a ndo ser na aus6ncia do 0 reconhecimento prov.is6rio poderA funcionArio diplomAtico. ser concedido a peti¢o da Lega Ao do ARTIGO 120. Na falta do funcionArio C6nsul, at que seja concedido o exequatur na devida forma. diplomAtico do Estado do Cnsul, Aste EstAo igualmente sujeitos a esta for- poderA realizar os atos diplomAticos que, malidade os funcionArios nomeados nos em tais (,aos, permite o Gov~rno em termos do artigo 40 e compete em tal que est situado o Consulado. caso ao respectivo C~nsul solicitar o ARTIGO 130. Uma mesma pessoa poder, exequatur. no caso que seja acreditado devidamente ARTIGO 70 Obtido o exequatur, ste para &-,e efeito, reunir a representaqho sera apresentado As autoridades do dis- diplomfitica e a funqdo Consular, sempre trito consular, que protegerdo o C~nsul que o Estado ante o qual se acredite, no exercicio das suas funqSes e lhe garan- Iho consinta. Secqo II.-Das Prerrogativasdos Cdnsules escrit6rios e arquivos consulares, sAo ARTIGO 140. Na falta de Conv6nio invioliveis, e em caso algurn poderAo as especial entre duas NaqSes, os Agentes autoridades locais entrar neles sem a Consulares nacionais do Estado que os autorizado dos Agentes Consulares, ner nomeia, ndo poderdo ser detidos nem examinar ou apoderar-se sob pretexto processados sendo nos casos em que algum, dos documentos ou objetos que sejam acusados de ter cometido um ato se encontrem em uma oficina consular. qualificado pela legisla do local de delito. Tho pouco se poderA exigir aos funcionA- rios consulares para que mostrem os ARTIGO 150. Nas causas criminais poderA pedir-se pela acusaqdo ou pela arquivos oficiais perante os tribunais ou defesa a assist~ncia no juizo, como que declare o que nos mesmos conste. testemunhas, dos Agentes Consulares. Quando os Agentes Consulares estejam P ste pedido se fari corn t6da a considera- dedicados a algum neg6cio no territ6rio do Estado onde exeram as suas VAo possivel A dignidade consular e aos fun 5es, deveres do cargo, e serA cumprida por o arquivo do Consulado e documentos parte do funcionirio consular. referentes ao mesmo, conservar-se-Ao Nos assuntos civis os Agentes Con- em um lugar completamente separado sulares estardo sujeitos A jurisdiqo dos daqu~le em que se guardem os docu- tribunais, corn o limite, ndo obstante mentos privados de neg6cio. isso, de que quando o C6nsul seja na- ARTIGO 190. Os C6nsules estAo obriga- cional do seu Estado e nao esteja dedicado dos a entregar, a um simples requerimento das autoridades a algum neg6cio privado corn fins de locais, os acusa- lucro, a sua declara&o serA tomada dos ou condenados por delito e que se refugiern no Consulado. verbalmente ou por escrito na sua ARTIGO 200. Tanto os Agentes Con- resid~ncia ou oficina e corn a devida sulares como os empregados de um Con- considerado. sulado, nacionais de um Estado que os 0 C6nsul, contudo, poderi declarar tenha nomeado, que n~o se dediquem voluntriamente como testemunha, a neg6cios com fins de ganho no Estado quando isso ndo Ihe ocasione prejuizos onde desempenham no desempenho dos seus deveres oficiais. as suas funQ5es, estdo isentos de t6da a contribuiQAo ARTIGO 160. Os C6nsules ndo estdo nacional, do Estado, provincia ou muni- sujeitos A jurisdiao local pelos atos cfpio, imposta A sua executados com carAter oficial nos limites pessoa ou bens, exceto a que grave a posse ou propriedade da sua compet~ncia. No caso de que um dos im6veis situados no Estado em que particular se considere prejudicado pela exer~a as suas funQ6es ou os produtos dos aio do C6nsul, apresentarA a sua mesmos. Os Agentes Consulares e em- reclamaido perante o Gov~rno, o qual, pregados nacionais do Estado que repre- se a considera procedente, a fari valer sentam, est~o isentos de impostos s6bre pela via diplomtica. os ordenados, honorArios ou jornais ARTIGO 170. Enquanto aos atos ndo recebidos por Ales na retribuiqdo dos oficiais, os C~nsules estio sujeitos, tanto seus servi~os consulares. em mat6ria civil como na criminal, A ARTIGO 210. 0 empregado que substitua jurisdiAo do Estado onde exercem as o Agente Consular na sua aus~ncia ou suas funq5es. por outro motivo desfrutarA, durante a ARTIGO 180 A resid~ncia oficial dos sua interinidade, das mesmas imunidades C6nsules e os locais ocupados pelos e prerrogativas. Aiinlo 220. Os C6nsules que se dedi- Em f6 do que os PlenipotenciArios quem ao com6rcio ou exergam outras expressados assinam a presente Con- funSes distintas das que correspondem venv§,o em ingls, espanhol, frances e aos seus deveres consulares, estio sujei- portugu~s, na cidade de Havana, no tos A jurisdiqio local em t6das as suas dia 20 de Fevereiro de 1928. atividades que n~o se refiram ao servi~o consular. Reserva da Delegaqdo da Venezuela Em nome do Gov6rno que represento Secqdo III.-Suspendo e fim das fun Jes formulo uma reserva referente A coinci- Consulares d~ncia de funqSes diplomAticas e con- ARTrIo 230. Os Agentes Consulares sulares em uma mesma pessoa, porque suspendem as suas funo6es por doenqa e 6 completamente contrAria & nossa tra- cessam: dingo, mantida desde o seu estabeleci- a) por morte. mento ate / data, em forma que ndo b) por aposenta &o, retiro ou demissio; admite transforma &o alguma. e c) por anula&o do exequatur. RESERVAS FEITAS NO ATO DA RATIFICAqO ARTIGo 240. A presente ConvenqAo nAo DA CONVEN4;AO afeta os compromissos anteriores ad- Rep~iblica Dominicana: quiridos pelas Partes Contratantes, em virtude de ac6rdo internacional. Ao aprovar a presente ConvenAo, o ARTIGO 250. A presente Convenqdo, Congresso Nacional, em nome da Repi- depois de assinada, serA submetida As blica, faz as seguintes reservas: nega sua ratifica es dos Estados signatArios. 0 aprova Ao aos Artigos 12, 15, 16, 18, 20 e govrno de Cuba, fica encarregado de 21 , e esclarece que, no Artigo 14, a palavra enviar c6pias certificadas e autenticas delito (heve ser interpretada em seu sent ido aos governos para os referidos fins da lato, abrangendo, portanto, delitos, crimes ratificaqAo. 0 instrumento da ratificaq o e contravenqoes; e no Artigo 17, a frase "mathria criminal" serA depositado nos arquivos da Vniilo compreende tC'da a Pan-Americana em Washington, quem mat6ria penal. notificarA &sse dep6sito aos Governos NOTA: 0 Gov6rno dos Fstados Unidos signatArios; tal notificado valerA como da Amdrica n~o accitou as reservas feitlA troca de ratificaqSes. Esta Convenqo fica a estes artigos, na(o se achando, pois, a aberta A adesAo dos Estados nho signa- presente conven Ao em vigor entre os dois tArios. paises. CON VEN(.Ao FUNCIONARIOS DIPLOMATICOS

Os Governos das Repfiblicas repre- Resolveram celebrar ura Convenp-o sentadas na Sexta Confer~ncia Interna- que compreenda os principios geralmente cional Americana, celebrada na Havana, admitidos por t6das as Na 6es e nome- Repfiblica de Cuba, no ano de 1928, tendo aram como seus plenipotenciArios os em conta que uma das mat6rias de maior seguintes senhores: importAncia nas rela 6es internacionais Peru: Jesdis Melquiades Salazar, Vic- 6 a que se refere aos direitos e deveres tor Mafrtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, dos funcionirios diplomdticos, e que deve Luis Ernesto Denegri. de regular-se de ac6rdo corn as condi 6es Uruguai: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan da vida econ6mica, politica e interna- Jos6 Am6zaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro cional das na 6es. Erasmo Callorda. Compreendendo que 6 de bom desejo Panamd: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo que essa regulamentaqdo se efetue de Chiari. ac6rdo com as novas tendAncias. Equador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Especificando que os funciondrios diplo- Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. mAticos ndo representam em caso algum M~xico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- a pessoa do Chefe do Estado, e sim o zAlez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles seu Gov~rno, devendo estar acreditados Elorduy. ante um Gov~rno reconhecido, e El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, H6ctor Reconhecendo que como os funcionA- David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. rios diplomAticos representam os seus Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo respectivos Estados, ndo devem de recla- Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, Jos6 mar imunidades que ndo sejam essenciais Azurdia. ao desempenho dos seus deveres oficiais Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Jo- e que seria para desejar que o pr6prio aquin G6mez, Miximo H. Zepeda. funcionirio ou o Estado por 6le repre- Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa sentado, renunciem A imunidade diplo- du Rels. mitica quando se refira a a Ses civis que Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- ndo tenham nada que ver corn o desem- cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. penho da sua missao. Col6mbia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Jesds Ndo 6 possivel, contudo, combinar M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta ArbelAez, desde ji estipulaqSes gerais que, ainda que constituem uma tend~ncia definida Ricardo Guti6rrez Lee. nas relaqses internacionais, tropeam Honduras: Fausto DAvila, Mariano em alguns casos com a inveterada prAtica Vizquez. de v rios Estados no sentido contrdrio. Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, Pelo que, e enquanto se possa formular J. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. um regulamento mais completo dos Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Al- direitos e deveres dos funciondrios diplo- varez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel mAticos, Bianchi. Brasil: Radl Fernandes, Lindolfo tam para representar o Gov~rno em Collor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio Confer~ncias, congressos ou outros orga- Correa, Eduardo Espinola. nismos internacionais. Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n (Re- ARTIGO 3. Os funcionirios diplomAticos signou posteriormente) Laurentino Olas- t~m os mesmos direitos, prerrogativas e coaga, Felipe A. Espil. imunidades, qualquer que seja a sua Paraguai:Lisandro Diaz Le6n. categoria, exceto no que se refere a Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Ri- preced~ncia e etiqueta. boul. A etiqueta depende dos usos diplomhti- Repdblica Dominicana: Francisco J. cos em geral, assim como das leis e regula- Peynado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, mentos do pais ante o qual esti acreditado Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cesteros, Ri- o diplomAtico. cardo Pbrez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de ARTIGo 4. Aparte as fun Ses designa- Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. das nas suas credenciais, os funcionArios Estados Unidos da America: Charles ordindrios t m atribuiq~es que podem Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, conferi-las as leis ou decretos dos respecti- Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W Underwood, vos paises. Deverdo exercer as suas Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O'Brien, atribui 6es sem entrar em conflito com James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, as leis do pals aonde estiverem acredita- Leo S. Rowe. dos. Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, ARTIGO 5. Todo o Estado se pode Orestes Ferrara, Enrique Herrnindez Car- fazer representar por urn s6 funcionArio taya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides ante um ou mais governos. Agdiero, Jos6 B. Alemin, Manuel Mdr- Vdrios Estados podem fazer-se repre- quez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, N.stor sentar ante um outro por um (inico Carbonell, Jesds Maria Barraqu6. funcionArio diplomAtico. Os quais depois de terem depositado ARTI;O 6. Os funciondrios diplomAticos os seus plenos poderes, que estavarn em autorizados para ,st( tim, pelos seus boa e devida forma, acordaram as governos, podeni, conseritindo-o o gov~rno seguintes disposiqoes: local, e a pedido de um F. t ado ndo repre- sentado ante ste por urn funcioziirio Disposi 5o Geral ordinArio, asstmir ante o inenmio govrmo ARTIGO 1. Os Estados t~m o direito a (efesa temporal ou acidental dos inde fazer-se representar uns perante os teresses do dito Est-ado. outros, por funciondrios diplonviticos. ARTIGO 7. Os Estado sAo livres na escolha dos setis funcionfrios diplomiti- Secgdo I.-h/fes de issdo cos; mas ndo poderdo ImtIstir nestas ARTIGO 2. Os funcionirios diplomaticos funaCes a nacionais do Estado em que a se dividem em: ordinirios e extraordind- mis 5o deve de atuar, sem o consenti- rios. mento d~ste. Sao considerados ordinirios, os que ARTIGO S. Nenhum Estado poderA representam de uma maneira permanente acreditar os seus funcionArios diplomiti- o gov(rno de um Estado perante o cos ante os outros Estados, sem a pr4via outro. combina do corn estes. $to extraordindrios, o-s encarregados Os Estados podem negar-se a admitir de missiAo especial, ou os que se acredi- um funcionirio diplomAtico de outros, ou, tendo-os admitido jA, pedir a sua d) aos papHis, arquivos e correspond~n- retirada, sem estar obrigados a explicar cia da missao. os motivos da sua resolu §o. ARTIGO 15. Os Estados deverAo con- ARTiGo 9. Os funcionirios diplomAticos ceder aos funcionArios diplomAticos t6da extraordinhrios gozam das mesmas prer- a classe de facilidades para o desempenho rogativas e imunidades que os ordin~rios. das suas fun 6es, e especialmente, para que possam comunicar-se livremente corn Secdo II.-Pessoal das Missdes os seus governos. ARTIGO 10. Cada missAo teri o pessoal ARTIGO 16. Nenhum funcionArio ou determinado pelo seu govrno. agente judicial ou administrativo do ARTIGO 11. Quando se ausentem os Estado no qual o funcionArio diplomAtico funcionArios diplom~ticos do lugar em estA acreditado poderi entrar no domicilio que exercem as suas fungAes ou se en- d~ste ou no local da miss~o, sem o seu contrem na impossibilidade de desem- consentimento. penhi-las serdo substituidos interina- ARTIGO 17. Os funcionArios diplomdti- mente pela pessoa designada a Asse efeito cos sio obrigados a entregar A autoridade pelo seu govrno. local competente, assim que esta o requeira, o acusado ou condenado por Sec4do III.-Deveres dos Funciondrios delito comum, refugiado na MissAo. Diplomdticos ARTIGO 18. Os funcionirios diplomAti- cos estardo isentos nos Estados onde ARTIGO 12. Os funcion.rios diplomAti- estejam acreditados: cos estrangeiros ndo poderdo imiscuir-se I. De todos os impostos pessoais, na politica interna ou externa do Estado sejam nacionais ou locais. em que exerqam as suas fun 6es. II. De todos os impostos territoriais ARTIGO 13. Os funcionirios diplomiti- o edificio da Missdo, quando 6ste per- cos deverdo dirigir-se nas suas comunica- ten~a ao gov~mo respectivo. 6es oficiais ao Ministro dos Estrangeiros III. Dos direitos de Alffndega s6bre ou SecretArio de Estado do pals ante o os objetos destinados a uso oficial da qual estejam acreditados. As comunica- Missdo, ou ao uso pessoal do funcion6rio 6es As demais autoridades dever~o diplomAtico ou de sua familia. tambdm fazer-se por meio do dito Minis- ARTIGO 19. Os funcion6rios diplomAti- tro ou SecretArio. cos estAo isentos de t6da a jurisdi &o civil e criminal do Estado ante Seco IV.-Imunidades e Prerrogativas o qual estejam acreditados, ndo podendo, ex- dos FunciondriosDiplomdticos ceto no caso em que devidamente autori- ARTIcO 14. Os funcionArios diplomAti- zados pelo seu govrno, renunciar A imu- cos serRo inviol~veis na sua pessoa, nidade, ser processados e julgados sengo resid~ncia particular ou oficial e bens. pelos tribunais do seu Estado. Esta inviolabilidade se extende: ARTIGO 20. A imunidade da jurisdi Ao a) a t6da a classe de funcionArios diplo- sobrevive aos funcionArios diplomAticos mAticos; no que se refere As a 5es que com a mesma b) a todo o pessoal oficial da miss~o se relacionam. Ndo podendo ser invocada diplomitica; em relagdo As outras, sen~o enquanto c) aos membros da respectiva familia durem as suas fun 6es. que vivem sob o mesmo teto; ARTi-O 21. As pessoas que gozem de imunidade de jurisdi~do podem recusar ceder-se-A um prazo razoAvel ao fun- comparecer como testemunhas perante cionirio diplomAtico, ao pessoal oficial os tribunais territorials. da missdo e Is respectivas familias para ARTIGO 22. Os funciondrios diplomti- que abandonem o territ6rio do Estado, cos comearn a desfrutar da sua imuni- sendo dever do gov~rno ante o qual esteve dade, desde o momento que passarn a o funcionArio acreditado, cuidar durante fronteira do Estado aonde vio a servir 6sse tempo por que nenhum doles seja e ddo a conhecer a sua categoria. incomodado ner prejudicado na sua As imunidades conservam-se durante pessoa e bens. o tempo que a missdo estA em suspenso 0 falecimento ou a renincia do Chefe e ainda depois de terminada, pelo tempo de Estado, assim como o cAmbio de que seja necessArio para que o funcionArio gov~rno ou de regime politico de qualquer diplomAtico possa retirar-se corn a missAo. dos paises, nio porA fim A. miss~o dos ARTIGO 23. As pessoas que fa~am funcionArios diplomAticos. parte da misso gozari.o tamb~m das ARTIGO 26. A presente Convenq&o mesmas imunidades e prerrogativas nos afeta os compromissos contraldos an- Estados que cruzarem para chegar ao teriormente pelas partes contratantes seu p6sto ou regressar A sua pAtria, ou em virtude de ac6rdo internacional. naquele em que acidentalmente se en- ARTIG O 27. A presente Conven &o contrem durante o exerclcio das suas depois de assinada, serA submettida As fun 6es, e a cujo gov~rno tenham dado ratifica 6es dos Estados signatArios. 0 a conhecer a sua categoria. govrno de Cuba fica encarregado de ARTIGO 24. No caso de falecimento do enviar c6pias certificadas e aut~nticas funcionArio diplom6tico, sua familia con- aos governos para os fins da ratificaQio. tinuarA no gozo das imunidades por urn 0 instrumento da ratifica Ao srA de- prazo razoAvel, at6 que abandone o positado nos arquivos da Unido Pan- Estado em que se encontre. Americana em Washington, quem comu- nicarA 6sse dep6oito aos outros governos Sec¢(w V.-Do Fim da Missdo signatArios; tal notifica io teri o valor Diplomdtica de ratifica &o. Esta (onvendo ficarA ARTIGo 25. Os funcionarios diplomAti- aberta A6a to dos Estados signatArios. cos cessam na sua missdo: Em f6 do que os plenipotenciairios ex- 1. Pela notifica(;o oficial do gov~rno prcssados assinam a presente ('onven¢Ao do funcionArio ao outro gov~rno, de que em ,,panhol, ingl~sx, frances e portugus, o diplomAtico cessou nas suas fun Nes. na cidade de Havana, no dia 20 de 2. Por ter expirado o prazo para cum- Fevereiro de 1928. prir a missAo.

3. Pela solucilo do assunto, se a misslo , RESERVA, FEITXS NO ATO DA RATIFICA( AO tivesse sido criada por uma qucstao DA CONVEN(:. O determinada. 4. Pela entrega dos passaportes ao Ch ile: funcionfrio feita pelo gov~rno perante esta- o qual estA acreditado. Coin a reserva de que a e ,:.1,, 5. Pela petiqdo dos seus passaportes, belecida no No. 3 do Artigo 18 ficarA feita a (ste pelo funcionArio. subordinada As disposi 6es que, segundo a Nos casos acima mencionados con- Lei Chilena, regem a mat~ria. Repiblica Dominicana: nados ao uso pessoal do funcionirio diplo- O alcance do nqimero tr~s do Artigo mAtico ou de sua familia, se entende que Dezoito (18), no tocante k isenqio de ficarA limitado pelo que, nesse setor, dis- direitos aduaneiros s6bre objetos desti- puserem as leis aduaneiras da Repblica. CONVEN AO NEUTRALIDADE MARITIMA

Os Governos da9 Repiiblicas represen- Panamd: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduard tadas na VI Confer~ncia Internacional Chiari. Americana celebrada na cidade de Equador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Havana, Repdblica de Cuba, no ano de Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. 1928. M.xico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- Desejando que quando se declare uma z6lez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles guerra entre dois ou mais Estados os Elorduy. outros possam em consagrado A paz El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, H6ctor oferecer a sua boa mediado para p6r David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. fim ao conflito, sem que essa aqilo possa Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo considerar-se como ato menos amigdvel; Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, Jos6 Convencidos de que em caso de que Azurdia. nao possa lograr-se 6ste objectivo, os Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Estados neutrais t~m o mesmo inter~sse Joaquin G6mez, Miximo H. Zepeda. em que os seus direitos sejam respeitados Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa pelos beligerantes; du Rels. Reconhecendo que a neutralidade 6 a Venezucla: Santiago Key Avala, Fran- situa~do juridica dos Estados que ndo cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. tomato parte nas hostilidades e que ela Col6mbia: Enrique Olaya Ierrera, cria direitos e imp~e obrigaqaes de im- Jesds M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta parcialidade que devem ser regulamen- Arbeldez, Ricardo Guti~rrez Lee. tadas; Honduras: Fausto D):ivila, Mariano Reconhecendo que a solidariedade in- VNzquez. ternacional exige que a liberdade de Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, comircio seja sempre respeitada, evitando . Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. no possivel cargas initeis aos neutros; Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Al- Sendo conveniente que, enquanto ndo varez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel se alcanqa amplamente 6ste objectivo Bianchi. se reduzam ao minimo essas eargas; e Brasil: Raxil Fernandes, Lindolfo Esperando que seja possivel regula- Collor, \larico da Silveira, Sampaio mentar a mat6ria de forma que todos Correa, Eduardo t.spinola. os interesses afetados tenham t6das as Argentina: Honorio Pueyrr(eldn, (I?)- garantias possiveis; nunciou posteriormente), Laurentino Olas- Resolveram celebrar uma Conven~do coaga, Felipe A. lspil. para 6sse fim, e nomearam como seus Paraguai: Lisandro Diaz Le6n. Plenipotencidrios os seguintes senhores: Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Peru: Jestis Melquiades Salazar, Victor Riboul. Madrtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, Repxiblica Dominicana: Francisco J. Luis Ernesto Denegri. Peynado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brachc, Uruguai: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan Angel Morales, Tulio M Cesteros, Ri- Jos; Am~zaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro cardo P6rez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Erasmo Callorda. Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. Estados Unidos da America: Charles direito a perseguir o ataque nem a des- Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, truir o barco. Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, ARTIGO 2. A deten~ffo do navio, assim Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O'Brien, como a sua tripula, Ao, por viola &o da James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, neutralidade, se farA de ac6rdo com o Leo S. Rowe. regime que melhor convenha ao Estado Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, que a efetue e A custa do barco trans- Orestes Ferrara, Enrique Hernindez Car- gressor. Dito Estado, exceto em caso taya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides de falta grave da sua parte, ndo 6 responsA- Aguero, Jos6 B. Alemin, Manuel Mirquez vel pelos estragos que sofra o barco. Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, N6stor Car- bonell, Jesds Maria Barraqu6. Sec 5o II.-Deveres e Direitosdos Que depois de terem depositado os Beligerantes seus plenos poderes, encontrados em boa ARTIGO 3. Os Estados beligerantes e devida forma, acordaram as seguintes estio obrigados a abster-se de executar disposigwes: em Aguas neutrais, atos de guerra ou qualquer outra natureza que possa cons- Secqo I.-Liberdade de Comrcio ema tituir de parte do Estado que os tolere Tempo de Guerra urna infraqfio Aneutralidade. ARTiGO 1. 0 com6rcio em tempo de ARTiGO 4. Nos thrmos do artigo prece- guerra reger-se-A pelas seguintes regras: dente, estA proibido ao Estado belige- 1. Os navios de guerra dos beligerantes rante: tAm o direito de deter e visitar, no alto a) Servir-se das Aguas neutrais como mar ou em Aguas territoriais que nAo base das operag6es navais contra o sejam neutrais, qualquer navio mercante inimigo, ou para renovar ou aumentar corn o fim de conhecer o cariter e as provis6es militares ou de armamento nacionalidade, verificar se conduz um dos seus navios ou para completar a transporte proibido pela lei internacional, lotagAo d~stes. ou comprovar se realizou alguma vio- b) Estabelecer em Aguas neutrais esta- la&o do bloqueio. Se o navio mercante 96es radiotelegrAficas ou qualquer outro nAo atende a intima&o para que se de- elemento que he sirva de meio de comu- tenha, pode o de guerra persegul-lo e nicagio corn suas f~r~as militares e det6-lo pela f6rqa. Fora desta hip6tese, servir-se das instala 6es d~ste g~nero o barco nfo poderA ser atacado senio que tiver estabelecido antes da guerra e quando depois de intimado, deixar de que n~o tenham sido abertas ao pdblico. observar as instru 6es que Ihe tivessem ARTIGO 5. EstA proibido aos navios de sido dadas. guerra dos beligerantes permanecer nos 0 navio ndo seri pbsto fora das con- portos ou Aguas do Estado neutral mais di 6es de navega &o antes de que a de vinte e quatro horas. Esta disposigAo tripulaqio e passageiros tenham sido seri notificada ao navio tUo pronto como trasladados a lugar seguro. chegue ao pbrto ou As Aguas territoriais 2. Os submarinos beligerantes estio e se jA se encontrasse nelas ao declarar-se sujeitos As. regras anteriores. Se o sub- a guerra, imediatamente que o Estado marino nao puder capturar o navio em neutral tenha conhecimento desta de- conformidade corn estas regras, nio terA claragAo. Excetuam-se das declara Ses que pre- deverA o notificante aguardar o intervalo cedem, os navios empregados exclusiva- que mais acima se estabelece. mente nas miss~es cientificas, religiosas ARTiGo 9. Nio se permitir aos navios ou filantr6picas. beligerantes avariados, fazer nos portos 0 navio poderA, prolongar mais de vinte neutrais mais repara es que as indis- e quatro horas a sua perman~ncia em pensaveis para a continuaclo da viagem caso de avarias ou mau estado do mar, e que nio constituam de forma alguma um mas deverA partir imediatamente que aumento do seu poder militar. cease a causa da demora. Nbo poderbo reparar-se em caso algum Quando pela lei do Estado neutral o as avarias que resultem produzidas pelo navio nio possa receber combustivel fogo do inimigo. senbo vinte e quatro horas depois da 0 Estado neutral comprovar a chegada ao p~rto, o prazo da estadia natureza das repara Ses a efetuar e seri prolongado por igual tempo. velarA por que sejam praticadas o mais ARmro 6. 0 navio que nbo observe pronto possivel. estas regras seri internado por ordem do ArTIoO 10. Os navios de guerra dos govArno neutro. beligerantes poderao aprovisionar-se de Considera-se como internado um navio combustivel e mantimentos nos portos desde o momento em que receba ordem neutrais, nas condi 6es que as autori- nesse sentido da autoridade local neutral, dades locais tenham estabelecido especial- ainda que se tenha interposto uma peti~io mente e em falta de disposi Oes especiais de reconsideragio por parte do navio na mesma forma que existe para os transgressor, o qual ficarA sob cust6dia mantimentos em tempo de paz. desde o preciso momento em que se lhe ARTIGO 11. Os navios de guerra que d6 a ordem. recebam combustivel num p6rto neutral, ARTiao 7. Na falta de disposiqvo nbo poderbo renovar a sua provislo no especial da legislagio local, serA de trAs mesmo Estado antes de transcorridos o mAximo de navios de guerra de um tr~s mezes. beligerante que poderbo encontrar-se ao ARTIGO 12. No que se refere A per- mesmo tempo em p6rto neutro. man~ncia, abastecimentos e fornecimento ARTIGO 8. Nenhum navio de guerra dos navios beligerantes nos portos e poderA levantar ferro de um p6rto Aguas jurisdicionais neutrais, as dis- neutral, antes de terem transcorrido vinte posi 6es relativas aos navios de guerra e quatro horas da partida de um barco aplicar-se-Ao igualmente: inimigo. SairA primeiro o que primeiro 10. Aos navios auxiliares ordinArios; tenha entrado, a n~o ser que se encontre 20. Aos navios mercantes transforma- nas condipSes em que 6 permitida a dos em barcos de guerra de ac6rdo corn prorrogaiLo de permantncia. Em todo o a ConvenpAo VII da Haya de 1907; caso, o navio que chegou posteriormente SerA confiscado o navio neutral, e, de tern o direito de notificar ao outro, por uma maneira geral, serA suscetivel do intervenqao da autoridade local compe- mesmo trato que os navios mercantes tente, que dentro de vinte e quatro horas inimigos: abandonarA o p6rto, ficando em liber- a) Quando tome parte direta nas dade de partir o que primeiro entrar hostilidades. dentro dsse prazo. Se levantar ferro, b) Quando se encontre As ordens ou sob a direqdo de urn agente p6sto ser de comum ac6rdo corn os regulamentos a bordo por um govrno inimigo; d~stes. c) Quando esteja fretado na sua totalidade por um govrno inimigo; Secgdo III.-Direitos e Deveres dos d) Quando esteja atual ou ex- Neutros clusivamente destinado ao trans- ARTIGO 15. Entre os atos de assist~ncia porte de tropas inimigas, ou A que procedam dos Estados neutros e os transmissio de noticias de inter~sse atos de comdrcio que realizem os indi- para o inimigo. viduos, somente os primeiros s~o con- Nos casos de que trata o presente artigo, tririos A neutralidade. as mercadorias pertencentes ao pro- ARTIGO 16. Estd proibido ao Estado prietirio do barco ou navio, estardo neutro: igualmente sujeitas A confiscado. a) Entregar ao beligerante direta ou . 30 Aos navios mercantes armados. indiretamente seja qual f6r o motivo, ARTIGO 13. Os navios auxiliares dos navios de guerra, muniQSes ou qualquer beligerantes, transformados de novo em material de guerra. barcos mercantes, serdo em tal carAter b) Conceder-lhe emprdstimos ou abrir- admitidos nos portos neutrais, sob as ihe cr6dito enquanto dure a guerra. seguintes condi 6es: Ndo se incluem nesta proibiQo os 10. Que o navio novamente transfor- cr6ditos que urn Estado neutro concede mado ndo tenha violado a neutralidade para facilitar a venda ou a exportaQo do pals a que chegue. de seus produtos alimenticios e mat6rias 20 Que a nova transformapo se tenha primas. realizado nos portos ou iguas jurisdi- ARTIGO 17. As pr~sas ndo podero cionais do pals a que pertenpa o navio ser conduzidas ao p~rto neutro a ndo ser em caso de ndo poderem navegar, mal ou nos portos dos seus aliados. estado do mar ou falta de combustivel 3° . Que a transformaqdo seja efetiva, ou de provis6es. Cessando a causa, as quer dizer; que o navio ndo demonstre pr~sas dever~o afastar-se imediatamente; nem na sua tripula¢do ner nas suas se ndo se dA nenhum d~stes casos, o instalap6es que possa prestar A frota Estado as intimarA a partir e, ndo sendo armada do seu pals servigo em quali- obedecido, recorrerd aos meios de que dade de auxiliar como o fazia anterior- disponha para desarmar tanto aos navios mente. como aos seus oficiais e tripula¢do ou ° 4 . Que o gov~rno do pals a que per- internar a guarda posta a bordo pelo tena o navio comunique aos Estados captor. os nomes dos barcos auxiliares que te- ARTIGO 18. Fora dos casos previstos no nham perdido essa qualidade, para re- artigo 17, o Estado neutro deve libertar cobrar a de mercantil; e as pr~sas que tenham sido conduzidas . 50 Que o mesmo govrno se com- A.s suas iguas jurisdicionais. prometa a que ditos barcos ndo se des- ARTIGO 19. Quando urn barco que leve tinem novamente ao servipo da frota mercadorias deva de ser internado num armada na qualidade de auxiliares. pals neutro, proceder-se-A ao desembarque ARTIGO 14. As aeronaves dos belige- das que estejam destinadas a dito pals rantes ndo voardo s6bre o territ6rio ou e ao trasb6rdo das que vdo a outro. Aguas jurisdicionais dos neutros, a no ARTIGO 20. 0 barco mercante que, abastecido de combustivel ou outras inviolabilidade completa enquanto dure provis6es num Estado neutral, ceder a sua missao. reiteradamente todo ou parte do seu ARTIGO 26. Os Estados neutros estAo abastecimento a navio beligerante, n~o obrigados a exercer t6da a vigilfncia poderA receber outra vez provis~es ou que lhes permitam os meios ao seu alcance, combustiveis no mesmo Estado. afim de impedir nos seus portos ou Aguas ARTIGO 21. Se resulta que um barco jurisdicionais qualquer violaqo das dis- mercante de bandeira beligerante, por posi 5es precedentes. sua prepara Ao ou outras circunstAncias, pode proporcionar a barcos de guerra de Secq5o IV -- Cumprimento e A tendo um Estado, as provis6es que necessite, a das Leis de Neutralidade autoridade local poderi negar-lhe o ARTIGo 27. 0 beligerante que violar fornecimento ou exigir do agente da com- as disposi Ses anteriores indenisarg o panhia a garantia de que o referido barco prejuizo causado e responderg pelos atos nio auxiliari a barco algum. das pessoas que formarem parte da sua ARTIGO 22. Os Estados neutros nao f6rpa armada. est~o obrigados a impedir a exporta~ao ARTIGo 28. A presente ConvenVdo nio ou trAnsito, por conta dum ou de outro afeta os compromissos contraldos an- beligerante, de munipoes e em geral de teriormente pelas partes contratantes tudo quanto possa ser 6til As suas f6r~as em virtude de ac6rdos internacionais. militares. ARTIGO 29. A presente ConvengAo de- Dever& permitir o trAnsito quando, pois de assinada seri submetida A rati- achando-se em guerra duas nap5es ameri- ficaqdo dos Estados signat~irios. 0 Go- canas, urn dos beligerantes 6 um pals vtrno de Cuba fica encarregado de enviar mediterrineo, que ndo tenha outros c6pias certificadas e auttnticas aos gover- meios de prover-se e sempre que nao nos para os fins da ratifica Ao. 0 instru- afete os interesses vitais do pals cujo mento da ratifica¢Ao serA depositado nos trAnsito se pede. arquivos da Unido Pan-Americana, em ARTIGO 23. Os Estados neutros na-o Washington, a qual notificar o seu devem op6r-se A partida voluntAria dos dep6sito aos governos signatArios; esta nacionais dos Estados beligerantes, ainda notificaAo terA o mesmo efeito que a que saiam em grande ndmero ao mesmo troca de ratificaqSes. Esta ConvenqAo tempo; mas poderdo op6r-se h partida ficari aberta A adesAo dos Estados nio voluntAria dos seus nacionais que vAo a signatrios. alistar-se nas f6r~as armadas. ARTIGO 24. 0 uso pelos beligerantes Em fM do que, os Plenipotencifrios dos meios de comunicaqdo dos Estados designados assinam a presente Convendo neutros ou que cruzem ou toquem o em espanhol, ingl~s, francs e portugu~s, territ6rio dgstes fica sujeito As medidas na cidade de Havana, no dia 20 de que decrete a autoridade local. Fevereiro de 1928. ARTIGO 25. Se devido As operac6es Reserva da Delegaqdo dos Estados Unidos navais fora das Aguas jurisdicionais dos da America Estados neutros, houvessem mortos ou feridos nos barcos beligerantes, ditos A DelegavAo dos Estados Unidos da Estados poder~o enviar ao lugar do sinis- Am6rica assina a presente Conven~ao tro barcos hospitais, sob a vigilAncia do fazendo uma reserva, no que se refere ao govrno neutral. Pstes navios gozar~o da artigo doze, parigrafo tr6s. Reserva da Delegagdo do Chile RESERVA FEITA NO ATO DA RATIFICAg.XO A Delega~do do Chile assina a presente DA CONVEN;O Conven §o fazendo a reserva em quanto ao capitulo 20 do artigo 22. Estados Unidos da A mrica: Reserva da Delega do de Cuba Corn reserva feita ao Artigo 12, par6- A Delegaqo da Repdiblica de Cuba, grafo 3, que o Gov~rno dos Estados faz urna reserva ao nfimero 31 do artigo 12. Unidos da America nAo aceita. CONVENQ.kO DEVERES E DIREITOS DOS ESTADOS NOS CASOS DE LUTAS CIVIS

Os Governos das Repdiblicas repre- Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Alva- sentadas na VI Confer~ncia Internacional rez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel Americana, celebrada na Havana, Re- Bianchi. ptiblica de Cuba, no ano de 1928, desejo- Brasil: Rail Fernandes, Lindolfo sos de chegar a um ac6rdo no que con- Collor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio cerne aos Deveres e Direitos dos Estados Correa, Eduardo Espinola. no caso de Lutas Civis, nomearam seus Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n, (Re- Plenipotenci6rios: nunciou posteriormente), Laurentino Olas- Peru: Jesds Melquiades Salazar, Victor coaga, Felipe A. Espil. Madirtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, Paraguai: Lisandro Diaz Le6n. Luis Ernesto Denegri. Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Uruguai: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan Riboul. Jos6 Am6zaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Reptblica Dominicana: Francisco J. Erasmo Callorda. Peynado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Panamd: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Angel Morales, Tulio At. Cesteros, Ri- Chiari. cardo P6rez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Equador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. Estados Unidos da America: Charles M~xico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, zAlez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, Elorduy. Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O'Brien, El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, H6ctor James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. Leo S. Rowe. Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, Ores- Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, Jos6 tes Ferrara, Enrique HernAndez Cartaya, Azurdia. Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides Agilero, Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Joa- Jos6 B. Alemin, Manuel Mbrquez Ster- quin G6mez, Miximo H. Zepeda. ling, Fernando Ortiz, N6stor Carbonell, Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa Jesfis Maria Barraqu& du Rels. Os quais (tepois de terem trocado os Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- seus Plenos Poderes, que estavam em cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. boa e devida forma, combinaram o Coldmbia: Enriqe Olaya Herrera, Jesuis seguinte: M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta ArbelAez, ARTIGO 11 Os Estadow, Contratantes Ricardo Guti6rrez Lee. obrigam-se a observar as seguintes regras, Honduras: Fausto DAvila, Mariano em caso de luta civil no territ6rio de Vizquez. outro Estado: Costa Rica: Ricardo Ca.stro Beeche, Primeiro: Empregar os meios ao seu J. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. alcance para evitar que os habitantes do seu territ6rio, nacionais ou estrangeiros, Estado estrangeiro para encobrir os seus tomem parte, reunam elementos, passem atos poderi tamb~m ser capturado e a fronteira ou se embarquem no seu julgado pelo Estado a que dita bandeira territ6rio para iniciar ou fomentar uma perten~a. . luta civil. ARTIGO 30 0 barco insurreto, de guerra Segundo: Desarmar ou internar t6da ou mercante, equipado pela revolu&o, a f6rga rebelde que transponha as suas que chegue a um pais estrangeiro ou fronteiras sendo os gastos de interna- procure reffigio nele, serd entregue pelo mento por conta do Estado onde a ordem governo d~ste ao gov~mo constituido tivesse sido alterada. As armas encontra- do pais em luta civil e os tripulantes serio das em poder dos rebeldes poderdo ser considerados como refugiados politicos. . apreendidas pelo govrno do pals onde ARTIGO 40 A presente Convendo ndo se refugiam, para devolvA-las uma vez afeta os compromissos tomados anterior- terminada a contenda ao Estado em luta mente pelas Partes Contratantes em civil. virtude de ac6rdos internacionais. Terceiro: Proibir o trdfico de armas ARTIGO 5o A presente Convendo de- e material de guerra exceto quando sejam pois de assinada seri submetida As rati- destinadas ao gov~mo, enquanto ndo fica Ses dos Estados signatArios. 0 go- esteja reconhecida a beligerAncia dos v~rno de Cuba fica encarregado de enviar rebeldes, caso Aste em que se aplicardo c6pias certificadas autdnticas aos gover- as regras da neutralidade. nos para os fins da ratificagdo. 0 instru- Q uarto: Evitar que na sua jurisdido mento da ratificado serd depositado nos se equipe, arme ou adote para uso b6lico arquivos da Unido Pan-Americana em qualquer embarcaqdo destinada a operar Washington, a qual notificard 6ste deem favor da rebelido. p6sito aos Governos signatarios; esta ARTIGO 20 A qualificaqdo de pirataria, notificaRo terA o valor de troca de emanada de urn pals, contra barcos ratificaQ5es. Esta Conven do ficarA aberta levantados em armas nao obriga aos A adesdo dos Estados ndo signatArios. outros Estados. Em f6 do que os referidos Plenipoten- O Estado que seja ofendido por pi- cidrios assinam a presente Conven do em Ihagem proveniente de barcos insurretos espanhol, inglds, frances e portugu~s, tem o direito de adotar contra 6stes na cidade de Havana, no dia 20 de as seguintes medidas de castigo: Se os Fevereiro de 1928. causadores do ato lesivo forem navios de guerra, podem capturA-los para en- RESERVA FEITA NO ATO DA RATIFICAgXO tregA-los ao Gov~rno do Estado a que DA CONVEN(XO pertenqam, o qual os julgarA; se os danos prov~m de barcos mercantes, o Estado Estados Unidos da Amkrica: afetado pode capturA-los e aplicar-lhes Com a condiqo de que as estipulagaes as leis penais que requeira o caso. do Artigo 3 da Convenqao nao se apliquem O barco insurreto, seja de guerra ou quando se houver reconhecido a exist~ncia mercante, que arvore bandeira de urn de estado de beliger~ncia. CONVENCXO TRATADOS

Desejando os Governos dos Estados Brasil: Radil Fernandes, Lindolfo da America fixar claramente as regras Collor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio que devem de reger os tratados que sub- Correa, Eduardo Espinola. screvam entre Ales, acordaram estabelec6- Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n, (Re- las numa Convenpdo, e corn 6sse fim nunciou posteriormente), Laurentino Olas- nomearam como Plenipotenci.rios os coaga, Felipe A. Espil. seguintes senhores: Paraguai: Lisandro Diaz Le6n. Peru: Jesuds Melquiades Salazar, Victor Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Ri- Madrtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, boul. Luis Ernesto Denegri. Rep,6blica Dominicana: Francisco J. Uruguai: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan Peynado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Jos6 Amizaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cesteros, Ri- Erasmo Callorda. cardo P~re Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Panamd: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. Chiari. Estados Unidos da Amlrica: Charles Equador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Evan Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Underwood, Mexico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. O'Brien, zA1ez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman Wilbur, Elorduy. Leo S. Rowe. El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, H6ctor Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. Orestes Ferrara, Enrique tternindez Car- Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo taya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, *Jos6 Agiiero, Jos6 B. klemin, Manuel Mir- Azurdia. quez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, N6stor Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Joa- Carbonell, Jesis Maria Barraqu6. quin G6mez, Mhximo H. Zepeda. Os que, tendo trocado os respectivos Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa poderes e estando 6stes em boa e devida du Rels. forma, convieram o seguinte: Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- ARTIGO 10 Os Tratados ser~o cele- cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. Col6mbia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, brados pelos Poderes competentes dos Jesds M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta Estados ou pelos seus representantes, Arbeltez, Ricardo Gutirrez Lee. segundo o seu direito interno respectivo. Honduras: Fausto DAvila, Mariano ARTIGO 20. R condiqdo essencial nos Vtzquez. Tratados a forma escrita. A confirma &o, Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, prorrogaqdo, renova¢do ou reconduq o, J. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. serdo igualmente feitas por escrito, salvo Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Alva- estipulaqdo em contr~rio. rez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel Bian- ARTIGO 3o A interpretaqdo aut~ntica chi. dos Tratados, quando as partes contratantes a julguem necesshria, ser terceiro Estado que nAo seja parte con- tamb6m formulada por escrito. tratante, depende exclusivamente da de- ARTIGo 40 Os Tratados serAo publica- cis~o d~ste. dos imediatamente depois da troca das ARTIGO 100. Nenhum Estado pode exi- ratificapSes. mir-se das obriga 6es do Tratado ou A omiss~o do cumprimento desta obri- modificar as suas clAusulas sengo corn gapo internacional, ndo afetarA a vig~ncia o ac6rdo, pacificamente obtido, dos dos Tratados, ner a exig~ncia das obri- outros contratantes. ga 6es contidas neles. ARTIGO 110 Os Tratados continuario ARTIGO 50 Os Tratados ndo sdo obri- surtindo os seus efeitos ainda quando se gat6rios sendo depois de ratificados pelos modifique a constituiAo interna dos Estados contratantes, ainda que esta Estados contratantes. Se a organizagAo cliusula n~o conste nos plenos poderes do Estado mudara de maneira que a dos negociadores nem figure no mesmo execu¢do f6ra impossivel por divisAo de Tratado. territ6rio ou por outros motivos anAlogos, ARTIGO 60. A ratificapdo deve de ser os Tratados serdo adaptados ks novas outorgada sern condip6es e compreender condiQes. - todo o Tratado. Seri feita por escrito, ARTIGO 120 Quando o Tratado se segundo a legislaQAo do Estado. torna impossivel de executar, por culpa Se o Estado que ratifica faz reservas da parte que se obrigou, ou por circuns- ao Tratado, 6ste entrarA em vigor desde tAncias que no momento da celebraq&o que informada destas reservas, a outra dependiam desta parte e erarn ignoradas parte contratante as aceitar expressa- pela outra parte, aquela 6 responsAvel mente, ou ndo as tendo recusado formal- pelos prejuizos resultantes da sua n~o mente, execute atos que impliquem a sua execu Ao. aceitaQKo. A-RTIGO 130. A execuQAo do Tratado, Nos Tratados internacionais celebra- pode, por clAusula expressa ou em virtude dos entre os diversos Estados a reserva de convgnio especial, ser posta, em todo feita por urn doles no ato da ratificapdo, ou parte, sob a garantia de urn ou mais s6mente afeta a aplica Ao da clAusula Estados. respectiva, nas relaq6es dos outros Esta- 0 Estado fiador ndo poderA intervir dos contratantes com o Estado que faz na execu Ao do Tratado, sengo em virtude a reserva. de um requerimento de urea das partes ARTIGO 70 - A falta da ratificapAo ou interessadas e quando se realizem as con- a reserva, s~o atos inerentes h. soberania di Ses sob as quais foi estipulada a internacional, e como tais, constituem um ven(do, e ao faz6-lo, s6mente sertA licito exercicio de urn direito que ndo afeta empregar meios autorizados pelo direito a nenhuma disposi do ou boa forma inter- internacional e sern outras exiggncias de nacional. No caso de negativa, esta serA maior alcance que as do mesmo Estado comunicada aos outros contratantes. garantido. ARTIGO 80. Os Tratados reger~o desde ARTIGO 140. Os Tratados cessam de a troca ou dep6sito das ratificap6es, estar vigentes: a) Cumprida a obrigaqfo exceto se se tiver convindo outra data estipulada; b) Transcorrido o prazo pelo em clAusula expressa. qual foi celebrado; c) Cumprida a condi- . ARTIGO 90 A aceitapo ou nao, das qAo resolut6ria; d) Pelo ac6rdo entre as clAusulas de urn Tratado a favor de um Partes; e) Corn a rendincia da parte a quem aproveita o Tratado dum modo estabelecidas em Convenvaes gerais cele- exclusivo; f) Por dendncia total ou par- bradas por gles mesmos corn outros Esta- cial, quando proceda; g) Quando nio dos. seja posaivel executA-lo. Este preceito 4 aplicado nio s6mente ARTrno 15o. PoderA igualmente de- aos Tratados futuros, mas tamb6n aos clarar-se caducado um Tratado quando que estejam em vigor ao tempo desta Aste seja permanente e de aplica Ao nfo Conven &o. U m continua, sempre que as causas que o ARTIGO 190. Estado que n~o tenha originaram tenham desaparecido e puder tornado parte na concertago de um Tra- lgicamente deduzir-se que nio voltar&o tado, poderA aderir ao mesmo se n§o se a apresentar-se. opaem a isso nenhuma das partes contra- A parte contratante que alegar esta tantes, a t~das as quais deve ser comuni- caducidade ao n~o obter o consentimento cado. A ades~o serA considerada, a menos da outra ou das outras, poder. acudir A que seja feita corn reserva expressa de arbitragem, sem cuja decisdo favorAvel, ratificaqAo. e enquanto esta se n~o dite, continuarlo ARTIGO 200. A presente Conven fo n~o em vigor as obriga bes contraidas. afeta compromissos adquiridos anterior- ARTIGO 160. As obrigaqSes contraidas mente pelas Partes Contratantes em nos Tratados serio sancionadas no caso virtude de acordos internacionais. de nio se cumprirem, e depois de esgo- ARTIGO 210. A presente Convenio tadas sem Axito as negocia 6es diplo- depois de firmada, serA submetida As miticas, por decisAo de ura C6rte de ratificaqSes dos Estados signatArios. 0 Justi~a ou de um Tribunal Arbitral, gov~rno de Cuba fica encarregado de dentro dos limites e corn os trimites que enviar c6pias certificadas autnticas aos estiverem em vigor no momento em que Governos para o referido fim da rati- a infra Ao se alegar. ficaqAo. 0 instrumento de ratificaco ARTIGO 170- Os Tratados cuja de- serA depositado nos arquivos da Uni§o nfincia tenha sido combinada e os que Pan-Americana em Washington, quem estabelegarn regras de Direito Inter- notificar &sse dep6sito aos Governos nacional, ndo podem ser denunciados, signat6rios; tal notificaqdo valerg pela senao de ac6rdo corn o que estas esta- troca de ratificav6es. Esta Conven~ao beleqam. ficarA aberta A adesAo dos Estados nao Na falta de obrigaqdo, o Tratado pode signatArios. ser denunciado por qualquer Estado Em f6 do que os PlenipotenciArios ex- contratante, o qual notificarA aos outros esta decisio, sempre que tenha cumprido pressados assinam a presente Convenko em espanhol, t6das as obrigaqves estabelecidas no ingliP., frances e portugu~s, na cidade de Havana, no dia 20 de mesmo. Neste caso o Tratado ficarA sem efeito Fevereiro de 1928. em rela &o ao denunciante um ano de- Reserva da Delega.do do M,xico pois da Ailtima notifica &o, e continuarA subsistindo para os outros signatArios, se A Delega &o Mexicana sem ter em os houver. conta os votos que deseja emitir contra ARTIGO 180. Dois ou mais Estados virios artigos, firmarA as diversas Con- podem convir em que as suas relaq6es venQ6es de Direito Internacional Nblico se rejam por outras regras que ndo a., aprovadas, fazendo como dinica reserva referente ao Artigo Treze, que ngo aceita, 2. Quando a sua execuxio se torna con- da Convenio s6bre Tratados. trgria k natureza das coisas. 3. Quando se torna incompativel corn a Reserva da Delegagdo do Salvador existncia dum Estado, corn sua inde- A Delegaq.o do Salvador ndo s6mente pend~ncia ou dignidade; op-e o seu voto negativo ao Artigo Treze, 4. Quando se torna ruinoso para a sua sendo que vota negativamente a Conven- riqueza e com&rcio. qo, e ndo a subscreve. A reserva da Bolivia sobre o artigo 15, refere-se a que s~o suscetiveis de caduci- Reserva da Delega do da Bolivia dade ndo s6 os Tratados de aplicaggo No conceito da Delegado da Bolivia, a intermitente, como estabelece dito artigo, ndo execugo a que se refere o inciso "g" sendo todo o g~nero de Tratados, qualquer do artigo 14, se di entre outros, nos se- que seja o seu carAter ou denomina Ao, guintes casos: ainda os chamados definitivos, que como 1. Quando os fatos e circunstfncias t6da a couvenqo humana, sdo suscetiveis que lhe deram origem ou Ihe serviram de de erro j6, que nada h que seja imutAvel base, se modificaram fundamentalmente; e eterno. CON VEN ( O AVIAQAO COMERCIAL

Desejosos os Estados da Am6rica, de Brasil: Radil Fernandes, Lindolfo Col- fixar as regras que devem reger entre si lor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio Correa, para o com6rcio a6reo, acordaram esta- Eduardo Espinola. belec6-las por uma Conven¢io, e para Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n, (Re- Asse fim nomearam como Plenipoten- nunciou posteriormente), Laurentino ci~rios: Olascoaga, Felipe A. Espil. Peru: Jesfds Melquiades Salazar, Victor Paraguai: Lisandro Diaz Le6n. Ma6rtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Luis Ernesto Denegri. Riboul. Uruguai: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan Repblica Dominicana: Francisco J. Josd Am6zaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Peynado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Erasmo Callorda. Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cesteros, Panamd: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Ricardo P6rez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Chiari. Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. Equador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Estados Unidos da America: Charles Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, Mexico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Under- zAlez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles wood, Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. Elorduy. O'Brien, James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, I-6ctor Wilbur, Leo S. Rowe. David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo Orestes Ferrara, Enrique llerndndez Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, Jos6 Cartaya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides Azurdia. Ag(iero, Jos6 B. Alemn, Manuel Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, MArquez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, N6stor Joaquin G6mez, Miximo H. Zepeda. Carbonell, Jesuis Maria Barraqu6. Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa Os quais, depois de terem trocado os du Rels. seus plenos poderes, e que estavam na Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- boa e devida forma, combinaram o cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. seguinte: Col6mbia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Jesds ARTIGO I. As Altas Partes contratantes M. Yepes, Roberto Irrdaneta ArbelAez, reconhecem que cada Estado tem sobe- Ricardo Guti~rrez Lee. rania completa e exclusiva s6bre o espago Honduras: Fausto DAvila, Mariano a6reo correspondente ao seu territ6rio e Vizquez. As suas Aguas territoriais. Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, J. ARTIGO II. A presente Convenqo se Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. refere exclusivamente As aeronaves Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Al- privadas. varez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel ARTIGO III. SerAo consideradas como Bianchi. aeronaves do Estado: a) As aeronaves militares e navais. ARTIGO VI. T&da a aeronave que v6e b) As aeronaves que se dediquem sobre urna zona proibida estarbA obrigada, exclusivamente a um servigo do Estado, ao dar-se conta disso ou ao ser notificada como correio, alffindegas e polfeia. pelos sinais convencionais, a aterrissar As outras serio consideradas aeronaves ou aquatizar imediatamente, fora de dita privadas. zona ou no aer6dromo mais pr6ximo da T6das as aeronaves do Estado, exceto zona proibida, s6bre que voava indevida- as militares e navais, de alffndega ou mente e que esteja considerado como policia, serAo tratadas como privadas, e, p6rto a6reo internacional pelo Estado como tais, submetidas a tWdas as dis- subjacente. posies do presente Conv~nio. ARTIGO VII. As aeronaves terlo a ARTIGO IV. Cada urn dos Estados nacionalidade do Estado aonde estejam contratantes se obriga em tempo de paz inscritas, n~o sendo vblido o registro em a conceder liberdade de passo inofensivo, mais de um Estado. pelo espago adreo, As aeronaves privadas A inscri¢do de registro e o certificado dos outros Estados contratantes, sempre de matricula deverio conter uma des- que se observem as condi 6es estabelecidas cri &o da aeronave, e indicardo o mimero na presente Conven ao. As regras esta- ou qualquer outra marca de identificaao belecidas por urn Estado contratante para dada pelo construtor do apareiho, as permitir s6bre o seu territ6rio as aero- marcas de matricula e de nacionalidade naves que venham de outros Estados antes mencionadas, o aer6dromo ou contratantes, devern ser aplicadas sem p6rto a6reo habitual da aeronave, o distingio de nacionalidade. nome, apelido, nacionalidade e domicilio ARTrio V. Cada Estado contratante do proprietArio assim como a data da tern o direito de proibir, por raz~es que matricula. julgue de convenigncia para o intergsse ARTiGO VIII. 0 registro das aeronaves pdblico, o v6o s6bre determinadas zonas a que se refere o artigo anterior se farA de do seu territ6rio As aeronaves dos outros ac6rdo com as leis e disposi 5es especiais Estados contratantes e As aeronaves de cada Estado contratante. nacionais privadas, utilizadas em servigo ARTIGO IX. T6da a aeronave empre- internacional de aviAo comercial, fazendo gada na navegaqo internacional deverA notar que nfo haverA exce 6es de classe levar uma marca pela qual se distinga a alguma a Aste respeito, entre as suas sua nacionalidade. A natureza destas aeronaves privadas ocupadas em com6rcio marcas serA matdria a acordar entre os intemacional e as dos demais Estados vgrios Estados Contratantes, e uma contratantes ocupadas no dito tr~fico. vez adotadas, se comunicar~o A Unilo Cada Estado Contratante poderA tam- Pan-Americana, e aos outros Estados bem determinar a rota que devem seguir contratantes. as aeronaves dos outros Estados, exceto ARTIGO X. T6da a aeronave destinada em casos de f6r~a major que se regular~o & navegaq5o internacional levarA, sob de ac6rdo corn as estipulag6es do artigo gkiarda do seu comandante: XVIII desta Conven&o. Cada Estado a) Um certificado de inscriqiAo, devida- pubicarA anticipadamente e notificari mente autenticado de ac~rdo corn as leis aos outros Estados contratantes sobre a do Estado no qual estiver registrada. fixagio das rotas autorizadas e a situag~o b) Um certificado de navegaqio, se- das zonas proibidas. gundo o que se disp~e no artigo XII; c) 0 certificado de compettncia do Ainda que os Estados afirmam o comandante, dos pilotos, mechnicos e principio de que as aeronaves de cada tripula &o, segundo o disposto no artigo um dos Estados contratantes thm liber- XIII; dade para empreender entre si o com6rcio d) Se transporta passageiros, a lista a~reo, sem sujeiq§o ao sistema especial nominal d~stes, sua residtncia e nade licenqas do Estado corn o qual nego- cionalidade; ciam, todos e cada um dos Estados e) Se transporta mercadorias, os co- contratantes mencionados no certificado nhecinentos e manifestos, e todos os de navega &o se reservam o direito de documentos exigidos pelas disposiges recusar reconhecer como vAlido dito alfandeg~rias e regulamentos de cada certificado de navega~do de uma aeronave pals; estrangeira, quando uma inspeqAo feita f) Os apontamentos da bitacola. por uma Comiss§,o devidamente autori- g) Se est~o equipados corn aparelhos zada pelo Estado, demonstre que ao de radiotelegrafia, levar~o a correspon- tempo da inspe&o a aeronave n&o tern dente licena. condiq~es razoiveis para poder navegar ARTIGO XI. Os Estados contratantes segundo os requisitos ordinirios das deveriio enviar mensalmente aos outros leis e regulamentos do dito Estado, con- Estados Partes desta Convenq~o A UniAo cernentes A seguranqa pdblica. Pan-Americana, c6pia dos registos e Em tal caso, dito Estado pode recusar anula 6es de registos das aeronaves em- a licenqa para seguir viagem atrav~s do pregadas na navegaqAo internacional seu espaqo a6reo at que, tendo em entre os diversos Estados contratantes. consideraqAo a seguranqa pdblica, as ARTIGO XII. Tda a aeronave desti- condiqSes de navega &o sejarn declaradas nada A navegaqAo internacional entre satisfat6rias, e notificarA imediatamente os Estados contratantes, deverA estar a sua decisAo ao Estado a cuja nacionali- provida de um certificado de navegaqAo dade pertena a aeronave e A Unio expedido pelo Estado da nacionalidade Pan-Americana. da mesma. ARTIGO XIII. 0 comandante da aero- o certificado serA testemunho ante os nave, os pilotos, mecnicos e outros Estados nos quais vai a operar a aeronave membros da tripulaqiio, de t~da a aero- de que, segundo a opiniao da autoridade nave que pratique a navegaqAo inter- que o expede, a aeronave preenche todos nacional entre os vArios Estados contra- os requisitos de navegaqAo exigidos nos tantes deverio, (e ac6rdo corn as leis de Estados mencionados no certificado. cada Estado que rejam esta mat6ria, o comandante da aeronave terA sem- estar providos de um atest ado de com- pre sob a sua guarda o certificado e o pet~ncia, expedido pelo Estado contra- facilitarA para a inspeqo e verifica¢do tante a cuja nacionalidade a aeronave aos representantes autorizados do Es- pertenqa. tado que visite dita aeronave. No atestado ou atestados se farA Cada Estado contratante comunicara constar que cada piloto, aparte de ter aos outros Estados Partes desta Con- cumprido os requisitos exigidos pelo venqAo e A UniAo Pan-Americana os Estado que o expede, fez urn exame seus regulamentos, concernentes h quali- satisfatdrio s6bre as regras do trifico ficaqAo de navegabilidade das suas aero- existentes nos outros Estados contra- naves, assim como qualquer mudanqa que tantes s6bre os quais deseje circular. Os introduzam nos mesmos regulamentos. requisitos exigidos para tais documentos serio uniformes em todos os Estados que tenham a nacionalidade de outros contratantes e deverdo ser redigidos Estados contratantes. A regulamentado nos idiomas de todos Mles e para 6sse fim, que seja adotada s6bre Aste assunto a Uni~o Pan-Americana fica encarregada deverA ser comunicada aos outros Estados de efetuar os contratos necessArios entre contratantes e A UniAo Pan-Americana. os Estados contratantes. ARTIGO XVII. Como medida de se- Tal atestado ou atestados permane- guran~a pfiblica ou com o motivo de cerdo na posse do comandante da aero- proibi 6es legais, o transporte de objetos nave, durante o tempo em que na mesma na navegaqAo adrea internacional, distinto estejam empregados pilotos mecAnicos dos mencionados nos Artigos XV e XVI, e os outros membros da tripulaAo. Ao poderd ser restringido por qualquer dos ser-lhes devolvidos os atestados deixar- Estados contratantes. Estas restriq5es se-a c6pia certificada dos mesmos nos serAo imediatamente comunicadas aos arquivos da aeronave. outros Estados contratantes e A Unido Os certificados poderdo ser em qualquer Pan-Americana. momento inspecionados pelos represen- T6das as restriqSes mencionadas neste tantes dos Estados, devidamente autori- artigo serAo aplicadas indistintamente zados, que visitem a aeronave. s aeronaves estrangeiras e nacionais Cada um dos Estados contratantes dedicadas ao serviqo do trAfico inter- comunicarA aos outros Estados membros nacional. desta Conven~do e I UniAo Pan-Ameri- ARTIGO XVIII. T6da a aeronave que cana os regulamentos que fixam a ex- pratique a navegaCdo internacional e que pedido de tais certificados e qualquer entre no espa~o a~reo de um Estado mudan~a que introduzam nos ditos contratante corn a intenqAo de aterrissar regulamentos. ou amerissar no dito Estado, dever ARTIGO XIV. Todos os Estados con- efetud-lo no respectivo aer6dromo alfan- tratantes reconhecerao a validade dos degArio, exceto nos casos mencionados no certificados da compet~ncia do coman- artigo XIX e em caso de forqa maior, o dante, pilotos, mecAnicos e outros mem- que deverA provar-se. bros da tripula¢do da aeronave, expedidos T6da a aeronave ocupada na navega do em conformidade com as leis e regula- internacional deverg obter o despacho mentos dos outros Estados contratantes. requerido pelas leis do Estado, no p6rto ARTIGO XV. 0 transporte de explosivos designado para a saida pelo referido por via a6rea, armas e muni 6es de Estado antes de sair da jurisdi~io terri- guerra, estA proibido na navega~do airea torial de um Estado contratante, no internacional. Portanto, nio serA per- qual tenha aterrissado ou amerissado. mitido a nenhuma aeronave estrangeira Todos e cada um dos Estados con- ou nacional autorizada para o trAfico tratantes notificardo aos outros Estados internacional, transportar artigos desta membros desta Convenqdo e A UniAo natureza ner entre pontos situados Pan-Americana, quais os portos a(reos dentro do territ6rio de qualquer dos designados como portos de entrada e Estados contratantes, ner atrav6s dos saida. mesmos, ainda mesmo em qualidade de Quando as leis e regulamentos de simples trAnsito. qualquer Estado assim o disponham, ARTIGO XVI. Cada Estado pode proibir nenhuma aeronave poderA entrar ou sair ou regulamentar o transporte e uso de legalmente do seu territ6rio por lugares miquinas fotogrAficas nas aeronaves distintos daqu~les priviamente indicados pelo Estado subjacente, como portos ou amerissar no aer6dromo ou p6rto a6reos internacionais e a aterrissagem ou designado para a entrada, e permitir-lhes amerissagem por cima dales serg obri- aterrissar em determinados aer6dromos gat6ria a nio ser que obtenha ura licen~a no interior, designados para 6sse firn especial, que prbviamente deverA comuni- pelas autoridades de alfAndega e policia car As autoridades do dito p6rto a~reo, do dito Estado, no qual devem cumprir pelas autoridades competentes do Estado as formalidades de alfAndega. a que corresponde o p6rto a6reo, na qual Tais aeronaves, apesar disto, deverdo licenga se expressardo com clareza as seguir o caminho a6reo normal, e deverdo caracteristicas da aeronave, que esta fazer-se reconhecer quando atravessem a tem de tornar bern visiveis quando para fronteira, por meio de sinais conven- tal fim fOr requerida pelos meios com- cionais. binados anteriormente, na dita licenga. ARTIGO XX. Desde o momento que Se por qualquer razdo, depois de aterrisse ou amerisse em qualquer ponto entrar na jurisdi~do territorial de urn at6 que tenha de sair, uma aeronave Estado contratante, uma aeronave de estrangeira, as autoridades do Estado outro Estado contratante aterrissa num visitado terdo em todo o caso o direito ponto distinto de p6rto a6reo designado de visitar e examinar a aeronave e ver como p~rto de entrada no dito Estado, o todos os documentos de que deve estar comandante da aeronave o notificarA provida, corn o fim de comprovar se imediatamente k autoridade que esteja foram cumpridas t~das as leis e regula- mais pr6xima e ai permanecerd, corn a mentos do dito Estado e t~das as obriga- tripulado, passageiros e carga at6 que a q-es da presente Convenqao. autoridade competente Ihe tenha dado ARTIGO XXI. SerA permitido As aero- autorizagdo para entrar, sempre que a naves dos Estados contratantes ocupahLs comunicaQo corn esta autoridade possa no comrcio a6reo internacional, desem - fazer-se dentro do prazo de vinte e barcar pasageiros e parte da carga em quatro horas. um (los portos i6reos (hlsignados como Quando por algum motivo seja nweus- de entrada, e continuar a sua viagem a sArio, a aeronave de um dos Estados urn ou outros portos a6reos do dito contratantes deveri aterrissar ou ameris- Est ado corn o fim de desembarcar o sar tdo pronto como Ihe seja ordenado, resto de passageiros e carga, assim como por meio de sinais regulamentares. tamb6m de embarear pa-:ageiros e carga Nos casos previstos ntectc artigo, a destinados a outros L'.ta(ho.s estrangeiros, aeronave, o seu comandante, tripulaqdo, sempre que cumpram corn os d(,vercs passageiros e carga, fihardo sujeit(s A legais que exijam as leis do pals onde inspeggo de imigra 'iio, alfAndegas, qua- efetuern o trdfego, cujos (deveres legais rentenas de sadde, que os representantes serAo iguais para as aeronaves nacionais do dito Estado e devidamente autoriza- e estrangeiras dedicadas ao trAfico inter- dos, exijam segundo as leis do Estado nacional e as quais se comunicardo opor- sbbre o qual v6a. tunamente aos Estados contratantes e A ARTIGO XIX. Excetuando as disposi- UniAo Pan-Americana. 6es gerais, as aeronaves postais e as ARTIGO XXII. Cada l'>.tado contra- que perten~am a Companhias de trans- tante ter6 o direito de estabelecer a favor portes a~reos devidamente constituidas e das suas aeronaves nacionais, reservas e autorizadas, poderdo ser exoneradas A restriq6es relativas ao tran,.porte comer- op do do Estado subjaeente de aterrissar cial de pessoas e mercadorias entre dois ou mais pontos do seu territ6rio e refe- tratados especiais com urn ou mais rentes a outros trabalhos afreos, remunera- Estados s6bre navega io a(rea interna- dos e executados inteiramente dentro cional, sempre que tais conven Ses ou do seu territ6rio. Estas reservas e tratados nAo afetem os direitos adquiridos restri 6es serao imediatamente publicadas ou obriga 6es impostas pela presente e comunicadas aos demais Estados con- Conven Ao aos Estados contratantes. tratantes e A Uniao Pan-Americana. Entendendo-se, contudo, que dois ou ARTIGO XXIII. 0 estabelecimento e mais Estados, por razies de con- opera &o dos aer6dromos serio regulados veni~ncia ou reciproco inter~sse podem pela legisla &o de cada pals, observan- combinar os correspondentes regulado-se a 6ste respeito igualdade de trato. mentos relacionados com a opera~ao das ARTIGO XXIV. As aeronaves de um aeronaves e a fixa(ao de rotas deter- dos Estados contratantes ocupadas no minadas. tstes regulamentos em caso comrcio internacional com outro dos algum evitar~o o estabelecimento e fun- Estados contratantes nio poderio ser cionamento de linhas e terminais a(reos obrigadas a pagar distintos ou maiores de possibilidade prAtica. Tais regula- direitos de p6rto afreo ou nos portos mentos garantem a igualdade de trata- areos ou aer6dromos abertos ao servivo mento das aeronaves de todos e cada pdiblico, que aqufles que pagam as um dos Estados contratantes e ficarfo aeronaves nacionais do Estado visitado, sujeitos As mesmas condiV6es estabe- destinadas da mesma forma ao comfrcio lecidas pelo Artigo V desta ConvenVAo, internacional. no que se refere a zonas proibidas dentro ARTIGO XXV. Sempre que um Estado de um territ6rio de urn Estado deter- contratante ndo tenha estabelecido regras minado. adequadas, o comandante de uma aero- Nenhuma das regras estabelecidas por nave teri direitos e deveres andlogos aos esta Conven~io afetari os direitos e do capitdo de um navio mercante, segundo obriga 6es estabelecidos em tratados em as leis respectivas de cada Estado. vigor. ARTIGO XXVI. No referente ao salva- ARTIGO XXXI. As Altas partes con- mento da aeronave que naufragar no tratantes obrigam-se, at6 onde seja pos- mar, aplicar-se-Ao os principios de direito sivel, a cooperar nas medidas interameri- maritimo, na aus~ncia de outro conv~nio canas em relaVo com: em contririo. a) A centraliza¢io e distribuiAo de ARTIGO XXVII. As acronaves de todos informes meteorol6gicos ji sejam esta- os Estados em caso de perigo, ter~o direito tisticos, correntes ou especiais. a todo o auxilio possivel. b) A publica&o de cartas aeroniuticas ARTIGO XXVIII. A indeniza¢do por uniformes, tanto como o estabelecimento estrago causado a pessoas ou a coisas no de urn sistema uniforme de sinais. territ6rio do Estado subjacente rege-se c) 0 uso da radiotelegrafia na nave- pelas leis do dito Estado. gaV.o area, o estabelecimento de esta- ARTIGO XXIX. No caso de guerra, as 6es radiotelegrificas necessirias e a determina 6es da presente Convenqdo observaVo de regulamentos interameri- ndo afetargo a liberdade de aeo dos canos e internacionais s6bre radiotele- Estados contratantes, tanto na sua con- grafia ou as conven 6es existentes na diqo de beligerantes como na de neutros. atualidade ou que se regulam no futuro. ARTIGO XXX. Os Estados contratantes ARTIGO XXXII. Os Estados contra- terdo o direito de concluir conveng6es ou tantes procurario, at onde seja possivel, a uniformidade de leis e regulamentos ARTIGO XXXVI. Estando em desa- que rejam a navegagio a6rea. A Uniao c6rdo os Estados contratantes no re- Pan-Americana cooperarg corn os Gover- ferente A interpreta &o da presente nos dos Estados contratantes para Conven do, o motivo do desac6rdo, a alcangar a desejada uniformidade de leis e pedido de um dos Governos em disc6rdia, regulamentos sobre navegagdo a6rea nos serA submetido A arbitragem disposta Estados membros desta Conven &o. mais adiante. Cada um dos Governos em Cada Estado contratante trocarg corn disc6rdia escolher a outro Govrno todos os outros Estados contratantes, que ngo esteja interessado no assunto no prazo de trgs mezes de firmada a em discussAo e 6ste atuarg como Arbitro ratificar.o desta Conven &o, c6pias dos na disputa. No caso de que os dois seus regulamentos s6bre o trAfico a6reo e Arbitros n~o cheguem a um ac6rdo requisitos referentes A6competgncia dos nomeargo outro Govgmo ngo interessado comandantes das aeronaves, pilotos, me- na questfo para que atue como Arbitro cfnicos e outros membros da tripula Ao, adicional. Se os dois Arbitros nfo puderem e os requisitos de navegagIo das areonaves chegar a um ac6rdo s6bre a nomeaio de que sero utilizadas no com6rcio inter- um terceiro Govrno, cada Arbitro pro- nacional. porA a um Govgrno ngo interessado na Cada Estado contratante depositarA disputa e serA sorteado o p6sto de rbitro adicional entre os dois Governos propos- corn todos os outros Estados membros tos. 0 sorteio se efetuar pelo Conselho desta Conven &o, e com a Unigo Pan- Diretivo da Uni~o Pan-Americana. Americana, trgs meses antes da data A decisAo dos Arbitros serA dada por fixada para a sua viggncia, as adies ou maioria de votos. emendas que tenham feito aos regula- ARTIGO XXXVII. Cada Estado con- mentos mencionados no parfgrafo pre- tratante poderA, denunciar esta Con- cendente. ven .o, a todo o tempo, dando o corres- ARTIGO XXXIII. Cada Estado con- pondente aviso ao Govgrno de Cuba, o tratante depositarA a sua ratificaAo no qual o comunicar a todos os outros Govrno de Cuba, o qual a seguir in- Estados contratantes e membros desta formarA os outros Estados contratantes. Convenq~o. A dendncia n~o terA efeito Ditas ratificaqSes ficario depositadas senAo seis meses depois de feita a noti- nos arquivos do Govgrno Cubano. fica Ao ao Govrno de Cuba e n~o ARTIGO XXXIV. A presente Conven- surtiri efeito sendo ao pals que fa~a a &o come~ari a vigorar para cada um dos dendncia. Estados que a vA ratificando, respeito Em f6 do que os Plenipotencifrios e aos outros palses que a tenham ratificado, delegados, firmam a presente Conven fio, quarenta dias depois de terem depositado sob o s~lo da Sexta Confergneia Inter- a sua ratificado. nacional Americana. ARTIGO KXXV. Qualquer Estado po- derA aderir a esta ConvenAo mediante a (15 de Fevereiro de 1928) comunica¢do da sua inten¢do, ao Govmo Reservas da Repdtblica Domiticana de Cuba, e dita adesao surtirA efeito dentro dos quarenta dias seguintes. 0 A Delega¢do da Repiblica Dominicana, Gov~rno Cubano notificarA esta adesAo como explicaQ6o do seu voto, faz constar aos outros Estados signatArios. que, ao firmar a presente ConvenQAo, nio quer dizer que a Repfiblica Dominicana Chile: se desliga de Conven 6es que ji tenha No entendimento de que o estabeleci- ratificado e estdo em vigor. mento de linhas internacionais e estranjeiras dentro do pais flea subordinado ao RESERVAS FEITAS NO ATO DA IRATIFICAgXO consentimento do Govrno da Repilblica, DA CONVENgAO e de que, ao outorgar essas licengas, o mesmo se reserva o direito de impor as Costa Rica: restrig6es e condi 6es que julgar conve- Aprovada pelo Congresso Nacional, no nientes; e de que t6das as aeronaves, tanto entendimento de que a dita Convenq6o nacionais como estranjeiras, pilotadas ou s6bre a Navegago Area no altera a comandadas por militares, serdo conside- situafo criada pelo Conv~nio Ibero-Ame- radas aeronavas militares. ricano de Navega Ao A~rea, assinado em Repblica Dominicana: Madrid, em outubro de mil novecentos e Com a reserva feita pela DelegagAo vinte e seis. Dominicana, ao firmar a Conven o. CON VENX.kO CONVEN(,AO DE BUENOS AIRES SOBRE A PROTEQAO A PROPRIEDADE LITERARIA E ARTISTICA, REVISTA PELA SEXTA CONFERPNCIA INTERNACIONAL AMERICANA

Os paises membros da Unido Pan- Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro Americana, representados na VI Con- Alvarez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel fer~ncia Internacional Americana, de Bianchi. Havana, enviaram a ela devidamente Brasil: Rafil Fernandes, Lindolfo Col- autorizados para aprovar as Recomen- lor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio Correa, da9ses, Resoluoes, ConvenSes e Tratados Eduardo Espinola. que julgarem diteis aos interesses da Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n, (Re- America, os seguintes Srs. delegados: nunciou posteriormente), Laurentino Peru: Jesds Melquiades Salazar, Victor Olascoaga, Felipe A. Espil. Madrtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, Paraguai:Lisandro Diaz Le6n. Luis Ernesto Denegri. Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Uruguai: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan Riboul. Jos6 Am6zaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Republica Dominicana: Francisco J. Erasmo Callorda. Peynado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Panamd: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cesteros, Chiari. Ricardo P6rez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Equador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. Estados Unidos da Amrica: Charles M&ico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Gon- Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, zhlez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Under- Elorduy. wood, Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, Hector O'Brien, James Brown Scott, Ray Ly- David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. man Wilbur, Leo S. Rowe. Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo Cuba: Antonio S. de Bustamante, Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, Jos6 Orestes Ferrara, Enrique HernAndez Azurdia. Cartaya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides Agilero, Jos6 B. AlemAn, Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Manuel MAr- quez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, N6stor Joaquin G6mez, M~ximo H. Zepeda. Carbonell, Jesds Maria Barraqu6. Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa Os quais depois de se terem comunicado du Rels. os seus respect ivos poderes e encontrando- Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, Fran- os em boa forma, acordaram modificar a cisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel Arraiz. Convenqdo s6bre a Prote do A Proprie- Col6mbia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Jess dade Literiria e Artistica, assinada em M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta Arbel~ez, Buenos Aires em 11 de Ag6sto de 1910. Ricardo Guti~rrez Lee. ARTIGO 10. (Subsistente). Honduras: Fausto Dhvila, Mariano ARTIGO 21. Na expressdo "obras literA- V~zquez. rias e artisticas" compreendem-se os Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, livros, escritos, folhetos de t~da a classe, J. Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. qualquer que seja a mat6ria de que tratem e qualquer que seja o ndimero las mecAnicamente; 20 A execu §o pdblica das suas pAginas; as obras dramdticas e das mesmas obras por meinio doq ditos dramdtico-musicais; as coreogrAficas; as instrumentos. composi Ses musicais, com ou sem pala- ARTIGO 50 bis. (Subsistente por ser o vras; os desenhos, as pinturas, as escul- antigo artigo 50.) turas, gravados, litografias; as obras ARTIGO 60. A dura do da prote&o fotogrAficas, cinematogrificas, reprodu- combinada pela presente Convenggo com- 6es por meio de instrumentos mec~nicos preende a vida do autor e cinquenta destinados A audiqo de sons, as esferas anos depois de sua morte. astron6micas e geogrdficas; os planos, Apesar disto, e no caso de que 6ste croquis ou trabalhos plAsticos relativos A periodo de duraqo ndo f6sse adotado geografia, geologia ou topografia, arquite- pelos Estados signatArios, de uma maneira tura ou qualquer ci~ncia assim como as uniforme, aqu~le serA regulamentado artes aplicadas a qualquer atividade pela lei do pals aonde a prote do seja humana; e, enfim fica compreendida pedida e no poderi exceder a durao t6da a produdo que possa publicar-se fixada pelo pals de origem da obra. Por por qualquer meio de impressdo ou conseguinte, os palses signatirios ndo reproduqo. estdo obrigados a aplicar a disposiqdo ARTlGO 30 0 reconhecimento do dido pardgrafo precedente sendo na medida reito de propriedade obtido em um que se Iho permitam as suas leis internas. Estado, de conformidade com as suas leis, Para as obras compostas de vArios produzirA os seus efeitos e com plenos volumes que nao se publiquem junta- direitos em todos os outros Estados, mente, do mesmo modo que para os sempre que apareqa na obra qualquer boletins, entregas ou publica 6es peri6di- manifesta do que indique a reserva da cas, o prazo de propriedade come~arA a propriedade e o nome da pessoa a cujo contar-se referente a cada volume, boletim favor essa reserva se encontra registrada. entrega ou publicaqdo peri6dica, desde a Da mesma forma deverA indicar-se o pais respectiva data da sua publicagdo. de origem, aqu~le onde se tenha efetuado ARTIGO 7, (Subsistente). a primeira publicado, ou aqu~les onde se ARTIGO 80. (Subsistente). . tenham feito publicaq6es simult~neas, ARTIGO 9' (Subsistente). assim como o ano da primeira publicado. ARTIGO 100. (Subsistente). - ARTIGO 40- (Subsistente). ARTIGO 110 (Subsistente). ARTIGO 40 bis. Os autores das obras ARTIGO 120- (Subsistente). literArias ou artisticas t~m o direito ARTIGO 130 (Subsistente). exclusivo de autorizar a reproduqo, a ARTIGO 130 bis. Os autores das obras adaptaqo e a apresentado pfiblica das literArias ou artisticas ao cedA-las em suas obras pela cinematografia. pleno exercicio do seu direito de pro- Sem prejuizo dos direitos de autor da priedade, ndo cedem mais que o direito obra original, a reproduqo pela cine- de desfrutA-las e o de reproduq6o. Con- matografia de uma obra literAria ou servardo s6bre elas um direito moral de artistica, serA protegida como obra ori- contr6le inalienAvel, que Ihes permitiri ginal. opor-se a t6da reprodudo ou exibido . ARTIGO 51 Os autores de obras literA- pfiblica de suas obras, alteradas, muti- rias e musicais t~m o direito exciusivo de ladas ou modificadas. - autorizar: 10 a adaptai6o de ditas obras a ARTIGO 140 (Subsistente). - instrumentos que sirvam para reproduzi- ARTIGO 15o (Subsistente). ARTIGO 160. A presente Conven do Reserva da Delegagio do Chile substituir6. entre os Estados contratantes A Delega¢do do Chile aceita em geraJ a a Conven(;o de Buenos Aires, de 11 de modificado da Convendo de Buenos Ag6sto de 1910. Esta ficara em vigor nas Aires que se acaba de aprovar, mas se relases dos Estados que ndo ratificarem reserva no que respeita aos pontos em a presente Convenpdo. que esta Conven~do modificada se en- Os Estados signatArios da presente contra em oposiqo A legisla~iio em vigor Conven~io poderdo, na troca das rati- no Chile. ficaes, declarar que entendem s6bre Esta reserva ndo diminui o nosso tal ou qual ponto, permanecer ligados desejo de alcanqar a ado &o de principios pelas disposi 6es das Conven 6es an- juridicos que amparem por igual em todos teriores que tenham subscrito. os palses da America a propriedade ARTIGO 170. A presente Convendo co- intelectual. meqarA a reger entre os Estados signa- Reserva da Delegafdo da Venezuela t6rios que a rafitiquem, trAs meses A Delega &o da Venezuela reserva a depois de comunicarem a sua ratificaq~o firma desta Conven¢§o, at ao momento ao Gov~rno de Cuba, e permaneceri em que o seu Gov rno resolva de um modo vigor entre todos eles at um ano depois concreto acerca da mesma, porque tanto da data da dendncia. Esta dentincia a Convenq o de Buenos Aires, que seri dirigida ao gov~rno cubano e nio Venezuela nao s6 nio ratificou sen~o terA efeito senAo em refer~ncia ao pats que o seu Congresso expressamente que a tenha feito. negou, como esta, cont(m disposiq6es contrhrias A nossa tradiqAo juridica e (18 de Fevereiro de 1928) Is nossas positivas leis s6bre a matdria. CONVEN(-O DE DIREITO INTERNACIONAL PRIVADO

Os Presidentes das Repdiblicas do Col6mbia: Enrique Olaya Herrera, Peru, Uruguai, Panami, Equador, M6- Jesds M. Yepes, Roberto Urdaneta xico, El Salvador, Guatemala, NicarAgua, ArbelAez, Ricardo Guti6rrez Lee. Bolivia, Venezuela, Col6mbia, Honduras, Honduras: Fausto DAvila, Mariano Costa Rica, Chile, Brasil, Argentina, Vizquez. Paraguai, Haiti, Repdiblica Dominicana, Costa Rica: Ricardo Castro Beeche, J. Estados Unidos da Am6rica e Cuba, Rafael Oreamuno, Arturo Tinoco. desejando que os seus respectivos paises Chile: Alejandro Lira, Alejandro se representassem na Sexta Confer~ncia Alvarez, Carlos Silva Vild6sola, Manuel Internacional Americana, enviaram a Bianchi. ela, devidamente autorizados para apro- Brasil: Rafil Fernandes, Lindolfo var as recomendaq6es, resoluqses, con- Collor, Alarico da Silveira, Sampaio venQ6es e tratados que julgarem dteis aos Correa, Eduardo Espinola. interesses da Am6rica, os seguintes se- Argentina: Honorio Pueyrred6n, nhores delegados: Laurentino Olascoaga, Felipe A. Espil. Peru: Jesus Melquiades Salazar, Victor Paraguai:Lisandro Diaz Le6n. Mairtua, Enrique Castro Oyanguren, Haiti: Fernando Dennis, Charles Luis Ernesto Denegri. Riboul. Uruguai: Jacobo Varela Acevedo, Juan Reptiblica Dominicana: Francisco J. Jos6 Am6zaga, Leonel Aguirre, Pedro Peynado, Gustavo A. Diaz, Elias Brache, Erasmo Callorda. Angel Morales, Tulio M. Cesteros, Panamd: Ricardo J. Alfaro, Eduardo Ricardo P6rez Alfonseca, Jacinto R. de Chiari. Castro, Federico C. Alvarez. Equador: Gonzalo Zaldumbide, Victor Estado Unidos da America: Charles Zevallos, Col6n Eloy Alfaro. Evans Hughes, Noble Brandon Judah, M~xico: Julio Garcia, Fernando Henry P. Fletcher, Oscar W. Under- Gonzilez Roa, Salvador Urbina, Aquiles wood, Dwight W. Morrow, Morgan J. Elorduy. O'Brien, James Brown Scott, Ray Lyman El Salvador: Gustavo Guerrero, Hector Wilbur, Leo S. Rowe. David Castro, Eduardo Alvarez. Antonio S. de Bustamante, Guatemala: Carlos Salazar, Bernardo Cuba: Alvarado Tello, Luis Beltranena, Jos6 Orestes Ferrara, Enrique Hernindez Azurdia. Cartaya, Jos6 Manuel Cortina, Aristides Nicaragua: Carlos Cuadra Pazos, Agiiero, Jos6 B. AlemAn, Manuel Joaquin G6mez, MAximo H. Zepeda. Mirquez Sterling, Fernando Ortiz, N6stor Bolivia: Jos6 Antezana, Adolfo Costa Carbonell, Jesds Maria Barraqu6. du Rels. Os quais, depois de terem apresentado Venezuela: Santiago Key Ayala, os seus plenos poderes e encontrando-se Francisco Gerardo Yanes, Rafael Angel todos em boa e devida forma, conven- Arraiz. cionaram o seguinte: ARTIGO 1. As Repdblicas contratantes alguma total ou parcial quanto , adesio aceitam e poem em vigor o C6digo de solicitada. Direito Internacional Privado anexo ARTIGO 7. Qualquer Repfiblica Ame- presente convenq~o. ricana ligada por esta convengdo que ARTIGO 2. As disposipSes d~ste C6digo desejar modificar em todo ou em parte ndo serdo apliciveis senio As Repdiblicas o C6digo anexo, apresentarg a proposiQo contratantes e aos demais Estados que correspondente A Confer~ncia Interna- aderirem a M1e na forma que mais adiante cional Americana seguinte para que a se consigna. • resoludo proceda. ARTIGO 3. Cada uma das Rep6blicas ARTIGO 8. Se alguma das pessoas contratantes, ao ratificar a presente jurldicas internacionais contratantes ou convendo, poderA declarar uma reserva aderentes quizer denunciar a presente quanto A aceitaqo de um ou virios Convengdo, notificarA a denincia por artigos do C6digo anexo e ndio a obri- escrito A Secretaria da Unido Pan- gardo as disposi 6es a que a reserva se Americana, a qual transmitirA imediata- refere. mente uma c6pia literal certificada da ARTIGO 4. 0 C6digo entrarA em vigor notifica¢do As demais, dando-lhes a co- para as Repdblicas que o ratifiquem nhecer a data em que a recebeu. trinta dias depois do dep6sito da res- A dendncia ngo terA efeito senAo no pectiva ratificacao e desde que, pelo que respeita ao contratante que a tiver menos, tenha sido ratificado por dois notificado e depois de um ano de recebida paises. na Secretaria da UniAo Pan-Americana. ARTIGO 5. As ratificaq6es serdo de- ARTIGO 9. A Secretaria da UniAo Pan- positadas na Secretaria da Unido Pan- Americana manterA um registro das Americana que transmitird (pia delas a (latas de (leposito (I's ratificaq6es, e cada uma das ReptIblicas contratantes. recebimento (Ie adesbes e dentincias, e ARTIGO 6. Os Estados ou pessoas (,pe(IirA c(pias certificadas do dito re- juridicas internacionais nao contratantes, gistro a todo o contratante que o solici- que desejem aderir a 6ste conv~nio e, tar. no todo ou em parte, ao C6digo anexo, que os plenipotenci6rios notificardo A, Secretaria da Unido Pan- Em f6 do Americana que por sua vez comunicarA a assinam a presente convenqdo e poem todos os Estados at entdo contratantes nela o selo da Sexta Confer~ncia Inter- ou aderentes. Passados seis meses depois nacional Americana. desta comunicaqo, o Estado ou pessoa Dado na cidade de Havana no dia juridica internacional interessado poderi vinte de Fevereiro de mil novecentos e depositar na Secretaria da Unido Pan- vinte oito, em quatro exemplares, escritos Americana o instrumento de adesdo e respectivamente em espanhol, franc6s, ficarA ligado por esta conven do com ingls e portugus que se depositarao cardter reciproco, trinta dias depois da na Secret aria da Unido Pan-Americana, entrega do documento, em relaqo a com o fim de serem enviadas c6pias todos que se encontrarem regidos pelo certificadas de todos a cada uma das mesmo e que ndo tiverem feito reserva Repuiblicas signatirias. CODIGO DE DIREITO INTERNACIONAL PRIVADO

TITULO PRELIMINAR III. As que se aplicam s6mente mediante a determinaAo, a interpreta &o ou REGRAS GERAIS a presun &o da vontade das partes ou ARTIGO 1. As pessoas subordinadas a de alguma delas, denominadas voluntArias, qualquer dos Estados contratantes gozam suplet6rias ou de ordem privada. no territ6rio dos demais, dos mesmos di- ARTIGO 4. Os preceitos constitucionais reitos civis que se concederem aos na- sao de ordem pdblica internacional. cionais. ARTIGO 5. Tbdas as regras de prote&o Cada Estado contratante pode, por mo- individual e coletiva, estabelecidas pelo tivos de ordem pdblica, recusar ou sujeitar direito politico e pelo administrativo, sAo a condiV6es especiais o exercicio de de- tamb(m de ordem pdblica internacional, terminados direitos civis aos nacionais salvo o caso de que nelas expressamente dos outros, e qualquer d~sses Estados se disponha o contrbrio. pode, em casos id~nticos, recusar ou sujei- ARTIGO 6. Em todos os casos nao previs- tar a condig6es especiais o mesmo exer- tos por 6ste C6digo, cada um dos Estados clcio aos nacionais do primeiro. contratantes aplicari a sua pr6pria quali- ARTIGO 2. Os estrangeiros que perten- ficado As institui 6es ou rela 5es juridi- gam a qualquer dos Estados contratantes cas que tiverem de corresponder aos gru- gozarro tamb~m no territ6rio dos demais, pos de leis mencionadas no art. 3. de seguran~as individuais id~nticas As dos Artigo 7. Cada Estado contratante apli- nacionais, salvo restriV6es que em cada carA como leis pessoais as do domicilio, as um se estabele~am pela constituido e da nacionalidade ou as que tenha adotado pelas leis. ou adote no futuro a sua legislago in- As garantias individuais id~nticas nao se terna. estendem ao desempenho de fun 6es pi- ARTIGO 8. Os direitos adquiridos se- blicas, ao direito de sufrigio e a outros gundo as regras dste C6digo t6m plena direitos politicos, salvo uma disposigdo eficicia extraterritorial nos Estados con- especial da legislagdo interna. tratantes, salvo se se opuzer a algum dos ARTIGO 3. Para o exercicio dos direitos seus efeitos ou consequ~ncias uma regra civis e para desfrutar de garantias inde ordem pdblica internacional. dividuais id~nticas, as leis e regras vigentes em cada Estado contratante conside- LIVRO PRIMEIRO ram-se divididas nas tr~s classes seguintes: DIREITO CIVIL INTERNACIONAL I. As que se aplicam &s pessoas em virtude do seu domicilio ou da sua na- TITULO PRIMEIRO cionalidade e as seguem, mesmo que se DAS PESSOAS mudem para outro pals, denominadas pessoais ou de ordem pdiblica interna; CAPITULO I.-NACIONALIDADE II. As que obrigam por igual a todos os E NATURALIZAqAO que residem no territ6rio, sejam ou nao ARTIGO 9. Cada um dos Estados con- nacionais, denominadas territoriais, locais tratantes aplicari o seu direito pr6prio ou de ordem piiblica internacional; para a determina Ao da nacionalidade de origem de tda a pessoa individual ou constituam e nele devem ser registadas juridica e para a sua aquisigio, recu- ou inscrever-se, se a legislaq&o exigir pera &o e perda posterior, que se tiverem 6sse requisto. realizado dentro ou fora do seu territ6rio, ARTIGO 18. As sociedades civis, mer- quando uma das nacionalidades sujeitas cantis ou industriais, que nAo sejam A controvrsia seja a do dito Estado. Nos an~nimas, terlo a nacionalidade esti- outros casos, regerio as disposi 6es que pulada na escritura social e, em sua se acham estabelecidas nos demais artigos falta, a do lugar onde tenha sede habi- d~ste capitulo. tualmente a sua gerfncia ou diregAo ARTIGO 10. As quest~es s~bre nacionali- principal. dade de origem em que nAo esteja in- ARTIGO 19. A nacionalidade das socie- teressado o Estado em que elas se de- dades an6nimas serg determinada pelo batem, aplicar-se-6 a lei daquela das contrato social e, em sua falta, pela lei do nacionalidades discutidas em que tiver lugar em que normalmente se reuna a domicilio a pessoa de que se trate. junta geral de acionistas e em sua falta ARTIGO 11. Na falta d~sse domicilio pela do lugar onde funcione o seu principal aplicar-se-io ao caso previsto no artigo Conselho administrativo ou Junta dire- anterior os principios aceitos pela lei do tiva. julgador. ARTIGO 20. A mudanga de nacionali- ARTIGO 12. As quest~es s6bre aquisigdo dade das corpora 6es, fundaqes, asso- individual de uma nova nacionalidade cia5es e sociedades, salvo casos de serdo resolvidas em conformidade corn a variaqo da soberania territorial, tern lei da nacionalidade que se supuzer ad- de sujeitar-se As condigbes exigidas pela quirida. sua lei antiga e pela nova. ARTIGO 13. As naturalizaq~es coletivas, Se se mudar a soberania territorial, no caso de independ~ncia de um Estado, no caso de independtncia, aplicar-se-A a aplicar-se6 a lei do Estado novo, se regra estabelecida no art. 13 para as tiver sido estabelecida no territ6rio uma naturaliza 6es coletivas. soberania efetiva que tenha sido reco- ARTIGO 21. As disposi 6es do artigo 9 nhecida pelo Estado julgador, e, na sua no que se referem a pessoas juridicas falta, a do antigo, tudo sem prejuizo das e as dos artigos 16 e 20 nAo serio apli- estipula9Ses contratuais entre os dois cadas nos Estados contratantes, que Estados interessados, que serio sempre nao atribuam nacionalidades As ditas preferentes. pessoas juridicas. ARiTIGO 14. A perda da nacionalidade deve aplicar-se a lei da nacionalidade CAPITULO II.-DOMICILIO perdida. ARTIGO 22. 0 conceito, aquisigAo, ARTIGO 15. A recuperagAo da nacionali- perda e reaquisiqao do domicilio das dade submete-se A lei da nacionalidade pessoas naturais ou juridicas se regulario que se readquire. pela lei territorial. ARTIGO 16. A nacionalidade de origem ARTIGO 23. 0 conceito, aquisi &o, das corpora Ses e das fundagses ser6 perda e reaquisiq&o do domicflio geral e determinada pela lei do Estado que a especial das pessoas naturais ou juridicas, autorize ou a aprove. reger-se-A pela lei territorial. ARTIGO 17. A nacionalidade de origem ARTIGO 24. 0 domicilio legal do chefe das associag6es serA a do pals em que se da familia estende-se A mulher e aos filhos, nao emancipados, e o do tutor ou a surdo-mudez, a prodigalidade e a curador aos menores ou incapazes sob a interdi&o civil sdo unicamente restri 6es sua guarda, se ndo se achar disposto o da personalidade, permitindo direitos contr~rio na legislaqio pessoal daqu~les e tamb6m certas obrigaq6es. a quem se atribui o domicilio de outro. ARTIGO 25. As quest6es s6bre a mu- Secqo II.-Das Pessoas Juridicas dan~a de domicilio das pessoas naturais ARTIGo 31. Cada Estado contratante, ou juridicas serdo resolvidas de ac6rdo no seu car~ter de pessoa juridica, tern com a lei do tribunal, se Aste f6r de um capacidade para adquirir e desfrutar dos Estados interessados, e, se ndo, pela direitos civis e contrair obriga 6es de do lugar em que se pretenda ter adquirido igual classe no territ6rio dos demais sem o dltimo domicflio. outras restriq6es, senio as estabelecidas ARTIGO 26. Para as pessoas que nao expressamente pelo direito local. tenham domicilio entender-se-A como ARTIGO 32. 0 conceito e reconheci- tal o lugar onde habitualmente residam, mento das pessoas juridicas se reger .o ou aqu~le em que eventualmente se pela lei territorial. encontrem. ARTIGO 33. Salvo as restrigSes estabelecidas nos dois artigos precedentes, CAPITULO III.-NASCIMENTO, EXTIN(XO a capacidade civil das corpora 6es 6 E CONSEQUtNCIA DA PERSONALIDADE regida pela lei que as tiver criado ou CIVIL reconhecido; a das funda 6es pelas regras Seco I.-Das Pessoas Individuais da sua institui9do, aprovadas pela au- ARTIGO 27. A capacidade das pessoas toridade correspondente, se o exigir o individuais rege-se pela sua lei pessoal, seu direito nacional; e a das associag6es excetuando as restrigaes fixadas para seu pelos seus estatutos, em iguais condig6es. exercicio, por 6ste C6digo ou pelo direito ARTIGO 34. Corn as mesmas restrig6es, local. a capacidade civil das sociedades civis, ARTIGO 28. Aplicar-se-A a lei pessoal comerciais ou industriais 6 regida pelas para decidir se o nascimento determina disposiq6es relativas ao contrato de a personalidade e se o nascituro se tem sociedade. por nascido, para tudo que ]he seja ARTIGO 35. A lei local aplicar-se-i aos favorAvel, assim como para a viabilidade bens das pessoas juridicas que deixem de e os efeitos da prioridade de nascimento existir, a menos que o caso f6sse previsto no caso de partos duplos ou mdltiplos. de outro modo nos estatutos, cliusulas ARTIGO 29. As presun 6es de sobrevi- de sua escritura ou no direito em vigor v~ncia ou de morte simultAnea, na falta referente &s sociedades. de prova, serdo reguladas pela lei pessoal de cada um dos falecidos em rela &o CAPITULO IV.-DO MATRIM6NIO E DIv6RCIO A sua respectiva sucessdo. Seco I.-Condipes Juridicas que tom ARTIGO 30. Cada Estado aplica a sua de Preceder a Sua Celebragdo pr6pria legislaqdo para declarar extinta a personalidade civil pela morte natural ARTIGO 36. Os nubentes estario sujeitos das pessoas individuais e o desapareci- A sua lei pessoal em tudo que se refira mento ou dissoluqdo oficial das pessoas A.capacidade para celebrar o matrim6nio, juridicas, assim como para decidir se a ao consentimento ou conselhos paternos, menoridade, a demncia ou imbecilidade, aos impedimentos e A sua dispensa. ARTIGO 37. Os estrangeiros devem Sec do II.-Da Formado Matrim~nio provar, antes de casar, que preencheram ARTIGO 41. Ter-se-i em t6das as partes as condi(bes exigidas pelas suas leis como vAlido, enquanto A forma, o pessoais no que se refere ao artigo pre- matrim6nio celebrado naquela estabele- cedente. Tal formalidade poderA ser cida como eficaz pelas leis do pals em justificada mediante certiddo dos res- que se efetuar. Contudo, os Estados, pectivos funcionirios diplomAticos ou cuja legislagdo exigir uma cerim6nia agentes consulares ou por outros mineos religiosa, poder o negar validez aos que julgar suficiente a autoridade bcal, matrim6nios contraidos por seus na- que terA em todo o caso completa liber- cionais no estrangeiro sem observar essa dade de apreciaqgo. forma. ARTIGO 38. A legisla~do local 6 apli- ARTIGO 42. Nos palses em que as leis cAvel aos estrangeiros quanto aos im- o permitam, os casamentos contraidos pedimentos que, por sua pxrte, esta- ante os funcionirios diplomAticos ou belecer e que ndo sejarn dispensAveis, consulares dos dois contraentes, ajustar- relativos A forma do consentimento, A se-do A sua lei pessoal, sem prejuizo de f6r~a obrigat6ria ou ndo dos esponsais, que ihes sejam aplicAveis as disposi 6es A oposicio ao matrim6nio ou obrigacao do artigo quarenta. de denunciar os impedimentos e As con- Secgdo III.-Efeitos do Matrim6nio sequ~ncias civis da dendncia falsa, A forma das dilig~ncias preliminares e A quanto ds Pessoas dos C6njuges autoridade competente para celebrA-lo. ARTIGO 43. Aplicar-se-A o direito ARTIGO 39. Rege-se pela lei pessoal pessoal de ambos os c~njuges, e, se f~r comum das partes e, na sua falta, pelo diverso, o do marido no que toque aos direito local a obriga&o, ou n~o, de deveres respectivos de proteV6o e de indenizaq&o em consequ~ncia de promessa obedi~ncia, A obrigaqgo ou ngo da mulher de casamento nio executada ou pela de seguir o marido quando mudar de publica Ao de proclamas em igual caso. resid~ncia, A, disposiAo e administrago ARTIGO 40. Os Estados contratantes dos bens comuns e aos demais efeitos n~o sfo obrigados a reconhecer o casa- especiais do matrimnio. mento celebrado em qualquer d6les, ARTIGO 44. A lei pessoal da mulher pelos seus nacionais ou estrangeiros, que regerA a disposiq&o e administracAo infrinjam as suas disposi 6es relativas de seus bens pr6prios e seu compareci- A necessidade da dissolu &o dum casal mento em juizo. anterior, aos graus de consangiuinidade ARTIGO 45. Fica sujeita ao direito territorial a obrigaq~o dos cnjuges de ou afinidade em rela ao aos quais exista viver juntos, guardar fidelidade est6rvo absoluto, a proibi &o de casar-se e so- correr-se maituamente. estabelecida em relav&o aos culpados de ARTIGO 46. Tamb6m se aplica im- adult6rio que tenha sido motivo de perativamente o direito local que prive dissolu~fo do casamento de urn ddles de efeitos civis ao matrim~nio do bigamo. e ALpr6pria proibi~do, no que diz respeito ao responsAvel de atentado A vida de Secgdo IV.-Nulidade do Matrim6nio um dos c6njuges, para se casar corn o e seus efeitos sobrevivente, ou a qualquer outra causa ARTIGO 47. A nulidade do matrimnio de nulidade que ngo possa remediar-se. deve regular-se pela mesma lei a que estiver submetida a condiq~o intrinseca da sentenga a respeito dos c6njuges e dos ou extrinseca que a tiver motivado. filhos. ARTIGO 48. A coago, o m~do e o rapto, ARTIGO 56. A separagao de corpos e o como causas de nulidade do matri- div6rcio, obtidos conforme os artigos que m~nio, sAo regulados pela lei do lugar precedem, produzem efeitos civis de da celebrago. ac~rdo corn a legisla~go do tribunal que ARTIGO 49. Aplicar-se-i a lei pessoal os outorga nos demais Estados contra- de ambos os c6njuges, se f6r comum, na tantes, salvo o disposto no art. 53. sua falta a do c~njuge que tiver agido de boa fM, e, na falta de ambas, a do CAPITULO V.-PATERNIDADE E FILIAgXO varo, hs regras s6bre o cuidado dos ARTIGO 57. Sao regras de ordem pdiblica filhos de matrim~nios nulos, nos casos interna, devendo aplicar-se a lei pessoal em que os pais n o possam ou nao do filho se f6r distinta da do pai, as queiram estipular nada s6bre o assunto. referentes k presundo de legitimidade ARTIGO 50. Essa mesma lei pessoal e suas condiq6es, as que conferem o direito deve aplicar-se aos demais efeitos civis ao apelido e as que determinam as provas do matrim6nio nulo, exceto os que se de filia 5.o e regulam a sucessao do filho. referirem aos bens dos c6njuges, que ARTIGO 58. T~m o mesmo carAter, mas seguirdo a lei do regime econ6mico do se ihes aplica a lei pessoal do pai, as matrim6nio. regras que outorguem aos filhos legiti- ARTIGO 51. Sao de ordem pxiblica in- mados direitos de sucessAo. ternacional as regras que estabelecem ARTIGo 59. E' de ordem pdblica in- os efeitos judiciais do pedido de nulidade. ternacional a regra que dA ao filho o direito a alimentos. Secgdo V.-Separagdo de Corpos ARTIGO 60. A capacidade para legiti- e Div6rcio mar rege-se pela lei pessoal do pai e ARTIGO 52. 0 direito A separa&o de a capacidade para ser legitimado pela lei corpos e ao div6rcio regula-se pela lei pessoal do filho, requerendo a legiti- do domicilio conjugal, mas nao pode maqao a concorr~ncia das condigSes fundar-se em causas anteriores Aaquisido exigidas em ambas. do dito domicflio se as ndo autorizar, ARTIGO 61. A proibido de legitimar corn iguais efeitos, a lei pessoal de ambos filhos nao simplesmente naturais 6 de os c6njuges. ordem piiblica internacional. ARTIGO 53. Cada Estado contratante ARTIGO 62. As consequ~ncias da legi- tern o direito de permitir ou reconhecer timagdo e a aqo para a impugnar sub- ou ndo, o div6rcio ou novo casamento de metem-se A lei pessoal do filho. pessoas divorciadas no estrangeiro, em casos, corn efeitos ou por causas que n o ARTIGO 63. A investigagao da paterni- admita o seu direito pessoal. dade e da maternidade e a sua pro- ARTIGO 54. As causas do div6rcio e da ibiio regulam-se pelo direito territorial. separaqo de corpos submeter-se-do A, ARTIGO 64. Dependem da lei pessoal do lei do lugar em que forem solicitados desde filho as regras que indicam as condig6es que nele estejam domiciliados os c6njuges. do reconhecimento, obrigam a fazA-lo em ARTIGO 55. A lei do juiz perante quem certos casos, estabelecem as a 6es para se litiga determina as consequ6ncias Asse efeito, concedem ou negam o nome judiciais da demanda e as determina 6es e indicam as causas de nulidade. ARTIGO 65. Subordinam-se Alei pessoal recurso As autoridades, assim como as que do pai os direitos de sucessio dos filhos o privam do p~trio poder por incapaci- ilegitimos e A pessoal do filho os dos dade, aus~ncia ou sentenca. pais ilegitimos. ARTIGO 66. A forma e circunst~ncias CAPITULO VIII.-ADOqA.O do reconhecimento dos filhos ilegitimos, ARTIGO 73. A capacidade para adotar e subordinam-se ao direito territorial. ser adotado e as condi 6es e limita 6es para adotar ficam sujeitas & lei pessoal CAPITULO VI.-ALIMENTOS de cada urn dos interessados. ENTRE PARENTES ARTIGO 74. Pela lei pessoal do adotante ARTIGO 67. Sujeitar-se-!o & lei pessoal regulam-se seus efeitos no que se refere do alimentado o conceito legal dos ali- b sucess~o dbste; e pela lei pessoal do mentos, a ordem da sua prestaio, a adotado tudo quanto se refira ao nome, maneira de os subministrar e a extens~o direitos e deveres que conserve em re- dsse direito. lado A sua familia natural, assim como ARTIGO 68. Sao de ordem pdblica in- sua sucessao corn respeito ao adotante. ternacional as disposi 5es que estabelecem ARTIGO 75. Cada um dos interessados o dever de prestar alimentos, seu mon- poderA impugnar a ado Ao, de ac6rdo tante, reduAo e aumento, a oportuni- corn as prescriq5es da sua lei pessoal. dade em que sAo devidos e a forma do seu ARTIGO 76. S5o de ordem pydblica in- pagamento assim como as que proibem ternacional as disposi 6es que nesta renunciar e ceder Asse direito. matkria regulam o direito a alimentos e as que estabelecem para a adocAo formas CAPITULO VII.-PTRIO PODER solenes. ARTIGO 69. Est~o submetidas b- lei ARTIGO 77. As disposi 6es dos quatro pessoal do filho a exist~ncia e o alcance artigos precedentes nfo se aplicargo aos geral do pktrio poder a respeito da Estados cuja legislaAo nAo reconhe~a a pessoa e bens, assim como as causas da ado Ao. sua extin &o e recupera Ao, e a limita&o, por motivo de novas nupcias, do direito CAPrrULO IX.-AUSANCIA de castigar. ARTIGO 78. As medidas provis6rias em ARTIGO 70. A exist~ncia do direito de caso de ausAncia sio de ordem pfiblica usufruto e as demais regras aplicAveis internacional. is diferentes classes de peciilio se sub- ARTIGO 79. Nio obstante o disposto no metem tambrm Alei pessoal do filho, seja artigo anterior designar-se-A a repre- qual for a natureza dos bens e lugar em sentaqAo do suposto ausente de ac6rdo que se encontrem. corn a sua lei pessoal. ARTIGO 71. Em territ6rio estrangeiro, ARTIGO 80. A lei pessoal do ausente o disposto no artigo anterior deve en- determina a quem compete a acAo para tender-se sem prejuizo dos direitos de pedir essa declarat6ria e estabelece a terceiro que a lei local outorgue e das ordem e condiqSes dos administradores. disposi 6es locais s~bre publicidade e ARTIGO 81. Compete ao direito local especiailzaqg~o de garantias hipotecerias. decidir quando se faz e surte efeito a ARTIGO 72. Sdo de ordem piiblica declaraqgo de aus~ncia e quando e como internacional as disposi 6es que deter- deve cessar a administraqao dos bens minem a natureza e os limites da facul- do ausente, assim como a obriga &o e dade do pai de corrigir e castigar e o seu forma de prestar contas. ARTIGO 82. Tudo o que se refira A ARTIGO 91. Sdo tamb6m de ordem presunqdo de morte do ausente e a seus pdblica internacional as regras que es- direitos eventuais, regular-se-A pela sua lei tabelecern as consequencias da interdi &o. pessoal. ARTIGO 92. A declaratdria de inca- ARTIGO 83. A declaraao de aus~ncia pacidade e a interdiqdo civil produzem ou a sua presungo, assim como a sua efeitos extraterritoriais. terminaqdo, e a de presunqao da morte ARTIGO 93. Aplicar-se-i a lei local A do ausente, tern eficAcia extraterritorial, obrigaqiAo do tutor ou curador de ali- inclusive no que se refere A nomeado e mentar o menor ou incapaz e A faculdade faculdades dos administradores. de corrigi-lo s6 moderadamente. ARTIGO 94. A capacidade para ser CAPITULO X.-TUTELA membro de urn conselho de familia re- ARTIGO 84. Aplicar-se-6 a lei pessoal gula-se pela lei pessoal do interessado. do menor ou incapaz no que se refere ao ANTIGO 95. As incapacidades especiais objeto da tutela ou curatela, sua or- e a organiza~do, funcionamento, direitos ganizaqo e suas esp~cies. e deveres do conselho de familia, sub- ARTIGO 85. A mesma lei deve observar- metem-se h lei pessoal do que estiver se quanto k instituigo do curador. sujeito A tutela. ARTIGO 86. As incapacidades e excusas ANTIGO 96. Em todo o caso, as atas para a tutela e curatela devem aplicar- e deliberaq~es do conselho de familia se simultAneamente as leis pessoais do deverdo conformar-se corn as formas e tutor ou curador e as do menor ou in- solenidades prescritas pela lei do lugar capaz. ern que se reunir. ARTIGO 87. A fian a da tutela ou curatela ARTIGO 97. Os Estados contratantes, e as regras para o seu exercicio ficarn sub- por cujo sisterna o domicflio determine metidas h lei pessoal do menor ou incapaz. a lei pessoal, poderdo exigir, no caso de Se a fian~a f6r hipotecAria ou de penhor, mudan~a do domicilio dos incapazes deverA constituir-se na forma prevista de urn pais para outro, que se ratifique pela lei local. a tutela ou curatela ou se outorgue ARTIGO 88. Regem-se tamb~m pela lei outra. pessoal do menor ou incapaz as obri- gagSes relativas hs contas, salvo as res- CAPITULO XI.-DA PRODIGALIDADE ponsabilidades de ordern penal, que sdo ARTIGO 98. A declaraqdo de pro- territoriais. digalidade e seus efeitos sujeitam-se A ARTIGO 89. Enquanto ao registro de lei pessoal do prddigo. tutelas aplicar-se-do simultAneamente a ARTIGO 99. Apesar do disposto no lei local e as pessoais do tutor ou curador artigo anterior, a lei de domicilio pessoal e do menor ou incapaz. ndo terd aplicaqdo h declaragdo de ARTIGO 90. Sdo de ordern pdiblica in- prodigalidade das pessoas cujo direito ternacional os preceitos que obrigarn o nacional desconhea esta institui~do. ministrio pdblico ou qualquer fun- ARTIGO 100. A declarado de pro- cionArio local a solicitar a declara do de digalidade, feita nurn dos Estados contra- incapacidade de dementes e surdos- tantes, tern eficAcia extraterritorial em mudos e os que fixam os trAmites dessa relagdo corn os outros, sempre que o declarag6o. permita o direito local. CAPITULO XII.-EMANCIPAAIO zam o exercicio de certas atividades con- E MAIORIDADE cedidas pela lei, consideram-se situadas ARTIGO 101. As regras aplicAveis A onde se tiverem registrado oficialmente. emancipa &o e k maioridade sAo as es- ARTIGO 109. As concess6es reputam-se tabelecidas pela legislaAo pessoal do situadas onde forem legalmente obtidas. interessado. ARTIGO 110. Em falta de t~da e qual- ARTIGO 102. Ser embargo, a legislaqdo quer outra regra e, alum disso, para os local pode declarar-se aplicivel A maiori- casos ndo previstos neste C6digo, se dade como requisito para optar pela entenderA que os bens m6veis de t6da a nacionalidade da dita legisla &o. classe estdo situados no domicilio do seu proprietfrio, ou, na falta d~ste, no do CAPITULO XIII.-DO REGISTRO CIVIL possuidor. ARTIGO 103. As disposiqoes relativas ao ARTIGO 111. Excetuam-se do disposto registro civil s~o territoriais, salvo no no artigo anterior as coisas dadas em que se refere s efetudadas pelos agentes penhor, que se consideramn situadas no consulares ou funcionirios diplomAticos. domicilio da pessoa em cuja posse se Essa prescriqio n~o afeta os direitos de encontrarem. outro Estado quanto As relaqses juridicas ARTIGO 112. Aplicar-se-A sempre a lei submetidas ao direito internacional territorial para distinguir entre os bens pdiblico. m6veis e im6veis, sem prejuizo dos ARTIGO 104. De t6da a inscriAo direitos adquiridos por terceriros. relativa a um nacional de qualquer dos ARTIGO 113. A mesma lei territorial Estados contratantes, que se fizer registro sujeitam-se as demais classificaq6es e civil em outro, deve enviar-se, gratuita- qualificaq~es juridicas dos hens. mente, por via diplomdtica, certidAo CAPITULO II.-DA PROPRIEDADE literal e oficial ao pais do interessado. ARTIGO 114. 0 bem de familia, in- TITULO SEGUNDO alienhvel e isento de gravames e embargos, Dos BIENs regula-se pela Ici da situaqao. NMo obstante, os nacionais de um CAPITULO I.-CLASSIFICA(;AO DOS BF.N5 Estado contratante em que se nAo ARTIGO 105. Os bens, seja qual f6r a admita ou regule essa classe de pro- sua classe, ficam submetidos h lei do lugar. priedade, ndo a podergo ter ou constitul- ARTIGO 106. Para os efeitos do artigo Ia em out ro, a nao ser que, corn isso, nao anterior, ter-se-A em conla, quanto aos prejudiquem a seus herdeiros forqados bens m6veis corporais e titulos representa- ARTIGO 115. A propriedade intelectual tivos de cr~ditos de qualquer (lasse, o e a industrial regular-se-bo pelo es- lugar da sua situaqdo ordiniria ou normal. tabele(ido nos conv~nios internacionais ARTIGO 107. A situaqdo dos crtditos especiais, agora existentes ou que no determina-se pelo lugar onde se devem futuro se venham a estabelecer. tornar efetivos, c, no caso de ndo estar Na falta doles, sua obtenqdo, registro marcado, pelo domicilio do devedor. e gozo ficar5,o submetidos ao direito local ARTIGO 108. A propriedade industrial que os outorgue. e intelectual e os demais direitos an,- ARTIGO 116. Cada Estado contratante logos de natureza econ6mica que autori- tem a faculdade de submeter a regras especiais em rela &o aos estrangeiros, a CAPITULO V.-DO USUFRUTO, DO USO E propriedade mineira, a dos navios de DA HABITAgAO pesca e de cabotagem, as inddstrias no ARTIGO 124. Quando o usufruto se mar territorial e na zona maritima e a constituir por determinaqo da lei de obten~do e gozo de concess~es e obras urn Estado contratante, a dita lei regula- de utilidade pdblica e de servi~o pifiblico. 1o-i obrigat6riamente. ARTIGO 117. As regras gerais s~bre ARTIGO 125. Se o usufruto se houver propriedade e o modo de a adquirir ou constituido pela vontade de particulares, alienA-la entre vivos, incluindo as apli- manifestada em atos entre vivos ou c~veis a tesouro oculto, assim como as mortis causa, aplicar-se-A respectivamente que regem as Aguas do dominio pdiblico a lei do ato ou a da sucessao. e privado o seu aproveitamento, so de ARTIGO 126. Se o usufruto surgir por ordem pfiblica internacional. prescrig.o, sujeitar-se-A A lei local que a

CAPITULO III.-DA COMUNHAO DE BENS tiver estabelecido. ARTIGO 127. Depende da lei pessoal do ARTIGO 118. A comunhfto de bens rege- filho o preceito que dispensa ou nao se em geral pelo ac6rdo ou vontade das da fianga ao pai usufrutuArio. partes e, na sua falta, pela lei do lugar. ARTIGO 128. Subordinam-se A lei da Esta diltima ter-se-A como a do domicilio, sucess~o a necessidade de prestar o na falta de pacto em contrArio. c~njuge sobrevivente fian(a pelo usu- ARTIGO 119. Aplicar-se-, sempre a lei fruto hereditArio e a obriga &o do usufru- local, com cariter exclusivo, ao direito tuArio de pagar certos legados ou dividas de pedir a divis o de objeto comum e Is hereditArias. formas e condio6es do seu exercicio. ARTIGO 129. S~io de ordem p6blica ARTIO 120. SAo de ordem pfiblica internacional as regras que definem o internacional as disposiV6es s6bre demar- usufruto e as formas da sua constitui &o, ca &o e balizamento, s~bre o direito a as que fixam as causas legais, pelas quais fechar as propriedades rdsticas e as gle se extingue e as que o limitam a certo relativas a edificios em ruina e 6rvores nilmero de anos para os povoados, cor- que ameaar cair. pora 6es ou sociedades. ARTIGO 130. 0 uso e a habitagio CAPrTULO IV.-DA POSSE regem-se pela vontade da parte ou das ARTIGO 121. A posse e os seus efeitos partes que os estabelecerem. regulam-se pela lei local. ARTIGO 122. Os modos de adquirir a CAPITULO VI.-DAS SERVIDOES posse regulam-se pela lei aplicvel a ARTIGO 131. Aplicar-se-A o direito cada urn, segundo a sua natureza. local ao conceito e classifica ,o das ser- ARTIGO 123. Determinam-se pela lei vid6es, ao modo ngo convencional de as do tribunal os meios e os trAmites uti- adquirir e extinguir e aos direitos e lizAveis para se manter a posse do pos- obrigagbes, neste caso, dos proprietArios suidor inquietado, perturbado ou despo- dos pr~dios dominante e serviente. jado, em virtude de medidas ou decis~es ARTIGO 132. As servidses de origem judiciais ou por consequ~ncia doles. contratual ou volunt~ria submetem-se b lei do ato ou rela &o juridica que as givel quando a lei pessoal concorde corn originar. a lei do lugar em que estejam situados os ARTIGO 133. SAo excetuados do que se bens afetados por ela. disp6e no artigo anterior a comunidade de pastos em terrenos pdiblicos e o resgate TITULO TERCEIRO do aproveitamento de lenhas e outros DE VRIOS MODOS DE ADQUIRIR produtos dos montes e propriedades par- CAPITULO I.-REGRA GERAL ticulares, que estdo sujeitas 6. lei territorial. ARTIGO 140. Aplica-se o direito local ARTIGO 134. So de ordem privada as aos modos de adquirir em relaqro aos regras aplicAveis As servid~es legais que quais nAo haja nesta Convengo disse imp~em por inter~sse ou por utilidade posi 6es em contririo.

particular. CAPITULO II.-DAB DOAIOES ARTIGO 135. Deve aplicar-se o direito territorial ao conceito e enumeravao ARTIGO 141. As doaVSes, quando forem das servid~es legais e A regulamenta &o de origem contratual, ficario submetidas, nAo convencional das Aguas, passagens, para sua perfei §o e efeitos entre vivos, meav6es, luz e vista, desaguamento de is regras gerais dos contratos. edificios e terrenos e obras interm6dias ARTIGO 142. Sujeitar-se- AS leis pesso- para construc~es e planta 5es. ais respectivas, do doadoi e do donatArio, a capacidade de cada um d~les. CAPITULO VII.-DO REGISTRO ARTIGO 143. As doa es que tiverem de DA PROPRIEDADE produzir efeito por morte do doador participariio da natureza das disposigSes ARwIGO 136. Sio de ordem pdblica de iltima vontade e reger-se-ro pelas internacional as disposi 5es que estabe- regras internacionais estabelecidas nesta lecem os registros de propriedade e os que ConvenqAo para a sueessAo testamentAria. regulam e imp~em a sua necessidade em relaqdo a terceiros. CAPITULO III.-DAS SUCESSOS EM GERAL ARTIGO 137. Inscrever-se-do nos regis- ARTIGO 144. As sucess~es intestadas e tros de propriedade de cada um dos as testamentirias, incluindo a ordem de Estados contratantes os documentos ou suceder, a quota dos direitos sucess6rios e titulos, suscetiveis de inscri Ao, outor- a validade intrinseca das disposigSes, gados em outro, que tenham for~a no reger-se-Ao, salvo casos de exce Ao mais primeiro, de ac6rdo com esta Conven Ao, adiante estabelecidos, pela lei pessoal do e as execut6rias a que, de ac6rdo corn causante, qualquer que seja a natureza o mesmo, se d cumprimento no Estado dos bens e o lugar em que se encontrem. a que o registro corresponda ou tenha ARTIGO 145. E' de ordem pdiblica nele forqa de coisa julgada. internacional o preceito em virtude do ARTIGO 138. As disposi Ses s6bre qual os direitos A sucessAo de uma pessoa hipoteca legal a favor do Estado, das se transmitem no momento da sua morte. provincias ou dos povoados, sAo de ordem pfiblica internacional. CAPITULO IV.-DOS TESTAMENTOS ARTIGO 139. A hipoteca legal que algu- ARTIGO 146. A capacidade para dispor mas leis concedem em beneficio de certas por testamento regula-se pela lei pessoal pessoas individuals, sbmente serA exi- do testador. ARTIGO 147. Aplicar-se-i a lei terri- pessoas que n~o viverem por ocasiio do torial k9 regras estabelecidas por cada falecimento do testador e as que en- Estado para prova de que o testador volvam proibiq~o perp6tua de alienar. demente estA em um intervalo ldcido. ARTIGO 156. A nomeaqAo e as faculdades ARTIGO 148. Sdo de ordem pdblica dos testamenteiros ou executores testa- internacional as disposiq~es que ndo mentArios, dependem da lei pessoal do admitem o testamento mancomunado, o defunto e devem ser reconhecidas em olografo ou o verbal, e as que o declaram cada um dos Estados contratantes, de ato pessoal. ac6rdo corn essa lei. ARTIGO 149. Tamb6m sdo de ordem ARTIGO 157. Na sucessdo intestada, pdblica internacional as regras s6bre a quando a lei chamar o Estado a titulo de forma de pap6is privados relativos a herdeiro, na falta de outros, aplicar-se-A testamentos e s~bre nulidade do testa- a lei pessoal do causante; mas se o mento outorgado corn viol~ncia, dolo ou chamar como ocupante de coisas nullius fraude. aplicar-se-6 o direito local. ARTIGO 150. Os preceitos s6bre a ARTIGO 158. As precau 6es que se forma dos testamentos sdo de ordem devem adotar quando a vidva estiver ptiblica internacional, corn exceqdo dos grvida, se ajustarAo ao disposto na relativos ao testamento outorgado no legisla Ao do lugar em que ela se en- estrangeiro e ao militar e ao maritimo, contrar. nos casos em que se outorguem fora do ARTIGO 159. As formalidades requeridas pals. para aceitar a heranqa a beneficio de ARTIGO 151. Sujeitam-se & lei pessoal inventArio ou para fazer uso do direito dos testadores a proced6ncia, condi 6es de deliberar, sdo as estabelecidas na lei e efeitos da revogaqdo de um testamento, do lugar em que a sucessdo f6r aberta, mas a presun~do de o haver revogado bastando isso para os seus efeitos ex- pela lei local. determina-se traterritoriais. CAPITULO V.-DA HERANqA ARTIGO 160. 0 preceito que se refere k proindivis~o ilimitada da heranqa ou ARTIGO 152. A capacidade para suceder estabelea a partilha provis6ria, 6 de por testamento ou sem Mle regula-se pela ordem piblica internacional. lei pessoal do herdeiro ou legatdrio. ARTIGO 161. A capacidade para pedir ARTIGO 153. Ndo obstante o disposto e levar a cabo a divisdo, sujeita-se A no artigo precedente, sdo de ordem pd- do herdeiro. blica internacional as incapacidades para lei pessoal ARTIGO e as facul- suceder que os Estados contratantes 162. A nomeado considerem como tal. dades do contador ou perito partidor de- ARTIGO 154. A instituiqao de herdeiros pendem da lei pessoal do causante. e a substituigio se subordinardo k lei ARTIGO 163. Subordina-se a essa mes- pessoal do testador. ma lei o pagamento das dividas heredi- ARTIGO 155. Aplicar-se-A, nio obstante, tArias. Sem embargo, os credores que o direito local hL proibiqio de substi- tiverem garantia de carAter real, podergo tui 6es fideicomissArias que passem do tornA-la efetiva de ac6rdo corn a lei que segundo grau ou que se fa~am a favor de reja essa garantia. TITULO QUARTO quem prejudicar, e a prova ficari a DAS OBRIGAq6ES E CONTRATOS cargo de quem a apresente. ARTIGO 174. A presunq~o de coisa CAPITULO L.-DAS OBRIGA OES EM GERAL julgada por sentenqa estrangeira serg ARTIGO 164. 0 conceito e a classificago admissivel, sempre que a senten~a reuna das obriga 5es sujeitam-se A lei ter- as condictes necessArias para a sua exe- ritorial. cudo no territ6rio conforme o presente ARTIGO 165. As obrigagSes derivadas C6digo. da lei regem-se pelo direito que as tiver estabelecido. CAPITULO II.-DOS CONTRATOS EM GERAL ARTIGO 166. As obriga Ses que nascem ARTIGO 175. Sdo regras de ordem dos contratos t~m forga de lei entre pdblica internacional as que vedam o as partes contratantes e devem cum- estabelecimento de pactos, clAusulas e prir-se segundo o teor dos mesmos, salvo condi 6es contrArias As leis, A moral e as limita 6es estabelecidas neste C6digo. A ordem pfiblica e as que proibirem o ARTIGO 167. As obrigaqSes originadas juramento e o tiver por nao vAlido. por delitos ou faltas sujeitam-se ao ARTIGO 176. Dependem da lei pessoal mesmo direito que o delito ou falta de de cada contratante as regras que de- que procedem. terminarem a capacidade ou a incapaci- ARTIGO 168. As obriga6es que derivem dade para prestar o consentimento. de atos ou omissbes em que intervenha ARTIGO 177. Aplicar-se-A a lei terri- culpa ou neglig~ncia n o punidas pela torial ao 6rro, A viol~ncia, A intimida Ao lei, reger-se-do pelo direito do lugar em e ao dolo em relaqAo ao consentimento. que tiver ocorrido a neglig~ncia ou culpa ARTIGO 178. E' tamb~m territorial t6da que as origine. a regra que proibir que sejam objeto ARTIGO 169. A natureza e os efeitos de contrato serviqos contr rios As leis e das diversas classes de obriga bes, assim aos bons costumes e coisas que estejam como a sua extin &o, regem-se pela lei da fora do com~rcio. obrigaAo de que se trata. ARTIGO 179. SAo de ordem pdblica ARTIGO 170. Ndo obstante o disposto internacional as disposiq~es que se refe- no artigo anterior, a lei local regula as rem A causa ilicita nos contratos. condi Ses do pagamento e a moeda em ARTIGO 180. Aplicar-se-&o simultfnea- que se deve fazer. mente a lei do lugar do contrato e a ARTIGO 171. Tamb~m se submete A da sua execuqAo, A necessidade de outor- lei do lugar a determina do de quem deve gar escritura ou documento pdblico para satisfazer as despesas judiciais que o a efic cia de determinados conv~nios e pagamento originar assim como a sua A de os fazer constar por escrito. regulamentagAo. ARTIGO 181. A rescis~o dos contratos por ARTIGO 172. A prova das obrigagSes incapacidade ou ausncia, determina-se sujeitam-se, enquanto A sua admissao pela lei pessoal do ausente ou incapaz. e eficAcia, A lei que reger a mesma obri- ARTIGO 182. As demais causas de ga Ao. rescisao e sua forma e efeitos subordi- ARTIGO 173. A impugna &o da certeza nam-se A lei territorial. do lugar da outorga de urn documento ARTIGO 183. As disposiq6es s6bre particular, se influir na sua eficcia, nulidade de contratos sujeitar-se-do A poderA ser feita sempre pelo terceiro a lei da causa de que dependa a nulidade. ARTIGO 184. A interpreta&o dos con- & salvaguarda de direitos dos herdeiros tratos deve efetuar-se, como regra geral, legitimos e A sua nulidade, enquanto o de ac6rdo corn a lei que os reger. matrim6nio subsistir, subordinando-se Sem embargo, quando essa lei se tudo A lei geral que o regular e desde que discuta e deva resultar da vontade tAcita nAo afete a ordem pdiblica internacional. das partes, aplicar-se-A presumidamente ARTIGO 191. E' de ordem piblica in- a legislaqdo que para 6sse caso se determina ternacional o preceito que repudia a nos artigos 185 e 186, mesmo que isso inalienabilidade do dote. leve a aplicar ao contrato uma lei distinta ARTIGO 192. As disposi 6es s6bre dote como resultado da interpreta do da e enxoval dependem da lei pessoal da vontade. mulher. ARTIGO 185. Fora das regras jA es- ARTIGO 193. E' de ordem p6blica in- tabelecidas e das que no futuro se con- ternacional a proibi &o de renunciar a signem para os casos especiais, nos comunho de bens adquiridos durante o contratos de adesdo presume-se aceita, matrim6nio. na falta de vontade expressa ou tAcita, a lei de quem os oferece ou prepara. CAPITULO IV.-COMPRA E VENDA, CESSAO ARTIGO 186. Nos demais contratos, DE CRPDITO E PERMUTA e para o caso previsto no artigo ante- ARTIGO 194. SAo de ordem pdblica rior, aplicar-se-i em primeiro lugar a lei internacional as disposi 6es relativas A pessoal comum aos contratantes e, na alienagAo for~ada por utilidade pdblica. sua falta, a do lugar da celebraqgo. ARTIGO 195. 0 mesmo sucede com as disposi 6es que CAPITULO III.-DOS CONTRATOS MATRI- fixam os efeitos da posse MONIAIS EM RELAAO A BENS e da inscri &o entre vArios ad- quirentes e as referentes A remissdo ARTIGO 187. Os contratos matrimoniais legal. regem-se pela lei pessoal comum aos contratantes e, na sua falta, pela do CAPITULO V.-ARRENDAMENTO primeiro domicflio matrimonial. ARTIGO 196. No arrendamento de Essas mesmas leis determinam, nessa coisas deve aplicar-se a lei territorial As ordem, o regime legal supletivo na falta medidas para salvaguardar o inter~sse de estipulagdo. de terceiros e aos direitos e deveres do ARTIGO 188. E' de ordem pdblica comprador de propriedade arrendada. internacional o preceito que veda celebrar ARTIGO 197. E' de ordem pdblica ou modificar o contrato nupcial durante internacional, na locagdo de servi~os, a o matrim~nio, alterar o regime de bens regra que impede contrat-los por t6da a por mudanpa de nacionalidade ou de vida ou por mais de certo tempo. domicilio posterior ao mesmo. ARTIGO 198. Tamb~m 6 territorial a ARTIGO 189. T6m igual car6ter os legislaqAo s6bre acidentes de trabalho e preceitos que se referem A manutengdo prote §o social do trabalhador. das leis e bons costumes, aos efeitos do ARTIGO 199. Sdo territoriais, quanto aos contrato nupcial em relago a terceiros transportes por Agua, terra e ar, as e a sua forma solene. leis e reg-ulamentos locais e especiais. ARTIGO 190. A vontade das partes regula o direito aplicavel As doagSes por CAPITULO VI.-FOROS motivo de matrim6nio, exceto no que se ARTIGO 200. Aplica-se a lei territorial refere A capacidade dos contratantes, determinav&o do conceito e classes dos foros, seu carfter remivel, sua pres- CAPITULO X.-TRANSAgOES criqAo e & ago real que dales deriva. E COMPROMISSOS ARTIGo 201. Para o f6ro enfitAutico ARTIGO 210. SAo territoriais as dis- sAo igualmente territoriais as disposig5es posi 5es que proibem transigir ou sujeitar que fixam as suas condig5es e formali- a compromissos determinadas mathrias. dades, que Ihe impbem um reconheci- ARTIGO 211. A extensio e efeitos do mento em cada ndmero de anos e que compromisso e a autoridade de coisa proibem a sub-enfiteuse. julgada da transago, dependem tamb~m ARTIGO 202. Tern o mesmo cariter no da lei territorial. f~ro reservativo a exig~ncia de que se valorize a propriedade aforada. CAPITULO XII.-DA FIANgA ARTIGO 203. No f6ro consignativo, 6 ARTIGo 212. E' de ordem piblica de ordern pdblica internacional a regra internacional a regra que proibe o que proibe que o pagamento em frutos fiador a obrigar-se por mais que o devedor possa consistir em uma parte aliquota principal. do que produza a propriedade aforada ARTIGO 213. Correspondern A mesma CAPITULO VII.-SOCIEDADE classe as disposig6es relativas A fianga AirrIGo 204. Sdo leis territoriais as legal ou judicial. que exigem na sociedade, um objeto CAPITULO XIII.-PENHOR, HIPOTECA licito, formas solenes e inventArios, quando E ANTICRESE haja im6veis. ARTIGO 214. E' territorial a disposig&o CAPITULO VIII.-EMPRE STIMO que prolbe ao credor apropriar-se das ARTIGO 205. Aplica-se a lei local A coisas recebidas como penhor ou hi- necessidade do pacto expresso de juros poteca. e sua taxa. ARTIGO 215. Tamb(rm o sAo os preceitos que determinam os requisitos essenciais CAPMTULO IX.-DEP6SITO do contrato de penhor e por Ales se deve ARTIGO 206. Sio territoriais as dis- reger quando o objeto penhorado se posigSes referentes ao dep6sito necessd- transfira a outro lugar onde sejam dife- rio e ao sequestro. rentes dos exigidos ao constitut-lo. ARTIGO 216. S~o igualmente terri- CAPITULO X.-CONTRATOS ALEAT6RIOS toriais as prescriqses em virtude das ARTIGO 207. Os efeitos da capacidade, quais o penhor deve ficar em poder do em a Oes nascidas do contrato de j~go, credor ou de um terceiro, as que exijam, determinam-se pela lei pessoal do in- para obrigar a terceiros, que conste, por teressado. instrumento pdblico, a certeza da data ARTIGO 208. A lei local define os con- e as que fixam o processo para a sua tratos dependentes de sorte e determina alienago. que o j~go e a aposta sejam permitidos ARTIGO 217. Os regulamentos especias ou proibidos. de montepios e estabelecimentos pdiblicos ARTIGO 209. E' territorial a disposig~o anAlogos sao obrigat6rios territorialmente que declara nula a renda vitalicia s6bre para tWdas as operav6es que corn Ales a vida de uma pessoa, morta na data se realizarem. da outorga, ou, dentro de um prazo, se ARTIGO 218. S~o territoriais as dis- eateja padecendo de doenqa incurAvel. posi 6es que fixam o objeto, as condi 6es, os requisitos, o alcance e a ins- de prescrever, serA regulada a prescriqio criAo do contrato de hipoteca. pela lei do lugar em que se encontrarem ARTIGO 219. E' igualmente territorial ao completar-se o tempo requerido. a proibi &o de que o credor adquira a ARTIGO 229. A prescrido extintiva de propriedade do im6vel em anticrese, a 5es pessoais 6 regulada pela lei a que por falta de pagamento da divida. estiver sujeita a obriga &o que se vai extinguir. CAPITULO XIV.-QUASECONTRATOS ARTIGO 230. A prescri Ao extintiva de ARTIGO 220. A gestdo de neg6cios a 6es reais 6 regulada pela lei do lugar alheios 6 regulada pela lei do lugar em em que estiver situada a coisa a que se que se efetuar. refira. ARTIGo 221. A cobranqa do ind6bito ARTIGO 231. Se no caso previsto no submete-se A lei pessoal comrnum das artigo anterior, se trate de coisas m6veis partes e, na sua falta, A, do lugar em que que tiverem mudado de lugar durante o se fizer o pagamento. prazo da prescriqdo, aplicar-se-A a lei do ARTIGO 222. Os demais quase-contratos lugar em que se encontrarem ao cumprir sujeitam-se A lei que regula a instituiAo o prazo marcado para prescrever. juridica de que se originarn. LIVRO SEGUNDO CAPITULO XV.-CONCURSO E PREFERtNCIA DE CR9DITOS DIREITO COMERCIAL INTERNACIONAL

ARTIGO 223. Se as obrigag6es con- TITULO PRIMEIRO correntes ndo tem car~ter real e estdo Dos COMERCIANTES E DO COMB9RCIO submetidas a uma lei comum, a dita lei EM GERAL regulard tamb6m a sua prefer~ncia. ARTIGO 224. Para as obriga 6es garan- CAPITULO I.-DOS COMERCIANTES tidas corn aqdo real aplicar-se-6 a lei da ARTIGO 232. A capacidade para exercer situago da garantia. o com6rico e para intervir em atos e ARTIGO 225. Fora dos casos previstos contratos comerciais 6 regulada pela lei nos artigos anteriores, deve aplicar-se A, pessoal de cada interessado. prefer~ncia de cr6ditos a lei do tribunal ARTIGO 233. A essa mesma lei pessoal que tiver de a decidir. se subordinam as incapacidades e a sua ARTIGO 226. Se a questdo for apresen- habilitado. tada simultAneamente em mais de urn ARTIGO 234. A lei do lugar em que o tribunal de Estados diversos, resolver- com6rcio se exerce deve aplicar-se As se-A de ac6rdo corn a lei daqu6le que tiver medidas de publicidade necessirias para realmente sob a sua jurisdiqao os bens ou que possam dedicar-se a 6le, por meio dos numerdrio em que se tiver de fazer seus representantes, os incapazes, ou, por efetiva a prefer~ncia. si, as mulheres casadas. ARTIGO 235. A lei do lugar deve CAPITULO XVI.-PRESCRIqjAO aplicar-se A incompatibilidade para o ARTIGO 227. A prescrido aquisitiva de exercicio do com6rcio pelos empregados bens m6veis ou im6veis 6 regulada pela pdblicos e pelos agentes de com6rcio e lei do lugar em que estiverem situados. corretores. ARTIGO 228. Se as coisas m6veis ARTIGO 236. T6da a incompatibilidade mudarem de situaqdo estando a caminho para o com6rcio que resultar de leis ou disposi ses especiais em determinado CAPITULO V.-DISPOSI OES GERAIS SOBRE territ6rio reger-se-A pelo direito d~sse OS CONTRATOS DE COME1RCIO territ6rio. ARTIGO 244. Aplicar-se-do aos con- ARTIGO 237. A dita incompatibilidade, tratos de com6rcio as regras gerais quanto a funciondrios diplomdticos e estabelecidas para os contratos civis no agentes consulares, serA regulada pela lei capitulo segundo, titulo quarto, livro do Estado que os nomear. 0 pals onde primeiro d~ste C6digo. residirem tem igualmente o direito de ARTIGO 245. Os contratos por corres- proibir-lhes o exercicio do com6rcio. pond~ncia nd2o ficario perfeitos a ndo ARTIGO 238. 0 contrato social ou a ser mediante o cumprimento das con- lei a que o mesmo fique sujeito, aplica-se diqOes que para 6sse efeito indicar a proibi o de que os s6cios coletivos ou legisla Ao de todos os contratantes. comanditArios realizem, por conta pr6pria ARTIGO 246. Sao de ordem piblica ou alheia, opera(;es mercantis ou deter- internacional as disposig6es relativas a minada classe das mesmas. contratos ilicitos e a t~rmos de graqa, cortesia e outros andlogos. CAPITULO II.-DA QUALIDADE DE COMER- CIANTE E DOS ATOS DE COMERCIO TITULO SEGUNDO

ARTIGO 239. Para todos os efeitos de Dos CONTRATOS ESPECIAIS DE COMI RCIO cardter pdblico, a (lualidade de comer- (APITULO I.-DAS COMPANHIAS ciante 6 determinada pela lei do lugar em COMERCIAIS que tiver realizado o ato ou exercido a inddstria de que se tratar. ARTIGO 247. 0 cardter comercial de ARTIGO 240. A forma dos contratos e uma sociedlade coletiva ou comandittiria atos comerciais flea sujeita alei territorial. determina-s( pela lei a que estiver sub- metilto o contrato social, e, na sua falta,

CAPITULO III.-DO REGISTRO MERCANTIL pela do lugar em (tue tiver o scil domicilio comercial. ARTIGO 241. Sio territoriais as dis- Sc essas leis nao distinguirem entre posiq(es relativas . inscriqdo no regi.stro sociedades comerciais e civis, aplicar-se-A mercantil dos comerciantes e sociedades o direito do pals em quc a questdo se estrangeiras. submeter a juizo. ARTIGo 212. T6m o mesmo carter as ARTIGO 2 1S. 0 cardter mercantil duma regras que estabelecem o efeito da sociedade an6nima, depende da lei do inscriqdo, no dito registro, de cr6ditos contrato social; na falta dste da do ou direitos de terceiros. lngar em que se efetuem as juntas gerais de acionistas, v cm sua falta daqu~le em CAPITULO IV.--LUGARES E CASAS DE BOLSA que habitualmente resida o seu Conselho E COTIZA(;AO OFICIAL DE TfTULOS ou Junta Diretiva. PUBLICOS E DOCUMENTOS Se estas leis nao distinguirem entre DE ('RIDITO AO PORTADOR sociedades comerciais e civis, terd um ou ARTIGO 243. As disposiq~es relativas aos outro cardter conforme esteja ou ndo lugares e casas de b6lsa e cotizaqao inscrita no registro comercial do pais oficial de titulos piblicos e documentos onde a questdo tiver de julgar-se. Na falta de cr6dito ao portador sdo de ordem de registro mercantil, aplicar-se-A o direito plblica internacional. local d~ste ultimo pats. ARTIGO 249. Tudo quanto se relacione ARTIGO 258. SAo territoriais as dis- corn a constituido e maneira de fun- posiqSes referentes ao empr~stimo corn cionar das sociedades mercantis e corn a garantia de titulos cotizAveis, executado responsabilidade dos seus componentes em b6lsa, corn interven&o de agente estA sujeito ao contrato social, e na sua colegiado ou funcionArio oficial. falta, A,lei que o reja. ARTIGO 250. A emissgo de a 6es e CAPITULO IV.-DO TRANSPORTE TERRESTRE obriga Ses em um Estado contratante, ARTIGO 259. Nos casos de transporte as formas e garantias de publicidade e a internacional n~o h6 mais que um con- responsabilidade dos gerentes de ag~ncias trato regido pela lei que lhe corresponda e sucursais a respeito de terceiros, sub- segundo a sua natureza. metem-se A lei territorial. ARTiGO 260. Os prazos e formalidades ARTIGO 251. Slo tamb6m territoriais para o exercicio de a Ses surgidas d~ste as leis que subordinam a sociedade a um contrato, e n§o previstas no mesmo, regime especial em vista das suas opera- regem-se pela lei do lugar em que se g6es. produzam os atos que as originarem. ARTIGO 252. As sociedades mercantis devidamente constituidas em um Estado CAPITULO V.-DOS CONTRATOS DE SEGURO contratante desfrutarao da mesma per- ARTIGo 261. 0 contrato de seguro sonalidade juridica nos demais, salvo as contra inc~ndios se rege pela lei do lugar do direito territorial. limita 6es onde se ache, ao efectuA-lo, a coisa ARTIGO 253. Sdo territoriais as dis- segurada. posi 6es que se referem k criaao, fun- ARTIGO 262. Os outros contratos de cionamento e privil~gios dos bancos de seguros seguem a regra geral, regulando-se emissio e desconto, companhias de ar- pela lei pessoal comum das partes ou na mazens gerais de dep6sitos, e outras sua falta, pela do lugar em que se cele- anAlogas. brarem; mas, as formalidades externas CAPITULO II.-COMISS.-O MERCANTIL para comprovaqo de fatos ou omiss~es que sao necessArias ao exercicio ou ARTIGO 254. Sdo de ordem piblica internacional as prescri 5es relativas A, conservaqdo de a95es ou direitos, ficam do lugar em que se produzir forma da venda urgente pelo comissrio, sujeitas Alei o fato ou omissio que as origina. para salvar, no possivel, o valor das coisas em que a comissio consista. CAPITULO VI.-DO CONTRATO E LETRA DE ARTIGO 255. As obriga Ses do factor CAMBIO E EFEITOS MERCANTIS ANALOGOS estao sujeitas A lei do domicilio mercantil do mandante. ARTIGO 263. A forma do saque, en- d6sso, fianqa, intervenqo, aceite e pro- CAPITULO III.-DO DEP6SITO E testo de uma letra de cAmbio, submetem- EMPRE STIMO MERCANTIS se A lei do lugar em que cada um dos ditos ARTIGO 256. As responsabilidades nao atos se realizar. civis do deposit4rio regem-se pela lei do ARTIGO 264. Na falta de conv~nio lugar do dep6sito. expresso ou tAcito, as relaq6es juridicas ARTIGo 257. A taxa ou liberdade do entre o sacador e o tomador serdo regula- juro mercantil sAo de ordem pdblica das pela lei do lugar em que a letra se internacional. saca. ARTIGO 265. Em igual caso, as obriga- TITULO TERCEIRO e6es e direitos entre o aceitante e o Do CoM9RCIO MARfTIMO portador regulam-se pela lei do lugar em E A1REO que se efetuar o aceite. CAPITULO I.-DOS NAVIOS E AERONAVES ARTIGo 266. Na mesma hip6tese, os ARTIGO 274. A nacionalidade dos navios efeitos juridicos que o end6sso produz, justifica-se pela patente de navegago e entre o endossante e o endossado, depen- a certidio de registo, e tern a bandeira dem da lei do lugar em que a letra f6r como sinal que a distingue aparente- endossada. mente. ARTIGO 267. A major ou menor exten- ARTIGO 275. A lei do pavilhao regula as so das obrigaq6es de cada endossante, formas de publicidade requeridas para a nao altera os direitos e deveres originArios transmisslo da propriedade de um navio. do sacador e do tomador. ARTIGO 276. A lei da situagAo deve ARTIGO 268. 0 aval nas mesmas con- submeter-se a faculdade de embargar di 6es, 6 regulado pela lei do lugar em e vender judicialmente um navio, esteja que se prestar. ou ndo carregado e despachado. ARTIGO 269. Os efeitos juridicos da ARTIGO 277. Regulam-se pela lei do aceitaio por intervenqAo regulam-se, em pavilhio os direitos dos credores depois falta de pacto, pela lei do lugar em que da venda do navio e sua extingdo. o terceiro intervier. ARTIGO 278. A hipoteca maritima e os ARTIGO 270. Os prazos e formalidades privil6gios e garantias de carfter real, para o aceite, pagamento e protesto, constituldos de ac6rdo corn a lei do submetem-se A lei local. pavilhio, t~m efeitos extraterritoriais ARTIGO 271. As regras d~ste capitulo mesmo nos paises cuja legislafio nio sio aplicAveis As notas promiss6rias, vales conheqa ou regule essa hipoteca ou Asse e cheques. privilgio. ARTIGO 279. Sujeitam-se tambrm A lei CAPITULO VII.-DA FALSIFICAI;O, ROUBO, do pavilhio os poderes e obrigagbes do FURTO OU EXTRAVIO DE DOCUMENTOS capitdo e a responsabilidade dos proprie- DE CR9DITO E TfTULOS tirios e armadores pelos seus atos. AO PORTADOR ARTIGO 280. 0 reconhecimento do navio, o pedido de prhtico e a policia ARTIGO 272. As disposigSes relativas A sanitaria dependem da lei territorial. falsifica&o, roubo, furto ou extravio de ARTIGO 281. As obrigag6es dos oficiais documentos de crddito e titulos ao e gente do mar e a ordem interna do portador, sio de ordem pablica inter- navio, sujeitam-se A lei do pavilhio. nacional. ARTIGo 282. As precedentes disposi Ses ARTIGO 273. A adoq~o das medidas que d~ste capitulo aplicam-se tamb~m As estabelecem a lei do lugar em que o ato aeronaves. se produz, nio dispensa aos interessados ARTIGO 283. SAo de ordem piiblica de tomar quaisquer outras que estabelega internacional as regras s6bre a naciona- a lei do lugar em que sses documentos lidade dos proprietfrios dos navios e e efeitos tenham cota Ao e a do lugar do aeronaves e dos armadores assim como seu pagamento. dos oficiais e sua tripulagio. ARTIGO 284. Tamb6m sdo de ordem ARTIGO 293. Em caso contririo, regular- pfiblica internacional as disposi 6es s6bre se-A pelo pavilhao do navio ou aeronave nacionalidade de navios e aeronaves para abalroada se o abalroamento for culpAvel. o com6rcio fluvial, lacustre e de cabota- ARTIGO 294. Nos casos de abalroamento gem e entre determinados lugares do fortuito no alto mar oil no espago a6reo territ6rio dos Estados contratantes, as- livre, entre navios ou aeronaves de sim como para a pesca e outros aproveita- diferentes pax ilhbes, cada um suportarA mentos submarinos no mar territorial. a metade da soma total do prejuizo, divi- dido segundo a lei de uma delas, e a CAPITULO II.-DOS CONTRATOS ESPECIAIS metade restante dividida segundo a lei DE COMKRCIO MARfTIMO E A19REO da outra. ARTIGO 285. 0 fretamento, caso ndo TITULO QUARTO seja um contrato de adesdo, reger-se-A pela lei do lugar de saida das mercadorias. DA PRESCRIqXO Os atos de execuqdo de contrato ARTIGO 295. A prescriqo das a 6es ajustar-se-do A, lei do lugar em que se nascidas dos contratos e atos comerciais, efetuarem. se adaptarA s regras estabelecidas neste ARTIGO 286. As faculdades do capitdo C6digo a respeito das a 6es civis. para o empr6stimo de risco maritimo determinam-se pela lei do pavilhdo. Os LIVRO TERCEIRO atos de execuqdo do contrato se ajustardo DIREITO PENAL INTERNACIONAL Alei do lugar em que se cumpram. ARTIGO 287. 0 contrato de empr6stimo CAPITULO I.-DAS LEIS PENAIS de risco maritimo, salvo pacto em con- ARTIGO 296. As leis penais obrigam a trArio, sujeita-se A lei do lugar em que o todos os que residem no territ6rio, sem empr6stimo se efetuar. mais excegOes que as estabelecidas neste ARTIGO 288. Para determinar se a capitulo. avaria 6 simples ou grossa e a propor do ARTIGO 297. Estd isento das leis em que devem contribuir para a suportar penais de cada Estado contratante, o o navio e a carga, aplica-se a lei do chefe de outro Estado que se encontrar pavilhdo. no seu territ6rio. ARTIGO 289. 0 abalroamento fortuito ARTIGO 298. Gozam de igual isen(do os em Aguas territoriais ou no espaqo a6reo representantes diplomAticos dos Estados nacional submete-se A lei do pavilhdo se contratantes em cada um dos demais, 6ste for comum. assim como os seus empregados estran- ARTIGO 290. No mesmo caso, se os geiros, e as pessoas de familia dos pri- pavilhbes diferirem, aplica-se a lei do meiros, que viverem em sua companhia. lugar. ARTIGO 299. Tampouco sao aplicAveis ARTIGO 291. Aplica-se essa mesma lei as leis penais dum Estado aos delitos local a todo o caso de abalroamento cometidos no perimetro das operag6es culpAvel em 6guas territorials ou no militares, quando autorize a passagem espago a6reo nacional. pelo seu territ6rio dum ex6rcito de outro ARTIGO 292. A lei do pavilhdo aplicar- Estado contratante, salvo que ndo tese-d nos casos de colis6es fortuitas ou nham relagdo legal com o dito ex6rcito. culp6veis em alto mar ou no livre espago, ARTIGO 300. A mesma isendo se se os navios ou aeronaves tiverem o aplica aos delitos cometidos em Aguas mesmo. territoriais ou no ar nacional, a bordo de navios ou de aeronaves estrangeiras de obrigado a reprimir por um ac6rdo guerra. internacional. ARTIGO 301. 0 mesmo sucede corn os CAPITULO III.-DELITOS COMETIDOS FORA delitos cometidos em iguas territoriais ou DE TODO 0 TERRrr6RIO NACIONAL espago akreo nacional, em navios ou aeronaves mercantes estrangeiras, se n~o ARTIGO 308. A pirataria, o tr.fico de tiverem relag§o alguma corn o pals e seus negros e o com6rcio de escravos, o trfico habitantes nem perturbarem a sua tran- de brancas, a destruiio ou deteriora Ao quilidade. de cabos submarinos e os demais delitos ARTIGO 302. Quando os atos de que se da mesma Indole, contra o direito in- comp6e um delito se realizem em Estados ternacional, cometidos no alto mar, no ar contratantes diversos, cada Estado pode livre e em territ6rios nAo organizados castigar o ato realizado em seu pals, se ainda em Estado, castigar-se-io pelo le constituir por si s6, ato punivel. captor de ac6rdo corn as suas leis penais. Em caso contririo, dar-se-i prefer~ncia ARTIGO 309. Nos casos de abalroamento ao direito da soberania local em que o culpdvel, no alto mar ou no espago delito se tiver consumado. afreo, entre navios ou aeronaves de ARTIGO 303. Se se trata de delitos pavilhdo diverso, aplicar-se-6 a lei penal conexos em territ6rios de mais de um da vitima. Estado contratante, s6 ficari subordinado CAPITULO IV.-QUESTOES VARIAS A lei penal de cada um o que for cometido no seu territ6rio. ARTIGo 310. Para o conceito legal da reitera &o ou da reincidgncia, se terg ARTIGO 304. Nenhum Estado contratante aplicari em seu tcrrit6rio as lcis em conta a sentenqa pronunciada num penais dos outros. Estado estrangeiro contratante, salvo o caso em que a isso se oponha a legisla &o CAPITULO II.-DELITOS COMETIDOS EM local. UM ESTADO ESTRANGEIRO CONTRATANTE ARTIGO 311. A pena de interdicAo civil ARTIGO 305. Estdo sujeitos no estran- terd efeito nos outros Estados mediante geiro As leis penais de cada Estado o pr6vio cumprimento das formalidades contratante, os que cometerem um delito de registro ou publicaqao quc a legislaqAo contra a seguranqa interna ou externa do dWlcs exijam. mesmo Estado ou contra o seo crddito ARTIGo 312. A prescri Ao do delito pdiblico, seja qual for a nacionalidade ou subordina-se A lei do Estado a que o domicilio do delinquente. corresponda o seu conhecimento. ARTIGO 306. Todo o nacional em um AHTIGO 313. A prescri(ao da pena Estado contratante ou todo o estrangeiro regula-se pela lei do Estado que a tiver dorniciliado nele, que cometa no estran- imposto. geiro um delito contra a indcpend~ncia LIVRO QUARTO d~sse Estado, fica sujeito As suas leis penais. DIREITO PROCESSUAL INTERNACIONAL

ARTIGO 307. Tambern estardo sujeitos TITULO PRIMEIRO As leis penais do Estado estrangeiro em PRINCfPIOS GERAIS que possam ser apreendidos e julgados aqugles que cometam fora do territ6rio ARTIGO 314. A lei de cada Estado um delito, como o trAfico das brancas, contratante determina a compet~ncia dos que 6sse Estado contratante se tcnha tribunais, assim como a sua organiza &o, as formas de julgamento e a execugdo das tenha conhecido do caso na primeria sentens e Os recursos contra suas instAncia. decis~es. ARTIGO 321. Entender-se-A por sub- ARTIGO 315. Nenhum Estado con- missAo expressa a que f~r feita pelos tratante organizarA ou manterA no seu interessados renunciando clara e ter- territ6rio tribunais especiais para os minantemente o seu f6ro pr6prio e membros dos demais Estados contra- designado corn t6da a precisAo o juiz a tantes. quem se submetem. ARTIGO 316. A compentgncia ratione ARTIGO 322. Entender-se- feita a loci subordina-se na ordem das rela 5es submissAo ticita pelo autor pelo fato de internacionais Alei do Estado contratante apresentar-se ao juiz interpondo a de- que a estabelecer. manda, e pelo r6u pelo fato de praticar, ARTIGO 317. A compentgncia ratione depois de chamado a juizo, qualquer ato materiae e ratione personae, na ordem que no seja apresenta &o formal de das relag6es internacionais, nio deve declinat6ria. NAo se entender que tenha basear-se pelos Estados contratantes na havido submisso tAcita se o processo f6r condi &o de nacionais ou estrangeiros das considerado como A revelia. pessoas interessadas, em prejuizo destas. ARTIGO 323. Fora dos casos de sub- missdo expressa ou tAcita, e salvo o direito TITULO SEGUNDO local contr~rio, serA juiz competente para COMPETANCIA o exercicio de ag5es pessoais o do lugar do cumprimento da obriga&o, e, na sua CAPITULO I.-DAS REGRAS GERAIS DE falta, o do domicilio ou nacionalidade COMPETNCIA NO CIVEL E NO COMERCIAL dos demandados ou, subsidiariamente, o ARTIGO 318. Seri, em primeiro tArmo, da sua residAncia. juiz competente para conhecer os pleitos ARTIGO 324. Para o exercicio de ag6es a que d6 origem o exercicio das a 6es civis reais s6bre bens m6veis, serA competente e mercantis de t6da a classe, aqu~le a o juiz da situaAo, e, se esta no for quem os litigantes se submetam expressa conhecida do autor, o do domicilio, e, na ou tAcitamente, sempre que um d~les, sua falta, o da residgncia do r~u. pelo menos, seja nacional do Estado ARTIGO 325. Para o exercicio de a95es Contratante a que o juiz perten~a ou reais sobre bens im6veis e para o das tenha nele o seu domicilio e salvo o ag6es mistas de limites e divis~o de bens direito local contrArio. comuns, seri juiz competente o da A submiss&Ao no serA possivel para as situa&o dos bens. a6es reais ou mistas s6bre bens im6veis, ARTIGO 326. Se, nos casos a que se se a proibir a lei da sua situado. referem os dois artigos anteriores, hou- ARTIGO 319. A submissao s6 se poderA verem bens situados em mais dum Estado fazer ao juiz que exerqa jurisdiq~o contratante, poderi acudir-se aos juizes ordinAria e que a tenha para conhecer de de qualquer dgles, salvo se a lei da igual classe de neg6cios e no mesmo grau. situaqgo, no referente a im6veis, o ARTIGo 320. Em caso algum poderAo as proiba. partes submeter-se expressa ou thcita- ARTIGO 327. Nos juizos de testamentos mente para um recurso a juiz ou tribunal ou ab intestato seri juiz competente o do diferente daquAle a quem estiver subor- lugar em que o defunto tiver tido o seu dinado, segundo as leis locais, ou que dltimo domicilio. ARTIGO 328. Nos concursos de credores atuado no assunto como tais e no seu e no de falAncia quando for vuluntAria a cariter ptblico, devendo aplicar-se o confissio d~sse estado pelo devedor serA disposto no iltimo parigrafo do artigo juiz competente o do seu domieflio. 318. ARTIGO 329. Nos concursos ou fal6ncias ARTIGO 335. Se o Estado estrangeiro promovidos pelos credores, seri juiz contratante ou o seu chefe tiverem competente o de qualquer dos lugares que atuado como particulares ou como pessoas tomar conhecimento da reclamaAo que privadas, serAo competentes os juizes ou os motiva, preferindo-se, caso esteja tribunais para conhecer os assuntos em entre Ales, o do domicilio do devedor, se que se exercitem a 6es reais ou mistas, se Aste ou a maioria dos credores o re- essa compet~ncia lhes corresponde em clamarem. rela~io a individuos estrangeiros conforme ARTIGO 330. Para os atos de jurisdi &o 6ste C6digo. voluntAria, salvo tambdm o caso de ARTIGo 336. A regra do artigo anterior submissao e respeitado o direito local, serA aplicAvel aos juizos universais, seja serA competente o juiz do lugar em que qual f6r o carbter corn que neles atuem o tenha ou tenha tido o seu domidflio, ou, Estado estrangeiro contratante ou o seu na falta d~ste, a resid~ncia da pessoa que chefe. o motivar. ARTIGO 337. As disposi 6es estabeleci- ARTIGO 331. A respeito dos atos de das nos artigos anteriores, aplicar-se-o jurisdi &o voluntfria em mat~ria de aos funcionArios diplomfticos estrangeiros comdrcio, fora do caso de submissAo, e e aos comandantes de navios ou aeronaves salvo o direito local, serA competente o de guerra. juiz do lugar em que a obriga &o deva ARTIGO 338. Os c6nsules estrangeiros cumprir-se ou, na sua falta, o do lugar n§.o estario isentos da competkncia dos do ato que os origine. juizes e tribunais civis do pais em que ARTIGO 332. Dentro de cada Estado residem, exceto para os seus atos oficiais. contratante, a competkncia preferente ARTIGo 339. Em nenhum caso poder~o dos diversos juizes se adaptar ao seu os juizes ou tribunais ordenar medidas direito nacional. coercivas ou de outra classe que tenham de ser executadas no interior das lega 6es CAPITULO II.-EXCEMOES XS REGRAS ou consulados ou em seus arquivos, nem GERAIS DE COMPETPNCIA NO CIVEL a respeito da correspond~ncia diplomAtica E NO COMERCIAL ou consular, sem o consentimento dos ARTIGO 333. Os juizes e tribunais de respectivos funcionArios consulares ou cada Estado contratante ser~o incom- diplomAticos. petentes para tomar conhecimento (os assuntos civeis ou comerciais em que CAPITULO III.-REGRAS GERAIS DE sejam parte demandada os demais Esta- COMPETPNCIA NO PENAL dos contratantes ou seus chefes, se se ARTIGO 340. Para conhecer dos delitos trata de uma avdo pessoal, salvo o caso e faltas e julgi-los sAo competentes os de submissAo expressa ou de pedido de juizes e tribunals do Estado contratante reconven Ao. em que tiverem sido cometidos. ARTIGO 334. Em caso id~ntico e corn a ARTIGO 341. A compet~ncia extende-se mesma excev&o, sero incompetentes a todos os demais delitos e faltas a que quando se exercitem agses reais, se o tenha de se aplicar a lei penal do Estado, Estado contratante ou o seu Chefe t~m conforme as disposi6es d~ste C6digo. ARTIGO 342. Alcanqa, al6m disso, os se tenha cometido o delito mais grave delitos ou faltas cometidos no estrangeiro segundo a legisla &o do Estado requerido. por funcionArios nacionais que gozem do ARTIGO 349. Se todos os atos imputados beneficio da imunidade. tiverem igual gravidade, serA preferido o Estado contratante que tiver apresen- IS REGRAS CAPITULO IV.-EXCEgOES tado primeiro o pedido de extradiAo. EM GERAIS DR COMPETANCIA Sendo simultAnea a apresenta &o decidirA MAT9RIA PENAL o Estado requerido, mas deve conceder ARTIGO 343. Nao estdo sujeitos, no prefer~ncia ao Estado de origem ou, na penal, A compet~ncia de juizes e tribunais sua falta, ao do domiclio do delinquente dos Estados contratantes, as pessoas e os se 6ste for um dos solicitantes. delitos e faltas que nao sao atingidos pela ARTIGO 350. As regras anteriores s6bre lei penal do respectivo Estado. prefer~ncia ndo serdo apliciveis se o Estado contratante estiver obrigado para TITULO TERCEIRO corn um terceiro, em virtude de tratados DA EXTRADIXO vigentes, anteriores a 6ste C6digo, a esta- ARTIGO 344. Para se tornar efetiva a belecA-la de modo diferente. compet~ncia judicial internacional em ARTIGO 351. Para conceder a extradigao mat6rias penais, cada um dos Estados 6 necessArio que o delito tenha sido contratantes acederi ao pedido de qual- cometido no territ6rio do Estado que a quer dos outros, para a entrega de in- pega ou que lhe sejam aplicAveis suas leis dividuos condenados ou processados por penais, de ac6rdo com o livro terceiro delito que se ajuste As disposi 6es d~ste d~ste C6digo. titulo, sujeito As previs6es dos tratados ARTIGO 352. A extradigdo alcanga os ou conven6es internacionais que conte- processados ou condenados como autores, nham listas de infra 6es penais que cdmplices ou encubridores do delito. autorizem a extradigdo. ARTIGO 353. Para que a extradigdo ARTIGO 345. Os Estados contratantes possa ser pedida, 6 necessArio que o ndo estdo obrigados a entregar os seus fato que a motive tenha carfter de nacionais. A naqdo que se negue a delito na legisla do do Estado requerente entregar um de seus cidaddos estari e na do requerido. obrigada a julg6-lo. ARTIGO 354. Igualmente se exigirA que ARTIGO 346. Quando, anteriormente ao a pena designada aos atos imputados, recebimento do pedido, um processado conforme a sua qualificago provis6ria ou ou condenado tiver delinquido no pais a definitiva, pelo juiz ou tribunal com- que se pede a sua entrega, pode deferir-se petente do Estado que solicita a extra- essa entrega at que se julgue e cumpra digdo, ndo seja menor de um ano de a pena. privagAo de liberdade e que esteja ARTIGo 347. Se vArios Estados contra- autorizada ou decidida a pris~o ou tantes solicitarem a extradiq~o de um deteng~o preventiva do processado, se delinquente pelo mesmo delito, deve Ale n~o houver ainda sentenqa final. Esta ser entregue Aqu~le Estado em cujo deve ser de priva Ao de liberdade. territ6rio o delito se tenha cometido. ARTIGO 355. Est~o excluidos da extra- ARTIGO 348. Caso a extradi~do se diqo os delitos politicos e os com Ales solicite por atos diversos terA prefer~ncia relacionados segundo a classificago do o Estado contratante em cujo territ6rio Estado requerido. ARTIGO 356. Igualmente nio se a cionArios devidamente autorizados para concederg, se se provar que a petigo de 6sse fim pelas leis do Estado requerente. entrega foi formulada de fato com o fim ARTIGO 365. Corn o pedido definitivo de julgar e castigar o acusado por um de extradig§o devem apresentar-se: delito de carAter politico, segundo a 1. Urna sentenga condenat6ria ou um mesma qualificao. mandato ou auto de captura ou urn ARTIGO 357. Nio seri reputado delito documento de igual forqa, ou que obrigue politico nern fato conexo, o homicidio ou o interessado a comparecer peribdica- assassinato do chefe de urn Estado con- mente ante a jurisdi Ao repressiva, tratante, ou de qualquer pessoa que acompanhado dos elementos do processo nele exerga autoridade. que subministrem provas ou, pelo menos, ARTIGO 358. Nio serA concedida a indicios racionais da culpabilidade da extradi&o se a pessoa reclamada tiver pessoa de que se trate. sido julgada e posta em liberdade ou 2. A filia §o do individuo reclamado cumprido a pena ou esteja sujeita a ou os sinais ou circunstAncias que pos- processo no territ6rio do Estado re- sam servir para o identificar. querido, pelo mesmo delito que motiva o 3. A c6pia autkntica das disposi bes pedido. que estabele~am a qualificalo legal de ARTIGO 359. Nem se deve aceder a ela fato que motiva o pedido de entrega, se estiver prescrito o delito ou a pena, definam a participaqo atribuida nele ao conforme as leis do Estado requerente ou culpado e precisern a pena aplicAvel. do requerido. ARTIGO 366. A extradi Ao pode solici- ARTIGO 360. Em todos os casos em que tar-se telcgrificamente e, nesse caso, a legisla &o do Estado requerido impeqa os documentos mencionados no artigo a extradivdo, 6 preciso que se trate de leis anterior apresentar-se-do ao pals re- anteriores ao delito. querido ou & sua legaAo ou consulado ARTIGO 361. Os c6nsules gerais, c~n- geral no pats requerente, dentro dos dois sules, vice-c~nsules ou agentes consu- mezes seguintes A detenqAo do culpado. lares, podem pedir que se prenda e Na sua falta, serA Mle posto em liberdade. entregue a bordo de urn navio ou aero- ARTIGO 367. Se o Estado requerente nave de seu pals, oficiais, marinheiros nio dispuzer da pessoa reclamada dentro ou tripulantes de seus navios ou aerona- dos tr~s mezes seguintes a ter ficado As ves de guerra ou mercantes que tiverem suas ordens, serd posta em liberdade. desertado delas. ARTIGO 368. 0 detido poder utilizar, ARTIGO 362. Para os efeitos do artigo no Estado em que se fizer o pedido de anterior apresentarlo A autoridade local extradiqAo, de todos os meios legais con- correspondente, deixando-lhe, aldm disso, cedidos aos nacionais para recobrar a c6pia autgntica, os registros de navio ou sua liberdade, fundando o seu exercicio aeronave, rol da tripulaqAo ou qualquer nas disposiqSes d~ste C6digo. outro documento oficial em que o pedido ARTIGO 369. Tamb~m poderA o detido, se basear. a partir d~ste fato, utilizar os recursos ARTIGO 363. Nos paises limitrofes legais que procedam, no Estado que poderiio estabelecer-se regras especiais pedir a extradi &o, contra as qualificaqSes para a extradiq~o nas regi6es ou locali- e resolu 6es em que se funda. dades da fronteira. ARTIGO 370. A entrega deve fazer-se ARTIGO 364. 0 pedido de extradigo corn todos os objetos que se encontrarem deve fazer-se por interm~dio dos fun- na posse da pessoa reclamada, quer sejam produto do delito imputado, quer sido cometido antes dela, salvo que o pe~as que possam servir para a prova do Estado requerido o consinta, ou que o mesmo, tanto quanto for praticdvel de extraditado permane~a em liberdade no ac6rdo corn as leis do Estado que a primeiro, tr~s mezes depois de ter sido efetue, e respeitando-se devidamente os absolvido pelo delito que foi origem da direitos de terceiro. extradi~do, ou de ter cumprido a pena ARTIGO 371. A entrega dos objetos a de privagAo de liberdade que Ihe tinha que se refere o artigo anterior, poderA sido imposta. fazer-se, se a pedir o Estado solicitante da ARTIGO 378. Em nenhum caso se extradido, mesmo que o detido morra ou imporA ou se executarg a pena de morte se evada antes da sua entrega se efetuar. por delito que tiver sido objeto de ARTIGO 372. As despesas com a deten- extradi Ao. Ao ou entrega serdo por conta do Estado ARTIGO 379. No caso de se levar em requerente, que nAo terA de pagar, conta o tempo da prisAo preventiva, entretanto, importAncia alguma pelos contar-se-A como tal o tempo decorrido servigos que prestarem os empregados desde a deten Ao do extraditado no pdblicos corn sldo do Governo a quem se Estado ao qual se a tiver pedido. peva a extradigAo. ARTIGO 380. 0 detido serA posto em ARTIGO 373. A importAncia dos servi- liberdade, depois da prisao provis6ria, qos prestados pelos empregados pdiblicos se o Estado requerente, atendendo A ou oficiais que s6 recebem direitos ou distAncia e As facilidades de comunica 5es emolumentos, ndo excederi aquela que postais entre os dois paises, ndo apresen- habitualmente percebam por essas dili- tar em um prazo razoAvel e no menor g~ncias ou servi~os, segundo as leis do espa~o de tempo o pedido de extradi do. pais em que residirem. ARTIGO 381. Negada a extradi Ao de ARTIGO 374. A responsabilidade, que ura pessoa ndo se pode voltar a pedi-la se possa originar do fato da deten io pelo mesmo delito. provis6ria, estarb a cargo do Estado que TITULO QUARTO a solicitar. ARTIGo 375. 0 trAnsito da pessoa Do DIREITO DE COMPARECER EM JUiZO extraditada e de seus guardas pelo terri- E SUAS MODALIDADES t6rio de um terceiro Estado contratante ARTIGO 382. Os nacionais de cada serA permitido mediante apresentaq~o de Estado gozarAo em cada um dos outros um exemplar original ou de uma c6pia do beneficio da defesa por pobreza, nas aut~ntica do documento que conceda a mesmas condi 6es dos nacionais. extradi &o. ARTIGO 383. NAo se farA distin &o ARTIGo 376. 0 Estado que obtiver a entre nacionais e estrangeiros, nos Es- extradi Ao de um acusado que for logo tados contratantes, quanto h presta~io absolvido ficarA obrigado a comunicar ao de fian~a para comparecer em juizo. que a concedeu uma c6pia autAntica da ARTIGO 384. Os estrangeiros perten- senten~a. centes a um Estado contratante, poderAo ARTIGo 377. A pessoa entregue nAo solicitar nos demais a a Ao pfiblica em poderA ser detida em prisAo nem julgada materia penal, em iguais condi 6es aos pelo Estado contratante a quem se nacionais. entregue, por um delito diferente daqudle ARTIGO 385. NAO necessitarao tamb~m que motivou a extradigdo e que tivesse Asses estrangeiros de prestar fianpa para o exercicio de a &o privada, nos casos ARTIGO 393. Os interessados na em que nAo se a exija aos nacionais. execudo das cartas rogat6rias de natureza ARTIGO 386. Nenhum dos Estados privada devergo constituir procuradores, contratantes imporA aos nacionais de correndo por sua conta as despesas que outro a caugfo judicio sisti ou onus &sses procuradores e as diliggncias oca- probandi nos casos em que no se exijam sionem. aos seus pr6prios nacionais. TITULO SEXTO ARTIGO 387. N~o se autorizarAo embargos preventivos nem fian~a de cArcere EXCE(bES QUE TtM CARXTER seguro, nem outras medidas processuais INTERNACIONAL de indole anfloga, a respeito de nacionais ARTIGO 394. A litispend~ncia, por dos Estados contratantes, por sua dnica motivo de pleito em outro Estado con- condi Ao de estrangeiros. tratante, poderA alegar-se em materia civil quando a senten~a, que for dada em TITULO QUINTO um d~les, tiver de produzir efeitos de CARTAS ROGAT6RIAS E COMISSOES coisa julgada no outro. ROGAT6RIAS ARTIGO 395. Em assuntos penais ndo se poderi alegar excevdo de litispend~neia ARTIGO 388. Toda a diliggncia judicial por causa pendente que um Estado contratante necessitar em outro Estado praticar em outro, efetuar-se-A mediante contratante. ARTIGO 396. A exce~Ao de coisa jul- cartas rogat6rias ou comissio rogat6ria transmitidas por via diplomAtica. Sem gada, que se fundar em senten~a de outro Estado embargo, os Estados contratantes podera-o contratante, s6 poder alegar-se quando pactuar ou aceitar entre si, em mat6ria a sentenqa tenha sido pronunciada corn o civil ou criminal, qualquer outra forma comparecimento das de transmissao. partes ou de seus representantes legiti- ARTIGO 389. Corresponde ao juiz soli- mos, sem que se haji suscitado questAo de compet~ncia citante decidir a respeito da sua com- do tribunal estrangeiro petkncia e da legalidade e oportunidade baseada em disposiSes d~ste C6digo. do ato ou prova, sem prejuizo da juris- ARTIGO 397. Em todos os casos de di &o do juiz deprecado. rela 5es juridicas submetidas a 6ste C6digo poder~o suscitar-se quest~es de ARTIGO 390. 0 juiz solicitado resolvera s6bre a sua pr6pria competAncia ratione competAncia por declinat6ria fundada materiae para o ato de que se Ihe en- em seus preceitos. carrega. TITULO SETIMO

ARTIGO 391. 0 que recebcr a carta ou DA PROVA comissAo rogat6ria deve sujeitar-se, quanto ao seu objeto, A lei do deprecante CAPITULO I.-DISPOSI OES GERAIS S6BRE e, quanto A f6rma de a cumprir, A sua A PROVA pr6pria lei. ARTIGo 398. A lei que rege o delito ou a ARTIGo 392. A deprecada serA redigida relaqao de direito, objeto de aVlo civel ou na lingua do Estado deprecante e serA comercial, determina a quem incumbe a acompanhada de uma traduqdo na lingua prova. do Estado deprecado, devidamente certi- ARTIGO 399. Para decidir os meios de ficada por interprete juramentado. prova que podem utilizar-se em cada caso, 6 competente a lei do lugar em que CAPITULO II.-REGRAS ESPECIAIS S6BRE se realizar o ato ou fato que se deseja A PROVA DE LEIS ESTRANGEIRAS provar, excetuando-se os ndo autoriza- ARTIGO 408. Os julzes e tribunais de dos pela lei do lugar em que corra a cada Estado contratante aplicardo de aVdo. oficio, quando proceda, as leis dos demais, AiTIGO 400. A forma por que se hi de sem prejuizo dos meios probat6rios a que produzir qualquer prova regula-se pela 6ste capitulo se refere. lei vigente no lugar em que se tenha de ARTIGo 409. A parte que invoque a agir. aplicaqAo do direito de qualquer Estado ARTIGO 401. A apreciaqio da prova contratante em um dos outros, ou esteja depende da lei do julgador. em desac6rdo com ela, poderi justificar o ARTIGO 402. Os documentos passados seu texto, vigencia e sentido, mediante em cada um dos Estados contratantes certidAo devidamente legalizada, de dois ter o nos outros o mesmo valor em advogados em exercicio no pais de cuja juizo que os passados nele, se reunirem legislaqdo se trate. os requisitos seguintes: ARTIGO 410. Na falta de prova ou se 1. Que o assunto ou mat(ria do ato ou por qualquer motivo o juiz ou o tri- contrato seja licito e permitido pelas leis bunal a julgarem insuficiente, poderio do pais do outorgamento e daqugle em solicitar de oficio, pela via diplomAtica, que o documento se utiliza; antes de dar resoluqdo, que o Estado de 2. Que os outorgantes tenham aptiddo cuja legislaqdo se trata, facilite um in- e capacidade legal para obrigar-se conforme sobre o texto, vig~ncia e sentido do forme sua lei pessoal; direito aplicivel. 3. Que em seu outorgamento se tenham ARTIGO 411. Cada Estado contratante observado as formas e solenidades esta- obriga-se a subministrar aos outros, no belecidas no pais onde se tenham verifi- mais breve prazo possivel, a informaqdo a cado os atos ou contratos; que o artigo anterior se refere e que 4. Que o documento esteja legalizado deveri proceder de seu tribunal supremo, e preencha os demais requisitos neces- ou de qualquer de suas cAmaras ou sArios para a sua autenticidade no lugar sec ses, ou da procuradoria geral ou onde d6le se faa uso. da secretaria do Minist~rio da Justiqa. ARTIGO 403. A for~a execut6ria de urn documento subordina-se ao direito local. TITULO OITAVO ARTIGO 404. A capacidade das teste- Do REcURSO munhas e a sua recusa dependem da lei a DE CASSA(;.O que se submeta a relado de direito, ARTIGO 412. Em todo Estado con- objeto da agdo. tratante onde existir o recurso de cas- ARTIGO 405. A forma de juramento saqo, ou instituido correspondente, subordinar-se-A A lei do juiz ou tribunal poderA Mle interp6r-se por infraqdo, in- perante quem se preste e a sua eficAcia h terpretaqdo err6nea ou aplicaqAo in- que regula o fato s6bre o qual se jura. devida de uma de outro Estado contra- ARTIGO 406. As presunqSes derivadas tante, nas mesmas condi Ses e casos em de um fato sujeitam-se A, lei do lugar em que o possa quanto ao direito nacional. que se realizar o fato de que nascem. ARTIGO 413. Serdo apliciveis ao re- ARTIGO 407. A prova indicidria de- curso de cassaqao as regras estabelecidas pende da lei do juiz ou tribunal. no capitulo segundo do titulo anterior, mesmo que o juiz ou tribunal inferior nos demais, sem necessidade de trimite tenharn jA feito uso delas. algum local. ARTIGO 419. 0 efeito retroativo da TITULO NONO declara &o de fal~ncia e anulagao de DA FALANCIA certos atos por consequ6ncia dsses juizos, determinar-se-Ao pela lei dos mesmos e CAPIT LO I.-UNIDADE DA FALUNCIA serdo apliciveis ao territ6rio dos demais ARTIGO 414. Se o credor concordatArio, Estados contratantes. ou em concurso, ou falido, nAo tiver mais ARTIGo 420. As aVbes reais e os direitos que um domicilio civil ou mercantil, n~o da mesma indole continuaro sujeitos, pode haver mais que urn juizo de pro- ndo obstante a declaraqdo de fal~ncia, cessos preventivos, concursos ou fal~ncia, A lei da situagao das coisas a que afetem ou uma suspensio de pagamentos, qui- e A compet ncia dos juizos do lugar em tango e morat6ria para todos os seus bens que estas se encontrarem. e tWlas as suas obriga 5es nos Estados contratantes. CAPITULO III.-DA CONCORDATA E ARTIGO 415. Se uma mesma pessoa ou DA REABILITA(AO sociedade tiver em mais de urn Estado ARTIGO 421. A concordata entre os contratante vArios estabelecimentos mer- credores e o falido terA efeitos extra- cantis, inteiramente separados econo- territoriais nos demais Estados con- micamente, pode haver tantos juizos de tratantes, excetuando o direito dos cre- processos preventivos e quebra como dores por a &o real que a nAo tiverem estabelecimentos mercantis. aceitado. ARTIGO 422. A reabilitaq;o do falido CAPITULO IU.-UNIVERSALIDADE DA tern tamb6m eficAcia extraterritorial nos FALUNCIA E SEUS EFEITOS demais Estados contratantes, desde que ARTIGO 416. A declarat6ria de incapa- se torne definitiva a resoluq;o judicial cidade do falido ou do que tenha reunido que a determine e conforme os seus credores, tern efeitos extraterritoriais nos trmos. Estados contratantes, mediante prfvio cumprimento das formalidades de registo TITULO DECIMO ou publica do, que a legisla &o de cada EXCEFAXO DE SENTEN(,AS PTmONUNCIADAS um dAles exija. POR TRIBUNAiS ESTRANGEIROS ARTIGo 417. 0 auto de declarat6ria de fal~ncia passado em um dos Estados CAPITULO I.-MATERIA CIVIL contratantes, executar-se-A nos outros ARTIGO 423. T6da a senten a civil ou Estados nos casos e forma estabelecidos cont encioso-administrativa pronunciada neste C6digo para as resolu aes judiciais; em um dos Estados contratantes, terA mas produzirA, desde que seja definitiva f6rqa e poderA executar-se nos dernais, se e para as pessoas a respeito das quais o reunir as seguintes condiqoes: seja, os efeitos de coisa julgada. 1. Que tenha competAncia para tomar ARTIGO 418. As faculdades e funq~es dos conhecimiento do assunto e julgA-lo, sindicos nomeados cm um dos Estados de acordo corn as regras dtste C6digo, o contratantes em vista das disposiqces juiz ou tribunal que a tiver pronunciado; d~ste C6digo, terAo efeito extraterritorial 2. Que as partes tenham sido citadas pessoalmente ou por seu representante ARTio 429. Se se negar o cumprimento, legal, para a agAo; devolver-se-A a execut6ria a quem a tiver 3. Que a senten~a nao ofenda a ordem apresentado. pidblilca ou o direito pdiblico do pals onde ARTiGO 430. Quando se resolver cum- se a quer executar; prir a sentenga, submeter-se-A a sua 4. Que seja execut6ria no Estado em execuqVo aos trAnites determinados pela que tiver sido pronunciada; lei do juiz ou tribunal para as suas 5. Que seja traduzida autorizadamente pr6prias sentengas. por um funcionArio ou intArprete oficial ARTIGO 431. As sentengas definitivas do Estado em que se hA de executar, se pronunciadas por um Estado contra- at for diferente o idioma empregado; tante que, por seus thrmos nAo sejam 6. Que o documento em que conste executAveis, produzirao nos demais os reuna os requisitos para ser considerado efeitos de coisa julgada se reunirem as como auttntico no Estado de que proceda, condi 6es que para sse fim determina e os que requeira, para que faga fM, a 6ste C6digo, salvo as relativas A sua legislaoo do Estado em que se aspira execuAo. cumprir a sentenga. ARTIGO 432. 0 processo e os efeitos ARTIGO 424. A execugao da sentenga regulados nos artigos anteriores, aplicar- deverA ser solicitada ao juiz do tribunal se-Ao nos Estados contratantes As sen- competente para a levar a efeito, depois tenas proferidas em qualquer dales por de satisfeitas as formalidades requeridas Arbitros ou interventores amigfveis, sem- pela legislagio interna. pre que o assunto que as motiva possa ser ARTIGO 425. Contra a resolugo judi- objeto de transago nos t~rmos da cial, no caso a que o artigo anterior se legislagAo do pals em que a execugo se refere, conceder-se-no todos os recursos solicitar. que as leis d~sse Estado concedam a ARTIGo 433. Aplicar-se-6 tamb~m 6sse respeito das sentengas definitivas pronun- mesmo procedimento As sentenas civeis ciadas em juizo declarat6rio de major passadas em qualquer dos Estados con- quantia. tratantes por um tribunal internacional, ARTIGo 426. 0 juiz ou tribunal, a que se refiram a pessoas ou interesses quem se pedir a execugo, ouvirA, antes privados. de a decretar ou negar, e por thrmo de vinte dias, a parte contra quem se CAPTTULO II.-ATOS DE dirija e ao fiscal ou minist~rio pi'blico. JURISDIqAO VOLUNTA RIA ARTGo 427. A citagio da parte, a ARTIGO 434. As determina6es tomadas quem se deve ouvir, far-se-A por meio em atos de jurisdigAo voluntAria, em made carta ou comissio rogat6ria, segundo t~ria de comrcio, por juizes ou tribunais o disposto neste C6digo, se tiver o seu de urn Estado contratante ou por seus domiclio no estrangeiro, e nAo tiver no agentes consulares, executar-se-Ao nos pats representago bastante, ou na forma demais Estados segundo os trAmites e na estabelecida pelo direito local, se tiver forma indicados no capitulo anterior. domiclio no Estado deprecado. ARTIGO 435. As resolug6es em atos de ARTIGO 428. Passado o prazo que o jurisdiigo voluntAria, em mat6ria civil, juiz ou tribunal indicar para o com- procedentes de um Estado contratante, parecimento, continuarA a marcha do serao aceitas pelos demais, se reunirem processo haja ou nAo comparecido o as condioes exigidas por Aste C6digo, citado. para a eficicia dos documentos outor- gados em pals estrangeiro e procedam de sustentado pelas legisla5es civil e comer- juiz ou tribunal competente, e ter~o por cial da Repdiblica Argentina, de que, "as conseguinte eficAcia extraterritorial. pessoas juridicas devern exclusivamente a sua existncia A lei do Estado que as CAPITULO III.-MAT9RIA PENAL autorize e por consequ6ncia nAo sAo na- ARTIGO 436. Nenhum Estado con- cionais nem estrangeiras; suas fun 6es se tratante executarA as sentenqas proferidas determinam por dita lei em consonfncia em um dos outros em mat6ria penal, corn os preceitos derivados do "domicilio" quanto As sang5es dessa natureza que que ela Ihes reconhece". hajam imposto. 5. Ndo aceita principios que admitam ARTIGO 437. Poderio, sem embargo, ou tendam a sancionar o div6rcio ad- executar-se as ditas sentengas no que vinculum. toca A responsabilidade civil e a seus 6. Aceita o sistema da "unidade das efeitos s6bre os bens do condenado, se sucessses" corn a limitaq o derivada da forem proferidas pelo juiz ou tribunal "lex rei sitae" em mat6ria de bens im6- competente segundo 6ste C6digo e corn veis. audigncia do interessado e se se cum- 7. Admite todo o principio que tenda prirem as demais condiqbes formais e de reconhecer em favor da mulher, os mesmos processo que o capitulo primeiro dste direitos civis conferidos ao homem de titulo estabelece. maior idade. 8. NAo aprova os principios que modi- DECLARAV6ES E RESERVAS fiquem o sistema de "jus soli" como meio Reservas da Delega do Argentina de adquirir a nacionalidade. 9. N6o admite preceitos que resolvam A Delega Ao Argentina deixa cons- conflitos referentes A "dupla nacionali- tincia das seguintes reservas que for- dade" corn prejuizo da aplicaq~o exclu- mula ao Projeto de ConvengAo de Direito siva do "jus soli". Internacional Privado submetido ao 10. N~o aceita normas que permitam estudo da Sexta Confer~ncia Interna- a interven &o de agentes diplomhticos e cional Americana. consulares, nos juizos de sucessAo que 1. Entende que a codifica &o do Direito interessem a estrangeiros, salvo os pre- Internacional Privado deve ser "gradual ceitos j. estabelecidos na Reptiblica Ar- e progressiva", especialmente no que se gentina e que regulam essa intervenqAo. refere a institui6es que nos Estados 11. No regime de Letra de C6.mbio e Unidos tenham identidade ou analogia de Cheques em geral, nAo admite disposi 6es caracteres fundamentais. 2. Mantfm em vigor os Tratados de que modifiquem crit~rios aceitos nas Con- Direito Civil Internacional, Direito Penal fer~ncias Universais, como as de Haia Internacional, ratificados em Monte- de 1910 e 1912. video no ano de 1889, corn os seus Con- 12. Faz a expressa reserva da aplica- venios e Protocolos respectivos. ao da "lei do pavilhdo" nos casos refe- 3. N o aceita principios que modifi- rentes ao Direito Maritimo, especial- quem o sistema da "lei de domicflio", mente no que se refere ao contrato de especialmente tudo o que se oponha ao fretamento e suas consequ~ncias juri- texto e espirito da legislaqgo argentina. dicas, por considerar que devern de sub- 4. Nlo aprova disposi Ses que afetem meter-se h lei e jurisdigio do pals do direta ou indiretamente, o principio p6rto de destino. tste principio foi sustentado corn dos Unidos da Am6rica mant6m firme a 6xito pela secdo argentina da Interna- id6ia de nio desligar-se da Am6rica tional Law-Association na 31a. sessao Latina, pelo que, de ac6rdo corn o artigo desta e atualmente 6 uma das chamadas sexto da Conven &o, que permite a cada "regras de Buenos Aires". Gov~mo aderir mais tarde, fari uso do 13. Reafirma o conceito de que todos privil6gio d6sse artigo a fim de que, os delitos cometidos em aeronaves, dentro depois de examinar cuidadosamente o do espa~o adreo nacional ou em barcos C6digo em t6das as suas obrigaqbes, possa mercantes estrangeiros, deverdo julgar-se aderir pelo menos a uma grande parte do e punir-se pelas autoridades e leis dos mesmo. Por estas raz6es a DelegagAo dos Estados em que se encontrem. Estados Unidos da Am6rica se reserva o 14. Ratifica a tese aprovada pelo seu voto na esperanqa de poder aderir, Instituto Americano de Direito Inter- como disse, em parte ou em uma parte nacional, na sua sessdo de Montevid6o de considerivel das suas modalidades. 1927, cujo conteddo 6 o seguinte:-"A nacionalidade do r6u nao poder6 ser Declaragdo da Delega¢do do Uruguai invocada como causa para negar a sua A Delega$ao do Uruguai faz reservas extradi~go." tendentes a que o crit6rio dessa Delega- 15. Ndo admite principios que regu- g~o seja coerente com o que sustentou na lamentem as quest6es internacionais do Junta de Jurisconsultos do Rio de Janeiro trabalho e situago juridica dos operirios o Dr. Pedro Varela, Catedritico da como fundamento das raz~es expostas, Faculdade de Direito do seu pais. Man- quando se discutiu o artigo 198 do t6m-nas declarando que o Uruguai dA a Projeto de Convengdo de Direito Civil sua aprovaqao ao C6digo em geral. Internacional, na Junta Internacional de Jurisconsultos, assembl6ia do Rio de Reservas da DelegagAo do Paraguai Janeiro de 1927. A Delegaqdo argentina faz saber que, 1. Declara que o Paraguai mant6m a como jA o manifestou na Ilustre Comiss~o sua adesdo aos Tratados de Direito Civil nv'mero 3, ratifica na Sexta Confer~ncia Internacional, Direito Comercial Inter- Internacional Americana, os votos emi- nacional, Direito Penal Internacional e tidos e atitude assumida pela Delega &o Direito Processual Internacional que argentina na Assembl6ia da Junta Inter- foram ratificados em Montevid6o em nacional de Jurisconsultos, celebrada na 1888 e 1889, com os Convenios e Proto- cidade do Rio de Janeiro, nos meses de colos que os acompanham. Abril e Maio de 1927. 2. N~o estA de ac6rdo em modificar o sistema da "Lei do domicilio" consagrado Declaragdo da Delegagdo dos Estados pela legislado civil da Repdiblica. Unidos da Amdrica 3. Mant6m a sua adesdo ao principio Sente muito nao poder dar a sua apro- da sua legislago, de que as pessoas jur- vagdo desde agora ao C6digo Bustamante, dicas devem exclusivamente sua exist~ncia p~sto que dada a Constituiio dos Esta- h Lei do Estado que as autoriza e que, dos Unidos da Am6rica, as relap6es dos por consequ~ncia, ndo sdo nacionais nem Estados membros da Unido Federal e as estrangeiras; as suas fungSes estio assi- atribuigSes e poderes do Gov~rno Federal, naladas pela lei especial de ac6rdo corn os se lhes torna dificil. 0 Gov~rno dos Esta- principios derivados do domicilio. 4. Admite o sistema de unidade de refira ao "seu conceito e reconhecimento", sucess6es, corn a limita do derivada da como inteligentemente o disp6e o artigo "Lex rei sitae" em mat6ria de bens im6- 32 do C6digo, em contradiqAo (pelo menos veis. aparente) com as outras disposiqSes do 5. EstA conforme corn todo o principio mesmo como os artigos 16 e 21. Para as que tenda a reconhecer em favor da legislaqSes subseritas, as pessoas juridicas mulher os mesmos direitos civis concedi- ndo podem ter nacionalidade nem de dos ao homem de maior idade. ac6rdo corn os principios cientificos nem 6. N~o aceita os principios que modi- em rela-o com as mais altas e perma- fiquem o sistema do "Jus soli" como nentes conveni~ncias da Am6rica. Teria maneira de adquirir a nacionalidade. sido preferivel que no C6digo que vamos 7. N~o estA conforme com os preceitos aprovar, se tivesse omitido tudo quanto que resolvarn o problema "da dupla possa servir para afirmar que as pessoas nacionalidade" corn prejuizo da aplica- juridicas, singularmente as sociedades &oexclusiva do "jus soli". de capitais, t~m nacionalidade. 8. Adere ao crit6rio aceite nas Confe- As delegaq6es subscritas ao aceitar a r~ncias universais s6bre o regime da transa do consignada no artigo 70 entre as Letra de CAmbio e Cheques. doutrinas europ6ias da personalidade do 9. Faz reserva da aplica &o da "Lei do direito e a genuinamente americana do Pavilh~o" em assuntos relacionados com domicilio para reger o estado civil e a o Direito Maritimo. capacidade das pessoas em direito inter- 10. EstA de ac6rdo em que os delitos nacional privado, declaram aceitar essa cometidos em aeronaves dentro do espaqo transa §o para nao retardar a saida do a6reo nacional ou em barcos mercantes C6digo que t6das as naqSes da Am6rica estrangeiros, devem ser julgados pelos esperam hoje, como uma das obras mais tribunais do Estado em que se encontrem. transcendentais desta Confer~ncia, mas afirmam enfiticamente que essa transa Reserva da Delegagdo do Brasil q&o deve de ser transit6ria porque a uni- 1. Impugnada a emenda substitutiva dade juridica do Continente tern de que propoz para o artigo 53, a Delegaq&o verificar-se A volta da lei do domicilio, do Brasil nega a sua aprovaqio ao artigo (nica que salvaguarda eficazmente a 52, que estabelece a compettncia da lei de soberania e independtncia dos povos de domicilio conjugal para regular a separa- Am6rica. Povos de imigraAo como o sAo &o de corpos e o div6rcio, assim como ou virgo a ser t6das estas repblicas, tamb6m ao artigo 54. nao podem encarar semn grande inquicta- q&o que os imigrantes europeus tragam a Declarapdes que Fazem as Delega Ses de pretensdo de invocar na Am6rica as suas Col6mbia e Costa Rica pr6prias leis de origem para governar aqui As Delegaq~es de Col6mbia e Costa o seu estado civil de capacidade de con- Rica subscrevem o C6digo de Dereito tratar. Admitir esta possibilidade (que Internacional Privado em conjunto corn consagra o principio da lei nacional, a reserva expressa de tudo quanto possa reconhecido parcialmente pelo C6digo) estar em contradiq o com a legisla&o 6 criar na Am6rica um Estado dentro do colombiana e a costarricense. Estado e p6r-nos quase sob o regime das No que se refere a pessoas juridicas capitulaq&es que a Europa imp6z durante a nossa opinido 6 que elas devem de estar s6culos As naq6es da Asia, por ela consi- submetidas A lei local para tudo o que se deradas como inferiores nas suas rela 6es internacionais. As Delegag6es que sub- homens de ci~ncia e estadistas tAo in- screvern fazem votos por que muito signes como o autor do C6digo de Direito breve desapare~am de tdas as legisla- Internacional Privado, que estudamos e g6es americanas todos os vestigios das que a Sexta Confergncia Internacional teorias (mais politicas que juridicas) Americana vai adotar em nome de t6da preconisadas por Europa para conservar a America. aqui a jurisdigo s6bre os seus nacionais Reservas da Delegagdo do Salvador estabelecidos em terras livres da Am6rica e tem esperanga de que a legislaqdo do Reserva primeira:especialmente aplicA- continente se unifique de ac6rdo corn os vel aos artigos 44, 146, 176, 232, 233. principios que submetem o estrangeiro No que se refere As incapacidades que imigrante ao imp6rio sem restriq~es das podem ter os estrangeiros segundo a sua leis locais. Com a esperanga, pois, de que lei pessoal para testar, contratar, compa- em breve a lei do domicflio serd a que recer em juizo, exercer o comfrcio ou reja na Am6rica o estado civil e a capaci- intervir em atos ou contratos mercantis, dade das pessoas, e na certeza de que se faz a reserva de que no Salvador, (ditas ela serA urn dos aspectos mais caracte- incapacidades nio serdo reconhecidas nos risticos do Panamericanismo juridico casos em que os atos ou contratos tenham que todos anciamos criar, as delegag6es sido celebrados no Salvador, sern infrag~o subscriptas votam o C6digo de Direito A lei salvadorenha e para terem efeitos no Internacional Privado e aceitam a transa- seu territ6rio nacional. go doutrinAria em que o mesmo se Reserva segunda: aplicAvel ao artigo inspira. 187, parggrafo dltimo. Referindo-se &s disposiqSes s6bre o No caso de comunidade de bens im- div6rcio, a Delegaqao Colombiana for- posta aos casados como lei pessoal por um mula a sua reserva absoluta no que se Estado estrangeiro, s6mente serA reconhe- refere ao que regula o div6rcio pela lei cida no Salvador, se se confirma por do domiclio conjugal, porque considera contrato entre as partes interessadas, que para tais efeitos, e dado o excecional cumprindo-se todos os requisitos que a carfter transcendental e sagrado do lei salvadorenha determina, ou determine matrim6nio (base da sociedade e do no futuro, referentes a bens situados no mesmo Estado), Col6mbia ndo pode Salvador. aceitar dentro do seu territ6rio a aplica- Reserva terceira: especialmente apli- gao de legislag6es estranhas. cAvel aos artigos 327, 328 e 329. As delegag5es, aparte isto, desejam Reserva que nao seri admissivel, no manifestar a sua admira &o entusiasta concernente ao Salvador, a jurisdigao de pela fecunda obra do Dr. Sanchez de juizes ou tribunais estrangeiros nos juizos Bustamante que Aste C6digo representa e dilig~ncias de sucess~es e nos concursos nos seus 500 artigos concebidos em de credores e quebra em todos os casos clAusulas lapidares que bern podiam em que afetem bens im6veis, situados no servir como exemplo para os legisladores Salvador. de todos os povos. Desde hoje o Dr. Reservas da Delegag5o da Repzlblica Domi- Sanchez de Bustamante, ser6 ndo s6mente nicana um dos filhos mais esclarecidos de Cuba, mas tamb6m urn dos mais eximios cida- 1. A Delegago da Repdblica Domi- daos da grande pAtria americana que nicana deseja manter o predominio da pode corn justiga jactar-se de produzir Lei Nacional naquelas quest~es que se referem ao estado e capacidade dos Declarac4o da DelegaC4o de Nicaragua dominicanos, onde quer que 6stes se encontrem, por isto ndo pode aceitar Nicaragua em assuntos que desde agora e no futuro considere de agum modo senAo corn reservas, aquelas disposig6es sujeitos ao Direito Can6nico, n&o poderA do Projeto de Codifica Ro em que se dA privil~gio & lei "do domicflio" ou & lei aplicar as disposig5es do C6digo de Direito Internacional Privado que este- local; tudo isto, n~o obstante o principio jam em conflito com aqu~le Direito. conciliador enunciado no artigo 70 do Diz que, como o declarou verbalmente Projeto do qual 6 uma aplicagAo o artigo em v6rios casos durante a discussao, 53 do mesmo. algumas disposi 2. No que se refere nacionalidade, 6es do C6digo aprovado estio titulo lo. livro lo. artigo 9 e seguintes, em desac6rdo corn as disposiq5es estabelecemos uma reserva, no que se re- expressas da legislaqAo de Nicaragua ou fere primeiro, A nacionalidade das socie- corn os principios que sdo base dessa legislaqao; dades, e segundo, muito especialmente, mas como uma homenagem ao principio geral da nossa constituiqao A obra insigne do ilustre autor daqu~le politica, pela qual a nenhum dominicano C6digo, prefere em vez de descriminar as reservas do caso, fazer se lhe reconhecerA outra nacionalidade esta declarago e deixar que os poderes que ndo seja a dominicana enquanto re- pilblicos de Nica- ragua sida em territ6rio da Reptiblica. formulem essas reservas ou refor- 3. Enquanto ao domicilio das socie- mer at6 onde seja possivel a legislaqao dades estrangeiras, quaisquer que fossem nacional nos casos de incompatibilidade. os seus estatutos e o lugar no qual o Declara 5o da Delegagdo do Chile tivessem fixado, ou em que tenham o seu principal estabelecimento, etc., reserva- A delegaq&o do Chile compraz-se em mos Aste principio de ordem pdblica na apresentar as suas mais calorosas felici- Repdblica Dominicana: qualquer pessoa taq~es ao eminente e sibio jurisconsulto que fisica ou moralmente exerqa atos da americano, Sr. Antonio Sanchez de Busta- vida juridica no seu territ6rio, terA por mante, pela magna obra que realizou domicilio o lugar onde possua um esta- redigindo um projeto de C6digo de belecimento, uma ag6ncia ou um repre- Direito Internacional Privado, destinado sentante qualquer. tste domiclio 6 a reger as relagses entre os Estados da atributivo de jurisdi &o para os tribunais Am6rica. Este trabalho 6 uma contri- nacionais naquelas relaQ;es juridicas que buiqao poderosa para o desenvolvimento se referem a atos intervindos no pals, do panamericanismo juridico, que todos qualquer que seja a natureza dales. os paises do Novo Mundo desejam ver fortalecido e progredindo. Apesar de Declara 5o da Delegagdo do Equador que esta obra grandiosa de codificado A Delega~do do Equador tern a honra nao pode realizar-se em breve espago de de assinar por completo a Convenqo do tempo, porque precisa de ser pensada e C6digo de Direito Internacional Privado refletida pelos Estados que na mesma em homenagem ao Dr. Bustamante. Ndo devem de participar, a Delegagdo de cr6 necessArio particularizar reserva al- Chile, nAo serA um obstAculo para que guma, excetuando, s6mente, a faculdade esta Confer~ncia Panamericana, aprove geral contida na mesma Convengo que um C6digo de Direito Internacional deixa aos governos a liberdade de rati- Privado; mas ressalvarA o seu voto nas ficA-la. mat6rias e nos pontos que julgue convenientes, em especial, nos pontos refe- Dedaragdo da DelegaV.o de Guatemala rentes A sua politica tradicional ou A sua Guatemala adotou na sua legislagAo legislagfo nacional. civil, o sistema do domicflio, mas ainda Declaragdo da Delega~do do Panamd que assim nao fosse, os artigos concilia- Ao emitir o seu voto a favor do projeto t6rios do C6digo fazem harmonizar per- de C6digo de Direito Internacional pri- feitamente qualquer conflito que pudesse vado na sessto celebrada por esta Comis- suscitar-se entre os diferentes Estados, s~o no dia 27 de Janeiro filtimo, a Dele- segundo as escolas diversas a que tenham gagdo da Repdblica do PanamA mani- sido filiados. festou que na sua oportunidade apresen- Por consequ~ncia, pois, a Delegagao de taria as reservas que julgasse necessArias, Guatemala se acomoda perfeitamente k caso para isso tivesse lugar. Esta atitude modalidade que corn tanta ilustra Ao, da DelegagAo do PanamA obedeceu a genialidade e crit6rio cientffico, se ostenta certas ddvidas que tinha s~bre o alcance no Projeto de C6digo de Direito Inter- e extens~o de algumas disposi 6es con- nacional Privado e deseja deixar gravado tidas no Projeto, especialmente no que se que o aceita absolutamente e sem reservas refere At aplicagdo da lei nacional do de esp6cie alguma. estrangeiro residente no pals, o que teria dado lugar a um verdadeiro conflito, visto RESERVAS FEITAS NO ATO DA RATIFICAgAO que na Repablica do PanamA impera o DA CONVENXO sistema de lei territorial desde o preciso momento em que se constituiu como Bolivia: estado independente. Apesar disto, a Com as reservas formuladas pela Dele- DelegagAo panamenha cr6 que t~das as ga Ao boliviana, no tocante aos artigos dificuldades que se pudessem apresentar que se achem em desac6rdo corn a legis- nesta delicada mat6ria foram previstas e laqdo do pals e com os tratados interna- ficaram sabiamente resolvidas por inter- cionais assinados pela Bolivia. m6dio do artigo s6timo do Projeto, segundo o qual "cada Estado contratante Brasil: aplicarg como leis pessoais as do domi- Corn as reservas feitas pela Delega &o clio ou as da nacionalidade, segundo o brasileira, ao assinar a Conven Ao. sistema que tenha adotado ou no futuro adote a legislagAo interior" Como todos Costa Rica: os outros Estados que subscrevam e ra- Com as reservas que, na ata respectiva, tifiquem a Convengdo respectiva, PanamA consignou a Delega do de Costa Rica, en- ficarA, pois, em plena liberdade de apli- tendendo-se que, no tocante A nossa legis- car a sua pr6pria lei, que 6 a territorial. laq~o, se aplica essa reserva nAo s6mente Entendidas assim as coisas, I, Delega &o A vigente como Atque possa promulgar-se de PanamA Ihe 6 altamente grato declarar, no futuro. como realmente o faz, que dA a sua Chile: aprovagdo ao Projeto de C6digo de Direito Internacional Privado, ou C6digo Busta- Corn a reserva formulada pelos Dele- mante, que 6 como deveria chamar-se em gados do Chile, acrescentando-se que, pe- homenagem ao seu autor, sem a menor rante o Direito chileno, e com relagdo aos reserva. conflitos que possam surgir entre a legisla¢§o chilena e outra estrangeira, os pre- Quarta: Ndo renuncia a Repdblica de ceitos da atual ou futura legisla do do El Salvador ao seu poder de legislar, de Chile prevalecer-o s6bre o dito C6digo. modo a promulgar, no futuro, as leis ou em caso de desac6rdo entre uns e outros. disposi95es que julgar convenientes s6bre as quest~es de Direito Internacional Pri- Equador: vado, contidas no "C6digo Busta- Em tudo que n.o se opuser A Consti- mante"; e tuiggo e Leis da Repfiblica. Quinta: Considera a Convenqfo de Di- reito Internacional Privado como urn El Salvador: corpo de doutrina juridica de grande valor Aprova-se a referida Convengao corn as em jurisprud~ncia, a qual, por(m, carece seguintes reservas: at 6ste momento da necessAria eficAcia Prineira:Especialmente corn refer~ncia para prevalecer s6bre os trmos contidos aos Artigos 44, 146, 176, 232 e 233. na lei salvadorense em todos os pontos em No tocante As incapacidades que pos- que aqu~le corpo de doutrina contrariar sam atingir os estrangeiros, de ac6rdo corn ou modificar a iiltima. a respectiva lei pessoal, para testar, con- No se restringe essa aprovaq§o ao po- tratar, comparecer em juizo, comerciar ou der de El Salvador de legislar para, no intervir em atos ou contratos mercantis, futuro, promulgar as leis ou disposiq~es faz-se reserva de que, em El Salvador, as que julgar convenientes s6bre as questbes ditas incapacidades ndo serio reconheci- de Direito Internacional Privado, contidas das nos casos em que os atos ou contratos no "C6digo Bustamente"; e tenham sido efetuados em El Salvador, No caso em que as doutrinas juridicas, sem contravenqdo A lei do pais, de modo contidas na Conv~nqAo em aprfto, con- que os supracitados atos ou contratos te- trariem ou restrinjam de alguma forma as nham efeito dentro do territ6rio nacional. leis de El Salvador, ndo prevalecer~o as Segunda: Aplicivel ao Artigo 187, parA- ditas leis. grafo final: Haiti: Em caso de comunidade de bens im- reservas no tocante aos Artigos posta aos casados como lei pessoal por urn Corn 383, 385, 386 e 387 do dito C6digo. Estado estrangeiro, ser a mesma reconhecida em El Salvador s6mente se f6r con- Rep blica Dominicana: firmada por contrato entre as partes in- lsta Conven §o foi aprovada com as teressadas, depois de cumpridos todos os reservas feitas pelos Delegados da Re- requisitos impostos ou a serem impostos pfiblica na VI Conferfncia Internacional no futuro pela lei salvadorense, corn refe- Americana. r~ncia a bens existentes em El Salvador. Terceira: Especialmente aplicdvel aos Venezuela: Artigos 327, 328 e 329: A Venezuela aceita corn reservas os Ar- No serA admitida, em tudo que se tigos 16, 17, 18, 24, 35, 39, 43, 44, 49, 50, referir a El Salvador, a jurisdi~io de juizes 57, 58, 62, 64, 65, 67, 70, 74, 87, 88, 139, ou tribunais estrangeiros nos processos e 144, 157, 174, 247,248,301,324,348,360, dilig~ncias sucess6rios, nos concursos de 378, e desde 423 at6 435. credores e nas fal~ncias, em todos os casos Por nio existir na Venezuela a prisdo em que estejam envolvidos bens im6veis perpftua, fica feita a ressalva no tocante situados em El Salvador. a 6sse ponto. CON VEN (AO UNIAO PAN-AMERICANA

Suas Excelncias os Presidentes das b) A Unido Pan-Americana sob a Reptiblicas do Peru, Uruguai, PanamA, direqAo de un Conselho Diretivo, corn Equador, M6xieo, Salvador, Guatemala, sede na cidade de Washington. Nicaragua, Bolivia, Venezuela, Col6mbia, c) Todo 6rg~o que possa ser estabele- Honduras, Costa Rica, Chile, Brasil, cido mediante conven 6es entre os Esta- Argentina, Paraguai, Haiti, Repdiblica dos Americanos. Dominicana, Estados Unidos da America A representa9&o de cada Estado nas e Cuba; por meio de seus respectivos Confer~ncias e no Conselho Diretivo 6 delegados plenipotenci~rios resolveram de direito pr6prio. celebrar a seguinte conveng~o, que serA assinada como disp~e o seu artigo final: ARTIGO II As Reptiblicas americanas cuja uni~o Da Confergncia InternacionalAmericana estA baseada na igualdade juridica das As Confergncias serio peri6dicas. 0 Repdblicas do Continente e no respeito Conselho Diretivo da Unifo Pan-Ameri- mdtuo dos direitos inerentes a sua com- cana indicar a data em que deverio pleta independgncia, tratando de atender reunir-se, sem que em nenhum caso possa corn efic6cia A conciliagAo crescente de mediar entre uma e outra um periodo seus interesses econ6micos e &coordena- maior de cinco anos, salvo que seja por Ao de suas atividades de carfter social e causa de for~a maior. intelectual, e reconhecendo que as rela- g6es entre os povos est§o reguladas tanto ARTIGO III pelo direito como pelos seus legitimos Conselho Diretivo interesses individuais e coletivos; Resolvem continuar realizando sua A DireAo da Uniio Pan-Americana aVdo conjunta de coopera Ao e de soli- serA exercida por um Conselho Diretivo dariedade, por meio das reuni6es peri6- formado pelos representantes que cada dicas das Confergncias Internacionais um dos governos americanos designar. Americanas, assim como tambfrm pelo Podem tamb~m ser designados os repre- dos 6rggos estabelecidos em virtude de sentantes diplom6ticos dos diversos paises acordos internacionais e mediante a Unio em Washington. Pan-Americana que tern sua sede em A mais do seu pr6prio pals um Membro Washington, cuja organizaglo e fungSes do Conselho pode representar de um serdo reguladas pela presente Conven Ao, modo excepcional outros paises, dispondo nos termos a seguir: neste caso de tantos votos quantos paises representar. ARTIGO I O Conselho elegeri cada ano seu presi- Orgdos da Unido dos Estados Americanos dente e vice-presidente.

A Unido dos Estados Americanos tende ARTIGO IV ao cumprimento do seu fim, mediante os 6rgdos seguintes: FunciondriosExecutivos a) A Confer~ncia Internacional Ameri- 0 Conselho Diretivo nomearA os se- cana. guintes funcionArios: Um Direitor Geral que estari incum- orgamento da Uniio Pan-Americana que bido da administragAo da Uniio Pan- excedam mais de 25% do or~amento do Americana, corn faculdade para promover ano anterior, dever6o ser aprovados pelo o seu mais amplo desenvolvimento, de voto unAnime do Conselho Diretivo, ac6rdo corn os termos desta Convenvio, deixando aos representantes o tempo do regulamento e das resolugoes do necessrio para consultar os seus respec- Conselho, perante o qual serf responsAvel. tivos Governos. A quota seri fixada 0 Diretor Geral assistirg como con- tomando por base os dltimos dados suitor s sesses do Conselho Diretivo, oficiais s6bre o ndmero de habitantes de As das comiss6es designadas pelo mesmo, cada pals, que possua a Uniio Pan- e As das Confergncias Internacionais Americana no dia 1 de Julho de cada Americanas, para dar as informa 6es que ano. 0 orgamento se comunicarA antes do forem necessfrias. As despesas sergo dia primeiro do ano seguinte aos Gover- pagas corn os fundos da UniAo Pan-Ame- nos membros da Unijo, fazendo constar ricana. ao comunicA-lo a quota que a cada urn Urn Sub-Diretor que exercerA as fun- pals corresponder, a qual deverA ser paga goes de Secrethrio do Conselho Diretivo. antes de 1 de Julho do dito ano. O Diretor Geral preparari os dife- 0 Conselho Diretivo elegerA dentre seus rentes regulamentos internos que regerlo membros uma Comissio encarregada de os diversos departamentos da Unigo Pan- examinar, nas datas que o mesmo Con- Americana, ajustados As disposioSes da selho indicar, as contas de despesas da presente Convengio, e os submeter(L A Uniio, de ac6rdo corn as disposig6es esta- aprovagio do Conselho Diretivo. belecidas pelo Regulamento, e corn a 0 Diretor Geral apresentarA A conside- opinifo de trgs peritos que para 6ste ra Ao do Conselho Diretivo, anualmente, efeito serao designados. na sess-o ordinAria do ras de Novembro, um orgamento detalhado para o seguinte AnrTGO VI ano fiscal. FunpJes da Unido Pan-Americana O Diretor Geral apresentarA k consi- 0 Conselho Diretivo, assim como a deraglo de cada Confergncia das Repd- Unibo Pan-Americana, exercerio as fun- blicas Americanas urn parecer detalhado 6es que lhes atribui a presente Con- da obra realizada pela Uniio Pan-Ameri- venio, corn a reserva de nbo exercer cana durante o periodo antecedente b fun 6es de carAter politico. reuni5o da Confergncia. As atribui 6es da Unigo Pan-Ameri- Corresponde ao Diretor Geral nomear, cana, sao: corn a aprovavAo do Conselho Diretivo, o 1. Reunir e distribuir informa 6es e pessoal que seja necessArio para a Unio folhetos relativos ao desenvolvimento Pan-Americana, tratando o melhor que comercial, industrial e agricola, social e possa, da distribuigio dos cargos entre educacional, assim como ao progresso em nacionais dos diversos paises membros da geral dos paises Americanos. Unilo. 2. Reunir e classificar as informa 6es ARTIGO V relativas a Conveno6es e Tratados assinados entre as Reptiblicas Americanas e Manutendo da Unido Pan-Americana entre estas e outros Estados, assim como 0 Conselho Diretivo da Uniio Pan- as relativas As legisla 6es das primeiras. Americana corresponde a cada urn dos 3. Cooperar no desenvolvimento das Governos membros dela. Os aumentos no relaq6es comerciais, industriais, agricolas, sociais e culturais e para o estudo dos documentos diplomAticos subscritos nas problemas do trabalho e para um co- Confer~ncias Internacionais Americanas, nhecimento mdtuo mais intimo entre as serao depositados na Uniio Pan-Ameri- Repdblicas Americanas. cana pelo respectivo representante no 4. Agir como Comissao Permanente Conselho Diretivo, agindo em nome do das Confer6ncias Internacionais Ameri- seu gov~rno sem necessidade de ter canas; conservar as informa 6es e ar- plenos poderes especiais para o dep6sito quivos; cooperar para obter a ratificag[o da ratificaqo. Do dep6sito da ratificago dos Tratados e Conveng6es; executar e se lavrarg uma ata subscrita pelo repre- facilitar a execuv&o das resolug6es ado- sentante no Conselho do pais que ratifica, tadas pelas Confer~ncias Internacionais pelo Diretor Geral da Uniio Pan-Ameri- Americanas, conforme as suas atribuig6es; cana e pelo SecretArio do Conselho e disp6r, de acbrdo corn os Governos, o Diretivo. programa das Confer~ncias Internacionais A UniAo Pan-Americana comunicarA a Americanas, e propbr a estas um projeto todos os Estados membros da Unido, por de Regulamento. meio dos seus representantes no Conselho, 5. Desempenhar-se daquelas fung6es o dep6sito das ratificagbes. que Ihe sejam outorgadas pela Confer~ncia ARTIGO VIII ou pelo Conselho Diretivo, em uso das faculdades que Ihe concede esta Con- Comunicagao de Documentos Oficiais vendo. Quando um Estado entender que d Unido Pan-Americana os seus interesses vitais estA o envolvidos Os Governos dos paises membros da numa questgo, ou que desta dltima re- Uni~o, enviario A Unigo Pan-Americana sultar uma obrigago para 61e, poderf dois exemplares dos documentos oficiais exigir que a resoluVgo do Conselho seja e das publicag6es que se refiram aos fins tomada por unanimidade. da Uni o, enquanto o permitir a legisla- 6. 0 Conselho Diretivo poderA pro- go interna dos respectivos palses. mover a reuniao de Confer~ncias Inter- nacionais de Peritos para o estudo de ARTIGO IX problemas de carAter t6cnico de inter~sse Cooperagdo das Organizagbes Oficiais comum para os paises membros da Panamericanas Uniao e para 6ste efeito poderA solicitar Corn o fim de coordenar o resultado dos respectivos Governos a nomeagAo de dos trabalhos de outras organizag6es peritos que os representem em dita. Con- oficiais Panamericanas e de estabelecer fer~ncias, que se reunir~o nos lugares e entre elas relagses de estreita cooperago, nas datas que o Conselho determinar. o programa de seus trabalhos e o desen- Para melhor conseguir os fins que se volvimento das suas atividades serlo tem em vista corn esta Instituigo, o Con- mat6ria de ac6rdo entre seus corpos selho Diretivo estabelecerl na Unido Pan- diretivos e o Conselho Diretivo da Unifo Americana, as Sec"6es ou Departamentos Pan-Americana, enquanto f6r possivel. Administrativos que sejam necessirios. Os Governos membros da Uni~o que ARTmO VII ndo tenharn urn 6rggo eficiente para o estudo e a informago dos assuntos pana- Dep6sito e Troca de Ratificagies mericanos, estabelecerio uma comissdo Os documentos de ratificagdo dos formada por pessoas de experi~ncia nesses Tratados, ConvengSes, protocolos e outros assuntos ou uma oficina anexa ao Minis- thrio das Rela oes Exteriores ineumbida cada senAo na mesma forma em que foi de assuntos Panamericanos. adotada. Estas Comiss6es ou oficinas terAo a seguintes atribuigoes: ARTIGO XIV a) Cooperar corn os seus respectivos A presente Convengo serf ratificada Governos para obter a ratificago dos pelos Estados que a assinam e fica aberta Tratados e ConvengSes e tambdm para para ser assinada e ratificada pelos Esta- a execugo dos acordos aprovados pelas dos representados na Confer~ncia que ConferAncias Internacionais Americanas. ndo hajam podido subscrev8-la. b) Enviar oportunamente &Uni~o Pan- 0 Presidente da Confer~ncia, por inter- Americana tdas as informag6es necessA- m6dio do Gov~rno da Rep~iblica de Cuba rias para o inicio dos seus trabalhos. remeterA aos Governos representados c) Apresentar A6Unifo, por meio dos naquela urn exemplar aut6ntico do pre- 6rg~os adequados, aqugles projetos que sente Projeto de Conven ,o, corn o fim possam ser considerados dteis para os de que, se 6 aprovado, produza a sua fins da Uni~o. adesio. Corn esta finalidade, os Governos que adiram autorizarlo os seus respectivos ARTIGO X representantes diplornticos ou especiais 0 Conselho Diretivo da Unioo Pan- radicados na cidade de Havana, para que Americana, estabelecerA o seu regula- assinem a Convengao. Uma vez assinada mento e o estatuto de seus funcionArios, por todos os Estados se submeter a fixando seus ordenados e aposentadorias. Convenqo, pelos Governos, A correspon-

ARTIGO XI dente ratificagdo. A presente Conven§o entrar em T6da correspondencia ou envio que se vigor quando todos os Estados repre- fizer por meio dos correios &Uni~o Pan- sentados na Confer~ncia, sejam notifi- Americana que leve a indica Ao de fran- cados de que t6das as ratifica 6es foram quia usada pela Uni~o, assim como t~da depositadas na Unido Pan-Americana a correspond~ncia ou envio que a Uni~o e tdas as ades~es e ratificagSes das vinte Pan-Americana faga, circularA livre de e uma Repdblicas foram recebidas. porte pelos correios das Repdblicas Ame- ricanas. Em testemunho do que, assinam e selarn a presente Convenglo. ARTIGO XII Declarafdo da Argentina Os Estados contratantes poder~o retirar-se da Uni~o Pan-Americana em qual- A Delegaqgo Argentina declara, de quer momento, devendo abonar suas ac6rdo corn expressas instruq(es do seu quotas respectivas at o fim do ano fiscal Gov~rno, que aprova o projeto de Con- corrente. vengilo e que o assinarA; mas faz a reserva, de que lamenta nao se tenham incluido ARTIGO XIII nesta convengo os principios econ~micos Esta Convenglo n~o pode ser modifique sustentou no seio da comissio.

0.50 341.1-P-4591

SERIE SOBRE TRATADOS o 35 OEA DOCUMENTOS OFICIAIS OEA Ser.X 6.5 (portugus) TREATY SERIES No 36

OAS OFFICIAL RECORDS OEA/Ser.A/16(English)

AMERICAN CONVENTION ON HUMAN RIGHTS PACT OF SAN JOSE, COSTA RICA"

Signed at the Inter-American Specialized Conference on Human Rights

San Jose, Costa Rica November 7 to 22, 1969

GENERAL SECRETARIAT ORGANIZATION OF AMERICAN STATES Washington, D.C. 1970 This Series is published under the direction of the General Legal Division, Department of Legal Affairs AMERICAN CONVENTION ON HUMAN RIGHTS

Table of Contents

Page

PREAMBLE ...... I

PART I - STATE OBLIGATIONS AND RIGHTS PROTECTED

CHAPTER I - GENERAL OBLIGATIONS ......

Article 1. Obligation to Respect Rights ...... 1 Article 2. Domestic Legal Effects ...... 2

CHAPTER II - CIVIL AND POLITICAL RIGHTS ...... 2

Article 3. Right to Juridical Personality ...... 2 Article 4. Right to Life ...... 2 Article 5. Right to Humane Treatment ...... 2 Article 6. Freedom from Slavery ...... 3 Article 7. Right to Personal Liberty ...... 3 Article 8. Right to a Fair Trial ...... 4 Article 9. Freedom from Ex Post Facto Laws ...... 4 Article 10. Right to Compensation ...... 5 Article 11. Right to Privacy ...... 5 Article 12. Freedom of Conscience and Religion ...... 5 Article 13. Freedom of Thought and Expression ...... 5 Article 14. Right of Reply ...... 6 Article 15. Right of Assembly ...... 6 Article 16. Freedom of Association ...... 6 Article 17. Rights of the Family ...... 6 Article 18. Right to a Name ...... 7 Article 19 Rights of the Child ...... 7 Article 20. Right to Nationality ...... 7 Article 21. Right to Property ...... 7 Article 22. Freedom of Movement and Residence ...... 7 Article 23. Right to Participate in Government ...... 8 Article 24. Right to Equal Protection ...... 8 Article 25. Right to Judicial Protection ...... 8

CHAPTER III - ECONOMIC, SOCIAL, AND CULTURAL RIGHTS ...... 9

Article 26. Progressive Development ...... 9

CHAPTER IV - SUSPENSION OF GUARANTEES, INTERPRETATION, AND APPLICATION ...... 9

Article 27. Suspension of Guarantees ...... 9 Article 28. Federal Clause ...... 9 Article 29. Restrictions Regarding Interpretation ...... 10 Article 30. Scope of Restrictions ...... 10 Article 31. Recognition of Other Rights ...... 10

CHAPTER V - PERSONAL RESPONSBILITIES ...... 10

Article 32. Relationship between Duties and Rights ...... 10 Page

PART II - MEANS OF PROTECTION

CHAPTER VI - COMPETENT ORGANS (Article 33) ...... i.i. 11

CHAPTER VII - INTER-AMERICAN COMMISSION ON HUMAN RIGHTS ...... 11

Section 1. Organization (Articles 34-40) ...... l.l. 11 Section 2. Functions (Articles 41-43) ...... 12 Section 3. Competence (Articles 44-47) ...... 13 Section 4. Procedure (Articles 48-51) ...... 14

CHAPTER VIII - INTER-AMERICAN COURT OF HUMAN RIGHTS ...... 16

Section 1. Organization (Articles 52-60) ...... 16 Section 2. Jurisdiction and Functions (Articles 61-65) ...... 17 Section 3. Procedure (Articles 66-69) ...... 18

CHAPTER IX - COMMON PROVISIONS (Articles 70-73) ...... 19

PART III - GENERAL AND TRANSITORY PROVISIONS

CHAPTER X - SIGNATURE, RATIFICATION, RESERVATIONS, AMENDMENTS, PROTOCOLS, AND DENUNCIATION (Articles 74-78) ...... 20

CHAPTER XI - TRANSITORY PROVISIONS ...... 21

Section 1. Inter-American Commission on Human Rights (Articles 79-80) ...... 21 Section 2. Inter-American Court of Human Rights (Articles 81-82) ...... 21

STATEMENTS AND RESERVATIONS ...... 22 AMERICAN CONVENTION ON HUMAN RIGHTS

PREAMBLE

The American states signatory to the present Convention,

Reaffirming their intention to consolidate in this hemisphere, within the framework of democratic institutions, a system of personal liberty and social justice based on respect for the essential rights of man;

Recognizing that the essential rights of man are not derived from one's being a national of a certain state, but are based upon attributes of the human personality, and that they therefore justify international protection in the form of a convention reinforcing or complementing the protection provided by the domestic law of the American states;

Considering that these principles have been set forth in the Charter of the Organization of American States, in the American Declaration of the Rights and Duties of Man, and in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, and that they have been reaffirmed and refined in other international instruments, worldwide as well as regional in scope;

Reiterating that, in accordance with the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the ideal of free men enjoying freedom from fear and want can be achieved only if conditions are created whereby everyone may enjoy his economic, social, and cultural rights, as well as his civil and political rights; and

Considering that the Third Special Inter-American Conference (Buenos Aires, 1967) approved the incorporation into the Charter of the Organization itself of broader standards with respect to economic, social, and educational rights and resolved that an inter-American convention on human rights should ietermine the structure, competence, and procedure of the organs responsible for these matters,

Have agreed upon the following:

PART I - STATE OBLIGATIONS AND RIGHTS PROTECTED

CHAPTER I - GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

Article 1. Obligation to Respect Rights

1. The States Parties to this Convention undertake to respect the rights rnd freedoms recognized herein and to ensure to all persons subject to their jurisdiction the free and full exercise of those rights and freedoms, without ny discrimination for reasons of race, color, sex, language, religion, politi- 2al or other opinion, national or social origin, economic status, birth, or any other social condition.

2. For the purposes of this Convention, "person" means every human being. - 2-

Article 2. Domestic Legal Effects

Where the exercise of any of the rights or freedoms referred to in Arti- cle 1 is not already ensured by legislative or other provisions, the States Parties undertake to adopt, in accordance with their constitutional processes and the provisions of this Convention, such legislative or other measures as may be necessary to give effect to those rights or freedoms.

CHAPTER II - CIVIL AND POLITICAL RIGHTS

Article 3. Right to Juridical Personality

Every person has the right to recognition as a person before the law.

Article 4. Right to Life

1. Every person has the right to have his life respected. This right shall be protected by law and, in general, from the moment of conception. No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of his life.

2. In countries that have not abolished the death penalty, it may be imposed only for the most serious crimes and pursuant to a final judgment rendered by a competent court and in accordance with a law establishing such punishment, enacted prior to the commission of the crime. The application of such punishment shall not be extended to crimes to which it does not pres- ently apply.

3. The death penalty shall not be reestablished in states that have abolished it.

4. In no case shall capital punishment be inflicted for political offenses or related common crimes.

5. Capital punishment shall not be imposed upon persons who, at the time the crime was committed, were under 18 years of age or over 70 years of age; nor shall it be applied to pregnant women.

6. Every person condemned to death shall have the right to apply for amnesty, pardon, or commutation of sentence, which may be granted in all cases. Capital punishment shall not be imposed while such a petition is pending decision by the competent authority.

Article 5. Right to Humane Treatment

1. Every person has the right to have his physical, mental, and moral integrity respected.

2. No one shall be subjected to torture or to cruel, inhuman, or de- grading punishment or treatment. All persons deprived of their liberty shall be treated with respect for the inherent dignity of the human person.

3. Punishment shall not be extended to any person other than the criminal.

4. Accused persons shall, save in exceptional circumstances, be segre- gated from convicted persons, and shall be subject to separate treatment appropriate to their status as unconvicted persons.

5. Minors while subject to criminal proceedings shall be separated from adults and brought before specialized tribunals, as speedily as possible, so that they may be treated in accordance with their status as minors. -3-

6. Punishments consisting of deprivation of liberty shall have as an essential aim the reform and social readaptation of the prisoners.

Article 6. Freedom from Slavery

1. No one shall be subject to slavery or to involuntary servitude, which are prohibited in all their forms, as are the slave trade and traffic in women.

2. No one shall be required to perform forced or compulsory labor. This provision shall not be interpreted to mean that, in those countries in which the penalty established for certain crimes is deprivation of liberty at forced labor, the carrying out of such a sentence imposed by a competent court is prohibited. Forced labor shall not adversely affect the dignity or the physical or intellectual capacity of the prisoner.

3. For the purposes of this article,the following do not constitute forced or compulsory labor:

a. work or service normally required of a person imprisoned in execution of a sentence or formal decision passed by the competent judicial authority. Such work or service shall be carried out under the supervision and control of public authorities, and any persons performing such work or service shall not be placed at the disposal of any private party, company, or juridical person;

b. military service and, in countries in which conscientious objectors are recognized, national service that the law may provide for in lieu of military service;

c. service exacted in time of danger or calamity that threatens the existence or the well-being of the community; or

d. work or service that forms part of normal civic obligations.

Article 7. Right to Personal Liberty

1. Every person has the right to personal liberty and security.

2. No one shall be deprived of his physical liberty except for the reasons and under the conditions established beforehand by the constitution of the State Party concerned or by a law established pursuant thereto.

3. No one shall be subject to arbitrary arrest or imprisonment.

4. Anyone who is detained shall be informed of the reasons for his detention and shall be promptly notified of the charge or charges against him.

5. Any person detained shall be brought promptly before a judge or other officer authorized by law to exercise judicial power and shall be entitled to trial within a reasonable time or to be released without prejudice to the continuation of the proceedings. His release may be subject to guarantees to assure his appearance for trial.

6. Anyone who is deprived of his liberty shall be entitled to recourse to a competent court, in order that the court may decide without delay on the lawfulness of his arrest or detention and order his release if the arrest or detention is unlawful. In States Parties whose laws provide that anyone who believes himself to be threatened with deprivation of his liberty is entitled to recourse to a competent court in order that it may decide on the lawfulness of such threat, this remedy may not be restricted or abolished. The interested party or another person in his behalf is entitled to seek these remedies. 7- No one shall be detained for debt. This principle shall not limit the orders of a competent judicial authority issued for nonfulfillment of duties of support.

Article 8. Right to a Fair Trial

1. Every person has the right to a hearing,with due guarantees and within a reasonable time, by a competent, independent, and impartial tribunal, previously established by law, in the substantiation of any accusation of a criminal nature made against him or for the determination of his rights and obligations of a civil, labor, fiscal, or any other nature.

2. Every person accused of a criminal offense has the right to be presumed innocent so long as his guilt has not been proven according to law. During the proceedings, every person is entitled, with full equality, to the following minimum guarantees:

a. the right of the accused to be assisted without charge by a translator or interpreter, if he does not understand or does not speak the language of the tribunal or court;

b. prior notification in detail to the accused of the charges against him;

c. adequate time and means for the preparation of his defense;

d. the right of the accused to defend himself personally or to be assisted by legal counsel of his own choosing, and to communicate freely and privately with his counsel;

e. the inalienable right to be assisted by counsel provided by the state, paid or not as the domestic law provides, if the accused does not defend himself personally or engage his own counsel within the time period established by law;

f. the right of the defense to examine witnesses present in the court and to obtain the appearance, as witnesses, of experts or other persons who may throw light on the facts;

g. the right not to be compelled to be a witness against himself or to plead guilty; and

h. the right to appeal the judgment to a higher court.

3. A confession of guilt by the accused shall be valid only if it is made without coercion of any kind.

4. An accused person acquitted by a nonappealable judgment shall not be subjected to a new trial for the same cause.

5. Criminal proceedings shall be public, except insofar as may be necessary to protect the interests of justice.

Article 9. Freedom from Ex Post Facto Laws

No one shall be convicted of any act or ommission that did not constitute a criminal offense, under the applicable law, at the time it was committed. A heavier penalty shall not be imposed than the one that was applicable at the time the criminal offense was committed. If subsequent to the commission of the offense the law provides for the imposition of a lighter punishment, the guilty person shall benefit therefrom. -5-

Article 10. Right to Compensation

Every person has the right to be compensated in accordance with the law in the event he has been sentenced by a final judgment through a miscarriage of justice.

Article 11. Right to Privacy

1. Everyone has the right to have his honor respected and his dignity recognized.

2. No one may be the object of arbitrary or abusive interference with his private life, his family, his home, or his correspondence, or of unlawful attacks on his honor or reputation.

3. Everyone has the right to the protection of the law against such interference or attacks.

Article 12. Freedom of Conscience and Religion

1. Everyone has the right to freedom of conscience and of religion. This right includes freedom to maintain or to change one's religion or beliefs, and freedom to profess or disseminate one's religion or beliefs, either indi- vidually or together with others, in public or in private.

2. No one shall be subject to restrictions that might impair his freedom to maintain or to change his religion or beliefs.

3. Freedom to manifest one's religion and beliefs may be subject only to the limitations prescribed by law that are necessary to protect public safety, order, health, or morals, or the rights or freedoms of others.

4. Parents or guardians,as the case may be, have the right to provide for the religious and moral education of their children or wards that is in accord with their own convictions.

Article 13. Freedom of Thought and Expression

1. Everyone has the right to freedom of thought and expression. This right includes freedom to seek, receive, and impart information and ideas of all kinds, regardless of frontiers, either orally, in writing, in print, in the form of art, or through any other medium of one's choice.

2. The exercise of the right provided for in the foregoing paragraph shall not be subject to prior censorship but shall be subject to subsequent imposition of liability, which shall be expressly established by law to the extent necessary to ensure:

a. respect for the rights or reputations of others; or

b. the protection of national security, public order, or public health or morals.

3. The right of expression may not be restricted by indirect methods or means, such as the abuse of government or private controls over newsprint, radio broadcasting frequencies, or equipment used in the dissemination of information, or by any other means tending to impede the communication and circulation of ideas and opinions. -6-

4. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2 above, public entertain- ments may be subject by law to prior censorship for the sole purpose of regulating access to them for the moral protection of childhood and adolescence.

5. Any propaganda for war and any advocacy of national, racial, or religious hatred that constitute incitements to lawless violence or to any other similar illegal action against any person or group of persons on any grounds including those of race, color, religion, language, or national origin shall be considered as offenses punishable by law.

Article 14. Right of Reply

1. Anyone injured by inaccurate or offensive statements or ideas dis- seminated to the public in general by a legally regulated medium of communication has the right to reply or to make a correction using the same communications outlet, under such conditions as the law may establish.

2. The correction or reply shall not in any case remit other legal liabilities that may have been incurred.

3. For the effective protection of honor and reputation, every publisher, and every newspaper, motion picture, radio, and television company, shall have a person responsible who is not protected by immunities or special privileges.

Article 15. Right of Assembly

The right of peaceful assembly, without arms, is recognized. No restrictions may be placed on the exercise of this right other than those imposed in conformity with the law and necessary in a democratic society in the interest of national security, public safety or public order, or to protect public health or morals or the rights or freedoms of others.

Article 16. Freedom of Association

1. Everyone has the right to associate freely for ideological, religious, political, economic, labor, social, cultural, sports, or other purposes.

2. The exercise of this right shall be subject only to such restrictions established by law as may be necessary in a democratic society, in the interest of national security, public safety or public order, or to protect public health or morals or the rights and freedoms of others.

3. The provisions of this article do not bar the imposition of legal restrictions, including even deprivation of the exercise of the right of association, on members of the armed forces and the police.

Article 17. Rights of the Family

1. The family is the natural and fundamental group unit of society and is entitled to protection by society and the state.

2. The right of men and women of marriageable age to marry and to raise a family shall be recognized, if they meet the conditions required by domestic laws, insofar as such conditions do not affect the principle of nondiscrimina- tion established in this Convention.

3. No marriage shall be entered into without the free and full consent of the intending spouses. 4. The States Parties shall take appropriate steps to ensure the equality of rights and the adequate balancing of responsibilities of the spouses as to marriage, during marriage, and in the event of its dissolution. In case of dissolution, provision shall be made for the necessary protection of any children solely on the basis of their own best interests.

5. The law shall recognize equal rights for children born out of wedlock and those born in wedlock.

Article 18. Right to a Name

Every person has the right to a given name and to the surnames of his parents or that of one of them. The law shall regulate the manner in which this right shall be ensured for all, by the use of assumed names if necessary.

Article 19. Rights of the Child

Every minor child has the right to the measures of protection required by his condition as a minor on the part of his family, society, and the state.

Article 20. Right to Nationality

1. Every person has the right to a nationality.

2. Every person has the right to the nationality of the state in whose territory he was born if he does not have the right to any other nationality.

3. No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of his nationality or of the right to change it.

Article 21. Right to Property

1. Everyone has the right to the use and enjoyment of his property. The law may subordinate such use and enjoyment to the interest of society.

2. No one shall be deprived of his property except upon payment of just compensation, for reasons of public utility or social interest, and in the cases and according to the forms established by law.

3. Usury and any other form of exploitation of man by man shall be prohibited by law.

Article 22. Freedom of Movement and Residence

1. Every person lawfully in the territory of a State Party has the right to move about in it,and to reside in it subject to the provisions of the law.

2. Every person has the right to leave any country freely, including his own.

3. The exercise of the foregoing rights may be restricted only pursuant to a law to the extent necessary in a democratic society to prevent crime or to protect national security, public safety, public order, public morals, public health, or the rights or freedoms of others.

4. The exercise of the rights recognized in paragraph 1 may also be restricted by law in designated zones for reasons of public interest. -8-

5. No one can be expelled from the territory of the state of which he is a national or be deprived of the right to enter it.

6. An alien lawfully in the territory of a State Party to this Conven- tion may be expelled from it only pursuant to a decision reached in accordance with law.

7. Every person has the right to seek and be granted asylum in a foreign territory, in accordance with the legislation of the state and international conventions, in the event he is being pursued for political offenses or related con non crimes.

8. In no case may an alien be deported or returned to a country, regardless of whether or not it is his country of origin, if in that country his right to life or personal freedom is in danger of being violated because of his race, nationality, religion, social status, or political opinions.

9. The collective expulsion of aliens is prohibited.

Article 23. Right to Participate in Government

1. Every citizen shall enjoy the following rights and opportunities:

a. to take part in the conduct of public affairs, directly or through freely chosen representatives;

b. to vote and to be elected in genuine periodic elections, which shall be by universal and equal suffrage and by secret ballot that guarantees the free expresion of the will of the voters; and

c. to have access, under general conditions of equality, to the public service of his country.

2. The law may regulate the exercise of the rights and opportunities referred to in the preceding paragraph only on the basis of age, nationality, residence, language, education, civil and mental capacity, or sentencing by a competent court in criminal proceedings.

Article 24. Right to Equal Protection

All persons are equal before the law. Consequently, they are entitled, without discrimination, to equal protection of the law.

Article 25. Right to Judicial Protection

1. Everyone has the right to simple and prompt recourse, or any other effective recourse, to a competent court or tribunal for protection against acts that violate his fundamental rights recognized by the constitution or laws of the state concerned or by this Convention, even though such violation may have been committed by persons acting in the course of their official duties.

2. The States Parties undertake:

a. to ensure that any person claiming such remedy shall have his rights determined by the competent authority provided for by the legal system of the state;

b. to develop the possibilities of judicial remedy; and -9-

c. to ensure that the competent authorities shall enforce such remedies when granted.

CHAPTER III - ECONOMIC, SOCIAL, AND CULTURAL RIGHTS

Article 26. Progressive Development

The States Parties undertake to adopt measures, both internally and through international cooperation, especially those of an economic and technical nature, with a view to achieving progressively, by legislation or other appropriate means, the full realization of the rights implicit in the economic, social, educational, scientific, and cultural standards set forth in the Charter of the Organization of American States as amended by the Protocol of Buenos Aires.

CHAPTER IV - SUSPENSION OF GUARANTEES, INTERPRETATION, AND APPLICATION

Article 27. Suspension of Guarantees

1. In time of war, public danger, or other emergency that threatens the independence or security of a State Party, it may take measures derogating from its obligations under the present Convention to the extent and for the period of time strictly required by the exigencies of the situation, provided that such measures are not inconsistent with its other obligations under international law and do not involve discrimination on the ground of race, color, sex, language, religion, or social origin.

2. The foregoing provision does not authorize any suspension of the following articles: Article 3 (Right to Juridical Personality), Article 4 (Right to Life), Article 5 (Right to Humane Treatment), Article 6 (Freedom from Slavery), Article 9 Freedom from Ex Post Facto Laws), Article 12 (Free- dom of Conscience and Religion), Article 17 (Rights of the Family), Article 18 (Right to a Name), Article 19 (Rights of the Child), Article 20 (Right to Nationality), and Article 23 (Right to Participate in Government), or of the judicial guarantees essential for the protection of such rights.

3. Any State Party availing itself of the right of suspension shall immediately inform the other States Parties, through the Secretary General of the Organization of American States, of the provisions the application of which it has suspended, the reasons that gave rise to the suspension, and the date set for the termination of such suspension.

Article 28. Federal Clause

1. Where a State Party is constituted as a federal state, the national government of such State Party shall implement all the provisions of the Convention over whose subject matter it exercises legislative and judicial jurisdiction.

2. With respect to the provisions over whose subject matter the constituent units of the federal state have jurisdiction, the national government shall immediately take suitable measures, in accordance with its constitution and its laws, to the end that the competent authorities of the constituent units may adopt appropriate provisions for the fulfillment of this Convention. - 10 -

3. Whenever two or more States Parties agree to form a federation or other type of association,they shall take care that the resulting federal or other compact contains the provisions necessary for continuing and rendering effective the standards of this Convention in the new state that is organized. Article 29. Restrictions Regarding

Interpretation

No provision of this Convention shall be interpreted as:

a. permitting any State Party, group, or person to suppress the enjoyment or exercise of the rights and freedoms recognized in this Con- vention or to restrict them to a greater extent than is provided for herein;

b. restricting the enjoyment or exercise of any right or freedom recognized by virtue of the laws of any State Party or by virtue of another convention to which one of the said states is a party;

c. precluding other rights or guarantees that are inherent in the human personality or derived from representative democracy as a form of government; or

d. excluding or limiting the effect that the American Declaration of the Rights and Duties of Man and other international acts of the same nature may have.

Article 30. Scope of Restrictions

The restrictions that, pursuant to this Convention, may be placed on the enjoyment or exercise of the rights or freedoms recognized herein may not be applied except in accordance with laws enacted for reasons of general interest and in accordance with the purpose for which such restrictions have been established.

Article 31. Recognition of Other Rights

Other rights and freedoms recognized in accordance with the procedures established in Articles 76 and 77 may be included in the system of protection of this Convention.

CHAPTER V - PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITIES

Article 32. Relationship between Duties and Rights

1. Every person has responsibilities to his family, his community, and mankind.

2. The rights of each person are limited by the rights of others, by the security of all, and by the just demands of the general welfare, in a democratic society. - 11 -

PART II - MEANS OF PROTECTION

CHAPTER VI - COMPETENT ORGANS

Article 33

The following organs shall have competence with respect to matters relating to the fulfillment of the commitments made by the States Parties to this Con- vention:

a. the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, referred to as "The Commission"; and

b. the Inter-American Court of Human Rights, referred to as "The Court."

CHAPTER VII - INTER-AMERICAN COMMISION ON HUMAN RIGHTS

Section 1. Organization

Article 34

The Inter-American Commission on Human Rights shall be composed of seven members, who shall be persons of high moral character and recognized competence in the field of human rights.

Article 35

The Commission shall represent all the member countries of the Organiza- tion of American States.

Article 36

1. The members of the Commission shall be elected in a personal capacity by the General Assembly of the Organization from a list of candidates proposed by the governments of the member states.

2. Each of those governments may propose up to three candidates, who may be nationals of the states proposing them or of any other member state of the Organization of American States. When a slate of three is proposed, at least one of the candidates shall be a national of a state other than the one proposing the slate.

Article 37

1. The members of the Commission shall be elected for a term of four years and may be reelected only once, but the terms of three of the members chosen in the first election shall expire at the end of two years. Immediate- ly following that election the General Assembly shall determine the names of those three members by lot.

2. No two nationals of the same state may be members of the Commission.

Article 38

Vacancies that may occur on the Commission for reasons other than the normal expiration of a term shall be filled by the Permanent Council of the Organization in accordance with the provisions of the Statute of the :ommission. - 12 -

Article 39

The Commission shall prepare its Statute, which it shall submit to the General Assembly for approval. It shall establish its own Regulations.

Article 40

Secretariat services for the Commission shall be furnished by the appropriate specialized unit of the General Secretariat of the Organization. This unit shall be provided with the resources required to accomplish the tasks assigned to it by the Commission.

Section 2. Functions

Article 41

The main function of the Commission shall be to promote respect for and defense of human rights. In the exercise of its mandate, it shall have the following functions and powers:

a. to develop an awareness of human rights among the peoples of America;

b. to make recommendations to the governments of the member states, when it considers such action advisable, for the adoption of progressive measures in favor of human rights within the framework of their domestic law and constitutional provisions as well as appropriate measures to further the observance of those rights;

c. to prepare such studies or reports as it considers advisable in the performance of its duties;

d. to request the governments of the member states to supply it with information on the measures adopted by them in matters of human rights;

e. to respond, through the General Secretariat of the Organization of American States, to inquiries made by the member states on matters related to human rights and, within the limits of its possibilities, to provide those states with the advisory services they request;

f. to take action on petitions and other communications pursuant to its authority under the provisions of Articles 44 through 51 of this Convention; and

g. to submit an annual report to the General Assembly of the Organi- zation of American States. Article 42

The States Parties shall transmit to the Commission a copy of each of the reports and studies that they submit annually to the Executive Committees of the Inter-American Economic and Social Council and the Inter-American Council for Education, Science, and Culture, in their respective fields, so that the Commission may watch over the promotion of the rights implicit in the economic, social, educational, scientific, and cultural standards set forth in the Charter of the Organization of American States as amended by the Protocol of Buenos Aires. 13 -

Article 43

The States Parties undertake to provide the Commission with such information as it may request of them as to the manner in which their domestic law ensures the effective application of any provisions of this Convention.

Section 3. Competence

Article 44

Any person or group of persons, or any nongovernmental entity legally recognized in one of more member states of the Organization, may lodge petitions with the Commission containing denunciations or complaints of violation of this Convention by a State Party.

Article 45

1. Any State Party may, when it deposits its instrument of ratification of or adherence to this Convention, or at any later time, declare that it recognizes the competence of the Commission to receive and examine communications in which a State Party alleges that another State Party has committed a violation of a human right set forth in this Convention.

2. Communications presented by virtue of this article may be admitted and examined only if they are presented by a State Party that has made a declaration recognizing the aforementioned competence of the Commission. The Commission shall not admit any communication against a State Party that has not made such a declaration.

3. A declaration concerning recognition of competence may be made to be valid for an indefinite time, for a specified period, or for a specific case.

4. Declarations shall be deposited with the General Secretariat of the Organization of American States, which shall transmit copies thereof to the member states of that Organization.

Article 46

1. Admission by the Commission of a petition or communication lodged in accordance with Articles 44 or 45 shall be subject to the following requirements:

a. that the remedies under domestic law have been pursued and exhausted in accordance with generally recognized principles of international law;

b. that the petition or communication is lodged within a period of six months from the date on which the party alleging violation of his rights was notified of the final judgment;

c. that the subject of the petition or communication is not pending in another international proceeding for settlement; and

d. that, in the case of Article 44, the petition contains the name, nationality, profession, domicile, and signature of the person or persons or of the legal representative of the entity lodging the petition.

2. The provisions of paragraphs l.a and l.b of this article shall not be applicable when: - 14 -

a. the domestic legislation of the state concerned does not afford due process of law for the protection of the right or rights that have allegedly been violated;

b. the party alleging violation of his rights has been denied access to the remedies under domestic law or has been prevented from exhausting them; or

c. there has been unwarranted delay in rendering a final judgment under the aforementioned remedies.

Article 47

The Commission shall consider inadmissible any petition or communication submitted under Articles 44 or 45 if:

a. any of the requirements indicated in Article 46 has not been met;

b. the petition or communication does not state facts that tend to establish a violation of the rights guaranteed by this Convention;

c. the statements of the petitioner or of the state indicate that the petition or communication is manifestly groundless or obviously out of order; or

d. the petition or communication is substantially the same as one previously studied by the Commission or by another international organization.

Section 4. Procedure

Article 48

1. When the Commission receives a petition or communication alleging violation of any of the rights protected by this Convention, it shall proceed as follows:

a. If it considers the petition or communication admissible, it shall request information from the government of the state indicated as being responsible for the alleged violations and shall furnish that government a transcript of the pertinent portions of the petition or communication. This information shall be submitted within a reasonable period to be determined by the Commission in accordance with the circumstances of each case.

b. After the information has been received, or after the period established has elapsed and the information has not been received, the Commission shall ascertain whether the grounds for the petition or communication still exist. If they do not, the Commission shall order the record to be closed.

c. The Commission may also declare the petition or communication inadmissible or out of order on the basis of information or evidence subsequently received.

d. If the record has not been closed, the Commission shall, with the knowledge of the parties, examine the matter set forth in the petition or communication in order to verify the facts. If necessary and advisable, the Commission shall carry out an investigation, for the effective conduct of which it shall request, and the states concerned shall furnish to it, all necessary facilities. - 15 -

e. The Commission may request the states concerned to furnish any pertinent information and, if so requested, shall hear oral statements or receive written statements from the parties concerned.

f. The Commission shall place itself at the disposal of the parties concerned with a view to reaching a friendly settlement of the matter on the basis of respect for the human rights recognized in this Convention.

2. However, in serious and urgent cases, only the presentation of a petition or communication that fulfills all the formal requirements of admis- sibility shall be necessary in order for the Commission to conduct an investigation with the prior consent of the state in whose territory a violation has allegedly been committed.

Article 49

If a friendly settlement has been reached in accordance with paragraph l.f of Article 48, the Commission shall draw up a report, which shall be transmitted to the petitioner and to the States Parties to this Convention, and shall then be communicated to the Secretary General of the Organization of American States for publication. This report shall contain a brief statement of the facts and of the solution reached. If any party in the case so requests, the fullest possible information shall be provided to it.

Article 50

1. If a settlement is not reached, the Commission shall, within the time limit established by its Statute, draw up a report setting forth the facts and stating its conclusions. If the report, in whole or in part, does not represent the unanimous agreement of the members of the Commission, any member may attach to it a separate opinion. The written and oral statements made by the parties in accordance with paragraph l.e of Article 48 shall also be attached to the report.

2. The report shall be transmitted to the states concerned, which shall not be at liberty to publish it.

3. In transmitting the report, the Committee may make such proposals and recommendations as it sees fit.

Article 51

1. If, within a period of three months from the date of the transmittal of the report of the Commission to the states concerned, the matter has not either been settled or submitted by the Commission or by the state concerned to the Court and its jurisdiction accepted, the Commission may, by the vote of an absolute majority of its members, set forth its opinion and conclusions concerning the question submitted for its consideration.

2. Where appropriate, the Commission shall make pertinent recommendations and shall prescribe a period within which the state is to take the measures that are incumbent upon it to remedy the situation examined.

3. When the prescribed period has expired, the Commission shall decide by the vote of an absolute majority of its members whether the state has taken adequate measures and whether to publish its report. - 16 -

CHAPTER VIII - INTER-AMERICAN COURT OF HUMAN RIGHTS

Section 1. Organization

Article 52

1. The Court shall consist of seven judges, nationals of the member states of the Organization, elected in an individual capacity from among jurists of the highest moral authority and of recognized competence in the field of human rights, who possess the qualifications required for the exercise of the highest judicial functions in conformity with the law of the state of which they are nationals or of the state that proposes them as candidates.

2. No two judges may be nationals of the same state.

Article 53

1. The judges of the Court shall be elected by secret ballot by an absolute majority vote of the States Parties to the Convention in the General As- sembly of the Organization, from a panel of candidates proposed by those states.

2. Each of the States Parties may propose up to three candidates, nationals of the state that proposes them or of any other member state of the Organi- zation of American States. When a slate of three is proposed, at least one of the candidates shall be a national of a state other than the one proposing the slate.

Article 54

1. The judges of the Court shall be elected for a term of six years and may be reelected only once. The term of three of the judges chosen in the first election shall expire at the end of three years. Immediately after the election, the names of the three judges shall be determined by lot in the General Assembly.

2. A judge elected to replace a judge whose term has not expired shall complete the term of the latter.

3. The judges shall continue in office until the expiration of their term. However, they shall continue to serve with regard to cases that they have begun to hear and that are still pending, for which purposes they shall not be replaced by the newly elected judges.

Article 55

1. If a judge is a national of any of the States Parties to a case submitted to the Court, he shall retain his right to hear that case.

2. If one of the judges called upon to hear a case should be a national of one the States Parties to the case, any other State Party in the case may appoint a person of its choice to serve on the Court as an ad hoc judge.

3. If among the judges called upon to hear a case none is a national of any of the States Parties to the case, each of the latter may appoint an ad hoc judge.

4. An ad hoc judge shall possess the qualifications indicated in Article - 17 -

5. If several States Parties to the Convention should have the same interest in a case, they shall be considered as a single party for purposes of the above provisions. In case of doubt, the Court shall decide.

Article 56

Five judges shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by the Court.

Article 57

The Commission shall appear in all cases before the Court.

Article 58

1. The Court shall have its seat at the plaoe determined by the States Parties to the Convention in the General Assembly of the Organization; however, it may convene in the territory of any member state of the Organization of American States when a majority of the Court consider it desirable, and with the prior consent of the state concerned. The seat of the Court may be changed by the States Parties to the Convention in the General Assembly by a two-thirds vote.

2. The Court shall appoint its own Secretary.

3. The Secretary shall have his office at the place where the Court has its seat and shall attend the meetings that the Court may hold away from its seat.

Article 59

The Court shall establish its Secretariat, which shall function under the direction of the Secretary of the Court, in accordance with the administrative standards of the General Secretariat of the Organization in all respect not incompatible with the independence of the Court. The staff of the Court's Secretariat shall be appointed by the Secretary General of the Organization, in consultation with the Secretary of the Court.

Article 60

The Court shall draw up its Statute which it shall submit to the General Assembly for approval. It shall adopt its own Rules of Procedure.

Section 2. Jurisdiction and Functions

Article 61

1. Only the States Parties and the Commission shall have the right to submit a case to the Court.

2. In order for the Court to hear a case, it is necessary that the procedures set forth in Articles 4 8 to 50 shall have been completed.

Article 62

1. A State Party may, upon depositing its instrument of ratification or adherence to this Convention, or at any subsequent time, declare that it recognizes as binding, ipso facto, and not requiring special agreement, the jurisdiction of the Court on all matters relating to the interpretation or application of this Convention. 18 -

2. Such declaration may be made unconditionally, on the condition of reciprocity, for a specified period, or for specific cases. It shall be presented to the Secretary General of the Organization, who shall transmit copies thereof to the other member states of the Organization and to the Secretary of the Court.

3. The jurisdiction of the Court shall comprise all cases concerning the interpretation and application of the provisions of this Convention that are submitted to it, provided that the States Parties to the case recognize or have recognized such jurisdiction, whether by special declaration pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, or by a special agreement.

Article 63

1. If the Court finds that there has been a violation of a right or freedom protected by this Convention, the Court shall rule that the injured party be ensured the enjoyment of his right or freedom that was violated. It shall also rule, if appropriate, that the consequences of the measure or situation that constituted the breach of such right or freedom be remedied and that fair compensation be paid to the injured party.

2. In cases of extreme gravity and urgency, and when necessary to avoid irreparable damage to persons, the Court shall adopt such provisional measures as it deems pertinent in matters it has under consideration. With respect to a case not yet submitted to the Court, it may act at the request of the Commission.

Article 64

1. The member states of the Organization may consult the Court regarding the interpretation of this Convention or of other treaties concerning the protection of human rights in the American states. Within their spheres of competence, the organs listed in Chapter X of the Charter of the Organization of American States, as amended by the Protocol of Buenos Aires, may in like manner consult the Court.

2. The Court, at the request of a member state of the Organization, may provide that state with opinions regarding the compatibility of any of its domestic laws with the aforesaid international instruments.

Article 65

To each regular session of the General Assembly of the Organization of American States the Court shall submit, for the Assembly's consideration, a report on its work during the previous year. It shall specify, in particular, the cases in which a state has not complied with its judgments, making any pertinent recommendations.

Section 3. Procedure

Article 66

1. Reasons shall be given for the judgment of the Court.

2. If the judgment does not represent in whole or in part the unanimous opinion of the judges, any judge shall be entitled to have his dissenting or separate opinion attached to the judgment. 19 -

Article 67

The judgment of the Court shall be final and not subject to appeal. In case of disagreement as to the meaning or scope of the judgment, the Court shall interpret it at the request of any of the parties, provided the request is made within ninety days from the date of notification of the judgment.

Article 68

1. The States Parties to the Convention undertake to comply with the judgment of the Court in any case to which they are parties.

2. That part of a judgment that stipulates compensatory damages may be executed in the country concerned in accordance with domestic procedure governing the execution of judgments against the state.

Article 69

The parties to the case shall be notified of the judgment of the Court and it shall be transmitted to the States Parties to the Convention.

CHAPTER DC - COMMON PROVISIONS

Article 70

1. The judges of the Court and the members of the Commission shall enjoy, from the moment of their election and throughout their term of office, the immunities extended to diplomatic agents in accordance with international law. During the exercise of their official function they shall, in addition, enjoy the diplomatic privileges necessary for the performance of their duties.

2. At no time shall the judges of the Court or the members of the Commission be held liable for any decisions or opinions issued in the exercise of their functions.

Article 71

The position of judge of the Court or member of the Commission is incompatible with any other activity that might affect the independence or impartiality of such judge or member, as determined in the respective statutes.

Article 72

The judges of the Court and the members of the Commission shall receive emoluments and travel allowances in the form and under the conditions set forth in their statutes, with due regard for the importance and independence of their office. Such emoluments and travel allowances shall be determined in the budget of the Organization of American States, which shall also include the expenses of the Court and its Secretariat. To this end, the Court shall draw up its own budget and submit it for approval to the General Assembly through the General Secretariat. The latter may not introduce any changes in it.

Article 73

The General Assembly may, only at the request of the Commission or the Court, as the case may be, determine sanctions to be applied against members of the Commission or judges of the Court when there are justifiable grounds - 20 -

for such action as set forth in the respective statutes. A vote of a two-thirds majority of the member states of the Organization shall be required for a decision in the case of members of the Commission and, in the case of judges of the Court, a two-thirds majority vote of the States Parties to the Convention shall also be required.

PART III - GENERAL AND TRANSITORY PROVISIONS

CHAPTER X - SIGNATURE, RATIFICATION, RESERVATIONS, AMENDMENTS, PROTOCOLS, AND DENUNCIATION

Article 74

1. This Convention shall be open for signature and ratification by or adherence of any member state of the Organization of American States.

2. Ratification of or adherence to this Convention shall be made by the deposit of an instrument of ratification or adherence with the General Secre- tariat of the Organization of American States. As soon as eleven states have deposited their instruments of ratification or adherence, the Convention shall enter into force. With respect to any state that ratifies or adheres thereafter, the Convention shall enter into force on the date of the deposit of its instrument of ratification or adherence.

3. The Secretary General shall inform all member states of the Organization of the entry into force of the Convention.

Article 75

This Convention shall be subject to reservations only in conformity with the provisions of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties signed on May 23, 1969.

Article 76

1. Proposals to amend this Convention may be submitted to the General Assembly for the action it deems appropriate by any State Party directly, and by the Commission or the Court through the Secretary General.

2. Amendments shall enter into force for the states ratifying them on the date when two-thirds of the States Parties to this Convention have deposited their respective instruments of ratification. With respect to the other States Parties, the amendments shall enter into force on the dates on which they deposit their respective instruments of ratification.

Article 77

1. In accordance with Article 31, any State Party and the Commission may submit proposed protocols to this Convention for consideration by the States Parties at the General Assembly with a view to gradually including other rights and freedoms within its system of protection.

2. Each protocol shall determine the manner of its entry into force and shall be applied only among the States Parties to it. - 21 -

Article 78

1. The States Parties may denounce this Convention at the expiration of a five-year period starting from the date of its entry into force and by means of notice given one year in advance. Notice of the denunciation shall be addressed to the Secretary General of the Organization, who shall inform the other States Parties.

2. Such a denunciation shall not have the effect of releasing the State Party concerned from the obligations contained in this Convention with respect to any act that may constitute a violation of those obligations and that has been taken by that state prior to the effective date of denunciation.

CHAPTER XI - TRANSITORY PROVISIONS

Section 1. Inter-American Commission on Human Rights

Article 79

Upon the entry into force of this Convention, the Secretary General shall, in writing, request each member state of the Organization to present, within ninety days, its candidates for membership on the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights. The Secretary General shall prepare a list in alphabetical order of the candidates presented, and transmit it to the member states of the Organi- zation at least thirty days prior to the next session of the General Assembly. Article 80

The members of the Commission shall be elected by secret ballot of the General Assembly from the list of candidates referred to in Article 79. The candidates who obtain the largest number of votes and an absolute majority of the votes of the representatives of the member states shall be declared elected. Should it become necessary to have several ballots in order to elect all the members of the Commission, the candidates who receive the smallest number of votes shall be eliminated successively, in the manner determined by the General Assembly.

Section 2. Inter-American Court of Human Rights

Article 81

Upon the entry into force of this Convention, the Secretary General shall, in writing, request each State Party to present, within ninety days, its candidates for membership on the Inter-American Court of Human Rights. The Secretary General shall prepare a list in alphabetical order of the candidates presented and transmit it to the States Parties at least thirty days prior to the next session of the General Assembly.

Article 82

The judges of the Court shall be elected from the list of candidates referred to in Article 81, by secret ballot of the States Parties to the Con- vention in the General Assembly. The candidates who obtain the largest number of votes and an absolute majority of the votes of the representatives of the States Parties shall be declared elected. Should it become necessary to have several ballots in order to elect all the judges of the Court the candidates who receive the smallest number of votes shall be eliminated successively, in the manner determined by the States Parties. - 22 -

STATEMENTS AND RESERVATIONS

STATEMENT OF CHILE

The Delegation of Chile signs this Convention, subject to its subsequent parliamentary approval and ratification, in accordance with the constitutional rules in force.

STATEMENT OF ECUADOR

The Delegation of Ecuador has the honor of signing the American Convention on Human Rights. It does not believe that it is necessary to make any specific reservation at this time, without prejudice to the general power set forth in the Convention itself that leaves the governments free to ratify it or not.

RESERVATION OF URUGUAY

Article 80.2 of the Constitution of Uruguay provides that citizenship is suspended for a person indicted according to law in a criminal prosecution that may result in a sentence of imprisonment in a penitentiary. This restric- tion on the exercise of the rights recognized in Article 25 of the Convention is not envisaged among the circumstances provided for in this respect by paragraph 2 of Article 23, for which reason the Delegation of Uruguay expresses a reservation on this matter.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Plenipotentiaries, whose full powers were found in good and due form, sign this Convention, which shall be called "PACT OF SAN JOSE, COSTA RICA", (in the city of San Jos6, Costa Rica, this twenty-second day of November, nineteen hundred and sixty-nine.) AMERICAN CONVENTION ON HUMAN RIGHTS "PACT OF SAN JOSE, COSTA RICA"

Signed on November 22, 1969 at the Inter-American Specialized Conference on Human Rights

SIGNATORY DATE OF DEPOSIT OF THE COUNTRIES INSTRUMENT OF RATIFICATION

Chile Colombia Costa Rica April 8, 1970 Ecuador El Salvador Guatemala Honduras Nicaragua Panama Paraguay 1 Uruguay Venezuela

1. With reservation.

The original instrument is deposited with the General Secretariat, which is also the depository of the instruments of ratification.

It will enter into force as soon as eleven states have deposited their instruments of ratification or adherence. With respect to any state that ratifies or adheres thereafter, the Convention will enter into force on the date of the deposit of its instrument of ratification or adherence.

April 8, 1970

SERIE SOBRE TRATADOS No. 37

OEA DOCUMENTOS OFICIALES OEA/Ser. A/17 (SEFP)

VENCION PARA PREVENIR Y SANCIONAR LOS ACTOS DE TERRORISMO ONFIGURADOS EN DELITOS CONTRA LAS PERSONAS Y LA EXTORSION PONEXA CUANDO ESTOS TENGAN TRASCENDENCIA INTERNACIONAL Suscrita en el Tercer Perfodo Extraordinario de Sesiones de la Asamblea General

CONVENTION TO PREVENT AND PUNISH THE ACTS OF TERRORISM TAKING THE FORM OF CRIMES AGAINST PERSONS AND RELATED EXTORTION THAT ARE OF INTERNATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE Signed at the Third Special Session of the General Assembly

CONVENTION POUR LA PREVENTION OU LA REPRESSION DES ACTES DE TERRORISME QUI PRENNENT LA FORME DE DELITS CONTRE LES PERSONNES AINSI QUE DE L'EXTORSION CONNEXE A CES DELITS LORSQUE DE TELS ACTES ONT DES REPERCUSSIONS INTERNATIONALES Souscrite lors de la troisi~me Session extraordinaire de l'Assembl6e g6n6rale

CONVENVAO PARA PREVENIR E PUNIR OS ATOS DE TERRORISMO !FIGURADOS EM DELITOS CONTRA AS PESSOAS E A EXTORSAO CONEXA QUANDO TIVEREM ELES TRANSCENDENCIA INTERNACIONAL Assinada no Terceiro Perfodo Extraordinirio de Sess~es da Assembl6ia Geral

SECRETARIA GENERAL ORGANIZACION de los ESTADOS AMERICANOS Washington, D.C. 1971 Esta serie se publica bajo la direcci6n de la Divisi6n Jurfdica General, Departamento de Asuntos Jurfdicos CONVENCION PARA FREVENIR Y SANCIONAR LOS ACTOS DE TERRORISMO CONFIGURADOS EN DELITOS CONTRA LAS PERSONAS Y LA EXTORSION CONEXA CUANDO ESTOS TENGAN TRASCENDENCIA INTERNACIONAL

LOS ESTADOS MIEMBROS DE LA ORGANIZACION DE LOS ESTADOS AMERICANOS,

CONSIDERANDO:

Que la defensa de la libertad y de la justicia y el respeto de los derechos fundawentales de la persona humana, reconocidos por la Declaraci6n Americana de Derechos y Deberes del Hombre y la Declaraci6n Universal de los Derechos Humanos, son deberes primordiales de los Estados;

Que la Asamblea General de la Organizaci6n, en la Resoluci6n 4 del 30 de junio de 1970, conden6 en~rgicamente los actos de terrorismo y en especial el secuestro de personas y la extorsi6n conexa con 4ste, los que cali- fic6 como graves delitos comunes;

Que estn ocurriendo con frecuencia actos delictivos contra personas que merecen protecci6n especial de acuerdo con las normas del derecho internacional y que dichos actos revisten trascendencia internacional por las consecuencias que pueden derivarse para las relaciones entre los Estados;

Que es conveniente adoptar normas que desarrollen progresivamente el derecho internacional en lo que atae a la cooperaci6n internacional en la prevenci6n y sanci6n de tales actos;

Que en la aplicaci6n de dichas normas debe mantenerse la instituci6n del asilo y que, igualmente, debe quedar a salvo el principio de no intervenci6n,

HAN CONVENIDO EN LOS ARTICULOS SIGUIENTES:

Artfculo 1

Los Estados contratantes se obligan a cooperar entre sf, tomando todas las medidas que consideren eficaces de acuerdo con sus respectivas legislaciones y especialmente las que se establecen en esta Convenci6n, para prevenir y sancionar los actos de terrorismo y en especial el secuestro, el - 2-

homicidio y otros atentados contra la vida y la integridad de las personas 6 a quienes el Estado tiene el deber de extender protecci n especial conforme al derecho internacional, asl como la extorsi6n conexa con estos delitos.

Art~culo 2

Para los efectos de esta Convenci6n, se consideran delitos comunes de trascendencia internacional cualquiera que sea su m6vil, el secuestro, el homicidio y otros atentados contra la vida y la integridad de las personas a quienes el Estado tiene el deber de extender protecci6n especial conforme al derecho internacional, asl como la extorsi6n conexa con estos delitos.

Artfculo 3

Las personas procesadas o sentenciadas por cualquiera de los delitos previstos en el artfculo 2 de esta Convenci6n, estardn sujetas a extradi- ci6n de acuerdo con las disposiciones de los tratados de extradici6n vigentes entre las partes o, en el caso de los Estados que no condicionan la extradici6n a la existencia de un tratado, de acuerdo con sus propias leyes.

En todo caso corresponde exclusivamente al Estado bajo cuya jurisdic- ci6n o protecci6n se encuentren dichas personas calificar la naturaleza de los hechos y determinar si las normas de esta Convenci6n les son aplicables.

Art:culo 4

Toda persona privada de su libertad por aplicaci6n de la presente Convenci6n gozarg de las garantlas judiciales del debido proceso.

Art~culo 5

Cuando no proceda la extradici6n solicitada por alguno de los delitos especificados en el art~culo 2 porque la persona reclamada sea nacional o medie alg-dn otro impedimento constitucional o legal, el Estado requerido queda obligado a someter el caso al conocimiento de las autoridades competentes, a los efectos del procesamiento como si el hecho se hubiera cometido en su territorio. La decisi6n que adopten dichas autoridades serd comunicada al Estado requirente. En el juicio se cumplirl con la obligaci6n que se establece en el artfculo 4. -3-

Artfculo 6

Ninguna de las disposiciones de esta Convenci6n serA interpretada en el sentido de menoscabar el derecho de asilo.

Artfculo 7

Los Estados contratantes se comprometen a incluir los delitos previstos en el artfculo 2 de esta Convenci6n entre los hechos punibles que dan lugar a extradici6n en todo tratado sobre la materia que en el futuro con- cierten entre ellos. Los Estados contratantes que no supediten la extra- dici6n al hecho de que exista un tratado con el Estado solicitante consideran los delitos comprendidos en el artfculo 2 de esta Convenci6n como delitos que dan lugar a extradici6n, de conformidad con las condiciones que establezcan las leyes del Estado requerido.

Artfculo 8

Con el fin de cooperar en la prevenci6n y sanci6n de los delitos previstos en el artfculo 2 de la presente Convenci6n, los Estados contratantes aceptan las siguientes obligaciones:

(a) Tomar las medidas a su alcance, en armonfa con sus propias leyes, para prevenir e impedir en sus respectivos territo- rios la preparaci6n de los delitos mencionados en el ar- t1culo 2 y que vayan a ser-ejecutados en el territorio de otro Estado contratante;

(b) Intercambiar informaciones y considerar las medidas administrativas eficaces para la protecci6n de las personas a que se refiere el artfculo 2 de esta Convenci6n;

(c) Garantizar el ms amplio derecho de defensa a toda persona privada de libertad por aplicaci6n de la presente Convenci6n;

(d) Procurar que se incluyan en sus respectivas legislaciones penales los hechos delictivos materia de esta Convenci6n cuando no estuvieren ya previstos en aqudllas;

(e) Cumplimentar en la forma m~s expedita los exhortos en re- laci6n con los hechos delictivos previstos en esta Convenci6n. - 4 -

Art:culo 9

La presente Convenci6n queda abierta a la firma de los Estados Miembros de la Organizaci6n de los Estados Americanos, asf como de cualquier Estado Miembro de la Organizaci6n de las Naciones Unidas o de cualquiera de los organismos especializados vinculados a ella o que sea parte en el Estatuto de la Corte Internacional de Justicia, y de cualquier otro Estado que la Asamblea General de la Organizaci6n de los Estados Americanos invite a sus cribirla.

Artfculo 10

La presente Convenci6n serd ratificada por los Estados signatarios de acuerdo con sus respectivos procedimientos constitucionales.

Artfculo 11

El instrumento original, cuyos textos en espaaol, franc~s, ingles y portugu4s son igualmente autgnticos serA depositado en la Secretarfa Gene- ral de la Organizaci6n de los Estados Americanos, y dicha Secretarfa envia- rA copias certificadas a los gobiernos signatarios para los fines de su ratificaci6n. Los instrumentos de ratificaci6n serdn depositados en la Secretarfa General de la Organizaci6n de los Estados Americanos y dicha Secretarfa notificar4 tal dep6sito a los Gobiernos signatarios.

Artfculo 12

La presente Convenci6n entrarl en vigor entre los Estados que la rati- fiquen, en el orden en que depositen los instrumentos de sus respectivas ratificaciones.

Articulo 13

La presente Convenci6n regird indefinidamente, pero cualquiera de los Estados contratantes podrg denunciarla. La denuncia serg transmitida a la Secretarfa General de la Organizaci6n de los Estados Americanos, y dicha Secretarfa la comunicard a los demos Estados contratantes. Transcurrido un aio a partir de la denuncia, la Convenci6n cesard en sus efectos para el Estado denunciante, quedando subsistente para los demos Estados contratantes. 5

DECLARACION DE PANAMA

La Delegaci6n de PanamA deja constancia de que nada en esta Convenci6n podr& interpretarse en el sentido de que el derecho de asilo implica el de poderlo solicitar de las autoridades de los Estados Unidos en la Zona del Canal de PanamA, ni el reconocimiento de que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos tiene derecho a dar asilo o refugio polltico en el territorio de la Repdblica de PanamA que constituye la Zona del Canal de PanamA.

EN FE DE LO CUAL, los Flenipotenciarios infrascritos, presentados sus plenos poderes, que han sido hallados en buena y debida forma, firman la presente Convenci6n, en nombre de sus respectivos gobiernos, en la ciudad de Washington, el dos de febrero de mil novecientos setenta y uno. -6-

CONVENTION TO PREVENT AND PUNISH THE ACTS OF TERRORISM TAKING THE FORM OF CRIMES AGAINST PERSONS AND RELATED EXTORTION THAT ARE OF INTERNATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE

WHER7AS:

The defense of freedom and justice and respect for the fundamental rights of the individual that are recognized by the American Declaration of the Rights and Duties of Man and the Universal Declaration of Human Rights are primary duties of states;

The General Assembly of the Organization, in Resolution 4, of June 30, 1970, strongly condemned acts of terrorism, especially the kidnapping of persons and extortion in connection with that crime, which it declared to be serious common crimes;

Criminal acts against persons entitled to special protection under international law are occurring frequently, and those acts are of international significance because of the consequences that may flow from them for relations among states;

It is advisable to adopt general standards that will progressively develop international law as regards cooperation in the prevention and punishment of such acts; and

In the application of those standards the institution of asylum should be maintained and, likewise the principle of nonintervention should not be impaired,

THE MEMBER STATES OF THE ORGANIZATION OF AMERICAN STATES

!AVE AGREED UPON THE FOLLOWING ARTICLES:

Article 1

The contracting states undertake to cooperate among themselves by taking all the measures that they may consider effective, under their own laws, and especially those established in this convention, to prevent and punish acts of terrorism, especially kidnapping, murder, and other -7- assaults against the life or physical integrity of those persons ,j wl the state has the duty according to international law to lyiVespee'al protection, as well as extortion in connection with t ose cri me.

Article 2

For the purposes of this convention, kidnapping, lurder, anl. Jtter assaults against the life or personal integrity of th tse perzorr tu wh'nm the state has the duty to give special protection according to in rn- tional law, as well as extortion in connection w.ith b.-iose cr'mes. shal be considered common crimes of international significtice, regar LLkeh on' moti .e.

Article 3

Persons who have been charged or convicted for any of the cri es r- ferred to in Article 2 of this convertion shall be subject to exiraditi,' under the provisions of the extradition treaties in force between the parties or, in the case of states that do not make extradition dependeri on the existence of a treaty, in accordance with their own rs.

In any case, it is the exclusive responsibility of the state under whose jurisdiction or protection such persons are located to de+er - ne the nature of the acts and decide whether the standards of this convei- tion are applicable.

Article 4

Any person deprived of his freedom through the applica" on -f this convention shall enjoy the legal guarantees of due process.

Article 5

When extradition requested for one of the crimes specii''ed Pt Article 2 is not in order because the person sought is a national of' the requested state, or because of some other legal or 3onstitirnal impediment, that state is obliged to submit the case to its co)-p',ent authorities for prosecution, as if the act had been coLz~'itted in ,, territory. The decision of these authorities shall be comnunicated to the state that requested extradition. In such proceedings, the oblic-- tion established in Article 4 shall be respected.

Article 6

None of the provisions of this convention shall be interpreted so as to impair the right of asylum. -8 -

Article 7

The contracting states undertake to include the crimes referred to in Article 2 of this convention among the punishable acts giving rise to extradition in any treaty on the subject to which they agree among themselves in the future. The contracting states that do not subject extradition to the existence of a treaty with the requesting state shall consider the crimes referred to in Article 2 of this convention as crimes giving rise to extradition, according to the conditions established by the laws of the requested state.

Article 8

To cooperate in preventing and punishing the crimes contemplated in Article 2 of this convention, the contracting states accept the following obligations:

a. To take all measures within their power, and in conformity with their own laws, to prevent and impede the preparation in their respective territories of the crimes mentioned in Article 2 that are to be carried out in the territory of another contracting state.

b. To exchange information and consider effective administrative measures for the purpose of protecting the persons to whom Article 2 of this convention refers.

c. T6 guarantee to every person deprived of his freedom through the application of this convention every right to defend himself.

d. To endeavor to have the criminal acts contemplated in this convention included in their penal laws, if not already so included.

e. To comply most expeditiously with the requests for extradition concerning the criminal acts contemplated in this convention.

Article 9

This convention shall remain open for signature by the member states of the Organization of American States, as well as by any other state that is a member of the United Nations or any of its specialized agencies, or any state that is a party to the Statute of the International Court of Justice, or any other state that may be invited by the General Assembly of the Organization of American States to sign it.

Article 10

This convention shall be ratified by the signatory states in accordance with their respective constitutional procedures. -9-

Article 11

The original instrument of this convention, the English, French, Portuguese, and Spanish texts of which are equally authentic, shall be deposited in the General Secretariat of the Organization of American States, which shall send certified copies to the signatory governments for purposes of ratification. The instruments of ratification shall be deposited in the General Secretariat of the Organization of American States, which shall notify the signatory governments of such deposit.

Article 12

This convention shall enter into force among the states that ratify it when they deposit their respective instruments of ratification.

Article 13

This convention shall remain in force indefinitely, but any of the contracting states may denounce it. The denunciation shall be transmitted to the General Secretariat of the Organization of American States, which shall notify the other contracting states thereof. One year following the denunciation, the convention shall cease to be in force for the denouncing state, but shall continue to be in force for the other contracting states.

STATEMENT OF PANAMA

The Delegation of Panama states for the record that nothing in this convention shall be interpreted to the effect that the right of asylum implies the right to request asylum from the United States authorities in the Panama Canal Zone, or that there is recognition of the right of the United States to grant asylum or political refuge in that part of the territory of the Republic of Panama that constitutes the Canal Zone.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned plenipotentiaries, having presented their full powers, which have been found to be in due and proper form, sign this convention on behalf of their respective governments, at the city of Washington this second day of February of the year one thousand nine hundred seventy-one. - 10 -

CONVENTION POUR LA PREVENTION OU LA REPRESSION DES ACTES DE TERRORISME QUI PRENNENT LA FORME E DELITS CONTRE LES PERSONNES AINSI QUE DE L'EXTORSION CONNEXE A CES DELITS LORSQUE DE TELS ACTES ONT DES REPERCUSSIONS INTERNATIONALES

LES ETATS MEMBRES DE L'ORGANISATION DES ETATS AMERICAINSP

CONSIDERANT:

Que la d.fense de la libert6 et de la justice ainsi que le respect des droits fondamentaux de la personne humaine, reconnus par la D6claration am4- ricaine des Droits et des Devoirs de l'Homme et par la Dclaration univer- selle des Droits de l'Homme constituent des devoirs primordiaux des Etats.

Que dans sa R6solution 4 en date du 30 juin 1970, l'Assemblde g6n6rale de l'Organisation a 4nergiquement condamn6 les actes de terrorisme et, en particulier, le rapt des personnes et l'extorsion connexe k ce d4lit, qu'elle a qualifid de graves ddlits de droit commun;

Que se perpbtrent avec fr4quence des actes d6lictueux contre des personnes qui m4ritent une protection sp4ciale conform4ment aux normes du droit international et que ces actes prennent une importance internationale en raison des consdquences qui peuvent en r4sulter pour les relations entre Etats;

Qu'il est appropri4 d'adopter des normes qui assurent le ddveloppement du Droit international en ce qui a trait & la coop4ration entre Etats, & la pr6vention et h la sanction des actes susvis4s, et

Que dans l'application des normes susdites l'on doit respecter l'institution de l'asile et maintenir intact le principe de la non-intervention,

SONT CONVENUS DE CE QUI SUIT:

Article premier

Les Etats contractants s'obligent & coop6rer entre eux en prenant dans le cadre de leurs 14gislations respectives, et particulibrement dans le ca- dire des dispositions de la prdsente Convention toutes les mesures qu'ils - 11 - jugent efficaces pour pr~venir et r4primer les actes de terrorisme, notam- ment le rapt, l'homicide des personnes auxquelles l1 'Etat a le devoir d'accorder une protection spciale conformment au droit international, les attentats contre la vie et lint~grit6 de ces personnes, ainsi que l'extorsion connexe aux d~lits ci-dessus vis~s.

Article 2

Aux effets de la prdsente Convention, sont consid4r~s comme d~lits de droit coimun ayant des r6percussions internationales, quel qu'en soit le mobile, le rapta l'homicide des personnes auxquelies l'Etat a le devoir d'accorder une protection sp6ciale conform6ment au droit international, les attentats contre la vie et l'int~gritd de ces personnes, ainsi que l'extorsion connexe aux d6lits susvis~s.

Article 3

Les personnes poursuivies ou condamn~es pour l'un quelconque des d~lits pr6vus & l'article 2 de la prdsente Convention, sont passibles d'extradition, conformment aux dispositions des trait~s d'extradition en vigueur entre les parties, ou conform6ment aux lois en vigueur dans les Etats o-4 l'extradition n'est pas subordonn6e & l'existence d'un traitS.

Cependant, dans tous les cas, il appartient exclusivement k l'Etat dont la comp4tence s'6tend auxdites personnes ou sous la protection duquel celles- ci se trouvent, de qualifier la nature des faits et de d~terminer si les normes de la pr6sente Convention leur sont applicables.

Article 4

Toute personne priv6e de sa libert6 par suite de l'application de la pr6sente Convention continue h jouir de son droit aux garanties de la pro- c6dure judiciaire appropride.

Article 5

Lorsque l'extradition sollicit6e en raison de l'un quelconque des d6- lits vis6s & l'article 2 n'a pas 6t4 accord~e parce que la personne qui fait l'objet de la demandp est un ressortissant de l'Etat requis ou par suite de tout autre empechement constitutionnel ou l~gal, l'Etat requis est oblig6 de porter le cas h la connaissance des autorit~s nationales comp6tentes pour les poursuites judiciaires, comme si le fait avait 6t6 commis sur son territoire. La d~cision prise par lesdites autorit~s sera communiqu6e & l'Etat requ~rant. Dans le procbs la garantie 6tablie & l'article pr6cedent sera respect~e. - 12 -

Article 6

Aucune des dispositions de la prtsente Convention ne sera interpr~te d'une fagon pouvant porter atteinte au droit d'asile.

Article 7

Les Etats contractants s'engagent & inclure les d~lits prdvus h l'article 2 de la prdsente Convention parmi les faits punissables, entratnant l'extradition, dans tous les traitds relatifs & l'extradition qu'ils peuvent conclu- re entre eux & l'avenir. Dans leurs relations entre eux, les Etats contractants qui ne font pas d~pendre l'extradition de l'existence d'un trait6 avec l'Etat requgrant, consid~reront les d~lits vis6s A l'article 2 de la prdsente Convention comme des ddlits entrainant l'extradition, conform4ment aux dispositions des lois de l'Etat requis.

Article 8

Afin de coop~rer b. la pr4vention et b. la r~pression des ddlits vis6s l'article 2 de la pr~sente'Convention, les Etats contractants acceptent les obligations suivantes:

(a) Prendre toutes les mesures en leur pouvoir, conform6ment A leurs lois, afin de pr6venir et d'emp9cher la pr6paration sur leur territoire des d~lits viss & l'article 2 et destines A 9tre commis sur le territoire d'un autre Etat contractant;

(b) Echanger des informations et envisager les mesures administratives efficaces permettant de prot6ger les personnes vls6es h l'article 2 de la prdsente Convention;

(c) Garantir le droit le plus 6tendu & la d~fense A.toute personne pri- v~e de sa libert4 par suite de l'application de la pr6sente Convention;

(d) Prdvoir dans leurs l~gislations p6nales respectives les faits d6- lictueux vis6s dans la pr6sente Convention lorsqu'ils ne figurent pas dAj dans ces l6gislations;

(e) Exdcuter avec c~l~rit6 les commissions rogatoires relatives aux faits dlictueux pr4vus dans la prdsente Convention. - 13 -

Article 9

La pr~sente Convention demeure ouverte & la signature des Etats membres de l'Organisation des Etats Amdricains, ainsi qu'A celle de tout Etat membre de l'Organisation des Nations Unies ou des institutions spdcialis~es de celle-ci, ou qui soit Partie au Statut de la Cour internationale de Justice, et de tout Etat invitd h la souscrire par l'Assembl~e g6n~rale de l'Organisation des Etats Am~ricains.

Article 10

La pr~sente Convention sera ratifi~e par les Etats signataires confor- m~ment & leurs procedures constitutionnelles respectives.

Article 11

L'original, dont les versions espagnole, frangaise, anglaise et portu- gaise font 6galement foi, sera d6pos4 au Secr6tariat g6ndral de l'Organisa- tion des Etats Am~ricains, lequel en enverra des copies certifi~es aux gouvernements signataires aux fins de ratification. Les instruments de ratification seront d~pos6s au Secr6tariat g6n~ral de I'OEA qui informera les gouvernements signataires de ce d6pot.

Article 12

La pr~sente Convention entrera en vigueur entre les Etats qui lt auront ratifi6e dans l'ordre dans lequel ils auront d6posd leurs instruments de ratification respectifs.

Article 13

La prdsente Convention restera en vigueur inddfiniment mais n'importe quel Etat contractant peut la d6noncer. La d4nonciation sera notifi~e au Secretariat g~n6ral de l'Organisation des Etats Am6ricains, lequel la commu- niquera aux autres Etats contractants. Pass6 un d~lai d'une annie h partir de la d~nonciation, la Convention cessera de produire ses effets & l'dgard de l'Etat qui l'aura d6nonc6e. - 14 -

DECLARATION DU PANAMA

La D416gation du Panama demande que soit pris acte du fait que rien dans la pr6sente Convention ne peut etre interprdt6 comme impliquant que le droit d'asile sous-entend celui de pouvoir le solliciter des autorit4s des Etats- Unis dans la Zone du Canal de Panama, ni que le gouvernement des Etats-Unis a le droit d'accorder asile ou refuge politique dans le territoire de la R6publique du Panama que constitue la Zone du Canal de Panama.

EN FOI DE QUOI, les pl6nipotentiaires soussign~s, aprbs avoir pr6sentd leurs pleins pouvoirs trouv~s en bonne et due forme, signent la pr~sente Convention au nor de leurs gouvernements dans la ville de Washington, D.C., le deux fdvrier mil neuf cent soixante et onze. - 15 -

CONVENqAO PARA PREVENIR E PUNIR OS ATOS DE TERRORISMO CONFIGURADOS EM DELITOS CONTRA AS PESSOAS E A EXTORSAO CONMCA, QUANDO TIVEREM 2LES TRANSCEND2BCIA INTERNACIONAL

OS ESTADOS MEMBROS DA ORGANIZAqAO DOS ESTADOS AMERICANCS,

CONSIDERANDO:

Que a defesa da liberdade e da justiqa e o respeito aos direitos fundamentais da pessoa humana, reconhecidos pela Declaraqro Americana dos Direitos e Deveres do Homem e pela Declaraqgo Universal dos Direitos Hu- manos, s~o deveres primordiais dos Estados;

Que a Assembl4ia Geral da OrganizaqEo, na Resoluq~o 4 de 30 de junho de 1970, condenou enbrgicamente os atos de terrorismo e, em especial, o seqUestro de pesscas e a extorsao com este conexa, qualificando-os de graves delitos comuns;

Que vem ocorrendo com freqlegncia atos delituosos contra pessoas que merecem proteqao especial de acordo con as normas do direito internacional e que tais atos revestem transcendencia internacional devido As consequencias que podem advir para as relaq~es entre os Estados;

Que 4 conveniente adotar normas que desenvolvam progressivamente o direito internacional no tocante A cooperaq~o internacional na prevenqao e puniqao de tais atos;

Que na aplicaqao das referidas normas deve manter-se a instituiq~o do asilo e que deve tamb6m ficar a salvo o principio da nao intervenq~o, - 16 -

COIMM NOS SEGUINTES ARTIGOS:

Artigo 1

Os Estados contratantes obrigam-se a cooperar entre si, tomando todas as medidas que considerem eficazes de ac~rdo corn suas respectivas legislaq~es e, especialmente, as que s~o estabelecidas nesta Convenqo, para prevenir e punir os atos de terrorismo e, em especial, o sequestro, o ho- micfdio e outros atentados contra a vida e a integridade das pessoas a quem o Estado tem o dever de proporcionar proteqao especial conforme o direito internacional, bem como a extorsgo conexa com tais delitos.

Artigo 2

Para os fins desta Convenq~o, consideram-se delitos comuns de transcendencia internacional, qualquer que seja o seu m6vel, o sequestro, o ho- micfdio e outros atentados contra a vida e a integridade das pessoas a quem o Estado tem o dever de proporcionar proteqNo especial conforme o direito internaciona, bern como a extorsto conexa corn tais delitos.

Art igo 3

As Pessoas processadas ou condenadas por qualquer dos delitos previstos no srtigo 2 desta Convemno estarao sujeitas a extradiqgo de ac~rdo corn as aisposiqges dos tratados de extradiqgo vigentes entre as partes ou, no caso dos Estados que n~o condicionam a extradiqo & existgncia de tratado, de ac8rdo com suas rrp--prias leis.

Em todos os casos compete exclusivamente ao Estado sob cuja jurisdi- qfo ou proteqgo se encontrarem tais pessoas qualificar a natureza dos atos e determinar se lhes sfo aplicdveis as normas desta Conven;ao.

Art igo 4

T~da pessoa privada de sua liberdade em virtude de aplicacqo desta Convenqao gozard das garantias judiciais de processo regular.

Artigo 5

Quando nqo proceder a extradiqgo solicitada por algum dos delitos especificados no artigo 2 em virtude de ser nacional a pessoa reclamada ou mediar algum outro impedimento constitucional ou legal, o Estado requerido ficard obrigado a submeter o caso ao conhecimento das autoridades competentes, para fins de processo como se o ato houvesse sido cometido em seu territ6rio. A decis~o que adotarem as referidas autoridades serd comunicada ao Estado requerente. Cumprir-se-& no processo a obrigaq~o que se estabelece no artigo 4. - 17 -

Artigo 6

Nenhuma das disposiqEes desta Convenqgo serd interpretada no sentido de prejudicar o direito de asilo. Artigo 7

Os Estados contratantes comprometem-se a incluir os delitos previstos no artigo 2 desta Convenq~o entre os atos punfveis que dgo lugar a extra- diqfo em todo tratado sobre a mat4ria que no futuro celebrarem entre si. Os Estados contratantes que n~o subordinem a extradiggo ao fato de que exista tratado com o Estado requerente considerargo os delitos compreen- didos no artigo 2 desta Convenqao coio delitos que d~o lugar a extradiqgo, em conformidade corn as condiq~es que estabelegam as leis do Estado requerido.

Artigo 8

Corn o fim de cooperar na prevenqo e puniqro dos delitos previstos no artigo 2 desta Convenqio, os Estados contratantes aceitam as seguintes obrigaq5es:

a) tomar as medidas a seu alcance, em harmonia corn suas pr6prias leis, para prevenir e impedir em seus respectivos territ6rios a preparago dos delitos mencionados no artigo 2 e que forem ser executados no territ6rio de outro Estado contratante;

b) intercambiar informaq~es e considerar medidas administrativas eficazes para a proteqfo das pessoas a que se refere o artigo 2 desta Convenq~o;

c) garantir o mais amplo direito de defesa a t~da pessoa privada da liberdade em virtude de aplicaqo desta Convenqgo;

d) procurar que sejam incluldos em suas respectivas legislaq5es penais os atos delituosos matdria desta Convenqto, quando J& nro estiverem nelas previstos;

e) dar cumprimento da forma mais expedita hs rogatdrias corn relarFo aos atos delituosos previstos nesta Convenq~o.

Artigo 9

Esta Convenqfo fica aberta & assinaturc dos Estados Membros da Organi- zaqgo dos Estados Americanos, bern como & de qualquer Estado Membro da Organizaqfo das Naq~es Unidas ou de qualquer dos organismos especializados a ela vinculados, ou que seja parte no Estatuto da Corte Internacional de Justiqa, e & de qualquer outro Estado que fbr convidado pela Assembldia Geral da Organizaqgo dos Estados Americanos a assind-la. - 18 -

Art igo 10

Esta Convenqo serd ratificada pelos Estados signatdrios, de ac8rdo corn suas respectivas normas constitucionais.

Artigo 11

0 instrumento original, cujos textos em espanhol, frances, ingl~s e portugugs s~o igualmente autgnticos, serf depositado na Secretaria-Geral da Organizaqfo dos Estados Americanos, e a referida Secretaria enviard c6pias autenticadas aos Governos signatdrios para fins da respectiva ratificaqgo. Os instrumentos de ratificaqro sergo depositados na Secretaria-Geral da Organizagdo dos Estados Americanos e a referida Secretaria notificard tal dep6sito aos Governos signatdrios.

Artigo 12

Esta Convenqgo entrard em vigor entre os Estados que a ratificarem, na ordem em que depositarem os instrumentos de suas respectivas ratificaq es.

Artigo 13

Esta Convenqfo vigerd indefinidamente, mas poderd ser denunciada por qualquer dos Estados contratantes. A dendncia serd encaminhada b Secretaria- Geral da Organizaqgo dos Estados Americanos e a referida Secretaria a comunicard aos demais Estados contratantes. Transcorrido um ano a partir da dendncia, cessargo para o Estado denunciante os efeitos da Convenq~o, ficando ela subsistente para os demais Estados contratantes.

DECIARAqAO DO PANAMX

A Delegaq& do Panamd deixa consignado que nada nesta Convenqao poderd ser interpretado no sentido de que o direito de asilo implica o de poder solicitd-lo As autoridades dos Estados Unidos da Amrica na Zona do Canal do Panamn, nem o reconhecimento de que o Gov~rno dos Estados Unidos tem direito de conceder asilo ou refdgio polftico no territ6rio da Repdblica do Panamd que constitui a Zona do Canal do Panamd.

EM F DO QUE, os Plenipotencidrios infra-assinados, apresentados os seus plenos podgres, que foram achados em boa e devida forma, assinam esta Convenqfo em nome dos seus respectivos Governos, na cidade de Washington, D.C., no dia dois de fevereiro de mil novecentos e setenta e urn. OAS

TREATY SERIES

N° 38

TREATY SERIES NO.38

OEA/Ser.X/8

INTER-AMERICAN CONVENTIONS ON WOMEN

* GENERAL S.CRETARIAT, ORGANIZATION OF AMERICAN STATES WASHINGTON, D.C., 1972 This Series is published under the direction of the General Legal Division, Department of Legal Affairs - iii-

PRELIMINARY NOTE

The purpose of this compilation is to make available, in a single convenient source, the texts of the three inter-American conventions which have been signed by the American republics in connection with the civil and political rights of women,

A list of the parties follows the text of each convention.

This publication is being issued simultaneously in Spanish and English.

November 1971

CONTENTS

Preliminary note iii

Convention on the Nationality of \Vomen (Montevideo, 1933)

Into r-Ame rican Convention on the G ranting of Civil Rights to Wornen (Bogoti, 1948)

Inter-Arnerican Convention on the Granting of Political Rights to Women 8

- I -

CONVENTION ON THE NATIONALITY OF WOMEN

(Signed at Montevideo, December 26, 1933, at the Seventh International Conference of American States)

The Governments represented in the Seventh International Con- ference of American States:

Wishing to conclude a Convention on tie Nationality of Women, have appointed the following Plenipotentiaries:

/Here follow the names of the Plenipotentiaries/

Who, after having exhibited their Full Powers, which were found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following:

Article 1. There shall be no distinction bases on sex as regards nationality, in their legislation or in their practice.

Article 2. The present convention shall be ratified by the High Contracting Parties in conformity with their respective constitutional procedures. The Minister of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Uruguay shall transmit authentic certified copies to the governments for the aforementioned purpose of ratification. The instrument of ratification shall be deposited in the archives of the Pan American Union in Washington, which shall notify the signatory governments of said deposit. Such notification shall be considered as an exchange of ratifications.

Article 3. The present convention will enter into force between the High Contracting Parties in the order in which they deposit their respective ratifications.

Article 4. The present convention shall remain in force indefinitely but may be denounced by means of one year's notice given to the Pan American Union, which shall transmit it to the other signatory Governments. Alter the expiration of this period the convention shall cease in its effects as regards the party which denounces but shall remain in effect for the remaining High Contracting Parties. -2-

Article 5. The present convention shall be open for the adherence and accession of the States which are not signatories. The corresponding instruments shall be deposited in the archives of the Pan American Union which shall conmunicate them to the other High Contracting Parties.

In witness whereof, the following Plenipotentiaries have signed this convention in Spanish, English, Portuguese and French and hereunto affix their respective seals in the city of Montevideo, Republic of Uruguay, this 26th day of December, 1933.

/Here follow the signttures of the Plenipotentiaries/

RESERVATIONS MADE AT TIlE TIME OF SIGNING

Honduras:

The Delegation f Holndurats adheres to the Convention on Equality of Nationality, with the reservations and limitations which the Constitu- tion and laws of our country determine.

The United States of America:

The Delegation of the United St ites of America, in signing the Con- vention on the Nationality of Women ,makes the reservation that the agreement on the part of the United States is, of course and of necessity, subject to congressional action.

El Salvador:

Reservation to the effect that in El Salvador the Convention cannot be the object of immediate ratification, but that it will be necessary to consider previously the desirability of reforming the existing Naturaliza- tion Law, ratification being obtained only in the event that such legislative reform is undertaken, and after it may have been effected.

Haiti:

With reservations. -3-

RESERVATIONS MADE AT THE TIME OF RATIFYING

Honduras:

With the reservation made at the time of signing.

Mexico:

The Government of Mexico reserves the right not to apply the present Convention in those cases that may be in conflict with Article 20 of the Nationality and Naturalization Law, which provides that the foreign woman who marries a Mexican is naturalized by virtue of the law, provided that she has, or establishes, her domicile within the national territory.

United States of America:

With the reservation made at the time of signing. -4-

CONVENTION ON THE NATIONALITY OF WOMEN

Signed at Montevideo, December 26, 1933, at the Seventh International Conference of American States

SIGNAT OR Y DATE Of DEPOSIT OF TIlE COUNT RIES INSTRUMENT OF RATIFICATION

Argentina October 2, 1957 Bolivia Brazil December Z2, 1937 Chile August 29, 193- Colombia July 22, 1936 I Costa Rica July 17, 1953 Cuba December 15, 1943 Dominican Republic Ecuador October 3, 1936 El Salvador 2 Guatemala July 17, 1936 laiti 2 Honduras 2 June 26, 19352 Mexico January 27, 19362 Nicaragua August 31, 1955 Panama December 13, 1938 Paraguay Peru United States 2 July 13, 19342 Uruguay September 11, 1968

1. Adhered. 2. With reservations.

The original instrument is deposited with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Uruguay. The Pan American Union is the depository of the instruments of ratification. The Convention entered into force when Chile deposited the second ratification on August 29, 1934. -5-

INTER-AMERICAN CONVENTION ON THE GRANTING OF CIVIL RIGHTS TO WOMEN

(Signed at logotA, May 2, 19-18, at the Ninth International Conference of American States)

The Governments represented at the Ninth International Conference of American States,

Considering:

That the majority of the American Republics, inspired by lofty principles of justice, have granted civil rights to women;

That it has been a constant aspiration of the American community of nations to equalize the status of men and wonen in the enjoyment and exercise of civil rights;

That Resolution XX of' the Eighth International Conference of American States expressly declares-

"That women have the right to the enjoyment of equality as to civil status";

That long before the women of America demanded their rights they were able to carry out nobly all their responsibilities side by side with men;

That the principle of equality of human rights for men and women is contained in the Charter of the United Nations,

Have resolved:

To authorize their respective Representatives, whose Full Powers have been found to be in good and due form, to sign the following articles:

Article 1. The American States agree to grant to women the same civil rights that men enjoy. -6-

Article 2. The present Convention shall be open for signature by the American States and shall be ratified in accordance with their respective constitutional procedures. The original instrument, the Spanish, English, Portuguese and French texts of which are equally authentic, shall be deposited with the General Secretariat of the Organization of American States, which shall transmit certified copies to the Governments for the purpose of ratification. The instruments of ratification shall be deposited with the General Secretariat of the Orga- nization of American States, which shall notify the signatory Govern- ments of the said deposit. Such notification shall serve as an exchange of ratifications.

tElere follow the signatures of the Plenipotentiaries/ INTER-AMIERICAN CONVENTION ON TIlE GRANTING OF CIVIL RIGHTS TO WOMEN

Signed at Bogot6, May 2, 1948, at the Ninth International Conference of American States

SIGNA TORY DATE OF DEPOSIT OF THE COUN TRIES INSTRUMENT 01_ RATIFICATION

Argenttina October 2, 1957 Boliviaa Brazil March 19, 1952 Chile Colom bia June 3, 1959 Costa Rica April 17, 1951 Cuba July 18, 1949 Dominican Republic April 22, 1940 Ecuador March 17, 19-19 El Salvador April 6, 1951 Gua te ma la September 7, 1951 Ilaiti Honduras October 10, 1955 Mexico August 11, 1954I Nicaragua August 22, 1956 Panama April 6, 1951 Paraguay December 19, 1951 Peru Uruguay September 11, 1968 Venezuela

The original instrument is deposited with the Pan American Union, which is also the depository of the instruments of ratification. The Con- vention enters into force for each country on the date of its deposit of ratification. - 8 -

INTER-AMERICAN CONVENTION ON THE GRANTING OF POLITICAL RIGHTS TO WOMEN

(Signed at togotil, May 2, 1948, at the Ninth International Conference of American States)

The Governments represented at the Ninth International Conference of American States,

Considering:

That the majority of the American Republics, inspired by lofty principles of justice, have granted political rights to wonlen;

That it has been a constant aspiration oif the American cmnmunity of nations to equalize the status of men and women in the enjoyment and exercise of political rights;

That Resolution XX of the Eighth International Conference of American States expressly declares:

"That women have the right to political treatment oil the basis of eqiality with men";

That long before the women of America demanded their rights they were able to carry out nobly all their responsibilities side by side %%ith men;

That the principle of equality of human rights for men and women is contained in the Charter of the United Nations,

Have resolved:

To authorize their respective Representatives, whose Full Powers have been found to be in good and due form, to sign the following articles:

Article 1. The Flight Contracting Parties agree that the right to vote and to be elected to national office shall not be denied or abridged by reason of sex. -9-

Article 2. The present Convention shall be open for signature by the American States and shall be ratified in accordance with their respective constitutional procedures. The original instrument, the Spanish, English, Portuguese and French texts of which are equally authentic, shall be deposited with the General Secretariat of the Organization of American States, which shall transmit certified copies to the Governments for the purpose of ratification. The instruments of ratification shall be deposited with the General Secretariat of the Organization of American States, which shall notify the signatory Governments of the said deposit. Such notification shall serve as an exchange of ratifications.

ZLe re follow the signatures of the Plenipotentiaries/

RESERVATIONS MADE AT THE TIME OF SIGNING

Honduras:

The Delegation of Honduras makes a reservation with respect to the granting of political rights to women, in view of the fact that the political Constitution of its country grants the prerogatives of citizenship to men only.

Mexico:

The Mexican Delegation, in expressing its appreciation of the spirit that inspires the present Convention, declares that it abstains from signing it inasmuch as, according to Article 2, the Convention is open to signature by the American States. The Government of vlexico reserves the right to adhere to the Convention when, taking into consideration existing constitutional provisions of lexico, it considers such adherence appropriate.

RESERVATION MADE AT THE TIME OF RATIFYING

Guatemala:

The Government of Guatemala makes a reservation with respect to the political rights of women who are illiterate, inasmuch as Article 9 (2) of the Constitution of the Republic grants citizenship to Guatemalan women over eighteen years of age who know how to read and write. 10 -

INTER-AMERICAN CONVENTION ON TIlE GRANTING OF POLITICAL RIGHTS TO WOMEN

Signed at Bogoti, May 2, 1948, at the Ninth International Conference of American States

SIGNATORY DATE OF DEPOSIT OF THE COUNTRIES INSTERUMENT OF' RATIFICATION

Argentina October 2, 1957 Brazil March 21, 1950 Chile Colombia June 1. 1959 Costa Rica April 17, 1951 Cuba July 18, 1949 Dominican Republic April 22, 194' Ecuador March 17, 1949 El Salvador April 6, 1951 Guatemala December 16, 11)70 Haiti 2 lanuary i1, 1958 Hlondu ra s October I0, 1955 3 Nicaragua August 22, 1956

Panama 4 April 0, I951 Paraguay August 5, 1963 PC ru lune 11, 195f, United States Uruguay September 11, 1968 Venezuela

1. Adhered. 2. Signed on August 1, 1957, at the Pan American Union. 3. Signed on April 24, 1056, at the Pan American Union. 4. Signed on August 20, 1951, at the Pan American Union.

TREATY SERIES

No39

TREATY SERIES No. 39

OEA/Ser.X/1,1 (English)

MULTILATERAL TREATIES AND CONVENTIONS ON INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY IN THE AMERICAS

F A General Secretariat,

Organization of American States Washington, D.C. 1973 This Series is published under the direction of the General Legal Division, Department of Legal Affairs EXPLANATORY NOTE

The purpose of the present compilation is to offer in a single source the texts of all inter-American conventions and multilateral treaties in the field of industrial property, and to supply information on the extent to which each is currently in force.

The scope of this publication covers conventions of both an inter-American and a regional nature. The former consist of the Conventions of Mexico City, 1902; Rio de Janeiro, 1906; Buenos Aires, 1910; Santiago, 1923; and Washington, 1929. The latter consist of four instruments-two signed in 1889 in Montevideo at the First South American Congress on Private International Law, one signed at the 1911 Bolivarian Congress in Caracas, and one signed in 1968 in San Jose, Costa Rica.

The conventions of 1902 and 1906 cover patents of invention, trademarks and other matters generally considered industrial property. The 1910 convention produced dual agreements. One, on patents, constitutes the most recent inter-American agreement on this subject. The second, on trademarks, was subsequently superseded by the Convention of 1923, which in turn was superseded by the one of 1929.

To determine which convention governs between two given countries, it is necessary to examine the texts of the agreements to which they are both parties. Following the text of each convention a table has been inserted showing the status of the ratifications as of the date of publication.

The "Union of the Nations of America, " established by the Convenion of 1906, provided for two "Bureaus of the International American Union for the Protection of Intellectual and Industrial Property. " One bureau was to be established in Havana, and the other in Rio de Janeiro. Their function was to centralize the registration of literary and artistic works, patents, trademarks, drawings and models, etc. , registered in each of the signatory countries. International registration was to be optional. The bureaus were never established as planned, however, because the necessary two-thirds ratification required by the Convention for each group was not achieved. The objective of creating a union with offices to centralize registration was abandoned for patents but not for trademarks. In 1910 separate conventions were adopted on these two subjects. This idea was also carried over in the Conventions of 1923 and 1929. The latter agreement was accompanied by a Protocol providing for the establishment of a central office in Havana for the registration of trademarks.

Although the Bureau in Rio de Janeiro was never established, the one in Havana was established in 1917, and began to function in 1919. But the parties to the 1929 Protocol denounced it one by one, and in 1944 the Havana Bureau ceased to exist in fact. Accordingly, the Council of the Organization of American States decided, on November 2, 1949, to declare the activities of the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau at an end. The Convention, however, remains in force between the countries that are still parties to it.

Besides the inter-American conventions and multilateral treaties mentioned above, there is also the International Conven- tion for the Protection of Industrial Property (Paris Union) of March Z0, 1883, which took effect on July 7, 1884, and which was later revised at Brussels in 1900, at Washington in 1911, at The Hague in 1925, at London in 1934, at Lisbon in 1958, and in Stockholm in 1967.

Among the American countries, Brazil, Cuba, the Dominican Republic, Mexico, Trinidad and Tobago, the United States of America and Uruguay are parties to the Washington Revision of 1911; Brazil, the Dominican Republic, Mexico, Trinidad and Tobago and the United States of America are parties to the Hague Revision of 1925; Haiti, Mexico and the United States of America are parties to the London Revision of 1934; Argentina, Cuba, Haiti, Mexico, Trinidad and Tobago, the United States of Anerica and Uruguay are parties to the Lisbon Revision of 1958; and Argentina, Brazil, Cuba, Mexico and the United States of America are parties to the Stockholm Revision of 1967.

June 1973. TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Explanatory Note iii

A. Treaties and Conventions Signed at Inter-American Conferences 1

Second Conference (Mexico City, 1901-1902):

Treaty on patents of invention, industrial drawings 3 and models and trade-marks

Third Conference (Rio de Janeiro, 1906):

Convention on patents of invention, drawings and 9 industrial models, trade marks, and literary and artistic property

Fourth Conference (Buenos Aires, 1910):

Convention on inventions, patents, designs, and 16 industrial models Convention on the protection of trade marks 21

Fifth Conference (Santiago, 1923):

Convention for the protection of commercial, 29 industrial, and agricultural trade marks and commercial names

Pan American Trade Mark Conference (Washington, 1929):

General inter-American convention for trade mark 4Z and commercial protection Protocol on the inter-American registration of 59 trade marks Page

B. Treaties Signed at the First South American 73 Congress on Private International Law (Montevideo 1888-1889):

Treaty on patents of invention 75 Treaty on trade-marks 79

C. Agreement Signed at the Bolivarian Congress 83 (Caracas, 1911):

Agreement on patents and privileges of invention 85

D. Convention Signed by Central American Countries 89 (San Jos6, Costa Rica, 1968) :

Central American Convention for the protection of 91 industrial property (trademarks, commercial names and advertising expressions or signs) "A "

TREATIES AND CONVENTIONS SIGNED AT

INTER-AMERICAN CONFERENCES

TREATY ON PATEiiTS OF INVENTION, INDUSTRIAL DRAWINGS AND MODELS AND TRADE-MARKS

MEXICO CITY (1902)

Their Excellencies the Presidents of the Argentine Republic, Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, the United States of America, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, the United Mexican States, Nicaragua, Paraguay, Peru and Uruguay;

Desiring that their respective countries should be represented at the Second International American Conference, sent thereto, duly authorized to approve the recommendations, resolutions, conventions and treaties that they might deem convenient for the interest of America, the following Delegates:

/Here follow the names of the delegates]

Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers and found them to be in due and proper furm, excepting those presented by the representatives of Their Excellen- cies the Presidents of the United States of America, Nicaragua and Paraguay, who act ad referendum, have agreed to enter into a Treaty on Patents of Invention, Industrial Drawings and Models, and Trade-Marks, in the following terms:

Article I. The citizens of each of the signatory States shall enjoy in other nations the same advantages granted by them to their own citizens in regard to the trade-marks of commerce, or of manufacture, to the models and industrial drawings, and to patents of invention.

Consequently, they shall have the right to the same protection and to identical remedies against any attack upon their rights.

Article Z. For the purpose of this Treaty, foreigners domiciled in any of the signatory countries, or who may have in them an industrial or commercial establishment, shall be considered the same as citizens. Article 3. Patents of invention and those of industrial drawings and models, as well as of trade-marks of commerce or manufacture, granted in the country of their origin, may be imported to the other signatory States, for registration and publication, as may be required by the laws of the respective countries, and they shall be protected in the same manner as those granted in the State itself. This provision does not remove the obligation imposed by national laws requiring the privileged articles to be manufactured in the country enacting such laws.

Article 4. The consular agents of the nations, to which belong or wherein reside the owners of patents, drawings, models, or trade-marks, shall be considered as the legal representatives of said owners, for the purpose of complying with the formalities and conditions established, in order to present the application and secure the filing of said patents, drawings, models or trade-marks, in the country wherein it is intended to use them.

Article 5. The country in which the grantee has his principal establishment or domicile, shall be considered as the country of origin.

In case that he should not have any such establishment in any of the signatory countries, that State of the signatory nations of which the claimant is a citizen, shall be considered as the country of origin.

Article 6. For the purpose of preserving the right of priority of patents of invention, models or designs and of imported trade-marks, a term of one year is granted as to the former, and of six months as to the latter, to be counted from the date of their having been originally issued, for the presentation of the application of the same to the respective authority of the country into which the patent right is to be imported.

Article 7. All questions which may arise regarding the priority of an invention and regarding the adoption of a trade-mark shall be decided with due regard to the date of the application for the respective patent or trade-mark in the countries in which they have been granted. Article 8. The following shall be considered as inventions: any new method of manufacturing industrial products; any mechanical or manual apparatus which may be used for the manufacture of said products; the discovery of any new industrial product; and the application of improved methods, for the purpose of producing results superior to those already known.

The drawings and models of manufacture are subject to the rules of inventions and discoveries in all that does not apply spe- cially to the latter.

The signs, emblems or exterior names, that merchants or manufacturers may adopt or apply to their goods or products, in order to distinguish them from those of other manufacturers or merchants, who deal in articles of the same kind, shall be considered as trade-marks of commerce or manufacture.

Article 9. No patent of invention can be granted with respect to the following:

I. Inventions and discoveries, which may have been published in any country, whether it be a party to this Treaty or not.

II. Those that are contrary to morals, or to the laws of the country, in which the patents of inventions are to be granted or to be recognized.

Article 10. Trade-marks of commerce or manufacture, which are in the class provided for in paragraph II of the foregoing article, are likewise debarred from being granted or recognized.

Article 11. The ownership of a patent of invention or of a trade-mark of commerce or manufacture, covers the right to enjoy the products of the inventions, or the use of the trade-mark, and the right to assign them to others.

Article 12. The number of years of the patent right shall be that which the laws of the country, in which it is desired to make them effective, may establish. Such term may be limited to that established by the laws of the country in which the patent of invention was originally granted, if the latter should be shorter. Article 13. The civil and criminal responsibilities, which those who injure the rights of inventors incur, shall be prosecuted and punished in accordance with the laws of the country, in which the injury has been committed.

The falsification, adulteration, or unauthorized use of trade-marks of commerce and manufacture, shall likewise be prosecuted in accordance with the laws of the State in whose territory the infringement has been committed.

Article 14. The declaration of nullity of a patent or trademark made in the country of its origin, shall be communicated in an authentic form to the other signatory countries, so that they may decide in an administrative manner regarding the recognition, which may be solicited for the respective patent or trademark granted in the foreign country, and as to what effect such declaration is to produce with regard to the patents or trademarks previously imported into said countries.

Article 15. The treaties on patents of invention and trademarks of commerce and manufacture previously concluded by and between the countries subscribing the present Treaty, shall be substituted by the present Treaty from the time of its being duly perfected, as far as the relations between the signatory countries are concerned.

Article 16. The communications, which the Governments who may ratify the present Treaty shall address to the Govern- ment of Mexico, for the purpose of making them known to the remaining contracting countries, shall be considered equal to the customary exchange of ratifications. The Government of Mexico shall likewise communicate to them its ratification of this Treaty, if it should resolve to ratify the same.

Article 17. The exchange of copies in the form of the foregoing article having been made by two or more countries, this Treaty shall take effect thenceforward for an indefinite time.

Article 18. In case any one of the signatory powers should desire to withdraw from this Treaty, it shall make its abrogation known in the manner prescribed in Article 16, and the effect of this Treaty, as far as the respective nation is concerned, shall cease one year from the date of the receipt of the respective communic ation. Article 19. The countries of America, that may not have signed this Treaty originally, may adhere to the same in the manner prescribed by Article 16.

In testimony whereof the Plenipotentiaries and Delegates sign the present Treaty and affix thereto the seal of the Second International American Conference.

Made in the City of Mexico this twenty-seventh day of January nineteen hundred and two, in three copies written in Spanish, English and French respectively, which shall be deposited at the Department of Foreign Relations of the Government of the Mexican United States, so that certified copies thereof may be made, in order to send them through the diplomatic channel to the signatory States.

/Here follow the signatures of the delegates.j TREATY ON PATENTS OF INVENTION, INDUSTRIAL DRAWINGS AND MODELS AND TRADE-MARKS

Signed at Mexico City, January 27, 1902, at the Second International Conference of American States

SIGNATORY DATE OF DEPOSIT OF THE COUNTRIES INSTRUMENT OF RATIFICATION

Argentina Bolivia Chile July 28, 1910 Colombia Costa Rica August 25, 1903 CubaI February 27, 19061 Dominican Republic July 9, 1906 Ecuador (2) El Salvador July 4, 1902 Guatemala August 6, 1902 Haiti Honduras August 19, 1904 Mexico Nicaragua November 4, 1904 Paraguay Peru Uruguay 1. Cuba was not an original signatory. The date given for this country refers to its subsequent deposit of its instrument of adherence. 2. Ratified on October 8, 1902, but ratification not deposited.

In accordance with Article 15, the treaties on patents of inventions and trade-marks of commerce and manufacture, previously concluded by and between the countries subscribing the present Treaty, are to be replaced by the present Treaty from the time of its being duly perfected, as far as the relations between the signatory countries are concerned. The treaty was to enter into force between ratifying countries for an indefinite time.

The original instrument is deposited with the Secretariat of Foreign Affairs of Mexico. Ratifications were to be communicated to the Mexican Government. The Treaty went into effect on August 6, 1902, when Guatemala became the second country to communicate its ratification.

See also the Convention of Rio de Janeiro, 1906; the two Con- ventions of Buenos Aires, 1910; the Convention of Santiago, Chile; 1923, and the Convention of Washington and its Protocol, 1929. CONVENTION ON PATENTS OF INVENTION, DRAWINGS AND INDUSTRIAL MODELS, TRADE MARKS AND LITERARY AND ARTISTIC PROPERTY

RIO DE JANEIRO (1906)

Their Excellencies, the Presidents of Ecuador, Paraguay, Bolivia, Colombia, Honduras, Panama, Cuba, the Dominican Republic, Peru, El Salvador, Costa Rica, the United States of Mexico, Guatemala, Uruguay, the Argentine Republic, Nicaragua, the United States of Brazil, the United States of America, and Chile;

Desiring that their respective countries should be represented at the Third International American Conference, sent thereto, duly authorized to approve the recommendations, resolutions, conventions and treaties that they might deem convenient for the interests of America, the following Delegates:

[Here follow the names of the delegates]

Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers and found them to be in due and proper form, have agreed on the following:

Article I. The subscribing Nations adopt in regard to patents of invention, drawings and industrial models, trade-marks, and literary and artistic property, the treaties subscribed at the Second International Conference of American States held in Mexico, on the 27th of January, 1902, with such modifications as are expressed in the present Convention.

Article II. A Union is constituted of the nations of America, which will be rendered effective by means of two Bureaus, which will be maintained, one in the City of Havana and the other in that of Rio de Janeiro, each working closely with the other, to be styled Bureaus of the International American Union for the Protec- tion of Intellectual and Industrial Property, and will have for their object the centralization of the registration of literary and artistic works, patents, trade marks, drawings, models, etc., which will be registered, in each one of the signatory Nations, according to the respective treaties and with a view to their validity and recognition by the others.

This international registration is entirely optional with persons interested, since they are free to apply, personally or through an attorney-in-fact, for registration in each one of the States in which they seek protection.

Article III. The Bureau established in the city of Havana will have charge of the registrations from the United States of America, the United States of Mexico, Venezuela, Cuba, Haiti, Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Guatemala, Panama and Colombia.

The Bureau established in the city of Rio de Janeiro will attend to the registrations coming from the Republics of the United States of Brazil, Uruguay, Argentine Republic, Paraguay, Bolivia, Chile, Peru and Ecuador.

Article IV. For the purposes of the legal unification of the registration, the two International Bureaus, which are divided merely with a view to greater facility of communication, are considered as one, and to this end it is established that: (a) both shall have the same books and the same accounts kept under an identical system; (b) copies shall be transmitted monthly from one to the other, authenticated by the Governments in whose territories they have their seat, of all the registrations, communications and other documents affecting the recognition of the rights of proprietors or authors.

Article V. Each one of the Governments adhering to the Union will send at the end of each month, to the proper Bureau, according to Article III, authenticated copies of all registrations of trade marks, patents, drawings, models, etc., and copies of the literary and artistic works, registered in them, as well as of all lapses, renunciations, transfers and other alterations occurring in proprietary rights, according to the respective treaties and laws, in order that they may be sent out or distributed and notice given of them, as the case may be, by the International Bureau to those Nations in direct correspondence therewith. Article VI. The registration or deposit of drawings, models, etc., made in the country of origin, according to the national law of the same and transmitted by the respective administration to the International Bureau, shall be by such Bureau laid before the other countries of the Union, by which it shall be given full faith and credit, except in the case provided for in Article IX of the Treaty on Patents, Trade-marks, etc., of Mexico, and in case the requirements essential to the recognition of International Property are lacking where literary or artistic works are involved according to the Treaty thereon subscribed in Mexico.

In order that the States forming the Union may accept or refuse the recognition of the rights granted in the country of origin, and for the further legal purposes of such recognition, such States shall be allowed a term of one year from the date of notification by the proper Office for the purpose of so doing.

In case patents, trade-marks, drawings, models, etc., or the right to literary or artistic works shall fail to obtain recognition on the part of any one of the offices of the States forming the Union, the International Bureau shall be made acquainted with the facts and reasons of the case in order that, in its turn these facts may be transmitted by it to the office of origin and to the interested party, for proper action according to local law.

Article VII. Every registration or recognition of intellectual and industrial rights made in one of the countries of the Union, and communicated to the others according to the form prescribed in the preceding articles shall have the same effect that would be produced if said registration or recognition had taken place in all of them, and every nullification or lapse of rights, occurring in the country of origin, and communicated in the same form to the others, shall produce in them the same effect that it would produce in the former.

The period of international protection derived from the registration shall be that recognized by the laws of the country where the rights originated or have been recognized and if said laws do not provide for such matters, or do not specify a fixed period, the respective periods shall be: for patents, 15 years; for trade marks or commercial designs, models and industrial drawings, 10 years; for literary and artistic works, Z5 years, counting from the death of the author thereof; the two first periods may be renewed at will by giving the same form as the case of the first registration.

Article VIII. The International Bureaus for the Protection of Intellectual and Industrial Property shall be governed by identical regulations formed with the concurrence of the Governments of the Republics of Cuba and Brazil and approved by all the others belonging to the Union. Their budgets, after being sanctioned by the said Governments, shall be defrayed by all of the subscribing Governments in the same proportion established for the Interna- tional Bureau of American Republics at Washington, and in this particular they shall be placed under the control of those Govern- ments within whose territories they are established.

To the tax on rights which the country of their origin col- lects for registrations or deposit and other acts resulting from the recognition or guarantee of intellectual and industrial property, shall be added a fee of five dollars, American gold, which fee or the equivalent thereof in the currency of the country in which the payment is made, shall be distributed in equal parts among the Governments in whose territory the International Bureaus shall be established, the sole object of this being to contribute to the maintenance of the said Bureaus.

Article IX. In addition to the functions prescribed in the preceding articles the International Bureaus shall have the following:

Ist. To collect information of all kinds regarding the protection of intellectual and industrial property, and to publish and circulate the same among the countries of America at proper intervals;

2nd. To encourage the study of questions regarding the said subjects, to which end they may publish one or more official reviews containing all documents forwarded to them by the offices of the subscribing countries;

3rd. To lay before the Governments of the Union any difficulties or obstacles that may arise in the efficacious application of the present Convention, and indicate means to correct or remove such difficulties or obstacles; 4th. To help the Governments of the Union in the preparation of International Conferences for the study and progress of legislation and intellectual and industrial properties, for alterations which it may be proper to introduce in the regulations of the Union or in the treaties in force on the said subject, and in case such Conferences take place, the Directors of the Bureau, not appointed to represent any countries, shall have a right to attend the meetings and express their opinions at them, but not to vote;

5th. To present to the Government of the country where they shall have their seats, a yearly report of their labors, which shall be communicated to all of tha States of the Union;

6th. To establish relations for the exchange of publications, information and data conducive to the progress of the institution, with similar Bureaus and Institutions, and with scientific, literary, artistic and industrial corporations of E.urope and America;

7th. To cooperate as agent for each one of the Governments of the Union for the transaction of any business, the taking of any initiative or the execution of any act conducive to furthering the ends of the present Convention with the offices of the other Govern- ments.

Article X. The provisions contained in the Treaties of Mexico, of January 27th, 1902, on patents of invention, drawings and industrial models and commercial trade marks, and on literary and artistic property, so far as regards the formalities of the registration or recognition of said rights in other countries than that of origin, shall be considered as replaced by the provisions of the present Convention, as soon as one of the International Bureaus shall have been established, and only with regard to those States which have concurred in its constitution; in all other cases, the said treaties shall remain in force, and the present Convention shall be considered additional thereto.

Article XI. The Governments of the Republics of Cuba and the United States of Brazil shall proceed with the organization of the International Bureaus, upon the ratification of this Convention by at least two-thirds of the nations belonging to each group mentioned in Article Ill. The simultaneous establishment of both Bureaus shall not be necessary; one only may be established if there be the number of adherent Governments provided above, the Government in which the Bureau has its seat being charged with taking the proper steps to secure this result, availing itself of the powers contained in the eighth article.

In the event that one of the two Offices referred to in this Convention shall have been established, the countries belonging to a group other than that to which the Bureau corresponds, shall have the right to join it, until the second Bureau shall be established. Upon the establishment of the second Bureau, the first Bureau shall transmit to the same all the data referred to in Article XII.

Article XII. As regards the adhesion of the American Na- tions to the present Convention, it will be communicated to the Government of the United States of Brazil, which will lay it before the others, these communications taking the place of an exchange of Notes.

The Government of Brazil will also notify the International Bureau of this adhesion, and this Bureau will forward to the newly adhering State a complete statement of all the marks, patents, models, drawings, and literary and artistic works registered, which, at the time, shall be under international protection.

In testimony whereof the Plenipotentiaries and Delegates have signed the present Convention, and affixed the Seal of the Third International American Conference.

Made in the City of Rio de Janeiro, on the twenty-third day of August, nineteen hundred and six, in English, Portuguese, and Spanish, and deposited with the Secretary of Foreign Affairs of the United States of Brazil, in order that certified copies thereof may be made, and sent through diplomatic channels to the signatory States.

LIere follow the signatures of the delegates.J CONVENTION ON PATENTS OF INVENTION, DRAWINGS AND INDUSTRIAL MODELS, TRADE MARKS, AND LITERARY AND ARTISTIC PROPERTY

Signed at Rio de Janeiro, August 23, 1906, at the Third International Conference of American States

SIGNATORY DATE OF DEPOSIT OF THE COUNTRIES INSTRUMENT OF RATIFICATION

Argentina Bolivia Brazil December 6, 1911 Chile June 27, 1910 Colombia Costa Rica December 21, 1908 Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador November IZ, 1909 El Salvador June 3, 1910 Guatemala April 26, 1909 Honduras October 16, 1908 Mexico Nicaragua August 25, 1909 Panama May Z2, 1911 Paraguay Peru United States Uruguay

The original instrument is deposited with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Brazil, which is also the depository of the instruments of ratification.

The Offices that were to be established at Havana and Rio de Janeiro to centralize the registration of patents of invention, drawings and industrial models, trade marks, and literary and artistic property, were not organized because the Convention was not ratified by a sufficient number of States. Due to this fact, this Convention did not supersede in any aspect the previous ones of 1902 on the same subject, being considered as additional to them. CONVENTION ON INVENTIONS, PATENTS, DESIGNS AND INDUSTRIAL MODELS

BUENOS AIRES (1910)

Their Excellencies the Presidents of the United States of America, the Argentine Republic, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, El Salvador, Uruguay and Venezuela;

Being desirous that their respective countries may be represented at the Fourth International American Conference, have sent thereto the following delegates, duly authorized to approve the recommendations, resolutions, conventions and treaties which they might deem advantageous to the interests of America:

LHere follow the names of the delegatesJ 7

Who, after having presented their credentials, and the same having been found in due and proper form, have agreed upon the following Convention on inventions, patents, designs and industrial models.

Article I. The subscribing nations enter into this Conven- tion for the protection of patents of invention, designs and industrial models.

Article II. Any persons who shall obtain a patent of invention in any of the signatory States, shall enjoy in each of the other States all the advantages which the laws relative to patents of invention, designs and industrial models concede. Consequently they shall have the right to the same protection and identical legal remedies against any attack upon their rights, provided they comply with the laws of each State.

Article III. Any person who shall have regularly deposited an application for a patent of invention or design or industrial model in one of the contracting States shall enjoy, for the purposes of making the deposit in the other States, and under the reserve of the rights of third parties, a right of priority during a period of twelve months for patents of invention, and of four months for designs or industrial models.

In consequence the deposit subsequently made in any other of the signatory States before the expiration of these periods, cannot be invalidated by acts performed in the interval, especially by other deposits, by the publication of the invention or its working, or by the sale of copies of the design or of the model.

Article IV. When, within the terms fixed, a person shall have filed applications in several States for the patent of the same invention, the rights resulting from patents thus applied for shall be independent of each other.

They shall also be independent of the rights arising under patents obtained for the same invention in countries not parties to this Convention.

Article V. Questions which may arise regarding the priority of patents of invention, shall be decided with regard to the date of the application for the respective patents in the countries in which they are granted.

Article VI. The following shall be considered as inventions: A new manner of manufacturing industrial products; a new machine or mechanical or manual apparatus which serves for the manufacture of said products; the discovery of a new industrial product; the application of known methods for the purpose of securing better results; and every new, original and ornamental design or model for an article of manufacture.

The foregoing shall be understood without prejudice to the laws of each State.

Article' VII. Any of the signatory States may refuse to recognize patents for any of the following causes:

a) Because the inventions or discoveries may have been pub. lished in any country prior to the date of the invention by the applicant; b) Because the inventions have been registered, published, or described in any country more than one year prior to the date of the application in the country in which the patent is sought;

c) Because the inventions have been in public use, or have been on sale in the country in which the patent has been applied for, one year prior to the date of said application;

d) Because the inventions or discoveries are in some manner contrary to morals or laws.

Article VIII. The ownership of a patent of invention com- prises the right to enjoy the benefits thereof, and the right to assign or transfer it in accordance with the laws of the country.

Article IX. Persons who incur civil or criminal liabilities, because of injuries or damage to the rights of inventors, shall be prosecuted and punished, in accordance with the laws of the countries wherein the offence has been committed or the damage occasioned.

Article X. Copies of patents certified in the country of origin, according to the national law thereof, shall be given full faith and credit as evidence of the right of priority, except as stated in Article VII.

Article XI. The treaties relating to patents of invention, designs or industrial models, previously entered into between the countries subscribing to the present Convention, shall be superseded by the same from the time of its ratification in so far as the relations between the signatory States are concerned.

Article XII. The adhesions of the American Nations to the present Convention shall be communicated to the Government of the Argentine Republic in order that it may communicate them to the other States. These communications shall have the effect of an exchange of ratifications.

Article XIII. A signatory Nation that sees fit to retire from the present Convention, shall notify the Government of the Argentine Republic, and one year after the receipt of the communication the force of this Convention shall cease, in so far as the nation which shall have withdrawn its adherence is concerned. In witness whereof, the Plenipotentiaries have signed the present treaty and affixed thereto the Seal of the Fourth Interna- tional American Conference.

Made and signed in the city of Buenos Aires on the twentieth day of August in the year one thousand nine hundred and ten, in Spanish, English, Portuguese, and French, and deposited in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Argentine Republic, in order that certified copies be made for transmission to each of the Signatory Nations through the appropriate diplomatic channels.

ZHere follow the signatures of the delegates] CONVENTION ON INVENTIONS, PATENTS, DESIGNS AND INDUSTRIAL MODELS

Signed at Buenos Aires, August 20, 1910, at the Fourth International Conference of American States

SIGNATORY DATE OF DEPOSIT OF THE COUNTRIES INSTRUMENT OF RATIFICATION

Argentina Bolivia I May 14, 1914 Brazil May 31, 1915 Chile Colombia Costa Rica August 31, 1916 Cuba February 28, 1913 Dominican Republic July 31, 1912 Ecuador May 31, 1.914 El Salvador Guatemala December 28, 1912 Haiti August 27, 1919 Honduras January 27, 1914 Mexico Nicaragua September 15, 1913 Panama 2 August 25, 19132 Paraguay June 20, 1917 Peru United States May 1, 1911 Uruguay December 17, 1919 Venezuela

1. Adhered. 2. Denounced, effective June 2, 1972.

The original instrument is deposited with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Argentine Republic, which is also the depository of the instruments of ratification. It entered into force on July 31, 1912, when the Dominican Republic deposited the second ratification.

This Convention supersedes the Treaty signed in 1902 and the Convention signed in 1906. CONVENTION ON THE PROTECTION OF TRADE MARKS

BUENOS AIRES (1910)

Being desirous that their respective countries may be represented at the Fourth International American Conference, have sent thereto the following Delegates, duly authorized to approve the recommendations, resolutions, conventions and treaties which they might deem advantageous to the interest of America:

LHere follow the names of the delegates]

Who, after having presented their credentials and the same having been found in due and proper form, have agreed upon the following Convention for the Protection of Trade-Marks:

Article 1. The signatory Nations enter into this Convention for the protection of trade-marks and commercial names.

Article 2. Any mark duly registered in one of the signatory States shall be considered as registered also in the other States of the Union, without prejudice to the rights of third persons and to the provisions of the laws of each State governing the same.

In order to enjoy the benefit of the foregoing, the manufacturer or merchant interested in the registry of the mark must pay, in addition to the fees or charges fixed by the laws of the State in which application for registration is first made, the sum of fifty dollars gold, which sum shall cover all the expenses of both Bureaux for the international registration in all the signatory States. Article 3. The deposit of a trade-mark in one of the signatory States produces in favor of the depositor a right of priority for the period of six months, so as to enable the depositor to make the deposit in the other States.

Therefore, the deposit made subsequently and prior to the expiration of this period, cannot be annulled by acts performed in the interval, especially by another deposit, by publication, or by the use of the mark.

Article 4. The following shall be considered as trade-mark: any sign, emblem, or especial name that merchants or manufacturers may adopt or apply to their goods or products in order to distinguish them from those of other manufacturers or merchants who manufacture or deal in articles of the same kind.

Article 5. The following cannot be adopted or used as trademark: national, provincial or municipal flags or coats-of-arms; immoral or scandalous figures; distinctive marks which may have been obtained by others or which may give rise to confusion with other marks; the general classification of articles; pictures or names of persons, without their permission; and any design which may have been adopted as an emblem by any fraternal or humanitarian association.

The foregoing provisions shall be construed without prejudice to the particular provisions of the laws of each State.

Article 6. All questions which may arise regarding the priority of the deposit, or the adoption of a trade-mark, shall be decided with due regard to the date of the deposit in the State in which the first application was made therefor.

Article 7. The ownership of a trade-mark includes the right to enjoy the benefits thereof, and the right of assignment or transfer, in whole or in part, of its ownership or its use in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the respective States.

Article 8. The falsification, imitation or unauthorized use of a trade-mark, as also the false representation as to the origin of a product, shall be prosecuted by the interested party in accordance with the laws of the State wherein the offense is committed. For the effects of this article, interested parties shall be understood to be any producer, manufacturer or merchant engaged in the production, manufacture or traffic of said product, or in the case of false representation of origin, one doing business in the locality falsely indicated as that of origin, or in the territory in which said locality is situated.

Article 9. Any person in any of the signatory States shall have the right to petition and obtain in any of the States, through its competent judicial authority, the annullment of the registration of a trade-mark, when he shall have made application for the registration of that mark, or of any other mark calculated to be confused, in such State, with the mark in whose annullment le is interested, upon proving:

a) That the mark, the registration whereof he solicits, has been employed or used within the country prior to the employment or use of the mark registered by the person registering it, or by the persons from whom he has derived title;

b) That the registrant had knowledge of the ownership, employment or use in any of the signatory States, of the mark of the applicant, the annullment whereof is sought, prior to the use of the registered mark by the registrant or by those from whom he has derived title;

c) That the registrant had no right to the ownership, employment or use of the registered mark on the date of its deposit;

d) That the registered mark had not been used or employed by the registrant or by his assigns within the term fixed by the laws of the State in which the registration shall have been made.

Article 10. Commercial names shall be protected in all the States of the Union, without deposit or registration, whether the same form part of a trade-mark or not.

Article 11. For the purposes indicated in the present Con- vention a Union of American Nations is hereby constituted, which shall act through two International Bureaux established one in the city of Havana, Cuba, and the other in the city of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, acting in complete accord with each other. Article 1U. The International Bureaux shall have the following duties:

I. To keep a register of the certificates of ownership of trade-mark issued by any of the signatory States.

2. To collect such reports and data as relate to the protection of intellectual and industrial property and to publish and circulate them among the nations of the Union, as well as to furnish them whatever special information they may need upon this subject.

3. To encourage the study and publicity of the questions relating to the protection of intellectual and industrial property; to publish for this purpose one or more official reviews, containing the full texts or digests of all documents forwarded to the Bureaux by the authorities of the signatory States.

The Governments of said States shall send to the Interna- tional Ameri, in Bureaux their official publications which contain the announcements of the registrations of trade-marks, and commercial names, and the grants of patents and privileges as well as the judgments rendered by the respective courts concerning the invalidity of trade-marks and patents.

4. To communicate to the Governments of the Union any difficulties or obstacles that may oppose or delay the effective application of this Convention.

5. To aid the Governments of the signatory States in the preparation of international conferences for the study of legislation concerning industrial property, and to secure such alterations as it may be proper to propose in the regulations of the Union, or in treaties in force to protect industrial property. In case such conferences take place, the Directors Of the Bureaux shall have the right to attend the meetings and there to express their opinions, but not to vote.

o. To present to tle Governments of Cuba and of the United States of Brazil, respectively, yearly reports of their labors which shall be communicated at the same time to all the Governments of the other States of the Union. 7. To initiate and establish relations with similar Bureaux, and with the scientific and industrial associations and institutions for the exchange of publications, information and data conducive to the progress of the protection of industrial property.

8. To investigate cases where trade-marks, designs, and industrial models, have failed to obtain the recognition of registration provided for by this Convention on the part of the authorities of any one of the States forming the Union, and to comnluni- cate the facts and reasons to the Government of the country of origin and to interested parties.

9. To cooperate as agents for each one of the Governments of the signatory States before the respective authorities for the better performance of any act tending to promote or accomplish the ends of this convention.

Article 13. The Bureau established in the city of Havana, Cuba, shall have charge of the registration of trade-marks coming from the United States of America, Mexico, Cuba, Haiti, the Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Guatemala and Panama.

The Bureau established in the city of Rio de Janeiro shall have charge of the registration of trade-marks coming from Brazil, Uruguay, the Argentine Republic, Paraguay, Bolivia, Chile, Peru, Ecuador, Venezuela, and Colombia.

Article 1-t. The two International Bureaux shall be considered as one, and for the purpose of the unification of the registration it is provided:

a) Both shall have the same books and the same accounts kept under an identical system;

b) Copies shall be reciprocally transmitted weekly from one to the other of all applications, registrations, communication, and other documents affecting the recognition of the rights of owners of trade-marks. Article 15. The International Bureaux shall be governed by identical regulations, formed with the concurrence of the Govern- ments of the Republic of Cuba and of the United States of Brazil and approved by all the other signatory States.

Their budgets, after being sanctioned by the said Govern- ments, shall be defrayed by all the signatory States in the same proportion as that established for the International Bureau of the American Republics at Washington, and in this particular they shall be placed under the control of those Governments within whose territories they are established.

The International Bureaux may establish such rules of practice and procedure, not inconsistent with the terms of this convention, as they may deem necessary and proper to give effect to its provisions.

Article 16. The Governments of the Republics of Cuba and of the United States of Brazil shall proceed with the organization of the Bureaux of the International Union as herein provided, upon the ratification of this Convention by at least two-thirds of the nations belonging to each group.

The simultaneous establishment of both Bureaux shall not be necessary; one only may be established if there be the number of adherent governments provided for above.

Article 17. The treaties on trade-marks previously concluded by and between the signatory States, shall be substituted by the present convention from the date of its ratification, as far as the relations between the signatory States are concerned.

Article IS. The ratifications or adhesions of the American States to the present Convention shall be communicated to the Government of the Argentine Republic, which shall lay them before the other States of the Union. These communications shall take the place of an exchange of ratifications,

Article 19. Any signatory State that may see fit to withdraw from the present Convention shall so notify the Government of the Argentine Republic, which shall communicate this fact to the other States of the Union, and one year after the receipt of such communication this Convention shall cease with regard to the State that shall have withdrawn.

In Witness Whereof, the Plenipotentiaries and Delegates sign this Convention and affix to it the Seal of the Fourth Inter- national American Conference.

Made and signed in the City of Buenos Aires, on the twentieth day of August, in the year one thousand nine hundred and ten, in Spanish, English, Portuguese and French, and filed in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Argentine Republic in order that certified copies may be made to be forwarded through appropriate diplomatic channels to each one of the signatory Nations.

/Here follow tle signatures of the delegatesJ CONVENTION ON THE PROTECTION OF TRADE MARKS Signed at Buenos Aires, August Z0, 1910, at the Fourth International Conference of American States

SIGNATORY DATE OF DEPOSIT OF THE COUNTRIES INSTRUMENT OF RATIFICATION

Argentina Bolivia May 14, 1914 Brazil May 31, 1915 Chile Colombia Costa Rica Z August 31, 19162 Cuba February 23, 1917 Dominican Republic July 31, 1912 Ecuador May 31, 1914 El Salvador 3 Guatemala 3 December 28, 1912 Haiti August 27, 1919 4 4 Honduras January 27, 1914

Mexico 5 Nicaragua 5 September 15, 1913 Panama August 25, 1913 Paraguay June 20, 1917 Peru January 13, 1922 United States May 1, 1911 Uruguay December 17, 1919 Venezuela

1. Adhered. 2. Denounced on September 30, 1921. 3. Denounced on March 18, 1920. 4. Denounced on February 17, 1922. 5. Denounced on July 16, 1920.

The original instrument is deposited with the Ministry of For- eign Affairs of the Argentine Republic, which is also the depository of the instruments of ratification. It entered into force on July 31, 1912, when the Dominican Republic deposited the second ratification. This Convention supersedes the Treaty of 1902 and the Con- vention of 1906. It was superseded by the Convention of 1923, and later by the Convention of 1929. The latter superseded the Con- vention of 1923.

The Offices that were to be established at Havana and Rio de Janeiro to centralize the registration of trade marks were not organized because the Convention was not ratified by a sufficient number of States. CONVENTION FOR THE PROTECTION OF COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL, AND AGRICULTURAL TRADE MARKS AND COMMERCIAL NAMES

SANTIAGO, CHILE (1923)

Their Excellencies the Presidents of Venezuela, Panama, United States of America, Uruguay, Ecuador, Chile, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Brazil, El Salvador, Colombia, Cuba, Paraguay, Dominican Republic, Honduras, Argentine Republic and Haiti,

Being desirous that their respective countries may be represented at the Fifth International Conference of American States, have sent thereto the following Delegates duly authorized to approve the recommendations, resolutions, conventions and treaties which they might deem advantageous to the interest of America:

/Here follow the names of the delegates]

Who, after having presented their credentials and the same having been found in due and proper form, have agreed upon the following Convention for the Protection of Commercial, Indus- trial and Agricultural Trade-Marks and Commercial Names, which shall be regarded as a revision of the Convention of Buenos Aires of 1910:

Article I. Section 1. The High Contracting Parties agree that any commercial, industrial or agricultural trade-mark registered or deposited in any of the States signatory of the Convention, by a person domiciled in any of such States, either directly, or through his duly authorized representative, may obtain in the other Signatory States the same protection granted by them to the marks registered or deposited on their own territory, without prejudice to the rights of third parties and provided that the formalities and conditions required by the domestic law of each State, as well as the following requirements, are complied with: a) Any person interested in the registration or deposit of the mark shall present to the proper Inter-American Bureau through the proper office of the State of first registration or deposit, an application for recognition of the rights claimed, in accordance with the requirements prescribed in the Appendix of this Conven- tion, which is declared to be a part hereof.

b) Fie shall pay, besides the fees or charges established by the domestic legislation of each State in which recognition of rights is desired, and other expenses incident to such recognition, a fee equivalent in value to fifty dollars ($50. 00) United States gold, this sum to be paid only once for each period and for a single mark. Such fee shall be used to cover the expenses of the said Inter- American Bureau.

Section 2. The period during which protection is granted shall be the same as that accorded by the laws of the particular State.

Section 3. Protection under this Convention may be renewed at the expiration of each period upon fulfillment of the requirements set forth in paragraph b) hereof. Application for renewal may also be made by the interested party directly to the proper Inter- American Bureau.

Section 4. Commercial names shall be protected in all the Signatory States, without deposit or registration, whether the same form part of a trade-mark or not, in accordance with the domestic law of each State.

Article II. The date of filing in the State where first application is made for registration or deposit through the proper Inter- American Bureau, in the absence of other proof of ownership of a mark, shall determine priority for the registration or deposit of such mark in any of the Signatory States.

Article III. Section 1. Each Signatory State, upon receipt of an application for recognition communicated by the proper Inter- American Bureau, shall determine whether protection can be granted in accordance with its laws, and notify the Inter-American Bureau as soon as possible of its decision. Section 2. In case objection is made to the registration or deposit of a mark under this Convention, the term to answer such objection in the country where it is made shall begin ninety days after the date of sending notice of such objection to the proper Inter-American Bureau. This Bureau shall have no other part in the controversy originated by the opposition.

Article IV. The transfer of a mark registered or deposited in one of the Contracting States shall be equally recognized in each one of the other States with the same force and effect as if made in accordance with the respective laws of each one of those States, provided that the mark transferred is a mark registered or deposited in the country where the recognition of transference under this Convention is applied for, and provided that the principles of Arti- cle V of this Convention are not impaired, Notification of transfer shall be made through the proper office of the State of first registration or deposit and the proper Inter-American Bureau, upon payment of the fees corresponding to each State for such transference.

Article V. Section 1. In any civil, criminal or administrative proceeding arising in a country with respect to a mark, such as opposition, falsification, imitation or unauthorized appropriation, as also the false representation as to the origin of a product, the domestic authorities of the same State alone shall have jurisdiction thereof, and the precepts of law and procedure of that State shall be observed.

Section 2. When refused protection under this Convention in a Signatory State because of prior registration or a pending application for registration, the proprietor of a mark claiming recognition of rights under this Convention shall have the right to seek and obtain the cancellation of the previously registered mark, upon proving, according to the procedure by law of the country where cancellation is sought, such refusal, and either:

a) That he had legal protection for his mark in any of the Contracting States before the date of application for the registration which he seeks to cancel; or

b) That the registrant had no right to the ownership, use or employment of the registered mark at the date of its deposit; or c) That the mark covered by the registration which he seeks to cancel has been abandoned.

Section 3. (Transitory.) Those who have heretofore sought the benefits of this Convention for their marks and who have been denied protection in certain States, may avail themselves of the right established in this article within two years after the present revision enters into effect. Those who subsequently seek to secure the benefits of the Convention shall have a period of one year, calculated in each instance from the day following that of the receipt by the proper Inter-American Bureau of notice of refusal of protection, within which they may avail themselves of this right.

Section 4. This recourse shall not be applicable to trade marks the registration or deposit of which is already beyond question under national legislation; but it shall apply to renewals.

Section 5. The proof that a trade-mark conceals or mis- represents the true quality, nature or origin of the merchandise covered Ly it, shall be cause for cancellation of the registration or deposit effected through the respective Inter-American Bureau.

Article VI. For the purposes indicated in the present Con- vention, a union of American Nations is hereby constituted which shall act through two International Bureaus, established, one in the city of Havana, and the other in the city of Rio de Janeiro.

Article VII. The High Contracting Parties agree to confer the postal frank on the official correspondence of the Bureaus.

Article VIII. The Inter-American Bureaus for the registration of trade-marks shall have the following duties:

Section 1. To keep a detailed record of the applications for the recognition of marks received through the national offices for registration under this Convention, as well as of all assignments or transfers thereof and of all notices pertaining thereto.

Section 2. To communicate to each of the Contracting States, for such action as may be necessary, the applications for recognition received. Section 3. To distribute the fees received in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) Article I.

The Inter-American Bureaus shall remit to the proper governments, or if the governments should so desire, to their local representatives in Havana and Rio de Janeiro, duly authorized therefor, the charges stipulated, at the time when recognition of the alleged rights is requested by the applicant in accordance with this Convention. The cost of remitting the said charges shall be for account of the States to which remittance is made. The Inter- American Bureaus shall return to the interested parties any sums returned to such Bureaus.

Section 4. To communicate to the State of first registration or deposit, for the information of the owner of the mark, the notices received from other countries with respect to the granting, opposition to, or denial of protection, or any other circumstance related to the mark.

Section 5. To publish periodical bulletins in which shall appear notices of applications for protection in accordance with this Convention, received from and sent to the various States under the provisions of the Convention, as well as documents, information, studies and articles concerning protection of industrial property.

The High Contracting Parties agree to furnish to the Inter- American Bureaus all the official gazettes, reviews and other publications containing notices of the registration of trade-marks and commercial names, as well as of judicial proceedings and decisions relative thereto.

Section 6. To carry on any investigation on the subject of trade-marks which the government of any of the Signatory States may request, and to encourage the investigation of problems, difficulties or obstacles which may hinder the operation of this Con- vention.

Section 7. To cooperate with the Governments of the Con- tracting States in the preparation of material for international conferences on this subject; to present to the said States such suggestions as they may consider useful, and such opinions as may be requested as to what modifications should be introduced in the present Convention, or in the laws concerning industrial property; and in general to facilitate the execution of tile purposes of this Convention.

Section 8. To inform the Signatory Governments at least once a year as to the work which the Bureaus arc doing.

Section 9. To maintain relations with sniilar offices, and scientific and industrial institutions and organizations for the exchange of publications, information and data relative to the progress of the law of industrial property.

Section 10. To establish, in accordance with the provisions of this Convention, the regulations which the Directors nay Lon0- sider necessary for the internal administration of the Buoreaus.

Article IX. The Bureau established in the city Of Itavani; shall arranige with tile Contracting States for tile registration or deposit of commercial, industrial and agricItural t rade -ma rks coming from tile United States of America, Cuba, Ilaiti, Dominican Republic, Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Panama, Colombia and Ecuoador.

The Bureau established in Rio de Janeiro Shill il'rlllt4t, olr the registration of the narks coming from Brazil, Ulrugtiiv , the Argentine Republic, Paraguay, Cliile and Vene , uel,

Transitory paragraph, tihe later-:koitrican MlurCan of Rio de janeiro shall be installed as sooni as the present Convention shall have been ratified by one third f the Signattry States.

Article X. The two liter-Anricno uir;tUtis haIll be ciM- sidered as one, and, for th purposes of tniforniit in the lr procedure, it is provided:

a) That both Bureaus adopt thl stint Ssteim of books and of accounts;

1) That each of them send to the other copies of all applications, registrations, comm1q1unicattions and other ocumteilts rilttivU to tile recognition of the rights of owners of marks. Article XI. The Inter-American Bureaus shall both be governed by the same regulations, prepared for the purpose by the governments of the Republics of Cuba and of Brazil.

Article XII. The part of the fees received by each Inter- American Bureau which is stipulated for this purpose by the provisions of this Convention, shall be assigned to the maintenance and operation thereof. The proceeds of the sale of publications by the Inter-American Bureaus to individuals shall be assigned to the same purpose; and if both these sums should be insufficient, tiledeficit -nail be paid by tileContracting States in the following manne r:

80% of the total deficit of the operation budget of both Bureaus shall be paid by the Contracting States in proportion to the number of marks which they may have had registered each year through the Inter-American Bureaus, and the balance of 20' by the same States in proportion to the number of marks they may have registered at tilerequest of the Itter-American Bureaus.

Any annual surplus in one of tileBureaus shall be assigned to the reduction of tl..e deficit, if any, of the other.

The lter-Anierican Bureaus shall not incur any expense or obligation which does not appear in their definitive budgets and for w hich no funds may have been lnade available at the time of ilhcurrihg -uch expense or obliigation.

'Ihe provisional budget of annual expenditures of each Bureau shall be submitted to the approval of the Goverimnent of the State in \which such Bureau is established, and shall be com- iunicate~d to tileCOntracting Stattes for such observations as they ,aysee fit to formulat .

The uditinl) of the iccounts of the Inter-Americati Bureaus shall e done, lw theOfficer author'zed by the respective Govern- rnent, and the I)i reitors of the Bureaus shall transmit the aiditor's report to the Contricting States thruugh diplomoatic channels.

Artic i XIII. Trade-marks which enjoy tile protection of the Conventioo of 1910 shall continue to enjoy this protection without p); ,Lmeot if any fees to the Coitracting States. The High Contracting Parties agree that the protection accorded by their national legislation to all marks received up to the day on which the revised Convention becomes effective shall continue to be granted in accordance with the Convention of 1910, if they have ratified it.

Article XIV. The ratifications or adhesions to this Conven- tion shall be communicated to the Government of the Republic of Chile, which shall communicate them to the other Signatory or adhering States. These communications shall take the place of an exchange of ratifications. The revised Convention shall become effective thirty days after the receipt by the Government of Chile of notice of ratification by a number of countries equivalent to one third of the Signatory States; and from that moment the Convention signed on August 20, 1910, shall cease to exist, without prejudice to the provisions of Article XIII of this Convention.

The Government of Chile obligates itself to communicate by telegraph and in writing to all the signatory and adhering States the date on which the Convention in its present form becomes effective in accordance with the provisions of this article.

Article XV. The American States not represented in this Conference may adhere to this Convention by communiciting their decision in due form to the Government of the Republic of Chile, and shall be assigned to the group which each iay select,

A\rticle XVI. Any Signatory State that may see fit to w ith- draw from this Convention, shall so notify the Covernmnent of the Republic of Chil', which shall co1nunicate the fact to tie other Signatory State-; and no \-ear after the receipt if such notification, till, C nventi,n shall L'4S illrespect Of the State that shall hive withdraw, but such wiitlhdrawa;lmshall not afftct the rights proeviojusly acquired in i c-ordil1'e With this Convention.

Article XVII. ITic Inter-.-nerican Bureaus shall continue so long as not his, than one hiltf f the ratifying States adhere to the Comtention. If the num1b, r of States adhering to the Convention shilh omdCnIe h.s thin half, the ,uri -ahall ho liquidaitmd under the di rcction Or the Gooe rnincts ,f Cub:t ad hrazil, and their fund ShlSh bc distributt-d anlumig the adhering countries in the same proprtion as the T would haVe contributed to their support. The buildings and other tangible property of the Bureaus shall become the property of the Governments of Cuba and Brazil, respectively, in recognition of the services of those Republics in giving effect to the Convention, it being understood that the said Governments shall dedicate such property to purposes preeminently inter- American in character.

The High Contracting Parties agree to accept as final any steps which may be taken for tile liquidation of the Bureaus.

The termination of the Convention shall not affect rights acquired during the period of its effectiveness,

Article XVIII. Any differences between the Contracting States relative to the interpretation or execution of this Conven- tion shall be decided by arbitration.

APPENDIX

Regulations

Article I. Any application to obtain protection under the Convention of which the present Appendix is a part, shall be made by the owner of the mark or his legal representative to the administration of the State of first registration or deposit, in the manner prescribed by the respective regulations, accompanied by a money order payable to the Director of the proper Inter-American Bureau in the sum required by this Convention. His application and money order shall be accompanied by an electrotype of the mark reproducing it as registered in the State of first registration or deposit, and having the dimensions required in the State of first registration or deposit.

Article II. The administration of the State of first registration or deposit having ascertained that the registration of the mark is regular and in force, shall send to the Inter-American Bureau:

a) The money order;

b) The electrotype of the mark;

c A certificate in duplicate containing the following details: 1. The name and address of the owner of the mark;

2. The date of the application ill the State of first registration or deposit;

3. The date of registration of the nark in the State of first registration or deposit;

-1 The orde r nunbe r of the reg ist rat ion in tite State of fi rst registration or deposit;

5. The date 3f expiration of the protection of tihe nark ill the State of first registration or deposit;

6, A facsimile of the mark;

7. A statement of the toods on which tlie mark is used;

8. The (late of the application for recognition of the rights ctained under the Convention

Shoald the applicant wish to lain color is i distinctive vle- ment of his mark, he shall send thirty copies of the mark printed on paper, showing the color, and a brief description of the aint.

Article litl The proper [nter-Ainerican Bureau, upon receipt of the commurinicationi of the office of the State of first registration or deposit, nentioned il the foregoing article, shiall enite r al the information in its books and intirm the office of the State of first registration or deposit of 'ie rt it fi the applicatioi and (if the number and date !,f the entry.

Article IV Copis of the tnltry iii the hooks if tht rt,spt'tit Inter-A\rnericao Vlre iu c)niiniti1 ll the details- required, shall he sent to tt1- administration nf tile Stat-s in wkhich the CmIveitonti 1a-s bert rorifterd alld ill V-ich protection is iLppli-cd for. lhis dat. shall also he sent to thei- -other Contracting Sl tte,, tor the purpoIses t

Article V. The Intr-\nw. rican lur-aus ,.haull publish in their bullnetins rteprodu ci-lls --I the ia rk- i'eeit, ed arnd Lloch par- tictiltrs is ire eecess,r%-. Article VI. The notice of acceptance, opposition or refusal of a mark by the Contracting States shall "o transmitted by the proper Inter-American Bureau to the administration of the State of first registration or deposit with a view to its communication to whom it maV concern.

Article VII. Changes in ownership of a mark communicated to the respective Inter-American Bureau shall be entered in its register and corresponding notice sent to the other Contracting States.

Article VIII. The Directors of the Inter-American Bureaus may, in their discretion, appoint or remove the officials or en- ployees of their Bureans, giving notice thereof to the Governments of the countries where such offices are established.

In witness whereof, the Delegates sign this Convention, and affix the seal of the Fifth International Conference of American States, in the city of Santiago, Chile, on the twenty-eighth clay of the month of April in the yea r one thousand nine hundred and twentv-tihrei, in Spanish, English, Portuguese and French,

This Convention shall be filed in the XMinistry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Chile in order that certified copies may be inade and forwarded through appropriate diplomoatic channels t,, each of the Signatory St ites.

i-Icre follow the signatures of the dlelegatesj/ RESERVATIONS MADE AT THE TIME OF RATIFYING: United States of America

First, that in section I of Article VIii the words ''and t, which they give course for the purposes, " the equivalents of which appear in the Spanish, Portuguese, and French texts of the convention, shall be inserted in the English text after the word "registration, " so that the English text of the section shall read as follows:

"Section 1. To keep a detailed record of the applications for the recognition of marks received through the national offices of registration and to which they give course for the purposes of this convention, as well as of all assignments or transfers thereof and of all notices pertaining thereto."

Second, that in Article II of the Appendix, subheading C, line 2, the words "for registration, " the equivalents of which appear in the Spanish, Portuguese, and French texts, shall be inserted in the English text after the word "application" so that the English text of the line shall read as follows:

"2. The date of the application for registration in the State of first registration or deposit."

Third, that the expressions in Article I "Without prejudice to the rights of third parties'' and in Article II "in the absence of other proof of ownership of a mark" are, and shall be, interpreted to protect every user of a trade-mark in the United States having ownership thereof by reason of adoption and use, and with or without subsequent registration, from any claim of priority under this convention based upon an application or a deposit in a signatory State subsequent to the actual date of such adoption and use in the United States.

Fourth, that the expression ''legal protection for his mark'' in Section 2 (a) of Article V shall be interpreted to include ownership of the mark in the United States acquired by adoption and use and with or without subsequent registration.

Fifth, that nothing contained in this convention shall take away or lessen any trade-mark right or any right to use a trademark of any person residing or doing business in the United States heretofore or hereafter lawfully acquired under the common law or by virtue of the statutes of the several States or of the United States. CONVENTION FOR THE PROTECTION OF COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL, AND AGRICULTURAL TRADE MARKS AND COMMERCIAL NAMES

Signed at Santiago, April 28, 1923, at the Fifth International Conference of American States

SIGNATORY DATE OF DEPOSIT OF THE COUNTRIES INSTRUMENT OF RATIFICATION

Argentina Brazil October 8, 1924 Chile Colombia Costa Rica Cuba January 17, 1925 Dominican Republic June 7, 1926 Ecuador El Salvador Guatemala Haiti August 19, 1926 Honduras Nicaragua Panama Paraguay June 23, 1925 United States June 25, 1925 1 Uruguay April 18, 1928 Venezuela

1. With reservations.

The original instrument is deposited with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Chile, which is also the depository of the instruments of ratification. It was opened for the adherence of the States that did not sign it at the Conference.

This Convention entered into force thirty days after the deposit of the sixth instrument of ratification by Haiti on September 19, 1926.

It superseded the Convention of Buenos Aires of 1910. Both were subsequently superseded by the Convention of Washington and its Protocol of 1929. GENERAL INTER-AMERICAN CONVENTION FOR TRADE MARK AND COMMERCIAL PROTECTION

WASHINGTON (1929)

The Governments of Peru, Bolivia, Paraguay, Ecuador, Uruguay, Dominican Republic, Chile, Panama, Venezuela, Costa Rica, Cuba, Guatemala, Haiti, Colombia, Brazil, Mexico, Nicaragua, Honduras and the United States of America, represented at the Pan American Trade Mark Conference at Washington in accordance with the terms of the resolution adopted on February 15, 1928, at the Sixth International Conference of American States at Havana, and the resolution of May 2, 1928, adopted by the Gov- erning Board of the Pan American Union at Washington,

Considering it necessary to revise the "Convention for the Protection of Commercial, Industrial, and Agricultural Trade Marks and Commercial Names, " signed at Santiago, Chile, on April 28, 1923, which replaced the "Convention for the Protection of Trade Marks" signed at Buenos Aires on August 20, 1910, with a view of introducing therein the reforms which the development of law and practice have made advisable;

Animated by the desire to reconcile the different juridical systems which prevail in the several American Republics; and

Convinced of the necessity of undertaking this work in its broadest scope, with due regard for the respective national legis- lat ions,

Have resolved to negotiate the present Convention for the protection of trade marks, trade names and for the repression of unfair competition and false indications of geographical origin, and for this purpose have appointed as their respective delegates,

/Here follow the names of the delegates]/

Who, after having deposited their credentials, which wLre found to be in good and due form by the Conference, have agreed as follows: CHAPTER I

EQUALITY OF CITIZENS AND ALIENS AS TO TRADE MARK AND COMMERCIAL PROTECTION

Article I

The Contracting States bind themselves to grant to the nationals of the other Contracting States and to domiciled foreigners who own a manufacturing or commercial establishment or an agricultural development in any of the States which have ratified or adhered to the present Convention the same rights and remedies which their laws extend to their own nationals or domiciled persons with respect to trade marks, trade names, and the repression of unfair competition and false indications of geographical origin or source.

CHAPTER II

TRADE MARK PROTECTION

Article 2

The person who desires to obtain protection for his marks in a country other than his own, in which this Convention is in force, can obtain protection either by applying directly to the proper office of the State in which he desires to obtain protection, or through the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau referred to in the Protocol on the Inter-American Registration of Trade Marks, if this Protocol has been accepted by his country and the country in which he seeks protection.

Article 3

Every mark duly registered or legally protected in one of the Contracting States shall be admitted to registration or deposit and legally protected in the other Contracting States, upon compliance with the formal provisions of the domestic law of such States.

Registration or deposit may be refused or cancelled of marks: 1. The distinguishing elements of which infringe rights already acquired by another person in the country where registration or deposit is claimed.

2. Which lack any distinctive character or consist exclusively of words, symbols, or signs which serve in trade to designate the class, kind, quality, quantity, use, value, place of origin of the products, time of production, or which are or have become at the time registration or deposit is sought, generic or usual terms in current language or in the commercial usage of the country where registration or deposit is sought, when the owner of the marks seeks to appropriate them as a distinguishing element of his mark.

In determining the distinctive character of a mark, all the circumstances existing should be taken into account, particularly the duration of the use of the mark and if in fact it has acquired in the country where deposit, registration or protection is sought, a significance distinctive of the applicant's goods.

3. Which offend public morals or which may be contrary to public order.

4. Which tend to expose persons, institutions, beliefs, national symbols or those of associations of public interest, to ridicule or contempt.

5. Which contain representations of racial types or scenes typical or characteristic of any of the Contracting States, other than that of the origin of the mark.

6. Which have as a principal distinguishing element, phrases, names or slogans which constitute the trade name or an essential or characteristic part thereof, belonging to some person engaged in any of the other Contracting States in the manufacture, trade or production of articles or merchandise of the same class as that to which the mark is applied.

Article 4

The Contracting States agree to refuse to register or to cancel the registration and to prohibit the use, without authorization by competent authority, of marks which include national and state flags and coats-of-arms, national or state seals, designs on public coins and postage stamps, official labels, certificates or guarantees, or any national or state official insignia or simulations of any of the foregoing.

Article 5

Labels, industrial designs, slogans, prints, catalogues or advertisements used to identify or to advertise gods, shall receive the same protection accorded to trade marks in countries where they are considered as such, upon complying with th.. requirements of the domestic trade mark law.

Article 6

The Contracting States agree to admit to registration or deposit and to protect collective marks and marks of associations, the existence of which is not contrary to the laws of the country of origin, even when such associations do not own a manufacturing, industrial, commercial or agricultural establishment.

Each country shall determine the particular conditions under which such marks may be protected.

States, Provinces or Municipalities, in their character of corporations, may own, use, register or deposit marks and shall in that sense enjoy the benefits of this Convention.

Article 7

Any owner of a mark protected in one of the Contracting States in accordance with its domestic law, who may know that some other person is using or applying to register or deposit an interfering mark in any other of the Contracting States, shall have the right to oppose such use, registration or deposit and shall have the right to employ all legal means, procedure or recourse provided in the country in which such interfering mark is being used or where its registration or deposit is being sought, and upon proof that the person who is usiyng such mark or applying to register or deposit it, had knowledge of the existence and continuous use in any of the Contracting States of the mark on which opposition is based upon goods of the same class, the opposer may claim for himself the preferential right to use such mark in the country where the opposition is made or priority to register or deposit it in such country, upon compliance with the requirements established by the domestic legislation in such country and by this Convention.

Article 8

When the owner of a mark seeks the registration or deposit of the mark in a Contracting State other than that of origin of the mark and such registration or deposit is refused because of the previous registration or deposit of an interfering mark, he shall have the right to apply for and obtain the cancellation or annulment of the interfering mark upon proving, in accordance with the legal procedure of the country in which cancellation is sought, the stipulations in Paragraph (a) and those of either Paragraph (b) or (c) below:

(a) That he enjoyed legal protection for his mark in another of the Contracting States prior to the date of the application for the registration or deposit which he seeks to cancel; and

(b) That the claimant of the interfering mark, the cancellation of which is sought, had knowledge of the use, employment, registration or deposit in any of the Contracting States of the mark for the specific goods to which said interfering mark is applied, prior to adoption and use thereof or prior to the filing of the application or deposit of the mark which is sought to be cancelled; or

(c) That the owner of the mark who seeks cancellation based on a prior right to the ownership and use of such mark, has traded or trades with or in the country in which cancellation is sought, and that goods designated by his mark have circulated and circulate in said country from a date prior to the filing of the application for registration or deposit for the mark, the cancellation which is claimed, or prior to the adoption and use of the same.

Article 9

When the refusal of registration or deposit of a mark is based on a registration previously effected in accordance with this Convention, the owner of the refused mark shall have the right to request and obtain the cancellation of the mark previously registered or deposited, by proving, in accordance with the legal procedure of the country in which he is endeavoring to obtain registration or deposit of his mark, that the registrant of the mark which he desires to cancel, has abandoned it. Tile period within which a mark may be declared abandoned for lack of use shall be determined by the internal law of each country, and if there is no provision in the internal law, the period shall be two years and one day beginning from the date of registration or deposit if the mark has never been used, or one year and one day if the abandonment or lack of use took place after the mark has been used.

Article 10

The period of protection granted to marks registered, deposited or renewed under this Convention, shall be the period fixed by the laws of the State in which registration, deposit or renewal is made at the time when made.

Once the registration or deposit of a mark in any Contract- ing State has been effected, each such registration or deposit shall exist independently of every other and shall not be affected by changes that may occur in the registration or deposit of such mark in the other Contracting States, unless otherwise provided by domestic law.

Article 1

The transfer of the ownership of a registered or deposited mark in the country of its original registration shall be effective and shall be recognized in the other Contracting States, provided that reliable proof be furnished that such transfer has been executed and registered in accordance with the internal law of the State in which such transfer took place. Such transfer shall be recorded in accordance with the legislation of the country in which it is to be effective.

The use and exploitation of trade marks may be transferred separately for each country, and such transfer shall be recorded upon the production of reliable proof that such transfer has been executed in accordance with the internal law of the State in which such transfer took place. Such transfer shall be recorded in accordance with the legislation of the country in which it is to be effective. Article 12

Any registration or deposit which has been effected in one of the Contracting States, or any pending application for registration or deposit, made by an agent, representative or customer of the owner of a mark in wich a right has been acquired in another Contracting State through its registration, prior application or use, shall give to the original owner the right to demand its cancellation or refusal in accordance with the provisions of this Con- vention and to request and obtain the protection for himself, it being considered that such protection shall revert to the date of the application of the mark so denied or cancelled.

Article 13

The use of a trade mark by its owner in a form different in minor or non-substantial elements from the form in which the mark has been registered in any of the Contracting States, shall not entail forfeiture of the registration or impair the protection of the mark.

In case the form or distinctive elcments of the mark are substantially changed, or the list of goods to which it is to be applied is modified or increased, the proprietor of the mark may be required to apply for a new registration, without prejudice to the protection of the original mark or in respect to the original list of goods.

The requirements of the laws of the Contracting States with respect to the legend which indicates the authority for the use of trade marks, shall be deemed fulfilled in respect to goods of foreign origin if such marks carry the words or indications legally used or required to be used in the country of origin of the goods.

CHAPTER III

PROTECTION OF COMMERCIAL NAMES

Article 14

Trade names or commercial names of persons entitled to the benefits of this Convention shall be protected in all the Con- tracting States. Such protection shall be enjoyed without necessity of deposit or registration, whether or not the name forms part of a trade mark.

Article 15

The names of an individual, surnames and trade names used by manufacturers, industrialists, merchants or agriculturists to denote their trade or calling, as well as the firm's name, the name or title legally adopted and used by associations, corporations, companies or manufacturing, industrial, commercial or agricultural entities, in accordance with the provisions of the respective national laws, shall be understood to be commercial names.

Article 16

The protection which this Convention affords to comme rcial names shall be:

(a) To prohibit the use or adoption of a commercial name identical with or deceptively similar to one legally adopted and previously used by another engaged in the same business in any of the Contracting States; and

(b) To prohibit the use, registration or filing of a trade mark the distinguishing elements of which consist of the whole or an essential part of a commercial name legally adopted and previously used by another owner domiciled or established in any of the Contracting States, engaged in the manufacture, sale or production of products or merchandise of the same kind as those for which the trade mark is intended.

Article 17

Any manufacturer, industrialist, merchant or agriculturist domiciled or established in any of the Contracting States, may, in accordance with the law and the legal procedure of such countries, oppose the adoption, use, registration or deposit of a trade mark for products or merchandise of the same class as those sold under his commercial name, when he believes that such trade mark or the inclusion in it of the trade or commercial name or a simulation thereof may lead to error or confusion in the mind of the consumer with respect to such commercial name legally adopted and previously in use. Article 18

Any manufacturer, industrialist, merchant or agriculturist domiciled or established in any of the Contracting States may, in accordance with the law and procedure of the country where the proceeding is brought, apply for and obtain an injunction against the use of any commercial name or the cancellation of the registration or deposit of any trade mark, when such name or mark is intended for use in the manufacture, sale or production of articles or merchandise of the same class, by proving:

(a) That the commercial name or trade mark, the enjoining or cancellation of which is desired, is identical with or deceptively similar to his commercial name already legally adopted and previously used in any of the Contracting States, in the manufacture, sale or production of articles of the same class, and

(b) That prior to the adoption and use of the commercial name, or to the adoption and use or application for registration or deposit of the trade mark, the cancellation of which is sought, or the use of which is sought to be enjoined, he used and continues to use for the manufacture, sale or production of the same products or merchandise his commercial name adopted and previously used in any of the Contracting States or in the State in which cancellation or injunction is sought.

Article 19

The protection of commercial names shall be given in accordance with the internal legislation and by the terms of this Con- vention, and in all cases where the internal legislation permits, by the competent governmental or administrative authorities whenever they have knowledge or reliable proof of their legal existence and use, or otherwise upon the motion of any interested party. CHAPTER IV

REPRESSION OF UNFAIR COMPETITION

Article 20

Every act or deed contrary to commercial good faith or to the normal and honorable development of industrial or business activities shall be considered as unfair competition and, therefore, unjust and prohibited.

Article 21

The following are declared to be acts of unfair competition and unless otherwise effectively dealt with under the domestic laws of the Contracting States shall be repressed under the provisions of this Convention:

(a) Acts calculated directly or indirectly to represent that the goods or business of a manufacturer, industrialist, merchant or agriculturist are the goods or business of another manuufac- turer, industrialist, merchant or agriculturist of any of the other Contracting States, whether such representation be made by the appropriation or simulation of trade marks, symbols, distinctive names, the imitation of labels, wrappers, containers, commercial names, or other means of identification;

(b) The use of false descriptions of goods, by words, symbols or other means tending to deceive the public in the country where the acts occur, with respect to the nature, quality, or utility of the goods;

(c) The use of false indications of geographical origin or source of goods, by words, symbols, or other means which tend in that respect to deceive the public in the country in which these acts occur;

(d) To sell, or offer for sale to the public an article, product or merchandise of such form or appearance that even though it does not bear directly or indirectly an indication of origin or source, gives or produces, either by pictures, ornaments, or language employed in the text, the impression of being a product, article or commodity originating, manufactured or produced in one of the other Contracting States;

(e) Any other act or deed contrary to good faith in industrial, commercial or agricultural matters which, because of its nature or purpose, may be considered analogous or similar to those above mentioned.

Article 22

The Contracting States which may not yet have enacted legislation repressing the acts of unfair competition mentioned in this chapter, shall apply to such acts the penalties contained in their legislation on trade marks or in any other statutes, and shall grant relief by way of injunction against the continuance of said acts at the request of any party injured; those causing such injury shall also be answerable in damages to the injured party.

CHAPTER V

REPRESSION OF FALSE INDICATIONS OF GEOGRAPHICAL ORIGIN OR SOURCE

Article 23

Every indication of geographical origin or source which does not actually correspond to the place in which the article, product or merchandise was fabricated, manufactured, produced or harvested, shall be considered fraudulent and illegal, and therefore prohibited.

Article 24

For the purposes of this Convention the place of geographical origin or source shall be considered as indicated when the geographical name of a definite locality, region, country or nation, either expressly and directly, or indirectly, appears on any trade mark, label, cover, packing or wrapping, of any article, product or merchandise, directly or indirectly thereon, provided that said geographical name serves as a basis for or is the dominant element of the sentences, words or expressions used. Article 25

Geographical names indicating geographical origin or source are not susceptible of individual appropriation, and may be freely used to indicate the origin or source of the products or merchandise or his commercial domicile, by any manufacturer, industrialist, merchant or agriculturist established in the place indicated or dealing in the products there originating.

Article 26

The indication of the place of geographical origin or source, affixed to or stamped upon the product or merchandise, must correspond exactly to the place in which the product or merchandise has been fabricated, manufactured or harvested.

Article 27

Names, phrases or words, constituting in whole or in part geographical terms which through constant, general and reputable use in commerce have come to form the name or designation itself of the article, product or merchandise to which they are applied, are exempt from the provisions of the preceding articles; this exception, however, does not include regional indications of origin of industrial or agricultural products the quality and reputation of which to the consuming public depend on the place of production or origin.

Article 28

In tile absence of any special remedies insuring the repression of false indications of geographical origin or source, remedies provided by the domestic sanitary laws, laws dealing with misbranding and the laws relating to trade marks or trade names, shall be applicable in the Contracting States. CHAPTER VI

REMEDIES

Article 29

The manufacture, exportation, importation, distribution, or sale is forbidden of articles or products which directly or indirectly infringe any of the provisions of this Convention with respect to trade mark protection; protection and safeguard of commercial names; repression of unfair competition; and repression of false indications of geographical origin or source.

Article 30

Any act prohibited by this Convention will be repressed by the competent administrative or judicial authorities of the government of the state in which the offense was committed, by the legal methods and procedure existing in said country, either by official action, or at the request of interested parties, who may avail themselves of the rights and remedies afforded by the laws to secure indemnification for the damage and loss suffered; the articles, products or merchandise or their marks, which are the instrumentality of the acts of unfair competition, shall be liable to seizure or destruction, or the offending markings obliterated, as the case may be.

Article 31

Any manufacturer, industrialist, merchant or agriculturist interested in the production, manufacture, or trade in the merchandise or articles affected by any prohibited act or deed, as well as his agents or representatives in any of the Contracting States and the consular officers of the state to which the locality or region falsely indicated as the place to which belongs the geographical origin or source, shall have sufficient legal authority to take and prosecute the necessary actions and proceedings before the administrative authorities and the courts of the Contract- ing States.

The same authority shall be enjoyed by official commissions or institutions and by syndicates or associations which represent the interests of industry, agriculture or commerce and which have been legally established for the defense of honest and fair trade methods.

CHAPTER VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Article 32

The administrative authorities and the courts shall have sole jurisdiction over administrative proceedings and administrative judgments, civil or criminal, arising in matters relating to the application of the national law.

Any differences which may arise with respect to the interpretation or application of the principles of this Convention shall be settled by the courts of justice of each State, and only in case of the denial of justice shall they be submitted to arbitration.

Article 33

Each of the Contracting States, in which it does not yet exist, hereby agrees to establish a protective service, for the suppression of unfair competition and false indication of geographic origin or source, and to publish for opposition in the official publication of the government, or in some other periodical, the trade marks solicited and granted as well as the administrative decisions made in the matter.

Article 34

The present Convention shall be subject to periodic revision with the object of introducing therein such improvements as experience may indicate, taking advantage of any international conferences held by the American States, to which each country shall send a delegation in which it is recommended that there be included experts in the subject of trade marks, in order that effective results may be achieved.

The national administration of the country in which such conferences are held shall prepare, with the assistance of the Pan American Union and the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau, the work of the respective conference. The Director of the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau may attend the sessions of such conferences and may take part in the discussions, but shall have no vote.

Article 35

The provisions of this Convention shall have the force of law in those States in which international treaties possess that character, as soon as they are ratified by their constitutional organs.

The Contracting States in which the fulfillment of international agreements is dependent upon the enactment of appropriate laws, on accepting in principle this Convention, agree to request of their legislative bodies the enactment of the necessary legislation in the shortest possible period of time and in accordance with their constitutional provisions.

Article 36

The Contracting States agree that, as soon as this Conven- tion becomes effective, the Trade Mark Conventions of 1910 and 1923 shall automatically cease to have effect; but any rights which have been acquired, or which may be acquired thereunder, up to the time of the coming into effect of this Convention, shall continue to be valid until their due expiration.

Article 37

The present Convention shall be ratified by the Contracting States in conformity with their respective constitutional procedures.

The original Convention and the instruments of ratification shall be deposited with the Pan American Union which shall transmit certified copies of the former and shall communicate notice of such ratifications to the other signatory Governments, and the Convention shall enter into effect for the Contracting States in the order that they deposit their ratifications.

This Convention shall remain in force indefinitely, but it may be denounced by means of notice given one year in advance, at the expiration of which it shall cease to be in force as regards the Party denouncing the same, but shall remain in force as regards the other States. All denunciations shall be sent to the Pan American Union which will thereupon transmit notice thereof to the other Contracting States.

The American States which have not subscribed to this Con- vention may adhere thereto by sending the respective official instrument to the Pan American Union which, in turn, will notify the governments of the remaining Contracting States in the manner previously indicated.

In witness whereof the above named delegates have signed this Convention in English, Spanish, Portuguese and French, and thereto have affixed their respective seals.

Done in the City of Washington, on the twentieth day of February in the year one thousand nine hundred and twenty-nine.

/Here follow the signatures of the delegates]

RESERVATION MADE AT THE TIME OF SIGNING

Chile

I sign the present Convention insofar as its provisions are not contrary to the national legislation of my country, making express reservation as to the provisions of this Convention concerning which there is no legislation in Chile. GENERAL INTER-AMERICAN CONVENTION FOR TRADE MARK AND COMMERCIAL PROTECTION

Signed at Washington, February 20, 1929, at the Pan American Trade Mark Conference

SIGNATORY DATE OF DEPOSIT OF THE COUNTRIES INSTRUMENT OF RATIFICATION

Bolivia Brazil Chile I Colombia July 22, 1936 Costa Rica Cuba April 2, 1930 Dominican Republic Ecuador Guatemala December 30, 1929 Haiti August 14, 1931 Honduras November 29, 1935 Mexico Nicaragua June 7, 1935 Panama April 8, 1935 Paraguay March 1, 1944 Peru March 25, 1937 United States February 17, 1931 Uruguay Venezuela

1. With a reservation.

The original instrument is deposited with the Pan American Union, which is also the depository of the instruments of ratification. The Convention entered into force on April 2, 1930, when the second ratification was deposited by Cuba.

See also the following Conventions: Conventions on Patents of Invention, Drawings and Industrial Models, Trade Marks, and Literary and Artistic Property, 1906; Convention on the Protec- tion of Trade Marks, 1910; Convention for the Protection of Com- mercial, Industrial, and Agricultural Trade Marks and Commer- cial Names, 1923, and Protocol to the Convention of 1929. PROTOCOL ON THE INTER-AMERICAN REGISTRATION OF TRADE MARKS

WASHINGTON (1929)

WHEREAS, The Governments of Peru, Bolivia, Paraguay, Ecuador, Uruguay, Dominican Republic, Chile, Panama, Venezuela, Costa Rica, Cuba, Guatemala, Haiti, Colombia, Brazil, Mexico, Nicaragua, Honduras and the United States of America have this clay signed at Washington through their respective delegates a General Inter-American Convention for Trade Mark and Commercial Protection;

WHEREAS, the maintenance of an international American agency is considered desirable [ so] that manufacturers, industrialists, merchants and agriculturists may enjoy the trade mark and commercial protection which that Convention grants them, and that it may serve as a center of information, and coope rate in the fulfillment and improvement of the provisions of the Convention;

WHEREAS, the adoption of a general convention and a protocol may facilitate ratifiation among the Contracting States and adherence among the American Republics which have not taken part in the negotiations, since acceptance of the Convention does not imply acceptance of this instrument,

The above mentioned governments have agreed as follows:

Article I

Natural or juridical persons domiciled in or those who possess a manufacturing or commercial establishment or an agricultural enterprise in any of the States that may have ratified or adhered to the present Protocol, may obtain the protection of their trade marks through the registration of such marks in the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau. Article 2

The owner of a mark registered or deposited in one of the Contracting States who desires to register it in any of the other Contracting States, shall file an application to this effect in the office of the country of original registration which office shall transmit it to the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau, complying with the Regulations. A postal money order or draft on a bank of recognized standing, in the amount of $50. 00, as a fee for the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau, plus the amount of the fees required by the national law of each of the countries in which he desires to obtain protection for his mark, shall accompany such application.

Article 3

Immediately on receipt of the application for the registration of a mark, and on determining that it fulfills all the requirements, the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau shall issue a certificate and shall transmit by registered mail copies of the same accompanied by a money order for the amount required by the respective Offices of the States in which protection is desired. In the case of adhesions or ratifications of additional states after the registration of a mark, the Inter-American Bureau shall, through the respective offices of their countries, inform the proprietors of marks registered through the Bureau, of said adhesions or ratifications, informing them of the right that they have to register their marks in the new adhering or ratifying States, in which registration shall be effected in the manner above mentioned.

Article 4

Each of the Contracting States, through its Trade Mark Of- fice, shall immediately acknowledge to the Inter-American Bureau, the receipt of the application for registration of each mark, and shall proceed to carry through the proceeding with every possible dispatch, directing that the application be published at the expense of the applicant in the usual official papers, and at the proper time shall notify the Inter-American Bureau of the action that it may have taken in accordance with its internal legislation and the provisions of this Convention. In case protection is granted to the mark, it shall issue a certificate of registration in which shall be indicated the legal period of registration; which certificate shall be issued with the same formalities as national certificates and shall have the same effect in so far as ownership of the mark is concerned. This certificate of registration shall be sent to the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau, which shall transmit it to the proprietor of the mark through the proper office of the country of origin.

If, within seven months after the receipt by a Contracting State of an application for the protection of a trade mark transmitted by the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau, the administration of such State does not communicate to the Bureau notice of refusal of protection based on the provisions of its domestic legislation or on the provisions of the General Inter-American Convention for Trade Mark and Commercial Protection such mark shall be considered as registe *ed and the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau shall so communicate to the applicant through the country of origin, and shall issue a special certificate which shall have the same force and legal value as a national certificate.

In case protection of a mark is refused in accordance with the provisions of the internal legislation of a State or of the Gen- eral Inter-American Convention for Trade Mark and Commercial Protection, the applicant may have the same recourse which the respective laws grant to the citizens of the state refusing protection. The period within which the recourse and actions granted by national laws may be exercised shall begin four months after receipt by the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau of the notice of refusal.

The Inter-American registration of a trade mark communicated to the Contracting States, which may already enjoy protection in such States shall replace any other registration of the same mark effected previously by any other means, without prejudice to the rights already acquired by national registration.

Article 5

In order to effect the transfer of ownership of a trade mark or the assignment of the use of the same, the same procedure as that set forth in the foregoing articles shall be followed, except that in this case there shall only be remitted to the Inter-American Bureau $10. 00, to be retained by said Bureau, plus the fees fixed by the domestic legislation of each one of the countries in which it is desired to register the transfer or assignment of the mark, it being understood that the use of trade marks may be transferred separately in each country.

Article 6

If the applicant claims color as a distinctive element of his mark he shall be required to:

I. Send a statement attached to the application for registration declaring the color or the combination of colors which he claims; and

2. Attach to the application for registration copies or speci- mens of the mark as actually used, showing the colors claimed, which shall be attached to tile notifications sent by the Inter-Ameri- can Bureau. The number of copies to be sent shall be fixed by the Regulations.

Article 7

Trade marks shall be published in a bulletin edited by the Inter-American Bureau, wherein shall appear the matter contained in the application for registration and an electrotype of the mark supplied by the applicant.

Each administration of the Contracting States shall receive free of charge from the Inter-American Bureau as many copies of the above mentioned publication as it may ask for.

The publi cation of a mark in the bulletin of the Inter-Ameri- can Bureau shall have the same effect as publication in the official journals or bulletins of the Contracting States.

Article ,i

The Inter-American Bureau, on receipt of payment of a fee to be fixed by the Regulations, shall furnish to any person who may so request, copies of the entries made in the register with refer- e.nce to any particular mark. Article 9

The Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau shall keep a record of renewals which have been effected in compliance with the requirements of the domestic laws of the Contracting States, and after payment of a fee of $10.00 to the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau and the customary fees required by the States where said renewal is effected.

Six months prior to the expiration of the period of protection, the Inter-American Bureau shall communicate this information to the administration of the country of origin and to the owner of the mark.

Article 10

The owner of a trade mark may at any time relinquish protection in one or several of the Contracting States, by means of a notice sent to the administration of the country of origin of the mark, to be communicated to the inter-American Bureau, which in turn shall notify the countries concerned.

Article I I

An applicant for registration or deposit, transfer or renewal of a trade mark through the Inter-American Bureau, may appoint by a proper power of attorney at any time, an agent or attorney to represent him in any pro)cedure, administrative, judicial or otherwise, arising in connection with such trade marks or application in any Contracting State.

Such agents or attorneys shall be entitled to notice of all the proceedings and to receive and present all documents that may be required by the Trade Mark Bureau of each country under the provisions of this Protocol.

Article 12

The administration in the country of origin shall notify the Inter-American Bureau of all annulments, cancellations, renunciations, transfers and all other changes in the ownership or use of the mark. The Inter-American Bureau shall record these changes, notify the administrations of the Contracting States and publish them immediately in its bulletin.

The same procedure shall be followed when the proprietor of the mark requests a reduction in the list of products to which the trade mark is applied.

The subsequent addition of a new product to the list may not be obtained except by a new registration of the mark according to the provisions of Article 2 of this Protocol. The same procedure shall be followed in the case of the substitution of une product for anothe r.

Article 13

The Contracting States bind themselves to send through their respective national trade mark offices, as soon as they are published, two copies of the official bulletins or publications in which judicial or administrative decisions or resolutions, laws, decrees, regulations, circulars, or any other provisions emanating from the executive, legislative or judicial authorities may appear and which refer to the protection of trade marks, the protection of commercial names, the repression of unfair competition and of false indications of origin, whether of an administrative, civil or penal nature.

Article 14

In order to comply with this Protocol, and to facilitate the Inter-American registration of trade marks, the Contracting States establish as their international agency the Bureau located in Havana, Republic of Cuba, referred to as the "Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau, " and confer upon its official correspondence the postal frank.

Article 15

The Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau shall perform the duties specified in this Protocol and in the Regulations appended hereto, and shall be supported in part by the fees received for handling trade marks and in part by the quotas assigned to the Contracting States, These quotas shall be paid directly and in advance to the Bureau in yearly installments and shall 'be determined in the following manner:

The population of each Contracting State ratifying this Pro- tocol shall be determined by its latest official census, the number of inhabitants to be divided into units of 100, 000 each, fractions above 50, 000 to be considered as a full unit, and those under to be disregarded. The annual budget shall be divided by the total number of units, thereby determining the quota per unit. The contribution of each State to the Inter-American Bureau shall be determined by multiplying the quota per unit by the number of units allotted to each State.

Upon receipt of new ratifications and adhesions to this Pro- tocol, the same procedure shall be followed with respect to such States, the quota of each to be determined by adding these additional units and thus determining the quota per unit.

It is expressly agreed that this annual contribution will continue to be paid only so long as the other revenues of the Bureau are not sufficient to cover the expenses of its maintenance. So long as this situation exists, the latest census of population will be used each year and, on the basis of official data furnished by each Contracting State, the changes in population shall be made and the quotas determined anew before fixing the contributions to be paid by those States. Once the Bureau becomes self-supporting through its own receipts, the balance remaining from the quotas shall be returned to the States in proportion to the amounts received from them.

At the end of each year the Inter-American Bureau shall prepare a statement of fees and contributions received and after making provision for its budgetary requirements for the following year and setting aside a reserve fund, shall return the balance to the Contracting States in proportion to the quotas paid by tl-cm.

The budget of the Bureau and the reserve fund to be maintained shall be submitted by the Director of the Bureau and approved by the Chief Executive of the State in which the Bureau is established. The Director of the Bureau shall also submit an annual report to all ratifying States, for their information. Article 16

In case the Bureau should cease to exist, it shall be liqui- dated under the supervision of the Government of Cuba, the balance of the funds remaining to be distributed among the Contract- ing States in the same proportion as they contributed to its support. The buildings and other tangible property of the Bureau shall become the property of the Government of Cuba in recognition of the services of that Republic in giving effect to this Proto- col; the Government of Cuba agreeing to dedicate such property to purposes essentially inter-Ame rican in character.

The Contracting States agree to accept as final any steps that may be taken for the liquidation of the Bureau.

Article 17

The provisions of this Protocol shall have the force of law in those States in which international treaties possess that character, as soon as they are ratified by their constitutional organs.

The Contracting States in which the fulfillment of international agreements is dependent upon the enactment of appropriate laws, on accepting in principle this Protocol, agree to reque St of their legislative bodies the enactment of the necessary legislation in the shortest possible period of time and in accordance with their constitutional provisions.

Article IS

The Contracting States agree that, as soon as this Protocol becomes effective, the Trade Mark Conventions of 1910 and 1923 shall automatically cease to have effect in so far as they relate to the organization of the nter-:American Bureau; but any rights which have been or which may be acquired in accordance with the provisions of said Conventions, up to the time of the coming into effect of this Protocol, shall continue to be valid until their due expiration.

Article 19

The present Protocol shall be ratified by the Contracting States, in accordance with their respective constitutional procedure, after they shall have ratified the "General Inter- American Convention for Trade Mark and Commercial Protection."

The original Protocol and the instruments of ratification shall be deposited with tile Pan American Union, which shall transmit certified copies of tile former and shall communicate notice of such ratifications to the Gove rnments of the other signatory States and tile Protocol shall become effective for the Contracting States in tile order in which they deposit their ratifications.

Tbis Protocol shall renain in force indefinitely, hot it may be denounced by means of notice given one year in advance, at tile expiration of which it shall cease to be in force as regards the State denouncing tile same, but shall remain ill force as regards the other States. .l denunciations shall be sent ti the Pan American Union which will thereupon transmiit notice thereof to the other States.

The Ame rican States which have not signed this Protocol may adhere thereto by sending the respective official instrument to tile Pan American Union which, in turn, will the rUpoin notify the Gov- eronients of the reniaining Contracting States in the manner previous lv indicated.

\NNIX

Regel atimiis

Article I

The appl icition to obt ini proute c ti on under the Protocol of which the presenIt llnex is a piirt shill be mad, by the ,w.vner of the niark or his legal representative to the administration of tile Statie ill which the mark his iheen originally registered .iv deposited ill accordance viti. thie provisions iii force ill that State, ac- coiipanii'd by a moni'v ordi .,r draft payaLble to the Director of the lite r-kme rican T radhi Mm rk IBur'mi in the sum requi red by this Protocol. T lie applcictiii aiicd imoney order shall be accom- panted bV in ele'ctrotype (h0 x 10 centiltres) of the mark reproducing it is registe red in tIe State ,f origitmal registration. Article 2

The National Bureau of such State having ascertained that the registration of the mark is legal and valid shall send to the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau, as soon as possible:

A. The money order; B. The electrotype of the mark; C. A certificate in duplicate containing the following details:

1. The name and address of the owner of the mark; 2. The date of the application for registration in the State of original registration; 3. The date or registration of the mark in such State; 4. The order number of the registration in such State; 5. The date of expiration of the protection of the mark in such State; 6. A facsimile of the mark as used; 7. A statement of the goods on which the mark is used; 8. The date of the application to the National Bureau of the State of the original registration to obtain protection under the Convention and this Protocol.

D. When the applicant wishes to claim color as a distinctive element of his mark, thirty copies of the mark printed on paper, showing the color, and a brief description of the same.

Article 3

Within ten days after receipt from such administration of the matter required by Article 2, the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau shall enter all information in its books and inform the National Bureau of such State of the receipt of the application and of the number and date of the inter-American registration.

Article 4

Within thirty days after such receipt, detailed copies of the inter-American registration shall be sent to the National Bureaus of those States which have ratified the Protocol. Article 5

The Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau shall publish a periodic bulletin wherein shall appear the data included in the certificate provided for by Section C of Article Z of these Regulations and also all other information which may be appropriate concerning registration of such marks in the various States.

The Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau may also publish in its bulletin or separately, books, documents, information, studies, and articles concerning the protection of industrial property.

Article 6

The acceptance, opposition, or refusal of a mark by the Na- tional Bureau of any one of the Contracting States shall be transmitted within ten days following the date of its receipt by the Inter- American Trade Mark Bureau to the administration of the State of origin of the application with a view to its communication to whom it may concern.

Article 7

Changes in ownership of a mark communicated by the Bureau of the country of origin to the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau and accompanied by the required fees shall be examined, entered in the register, and corresponding notice sent to the Bureaus of the other Contracting States in which the transfer is to take place, accompanied by the proper fees, all within the time herein fixed with respect to application.

Article 8

The Director of the Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau shall be appointed by the Executive Power of the State in which the Bu- reau is located, from among lawyers of experience in the subject matter and of recognized moral standing. The Director, at his discretion, may appoint or remove the officials or employees of his Bureau, giving notice thereof to the Government of Cuba; adopt and promulgate such other rules, regulations and circulars as he may deem convenient for the proper functioning of the Bureau and which are not inconsistent with this Protocol. Article 9

Tire Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau May carry on any investigation on the subject of trade marks which the Government of any of the Contracting States may request, and CiICOutra~ge the investigation of all problems, difficulties or obstacles which may hinder the operation of the General Inte r-Ainerican Convention for Trade Mark and Commercial Protection, or of this Protocol.

A rticle 10

The Inter-Ame rican 'Trade Mark I reloan shall coope rate with the Cove rnmients of the Contracting States in the preparlition of material for international conferences ont this subject; Subtnit to those States such suggestions as it n;y i:onside r useful, and such opinions as may be requested is to the modifications which should be introduced in the inter-American pacts or in the laws concerning these subjects and in gene ral facilitate the execution of the purposes of this ProtOcol.

Article II

T1h lnter-Anerican Tride Mark }Puriau shall iforim the sin1Itory (;overnients It ltlist once a year is to the ,,ork \%}ich the Bureau his dtie ori is doing.

Article 12

The lrte r-Ame rican Trade Mark Bureau shll nIlntAil iIs far as possible relations with similar offices and Scientific and industridl institutions and organiz'tions for the exchiiiig0 of publications, information, and data relative to the progress of the liw on the subject of the protection of tral, mirks, defense and protection of colnierciil nalll(s And s11p)ression of Ullf,ir competition and falsti indications of origin.

Article 1 3

These Regulatiuns nmlayb modified at any time at the request of ll,'of the Contracting States or the Director of tie Pu- reau, provided that the modificatio does not violate the Genril Convention or the Protocol of which the Regulatiins form itpart, and that the modification is approved by the Governing Board of the Pan American Union, after having been circulated among the Contracting States for a period of six months before submission for the approval of the Pan American Union.

In witness whereof the above named delegates have signed this Protocol in English, Spanish, Portuguese and French, and thereto have affixed their respective seals.

Done in the City of \Vashington on the twentieth day of February in the year one thousand nine hundred and twenty-nine.

/ lere follow the signatures of the delegates./ PROTOCOL ON THE INTER-AMERICAN REGISTRATION OF TRADE MARKS

Signed at Washington, February 20, 1929, at the Pan American Trade Mark Conference

SIGNATORY DATE OF DEPOSIT OF THE COUNTRIES INSTRUMENT OF RATIFICATION

Bolivia Brazil Colombia Costa Rica Cuba April 2, 1930 Dominican Republic Ecuador Haiti I August 14, 1931 1 Honduras 2 November 29, 19352 Mexico Nicaragua Panama 3 April 8, 19353 Paraguay 4 4 Peru October 26, 1936 United States 5 February 17, 1931 5 Venezuela

1. Denounced, November 27, 1944. 2. Denounced, February 13, 1945. 3. Denounced, November 18, 1946. 4. Denounced, May 1, 1945. 5. Denounced, September 29, 1944.

The original instrument is deposited with the Pan American Union, which is also the depository of the instruments of ratification.

The Protocol ceased to be in force on November 18, 1946. The Inter-American Trade Mark Bureau created by the Protocol was terminated on November 2, 1949.

See also the following conventions: Convention on Patents of Invention, Drawings and Industrial Models, Trade Marks, and Lit- erary and Artistic Property, 1906; Convention on the Protection of Trade Marks, 1910; Convention for the Protection of Commercial, Industrial, and Agricultural Trade Marks and Commercial Names, 1923, and the Convention of 1929. " B 11

TREATIES SIGNED AT THE FIRST SOUTH AMERICAN CONGRESS

ON PRIVATE INTERNATIONAL LAW

(MONTEVIDEO, 1888-1889)

TREATY ON PATENTS OF INVENTION

MONTEVIDEO (1889)

His Excellency the President of the Oriental Republic of Uruguay; His Excellency the President of the Argentine Republic; His Excellency the President of the Republic of Bolivia; His Ex- cellency the Emperor of Brazil; His Excellency the President of the Republic of Chile; His Excellency the President of the Republic of Paraguay, and His Excellency the President of the Republic of Peru, have agreed to conclude a Treaty on Patents of Invention, through the medium of their plenipotentiaries, assembled in Con- gress, in the City of Montevideo, as a result of the initiative taken by the Governments of the Oriental Republic of Uruguay and of the Argentine Republic, the respective representatives being:

LHere follow the signatures of the delegates.J

Who, after exhibiting their full powers, which were found in due form, and after holding the appropriate conferences and discussions, have agreed upon the following stipulations:

Article I

Any person who shall obtain a patent or privilege of invention in any of the contracting States shall enjoy in all the others the rights of inventor, if within a year at the utmost he shall cause his patent to be registered in the form prescribed by the laws of the country in which he shall ask for its recognition.

Article II

The duration of the privilege shall be that fixed by the laws of the country in which it is to take effect. This period may be limited to that prescribed by the laws of the State in which the patent was first granted, if such period be the shorter. Article Ill

Questions arising as to the priority of invention shall be settled according to the date of the request for the respective patents in the country where they were granted.

Article IV

By invention or discovery shall be understood any new method, mechanical or manual apparatus, for the manufacture of industrial products; the discovery of any new industrial product, and the application of perfected methods for obtaining results superior to any previously known.

No patents shall be granted-

(1) To inventions or discoveries already made public in any of the contracting States, or in others not bound by this treaty.

(2) To those contrary to good morals or to the laws of the country in which the patents are to be issued or recognized.

Article V

The rights of the inventor shall include that of enjoying the use of his invention and of transferring it to others.

Article VI

Those persons interfering in any way with the rights of the inventor shall be prosecuted and punished according to the laws of the country in which the offense may be committed.

Article VII

The simultaneous ratification of all the contracting nations shall not be necessary to the effectiveness of this treaty. Those who adopt it will communicate the fact to the Governments of the Argentine Republic and the Oriental Republic of Uruguay, which will inform the other contracting nations. This formality will take the place of an exchange. Article VIII

The exchange having been made in the manner prescribed in the foregoing article, this treaty shall remain in force for an indefinite period after that act.

Article IX

If any of the contracting nations should deem it advisable to be released from this treaty, or to introduce modifications in it, said nations shall so inform the rest; but it shall not be released until two years after the date of notification, during which time measures will be taken to effect a new arrangement.

Article X

The provisions of Article VII are extended to all nations which, although not represented in this Congress, may desire to adopt the present treaty.

In Witness Whereof, the plenipotentiaries of the aforesaid nations sign and seal the foregoing to the number of seven copies, in Montevideo, on the 16th day of January, IS8. TREATY ON PATENTS OF INVENTION

Signed at Montevideo, January 16, 1889, at the First South American Congress on Private International Law

SIGNATORY DATE OF THE COUNTRIES INSTRUMENT OF RATIFICATION

Argentina December 11, 1894 Bolivia November 17, 1903 Brazil Chile Paraguay September 3. 1889 Peru November 4, 1889 Uruguay October 3, 1892

rhis treaty does not require simultaneous ratification by tile parties. Those who adopt it will communicate the fact to the gove rnments of the A rgentine Republic and the Oriental Republic of Uruguay. which will informi the other contracting parties. [his formality will take the place of an exchange. After the notification .twill remain in force for an indefinite period of time. rhis treaty shall remain ,pen for adherene by any notmtrythat so wishes which d(d not attend the Conair ess. TREATY ON TRADE-MARKS

MONTEVIDEO (1889)

His Excellency the President of the Oriental Republic of Uruguay: His Excellency the President of the Argentine Republic; His Excellency the President of the Republic of Bolivia; His Excellency the Emperor of Brazil; His Excellency the Presi- dent of the Republic of Chile; His Excellency the President of the Republic of Paraguay and His Excellency the President of the Republic of Peru, have agreed to conclude a Treaty on Trade- Marks, through the medium of their plenipotentiaries, assembled in Congress, in the City of Montevideo, as a result of the initiative taken by the Governments of the .riental Republic of Uruguay and of the Argentine Republic, the respective representatives being:

/Here follow the names of the delegatesJ

Who, after exhibiting their full powers, which were found in due form, and after holding the appropriate conferences and discussions, have agreed upon the following stipulations:

Article I

Any person to whom shall be granted in one of the contracting States the exclusive right to a trade-mark sball enjoy the same privilege in the other States, but with due respect to the formalities and conditions established by their laws.

Article II

The ownership of a trade-mark shall include the right to use or to sell or otherwise convey it.

Article III

By trade-mark shall be understood the sign, emblem, or exterior motto which the merchant or manufacturer adopts and applies to his wares and products in order to distinguish them from those of other dealers or manufacturers trading in articles of the same character. To this class of marks shall belong those called trade devices, or designs, which by means of weaving or stamping are affixed to the product exposed for sale.

Article IV

Counterfeits or alterations of trade-marks shall be prosecuted before the courts, according to the laws of the State in whose territory the fraud was committed.

Article V

The simultaneous ratification of all the contracting nations shall not be necessary to the effectiveness of this treaty. Those who adopt it will communicate the fact to the Governments of the Argentine Republic and the Oriental Republic of Uruguay, who will inform the other contracting nations. This formality will take the place of an exchange.

Article VI

The exchange having been made in the manner prescribed in the foregoing article, this treaty shall remain in force for an indefinite period after that act.

Article VII

If any of the contracting nations should deem it advisable to be released from this treaty, or to introduce modifications into it, said nation shall inform the rest; but it shall not be released until two years after the date of notification, during which time measures will be taken to effect a new arrangement.

Article VIII

The provisions of Article V are extended to all the nations which, although not represented in this Congress, may desire to adopt the present treaty.

In Witness Whereof, the plenipotentiaries of the aforesaid nations sign and seal the foregoing to the number of seven copies, in Montevideo, on the 16th day of January, 1889. TREATY ON TRADE-MARKS

Signed at Montevideo, January 16, 1889, at the First South American Congress on Private International Law

SIGNATORY DATE OF THE COUNTRIES INSTRUMENT OF RATIFICATION

A rgentina December 11, 1894 Bolivia November 17, 1903 Brazil Chile Paraguay September 3, 1889 Peru November 4, 1889 Uruguay October 3, 1892

This treaty does not require simultaneous ratification by the parties. Those who adopt it will communicate the fact to the governments of the Argentine Republic and the Oriental Republic of Uruguay, which will inform the other contracting parties. This formalit\ will take the place of an exchange. After the notification it will remain in force for an indefinite period of time. This treaty shall remain open for adherence by any country that so wishes which did not attend the Congress.

AGREEMENT SIGNED AT THE BOLIVARIAN CONGRESS

(CARACAS, 1911)

AGREEMENT ON PATENTS AND PRIVILEGES OF INVENTION

CARACAS (1911)

The undersigned Plenipotentiaries of the Republics of Ecuador, Bolivia, Peru, Colombia and Venezuela, having exchanged their respective full powers, enter into the following Agreement on Invention Patents and Privileges:

Article 1. All persons who obtain an invention patent or privilege for the first time in any of the signatory States shall enjoy inventor's rights in the others if within the maximum term of two years they shall have registered their patent in the manner determined by the laws of the country in which its recognition is requested.

Article 2. The number of years of privilege shall be determined by the laws of the country in which it is to become effective.

Article 3. For the purpose of this Agreement, an invention or discovery is considered to be a new method, mechanical or manual apparatus for use in manufacturing industrial products, the discovery of a new industrial product, or the application of improved methods for the purpose of obtaining results superior to those already known.

A patent may not be obtained nor may any patents already obtained be registered:

1. Whenever the inventions or discoveries referred to shall have already been publicized in any of the signatory States or in any others not obligated by this Agreement;

2. Whenever the inventions or discoveries would be prejudicial to public health according to the laws of the country where the invention patents would be requested or recognized; Article 4. Inventor's rights include the right to enjoy the benefits of one's invention or to transfer it to others.

Article 5. The civil and criminal responsibilities incurred by those who violate the inventor's rights shall be subject to prosecution and penalty under the laws of the country where the violation has occurred.

The signatory nations agree to maintain in their legislation a penalty against violators of this right.

Done at Caracas, July 18, 1911.

/Here follow the signatures of the delegates.7 AGREEMENT ON PATENTS AND PRIVILEGES OF INVENTION

Signed at the Bolivarian Congress, Caracas, July 18, 1911

SIGNATORY DATE OF DEPOSIT OF THE COUNTRIES INSTRUMENT OF RATIFICATION

Bolivia December 24, 1912 Colombia July 28. 1914 Ecuador August 31, 1914 Peru August 22, 1915 Venezuela December 19, 1914

The original is deposited with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Venezuela, which is also the depository of the instruments of ratification.

CONVENTION SIGNED BY CENTRAL AMERICAN COUNTRIES

(SAN JOSE, COSTA RICA, 1968)

CENTRAL AMERICAN CONVENTION FOR THE PROTECTION OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY

(Trademarks, Commercial Names and Publicity Expressions or Symbols)

SAN JOSE (1968)

Bearing in mind that to achieve the goals of the Central American Economic Integration Program, it is necessary to mud- ernize and adapt to its actual needs all laws directly relating to it; and

Convinced that it is desirable from all points of view to standardize the legal rules governing trademarks, commercial names, publicity expressions or symbols and those provisions designed to ensure fair and honest competition, because of the important role they play in the free movement of goods, the provision of services, the peaceful and fair enjoyment of the rights deriving from industrial property, and consumer protection,

The Governments of the Republics of Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua and Costa Rica,

Have decided to enter into the present Convention for which purpose they have designated their respective plenipotentiaries, namely:

/-ilere follow the names of the plenipotentiaries.7 TITLE I

PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS

SOLE CHAPTER

Purpose and Scope of the Convention

Article 1. The Contracting States adopt the present Conven- tion in order to establish in their territories uniform legal rules on trademarks, commercial names and publicity expressions or symbols as well as to suppress unfair competition in those matters.

Article 2. The provisions of the present Convention are applicable to trademarks, commercial names and publicity expressions or symbols which any natural or juridical person who is the proprietor of a commercial establishment or of an industrial or service enterprise or establishment in the territory of any of the Contracting States owns or has a direct interest in.

They are also applicable to trademarks, commercial names, and publicity expressions or symbols belonging to natural or juridical persons who are the proprietors of a commercial establishment or an industrial or service enterprise or establishment in any state other than the Contracting States.

Article 3. For the purposes of this Convention the persons referred to in the first paragraph of the foregoing article shall be treated in the same way as nationals in the territory of each Con- tracting State.

Article 4. No domicile, establishment or enterprise in the country in which protection is claimed will be required of the persons mentioned in Article 2 of this Convention in order to enjoy the rights it recognizes.

Article 5. The owners of trademarks, commercial names and publicity expressions or symbols who have registered them in conformity with this Convention shall be entitled to the exclusive use, enjoyment and disposal thereof for the term specified in this instrument. The provisions of the foregoing paragraph shall be understood to be without prejudice to the provisions of Chapter IV of Title II on the use of collective marks.

TITLE II

TRADEMARKS

CHAPTER I

Trademarks in General

Article 6. The provisions contained in this Title are applicable not only to trademarks that are used or may be used in commerce and in the manufacturing industry but also in the agricultural, livestock, forestry, mining, and quarrying, hunting, fishing, construction and transport industries and, in general, to all trademarks by which one service or one natural or manufactured product is distinguished or can be distinguished from another.

Article 7. For the purposes of this Convention trademark means any sign, word or combination of words or any other graphic or material means which, by reason of its special character, is capable of clearly distinguishing the products, goods or services of one natural or juridical person from the products, goods or services of the same kind or type owned by another person.

Article 8. The use and registration of trademarks is optional and shall be obligatory only in the case of chemical, pharmaceutical, veterinary, medicinal products or food products to which medicinal substances have been added; but the Executive Authority or Organ of each Contracting State shall be entitled to extend this obligation to other products, regardless of their nature, so that it may have effect within the territory concerned and for reasons of public interest.

Article 9. Trademarks are classified as industrial or manufacturers' marks, commercial marks, and service marks.

Industrial or manufacturers, marks are those that distinguish goods produced or processed by a specified manufacturing or industrial enterprise. Commercial marks are those that distinguish the goods a commercial enterprise sells or distributes regardless of who produces them.

Service marks are those that distinguish the activities of enterprises devoted to the satisfaction of general needs by means other than the manufacture, sale or distribution of goods.

Article 10. The use or registration of the following as trademarks or as elements thereof shall be prohibited.

(a) National flags or their colors, if the latter appear in the same order and position as in the former, coats-of-arms, insignia or distinguishing marks of the Contracting States, their municipalities and other public bodies;

(b) The flags, coats-of-arms, insignia, devices or denominations of foreign nations unless authorization from the respective government has been obtained;

(c) The flags, coats-of-arms, insignia, devices, denominations or acronyms of international agencies of which one or more Contracting States are members;

Id) The names, emblems and devices of the Red Cross and of religious or charitable bodies legally recognized in any of the Member States of this Convention;

(e) The designs of coins or notes that are legal tender in the territory of any of the Contracting Parties, reproductions of securities and other ',mmercial documents or of seals, stamps, or revenue stamps in general;

(f) Signs, words or expressions that ridicule or tend to ridicule persons, ideas, religions or national symbols of third party states or international agencies;

(g) Signs, words or expressions, contrary to good morals, public order or good usage;

(hi The names, signatures, family names and portraits of persons other than the person filing the application without their consent or if deceased, the consent of their closest ascendants or descendants; (i) Technical or commnon names of prOductS, g0o0ds Or serxv- ices when they are intended to prot, ct artilees or services ini uded in the genus or species to whicihI suCh names refer;

(j) Terms, signs or ot'kutionS that have passed into general use and which are used to imldilcate tile nature of the products, g)ods or services, and qualifying anl g'ntlitial adje tivscS. ['radeinarks that have become popular or wide s p read sIIbqu, nt to tIi r rigis - tration shall not be regarded ais haxizig passed into geneial Use;

(k) Figures, denoi inations oI phrast- dI, scribinu the products, goods or services that are to be prote td by the tradellarks or their ingredients, qualities, physialatharacLto ristks iir thlW Uste for which they are intended;

it) Signs or indications that are lseid to d. sigtiatc the type, quality, quantity, value or season of preparation of the produnts or goods or of the provision o)f services, Unless they are fUllowed by designs or phrases that partic La riza theni;

(11) The usual and current form it tile roduts 0 00gods;

(m) Plain colors considered sk-paratt-ly, unlUss the',yare, coimibinied or accompanied by eleIleIts SLoI is Signs Or denlllina- Lions having a particular or distiglI s Ila baritet'r;

(n) Containoer, tha t a r, ill the P obIi do1011ai1 0r have 0 0me into C0111111011 Iue in ally Of th Ciontra lling States aLLi, ill gene ral, those thai at neither original nor loxol;

:: (A) Mere indications of origin or dcnowilatiols of Origin, except as set forth in item (b) Of Article 35;

(o) Distinguishilg nrs already reilte rot'd b, ther persons a- trademarks for products, goods or sor\'ix is Incblded in the same class;

(p) Distinguishing marks that by reason of their graphic, phonetic or ideological similarity may mislead or result in cunfu- sion with other trademarks )r with -ommertial names, publicity expressions or symbols atready registered or il the pro ess of being registered, if it is inlkded to use them to distinguish prod- nCts, goods or services includcd ill the 5m111 Itass;

: Editor's Note: The letters of the Spanish alphabet are used here to make this English text coinparable xvith the original. (q) Distinguishing marks that may mislead by indicating a false source, nature or quality;

(r) Maps. These may, however, be used as elements of trademarks if they represent the country of origin or source of the goods which they distinguish.

Article 11. It shall be prohibited to include in the labels or surfaces on which a trademark appears, drawings or reproductions of diplomas, medals, prizes or other signs that may lead to the assumption of the existence of awards obtained in exhibitions, contests or other similar events, unless the veracity of these awards has been proved in the proceedings for obtaining their registration.

Article 12. When the trademark consists of a label or design, protection shall extend solely to the words, captions or signs characterizing it but not to terms , r signs in common or everyday use in commerce, industry, or service activities.

Article 13. When the name or nature of an article or product is stated on a label or design, the trademark shall only be granted for the product or article on which it is indicated.

Article 14. The trademark used to distinguish products, goods or services must be applied to them in the form it was registered; but the owner shall be entitled, for publicity purposes and other similar acts, to use the trademark in a typographical form other than that in which it is registered.

Article 15. The holder of an industrial or manufacturer's mark shall be entitled to use it as a commercial mark without having to register it as such.

Article 16. All natural or manufactured products in the Con- tracting States that are distinguished by trademarks, whether registered or not, shall bear the caption: "Made in ... " (country of origin) or "Central American product made in . . . " (country of origin). In addition, they shall indicate the name of the owner or user of the trademark.

Trademarks registered in any of the Contracting States shall bear, on being applied to the products, goods or services that they distin~ish, the caption: "Registered trademark" or the equivalent sign (. The compulsory trademarks and captions indicated in the preceding paragraphs shall be used conspicuously on the products, goods or services they protect. If the products, goods or services do not lend themselves thereto, the specifications referred to in this article must appear on the wrappings, crates, containers, packing material or receptacles in which they are contained when sold to the public.

The admission of the foregoing captions shall not affect the validity of registered trademarks but shall make the offender liable to a fine of CA$50. On the first repetition of the offens' the fine shall be CA$200, and for subsequent infractions the fine shall be CA$500. In applying this penalty the provisions of the first paragraph of Article 162 of this instrument shall apply.

For the purposes of this Convention the Central American peso is a unit of account equal to the United States dollar.

CHAPTER II

Ownership of trademarks

Article 17. The ownership of a trademark is acquired by the registration thereof in conformity with this Convention and is proven by the registration certificate issued by the competent authority.

Article 18. The ownership of a trademark shall only be recognized and protected in the State or States i.n which it is registered.

The first application for registration of a trademark originating in any of the Contracting States shall be filed in the country of origin thereof. That country in which the applicant has his principal establishment or his domicile shall be deemed to be the country of origin.

The provisions of the foregoing paragraph shall not apply to trademarks originating in States other than the Contracting States.

Article 19. The acceptance of an application for the registration of a trademark, filed in accordance with this Convention, produces in favor of the applicant or his successors a right of priority for a period of six months so that within that period he may request the registration of the trademark in the other signatory States. If the application is filed or registration is inide before the expiry of the above -me ntioned period, the ap plication shall not he refused and registration shall not he annulled by acts performed in the interval, especially by another registration or by the uSe of the trademark.

The period referred to in thIs article shall e calcttlated from the clay following that on which the first opplitatiOn is acc0pt- ed. If the last day of the period falls on a iioii\vorlii da ill (lit, country in which registration is applied for, the p'iod shill he understood to be extended to the next working clay.

Article 20. Tle right of priority sha11h be proved jy ineajis of a certificate which shall be issoed officiall, to tileinterested party by the Registrar of Industrial Prope rty of the counitry where lie filed the first application, and wlich sIaill coiitiiii basically the following iparti cula rs:

(a) The name, firio nainie or delltnination (f thlieapllot, his nationality andu other particitZirs;

l) I'll(express iidiicition that tie appliCant ILis one of tli slatuscs spt itied in ArtileI2 cf this Convention extept as pro- vidtdlor iii the provisions of item (a) ,'fArticle 35;

(c) The trademark in awlio.se re gistration le is iitt rested, with alla torate des, rilitiOll Of its haracte.risti('S a stitoiiellilt Of its lass ttlld the prItodc ts, sod, tir ser\oir s to which it will 14 applied. It mUst lS be ttI hod or affixed to a IM)idt(I t hereof;

(d) The date of the application for reoistratioi and the date and hour of its filing is wIl as tilt(date of its astCptante; and

The c rtificttc to whih reference is made in this artitle shall he exeipt from authenticatioi, but the competent actiorities, in cases in which they have doolits aioOut its authenticity or have reasoin LO believe that it has been altered, shall le entitled to re- cqUire the intoerested party to subinit a ctpy of the first application for registration, issued and certified by the authority which accepted it, or any Other e%,isiteL whithi in their opinion may Serve to estaish11 hic truth. The foregoing shall be understood to be without prejudice to the criminal responsibility deriving from the laws of the coLuntry in which the false or altered doc-ument was ied.

Article 21. All questions cotceruing priority in the itcUCp- tance at two or moetlppliL Atiolis for rt-gistratilii shall be settled bearing in mind that tle eftects 'If the ~ii'eptali date hoa k to the date and hour of the filing of each appli lation.

Article 22. \Vhen LL n trIA or juridical pe l'Stn applies for the rg 1s0rii Of i tralidemarl llt C0Cotrotil g State olli it is 1- fused hlll beca;U.se Of the prior registLrltioll or appiLaLion of another trademoark which }ircelets it hi, reason of it LIdenltity or similarity, Ill' Silittt b~e eiltitled to rtvplet'S t/ll )btail the, illlll~lllllt Of the -L-rgis-

tratiol or f tIfl I liI ' f i tue 1 pii0ily tipp prAo1n1g that he eni- JO's tie right ,f priority i i t Or iti I l with Article 19 of this Coil- Velntioll.

Articic 2 3. The Ie.'i r.1; i of a trademark it1d tile right to its exclusive aU.e 1 .1 AC(I t ruire tl i iI rel,Ltioll to th p rodl t,, goods or SeVrvicIes" fO V w i CI11ti IhaLSI) C1 I-re (I~eit'stt., Cd Lld whli h a:1trt ll(tilleId i 11 tll' 50,St C s .

AnI Lb Uttq lellj J)Cti tio!I /f r ZI1tritd(-1l:l rk a 1ready regi Ste red

Io distligilishl additioner produats, goolls or seriles, regardless It tih cLas. to .,hii h those ) t.,lru.lS .t g oi seUr vices bilolng, shall e1 dealt Wit c if it refi rred to a I-lmiplttyl new trademark.

A rtiLe 2-4. h10 rilah-I ltOer red by tie registrition of a rtnlidellia rk shall Clidulre fIr 10 IVcl rS and lay be r hewed indefi- niitey for iler Si'lIlar IL'rI' s I'l tOl t'fUfillrnent of the requirements trlid down ill this C t111tion.

The te rio refe rred to ill till to regoing pai rag raph shall be cal- CIlliteid frl I tilC dltte of tile t'Iirresponldi ig realstratiol,

A rticle 2-. The oVtter o. a tradenlark or hi Successors shall, ill oLrde r to renew the registratioll lthreof, file the pertinent application during the year prior to tie expiry of each period.

Article 26. Tie owner of a registered tradermark shall hae the following rights:

(a) To oppose its registration by any other person;

(b) To cause its icnproper use or imitation to be CHisCoitiniued; (c) To cause the competent authorities to prohibit the importation or introduction of the goods or products as long as they continue to be distinguished by it;

(d) To obtain compensation for the damages caused by its improper use or employment ;

(e) To report the offenses provided for and punishable by law or to act as the complainant in the corresponding actions.

In the instances provided for in items (b), (c) and (d) above, the owner may request the competent authorities to attach, confis- cate or seize the products or goods which bear the trademark illegally.

Article 27. The owner of a trademark or any person having a right of priority in accordance with this Convention, shall be entitled to assign his ownershi- or right inter vivos and by reason of death

The user shall not be entitled to alienate his right unless he holds authorization to do so.

Article 2S. Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing article, trademarks consisting of the c ommercial name of the alienator shall only be assigned together with the enterprise or establishment which that name identifies.

Article 29. Unless otherwise expressly stipulated, the alienation of an enterprise includes that of the trademarks relating to its line of business.

The purchaser shall be entitled to use those trademarks, with no limitations other than those provided for in the respective contract and shall have the legal capacity to transact the annota- tion of the assignment after proving his right.

Article 30. The assignment of a trademark shall have effect with respect to third parties only from the date of the registration in the Register of Industrial Property.

Article 31. For the purposes of this Convention, trademarks shall be deemed to be personal property. CHAPTER III

Licenses for Use

Article 32. The owner of the trademark shall be entitled by contract to award a license for use thereof to one or more persons.

The license for use may be exclusive or nonexclusive with respect to a specified territory or area.

The owner of the trademark may reserve the right to the simultaneous use thereof.

Conditions and restrictions with respect to the mode of use of the trademark may also be stipulated, provided that such restrictions or conditions do not'contravene the provisions of this Conven- tion.

Article 33. The use of a trademark by the licensee shall be assimilated to that made by the owner thereof for all those purposes for which this use is relevant in virtue of this Convention.

Provided that he has been duly authorized, the licensee of a trademark shall be entitled to take all legal measures to prevent the improper use thereof and to perform the acts that its owner might do.

Article 34. The contract for license for use shall be in- scribed in the Register of Industrial Property and shall take effect with respect to third parties only from the date of registration.

CHAPTER IV

Collective Trademarks

Article 35. The following shall be considered collective trademarks:

(a) Those adopted by cooperatives, associations, trade unions and other similar public or private bodies, even though they do not possess any enterprise or establishment, for distinguishing the products, goods or services of all the individuals that form part of them; and (b) Those adopted by enterprises established in a specified civil geographic area, for distinguishing a specified product, article or service peeuliar to that area.

Article 36. The registration of collective trademarks must be applied for by the person or persons representing the entity in accordance with its statutes or equivalent docunient, a copy of which shall acconmpany the certification of the minutes of the meet ig at which the adoption and registratton of the trademark were decided upan.

A copy of the Regutlations for Use of the tradeinark, duly certified by the representative of tileinte rested entity, shall also be filed togethe r with the apphication, and they shall enter into force as soon as they have been approved by te Registrir.

The certifications menlne in tAihisarticle shall be exempt from legalizatioi when the trademarks originate froni any of the nmember states of this Convention.

Article 37. The Regulatins mentioned in the foregoing article musit speeit y the comnion characteristics or the q tlities of the products, good, r services that the trademark will distinguish., te ciditons under whitich the y - ill be usd, and the - persons to{ will be entithud to u~se-Menult They multst also gu,aran~l tee effiicti-v introl ox'-r te -mtplotnut , the Iraidemnark, slipu late appropriate penllti-s i- r inivuse cortrr t the provisions o the Rigutlati , in d thievr.uiids in whici a Tieinber if tlee group may be prohibited from uA iyI th istin,-uisimn ncxi a&tidopted.

Artic- 36, "ihe IpId--r -t tofM llet"txie tritdemTrk shall crlia tiii i-- i- t1h R ytri cx " [a tiyIit ti',-rq y I ch-iges iltr dil-'-d t the iA i i ot; f,-rI t_ o i-f. Such ch ti s shaill ttk eff ct iniv attnr the i.1 -. rItr lt isu- j Atrei s, ti' -n (eulthring 111o-2 ln wt- n it Ii-,r

lrkI AT COlh-cti-i, trid -m ,rks h+ll t- -tiec Ii- ttii r-rr -in-- --tiili----o tr r iad-rn ri- ill 2in tt witiout preiu- c, -e to tIt- r t-s thIait cr v ir t-hem il 1 i,-itcalmi- |the ter'Ill Atd fe thev iust satttsfy s.Itll be ds-tw-liixtis -d imdid ily,-.

'rtitcl- I - ll' v!tii tradi-intairk l i mxA ticib- tSiftnod t- third l ti-s nor m th- -r e l -l'. ICi.i'd t, itdividuitLs Vhio art not 'icia lx- rik- lii t'i(I by t I -t-'t 1 A;i Ie 11t0r tl-'reof Article 41. The ownership of collective trademarks shall lapse by reason of any of the causes specified in Article 42 and, in addition, by the dissolution of the entity holding them.

CHAPTER V

Extinction of the Ownership of Trademarks

Article 42. The right of ownership of a trademark is extin- guislied solely:

(a) By the expressed renouncement of the holder;

(b) When the term referred to in Article 25 has expired without tile renewal of the registration having been requested;

(c) By executory decision of a competent court of justice declaring the nullity or ordering the cancellation of the registration.

Article -13. The lapse referred to in item (b) of the foregoing article shall be declared by the Registry of IndustrirI Prop- erty concernred, either oil its owrin initiative or at the request of an interested party,

Article 4t, The following are grounds for the nullity of tlhe registration of a trademark:

(a) If it is made to the prejudice of a better right of a third pa rty;

(b) If it is registered in the name of a person who is or has been an agent, proxy or representative of the person who had pre- vniously registered the mark in a Central American euntrv

In the case provided for in item (a), the nullity of the registration shall only be in order it the int-rested party has not upposed it in due time.

In the circurnrstanices contemplated in items (a) and (b), only the injured party may seek the nullity. In the case of item (c), nullity rmay be requested by the injured party or by tile office of the public ministry. Article 45. As soon as the decision declaring the nullity of an entry is final, the court of justice concerned shall communicate or certify that decision to the Registry of Industrial Property.

Article 46. Trademarks whose ownership has lapsed for failure to renew, or which have been cancelled at tile request of their owner, may again be registered at any time either by the previous owner or by any other person, provided that the requirements established by this Convention for any registration are complied with. The sole exception to this provision is collective trademarks that can be re-registered only after the expiry of the period specified in the following paragraph.

Trademarks whose registration has been declared null and void for the reason specified in item (c) of Article 44 may again be registered by any person on the expiry of two years calculated from the date on which the decision that gave rise to the effects of res judicata, provided that the provisions contained in this Conven- tion are not infringed by the new registration. However, the applicant shall not be required to await the elapse of the above-mentioned period if the nullity had been decreed pursuant to the provisions of items (a) or (b) of Article -1-1.

TITLE III

COMMERCIAL NAMES

SOLE CHAPTER

Protection of Commercial Names

Article 47. The provisions of this title are applicable not only to the names by which a commercial enterprise or establishment properly speaking is identified, but also to the names by which an industrial enterprise or establishment is identified, regardless of whether it is engaged in the provision of services or in agricultural, stockraising, forestry, mining, quarrying, hunting, fishing, construction, transportation or any other similar activities.

Article 48. For the purposes of this Convention, commercial name means the actual or fabricated name, the firm name or the name by which an enterprise or establishment is identified. Article 49. It shall be prohibited to use or register the following as commercial names or elements thereof.

(a) Those that are constituted by or in which appear the names or family names of persons other than the owners or partners of the enterprise or establishment, unless their consent or, if deceased, the consent of their ascendants or descendants to the nearest degree, has been obtained;

(b) Those that are identical with or similar to those that are registered in favor of other persons who engage in similar activities;

(c) Those that are identical with or similar to a trademark registered in favor of another person, provided that the products, goods or services that the trademark protects are similar to those that constitute the normal trade of the enterprise or establishment whose commercial name it is intended to register:

(d) Those consisting of words or captions or containing signs that are contrary to good morals, public order or good usage.

Article 50. The ownership of a commercial name is acquired by registration thereof, made in conformity with this Con- vention, and is proved by the Certificate of Registration issued by the competent authority.

Changes or modifications in commercial names already registered shall also be registered.

Article 51. The ownership of the commercial name and the right to its exclusive use are acquired with respect to the activities in which the enterprise or establishment defined in the registration application is engaged, and to other activities directly related or kindred to them.

If an enterprise has more than one establishment, it shall be entitled to identify them with its commercial name.

Article 52. The ownership of a commercial name shall endure as long as the enterprise or establishment it identifies.

As soon as the commercial name is registered, it shall enjoy protection for an indefinite period. Article 53. The owner of a registered commercial name shall have the following rights:

(a) To oppose its registration by any other person;

(b) To cause the improper use or imitation of Ils commercial name to be discontinued;

(d) To report the offenses provided for and punishiblt, by law or to act itsthe complainant illthe corresponding actioms.

Article 5-1. Unless otherwise expressly stipu1 li;tCtl, the °- atliellltiOllof iIi enlte rprise or estlbishineiit iielolCjtl s its omlliller c il Ilaille,BiIt ill tilecISe Lprvidetd for in the secoIid paragrph of Article 7 it shill be understlod that the CLoliiiiirCiiil iinme ias not bheil Issigiled if the act does 11ot llitit thL' iSi-IIIitllI Of tIh- CInte rpris

The purchaser shall be entitled t, use the 1,1e1C N ithliit ily restrictLio s other thin tloSC pr)videit for in the respetcliv, contract and shitil Iiive the 1,g,11 ciapiacity to trans.ct the iotatioi of the tissigli l aitter p:.-'Viiig his riiiht.

Article "35 1he right of m nurship f itcomilerciil name Iapses solely

(i) By retson of express renuncition by the holder;

(b) Iy reii, of the dis ipejt'arnice, ftr iy tegal ciise, of the enterprise it identifies;

(c) By executory decisiii of a conipeteOlt court of justice declaring the nullity and ordering the cincellation of tileregis- trttion.

Article 56 The following shall be g riunds fir the nullity if the reiistration of it co 'l,.-rciiI i In e:

(a) If it wa, I'-iad to tBie prejudice of the better right of ; third party; (b) If it is registered in the name of any person who is or has been an agent, proxy or representative of a person who had previously registered it in another Central American country.

(c) If the registration was made in contravention of tile provisions of this Convention. In the case provided for ill item (a), the nullity of the registration shall only be in order if the interested party has not objected to it in due course.

Article 57. The extii t ion of the property right ill a commercial nam-1e in the cirClnistallnces provided for ill item (b) of Article 55 shall lie declared by the Registrar of Industrial P roperty at the request of the i ote rested party.

In tile circumstances provided for ill items (a) and (b) of Article 56, the nullity nay be demianded unly by the person prejudiced. In the CasV prJvided for in item (c) , tile nullity may be den.unded by the person prejidiced o r by tile office of tile public ministry.

\rticle 5S Except whre otherwise provided for iin this title, the rules concerning trideinarks contailled in this Con1ventioll are applicatbi t commerc ii limes insofar as they are not ill- CnIIpitLiii, givIn the nature of both institutioiis

TITLE IV

PUBLICtTY £X['RESSIONS OR SY.Mi;OLS

SOLE CHAPTEIR

Protecti,, , lublicitv Expressioms or Symbi,,s

\rticle 59. Publicity expressitm or symbol means any cap- tiom, advertisement, hgiI, phrlse, conibinition of words, design, engraving or an' other similar medium, provided that it is original aund chtracte ristic, that it is used V ith a view to attractingl, tile attentiOin of Con18sumel 0rS Or Usels Ito a specified product, article, service, enterprisi or estiblishnient

Article 60. Publit ity ixpressi,)ns oir symbols may be used on placards, bi.lb. ards, and, ill gnVt Calt , (11iany other publicity iiie diui Article 61. Trademarks and commercial names may form part of a publicity expression or symbol, provided they are registered in favor of the same holder.

Article 62. It shall be prohibited to use or register the following as publicity expressions or symbols:

(a) Words or combination of words exclusively descriptive of the qualities of the goods, products or services or of the activity of the enterprise;

(b) Those that lack originality or are known publicly as applying to other products, goods or services, enterprises or establishments of a different holder;

(c) Those that are contrary to good morals, public -'der or good usage, or which attack ideas, religions or sentiment, .,orthy of consideration;

(d) Those that tend to discredit an enterprise or establishment, its products, goods or services, or which contain offensive remarks or allusions to individuals;

(e) Those included in any of the prohibitions contained in Article 66 of this Convention;

(f) Those that include a trademark or couminercial tt,:e that cannot be legitimately used by the person who seeks to maKe use of them;

(g) Those that have been registered by other persons or are capable of causing error or confusion.

Article 63. As socn as a publicity expression or symbol is registered, it shall enjoy protection for an indefinite period; but its existence depends, according to the case, on the trademark or commercial name to which it refers.

Article 64. Except where otherwise provided for in this title, the rules governing trademarks and commercial names contained in this Convention are applicable to publicity expressions or symbols insofar as they are not incompatible, given the nature of the institutions. TITLE V

UNFAIR COMPETITION IN INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY MATTERS

SOLE CHAPTER

Unfair Competition

Article 65. Without prejudice to the provisions of the penal laws of the Contracting States, for the purposes of this Convention unfair competition means any deceitful act or deed which, like those provided for in Article 66, is done with the intention of un- duly profiting from the advantages conferred by trademarks, commercial names and publicity expressions or symbols at the expense of the holder of them or of consumers.

Article 66. For the purposes of this Convention, the following acts by any person shall constitute unfair competition:

(a) Those calculated directly or indirectly to represent products, goods or services which a businessman prepares, provides or trades in, as belonging or corresponding to or those that are provided by another merchant, industrialist or provider of services, provided that the deceit results from tile improper use or from the simulation, substitution or alteration of trademarks, commercial names, publicity expressions or symbols which are protected by this Convention, or from the imitation of labels, containers, receptacles or other usual means of identification or dif- ferentiation in industry and in trade;

(b) The use in trademarks, labels, containers, receptacles or wrappings of false descriptions of products, goods or services by the employment of words, signs or other means designed to deceive the public with respect to their nature, quality, use, method of manufacture, characteristics or value;

(c) The use in trademarks, labels, containers, receptacles or wrappings of signs that lead to the assumption of the existence of awards, prizes, diplomas or medals granted or awarded to the products, goods or services when the suggested fact is false;

(d) The reproduction, even though partial, of graphic or phonetic elements of a trademark of another person unless the authorization of its owner has been obtained; (e) The alteration or substitution of a trademark, commercial name, publicity expression or symbol to give the impression that the goods, products or services of other persons are his own;

(f) The use of the trademark, commercial name, publicity expression or symbol identical with or similar to another registered in favor of a different person, without the consent of that person, in relation to the products, goods, services or activties protected by the registration;

(g) The use of containers or of inscriptions to give the ho- pression that spurious or Idulterated goods are genuine, or the commission of any falsification for the samne purpose;

(h) The alienation or sale of trademarks, commercial names, publicity expressions or symbols that are falsified, or o' products, goods or services with falsified or fraudulently imitated trademarks;

(i) Tile alienation or sale of designs, trademarks, publicity expressions or symbols that are identical or can be confused with any already registered, separately from the products, goods or services, enterprise or establishment for which thty are intended, unless the authorization of the owler has been obtained;

(j) Tihe designation of an establishment as a branch, agency or a dependent unit of a specified enterprise which has registered its commercial nanie in accordance with this Convention, when it is not such;

(k) Any other acts of a nature similar to those mentioned above which tend directly or indirectly to prejudice the industrial property of another person or which entail an appropriation or iun- proper use thereof.

Article 67. Legal proceedings intended to obtain the suppression of acts of unfair competition nay be instituted by any per- soil who considers himself prejudiced or by the office of the public ministry before the courts of justice or administrative authorities who, in accordance with the domestic laws of the Cntracting States, are competent to take cognizance of matters of this kind

Article 68. As soon as proceedings against unfair competition have been instituted, the judge or authority concerned shall be entitled to issue, provided the plaintiff gives security for damages, such injunctions as he deems fit in order to protect the rights of the plaintiff, consumers and competitors, including the attachment or confiscation of the merchaundise, and in order to ensure tile suspension of the acts which have caused the proceedings to arise or a return to the state of affairs that existed prior to the commission of the acts of unfair competition,

Article 69. Acts of unfair competition shifl hc! puished in accordance with the provisions of Chaiptr V[II of Title VI of this Convention.

Article 70. The decision or rsohitin dlrii the xis- tence of acts of unfai r coMIpetitioii shl ordcr, iII Mi1iti0,i t thei r cessation, the necessiary ine~sore to plevent tltir COnst .quiLiCilc s and tc avert their rupetition i, .v t a com ll)tis1iit ftit"dillagos, whenever appropriate,

Article 71, !f acts of unfair comIii titiii n iist o, inI addition, a felonv, the pentilties prcs, critii iMtiW lin:CStiC ;ivs of the Contracting States shall bc ipld to t e ppinii r1-pi,nsitil,,

TIE V[I

INDICATItON OF SOURCE AND _TA\TI-l: NTS OF" OR[l.lGiI

SOL: CiA PT1ER

Indication of Source and Statements ,f Oriii

Article 72, For the iir1 pi s-oS,f i .itIvulltii , tiii III- graphic niie oi the locality, regioii or1 oI itLr h i 1 sii,recCrdCei or mai IdIe to Lp))UArV lli.ii 1IdAi, ci%,. r, , mltin . v, w ritpping or seal of any article or dintctly the reion is lh ac,t epit Oif collection or extraCtioi thtre,,f shall be c isidered in indicition of source.

For the saile purposes, the ni , of irii_-in is t gcographicio- narine designating a product itLntt'fctiir(-d, prealpared, harvested or extracted in the place to which the name used corresponds aid which serves to determine a quality and cirtin chilaraicteristics. Article 73. Any industrialist, merchant or provider of services established in a country, place or specified region shall be entitled to use the geographical name thereof as an indication of the source of his products, goods or services.

Article 74. The geographic name used as an indication of source or as a name of origin shall correspond exactly to that of the place in which the goods acquired their nature or substance or from which they originate.

Article 75. The use of names of origin which do not actually correspond to the place in which the products, goods or services were manufactured, prepared, harvested or extracted shall be considered false and illegal and therefore prohibited.

There is no false indication of origin when the name identi- fying a product, commodity or service corresponds in whole or in part to a geographic name which, by reason of constant, general and honest use in commerce, has come to form the particular name or designation of the article or service, provided that the name of origin is preceded by the word "type", "kind", "imitation", or other similar words in easily legible characters.

Article 76. The insertion of false indications of source or names of origin on any label, cover, containers, wrapping or seal of any article or directly thereon, whether or not the goods are identified by registered trademarks or not, will make the persons responsible liable to the penalties provided for in Chapter VIII of Title VII of this Convention.

Article 77. The provisions of Articles 67, 68, 70 and 71 above shall be applicable to the subject matter of this chapter.

TITLE VII

PROCEDURE

CHAPTER I

General Provisions

Article 78. Except where otherwise provided for in item (a) of Article 35, only the natural or juridical persons referred to in Article 2 of this Convention shall be entitled to apply for and obtain protection of the goods to which it refers. Article 79. The persons referred to in the foregoing article shall be entitled to deal with the Registry themselves, with the assistance of an attorney or through an agent who is an attorney, as prescribed in each case by the domestic law of the signatory states.

The agent must in any case hold the necessary power of attorney to appear in proceedings before the administrative authorities or in any contentious administrative proceedings and to respond to all claims or demands submitted by reason of the application or registration.

Unless otherwise stipulated, the agent shall be deemed to be sufficiently authorized by the principal to oppose the registration of any other trademark, commercial name, publicity expression or symbol identical with or similar to those that are registered in his name or in the process of being registered.

Article 80. In serious and urgent cases authorized by the Registrar of Industrial Property, the representation of a person acting without authority, who is an attorney, may be accepted, provided that he gives sufficient surety, which shall also be authorized by the above-mentioned official, to carry the responsibility for the results of the matter if the person concerned does not approve of what is done in his name.

Article 81. Powers of attorney issued abroad must be executed in accordance with the domestic law of the country in which they are granted, and be legalized in accordance with the laws of the Contracting State in which they will have effect.

Powers of attorney issued in a member state of this Conven- tion shall also be executed in accordance with the domestic law of the country in which they are granted, but they shall not require legalization in order to have effect in the other member states.

Article 82. All applications drawn up in accordance with this Convention must meet the requirements of the fiscal laws of the Contracting State in which they are filed. CHAPTER 11

Procedure for Registering Trademarks, Commercial Names, and Publicity Expressions or Symbols

Article 83. In order to register a tradema rk, there shall be filed with the Registry of Industrial Property an application which shall contain:

(a) The exact designation of the authority to which it is addressed;

(b) The name, firm namoe or denomination, nationality, doinicile and other particulars of the applicant; and the name occupation and domicile of the agent, when the application is made through an agent;

(c) A descripti, n of the tr:demark, clearly and accurately specifying the essential eleinenits or its principal distinguishing sign. A model or r'prodiction of the trademark to which it refers shall be attached or affixed to each application;

(d) A precise and specific enumeration of the goods or services that the mark will distiiguish with specification of the class to which they belong;

(e) An indication of the country of Origin of the trademark and, when this is t Central American countrv, the number and date of its registratiin in th tt country Or a stItenent to the effect that registration is in press;

(f) An indication Of thn cliss of irademark in question, in accordance with Article 1; and forml declaration to the effect that the applicant is the proprietor of a commercial establishment, a service enterprise or an industrial firm in the territory of any of the Contracting States ,ir tbrd, and his address;

(g) The reservations that are made with respect to tilesize, color or combination Of colors, designs or characteristics of the trademark in the sarnte order as they appear in the model. Roser- vations made with respect to elemCits that do not appear in tile model shall be invalid; (h) The post office box number or exact address in the city in which the Registry of Industrial Property is situated, for the receipt of notifications;

(i) A specific indication of what is being applied for;

(j) The place and date of the application anid signature ill tile handwriting of the applicant, agent, or legal representative.

Article 84. The following Shall be filed together with tlhe application referred to in the forugoing article:

(a) The legally granted power of attorney if th application is made through an agent, uwles's the irSonAility of the latter has already been proved in the Registry of Industrial Property, iii which case the date and reason fur its presentation and the niiinher of the file in which it appears shall be iiidictted ill tile application. Whenever the interested pa rty deenis it advisable, lie may request that the power of attorney be rec orded in the rcuords and returned to him;

(b) The notation reftrred to ii .\rticle i). whc ie appr,,priate;

(c) Evidence ,f having obtained the cniisent referred to ill item (I) of Article I) and, where appropriitet, the. uthentic document substantiating the exLstIice (if the ,iledtls,iizs diplom is or awards referred to in \rticle I I;

(d) When the tradernark is a Central Aiwrican trademark, a certificatioi to the effect that it has been rec,rded iii the Registry of the country of rigin the r,f. \ model ,f tie trademark must be attached to this certificatiii.

If the trademark is not regi st red il i couIitry of origiin, the notation referred to inl item (b) abCve shill replace the certification herein referred to.

The certification shall not require legaltizitioi unless there are reasons to believe that tie certifitMe filed has been fa i fied or is not authentic. In the case of a foreign trademark the provisions of the following article shall apply.

(el The duly legaliaed instruments substantiating tile authorization issued by the respective goveriinent ill the case provided for in item (b) of Article 10; (f) Where appropriate, the documents referred to in Article 36;

(g) Fifteen models or facsimiles of the trademark in the country in which the first application is filed, and six in the remaining countries, and when it is the means of identification, a clichg or an electrotype thereof. These models shall satisfy the requirements established in Article 190;

(h) Such other documents as are required i.n accordance with the domestic law of the Contracting State in which the application is filed.

Article 85. If the trademark originates from any state other than the Contracting States, its registration may be applied for in any one of the signatory states, provided that the pertinent application is accompanied either by a certified copy of the registration in the country of origin of the trademark or an affidavit sworn before a notary or public official and duly notarized, in which the owner of the trademark must state: (a) that he has adopted the trademark for his use in the country in question; (b) that he owns a manufacturing or commercial establishment or a farm in his country of origin, and (c) that the goods, products or services that the trademark will protect, together with those specifically and concretely enumerated in the same sworn affidavit, indicating the class to which they belong.

Article 86. To obtain the registration of a commercial name there shall be filed with the Registry of Industrial Property an application containing:

(a) An exact designation of the authority to which it is addressed;

(b) The name, firm name or denomination, nationality, domicile and other particulars of the applicant; and the name, occupation and domicile of the agent or legal representative, when the application is made through an agent or representative;

(c) A complete description of the commercial name to be registered. A reproduction or model of the commercial name to which the application refers shall be attached or affixed to each application; (d) An exact and specific indication of the enterprise or establishment that the commercial name will identify, with specification of the business or activity in which it will engage and of its location and address. In addition, a formal declaration must be made to the effect that the applicant is the owner of that enterprise or establishment;

(e) An indication of the country of origin of the commercial name and, when this is a Central American country, the number and date of its registration in that country or a statement to the effect that its registration is in process in that country;

(f) The post office box number or exact address in the city in which the Registry of Industrial Property is situated, for the receipt of notifications;

(g) A specific indication of what is being applied for;

(h) The place and date of the application and signature in the handwriting of the applicant, agent or legal representative.

Article 87. The following shall be filed together with the application referred to in the foregoing article:

(a) The legally granted power of attorney if the application is made through an agent, unless the personality of the latter has already been established in the Registry of Industrial Property, in which case the date and reason for its presentation and the number of the file in which it appears shall be indicated in the application. Whenever the interested party deems it advisable, he may request that the power of attorney be recorded in the records and returned to him;

(b) The notation referred to in Article 20, where appropriate;

(c) When the commercial name is a Central American name, a certification to the effect that it is recorded in the Registry of the country of origin thereof. A model of the latter must be attached to the certification.

If the commercial name is not registered in the country of origin, the certificate to which reference is made in item (b) above shall replace the certification herein referred to; The certification shall not require legalization unless there are reasons to believe that the certification submitted has been falsified or is not authentic. In the case of a foreign commercial name, the provisions of Article 85 shall apply, where appropriate;

(d) Fifteen models or facsimiles of the commercial name in the country in which the first application is filed, and six in the others, and if the commercial name is accompanied by signs that help to individualize it or writing in a special type of character, a clich6 or electrotype. The above-mentioned models must satisfy the requirements prescribed in Article 190;

(e) The other documents that may be required in accordance with the domestic law of the Contracting State in which the application is filed.

Article 88. The applicaition for the registration of a publicity expression or symbol shall be made in the form prescribed in Ar- ticles 86 and 87 of this instrument.

Article 89. In each application the registration of only one trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol may be applied for. The application for the registration of a trademark may only cover goods, products, or services included in one class.

Article 90. At the time of delivery of a registration application, the Secretary of the Registry of Industrial Property shall stamp at the foot thereof a note in which will appear the date and hour of its filing. In addition, le will give a receipt for the application ani the documents delivered to him, if the party filing them so requests.

Article 91, As soon as an application has been filed, the Registrar shall proceed to verify whether the trademark, commercial name, publicity sign or expression whose registration is being applied for is included in the prohibitions contained in items (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i0, (j), (k), (1), (11), (in), (n), (Ai), (q) or (r) of Article 10; (a) and (d) of Article -19; or (a), (b), (c) and (d) of Article 62, as appropriate. If this is the case, he shall imnmnediately reject the application, indicating the reasons for doing so,

The Registrar shali do likewise if the applicant is not any of the persons referred to in Article 78, Article 92. If the application is not such as to justify an immediate rejection by reason of not being in any of the situations provided for in the foregoing article, the Registrar shall forthwith proceed to examine whether it satisfies all the requirements indicated in Articles 83, 84, 85, 86, 87 and 88, as appropriate. If any requirement is unsatisfied or any document missing, he shall ab- stain from accepting and processing it but shall order that, if within the following 15 days the interested party has corrected the omission or defect, the application be processed in accordance with this Convention.

The action referred to in the foregoing paragraph does not extinguish the date of filing of the application if the correction is made within the indicated time limit.

Article 93. If the application does not fit into any of the cases provided for in the two foregoing articles, the Registrar shall proceed without delay to make an examination of the novelty of the trademark, commercial name, publicity expression or symbol to be registered, for which purpose he will make such investigations as may be necessary to determine whether there exists any of the causes indicated in items (o) and (p) of Article 10; (b) and (c) of Article 49; or (e), (f) and (g) of Article 62, as appropriate.

Article 94. If on investigating the novelty of a trademark the Registrar finds:

(a) Another identical trademark already registered and valid which is used to distinguish products, goods or services included in the same class, he shall declare the application to be invalid and indicate the reasons for doing so. If the trademark whose registration is applied for is identical with another which is in the process of being registered, the Registrar shall declare it in suspense until it is decided whether the trademark being processed must or must not be registered. If the resulting decision is negative, the application declared to be in suspense will be processed as provided for in this Convention and will be protected by the right of priority.

(b) Another similar trademark already registered and valid, which is used to distinguish products, goods or services included in the same class, the similarity being such that the trademark whose registration is being applied for may be confused with the prior trademark, in which case he shall declare the application invalid, indicating the reasons for doing so. The only exception shall be the case in which the applicant is the owner of the prior trademark with which the new trademark may be confused, in which case the registration shall not be denied.

If a trademark whose registration is being applied for is similar to another trademark which is in the process of being registered, the Registrar shall declare it in suspense until it is decided whether the trademark being processed must or must not be registered. If the resulting decision is negative, the application declared in suspense will be processed as provided for in this Convention and will be protected by the right of priority.

The foregoing provisions shall be without prejudice to the provisions of Article 22 and are applicable to commercial names and to publicity expressions or symbols.

Where the applicant does not agree with the decision of the Registry of Industrial Property, he shall be entitled to make use of the remedies referred to in Articles 158 and 159 of this Con- vention.

Article 95. As soon as the examination for nullity has been made and no obstacle to registration has been found, the Registrar shall order that the application be entered in the Book of Applica- tions by means of a serially numbered entry which will contain:

(a) The hour and date of the application;

(b) The name and particulars of the applicant or of his agent or legal representative;

(d) The class to which the products, goods, or services enumerated in the application belong and which the trademark will protect, and

(e) A notation to the effect that all the documents required in accordance with this instrument have been filed.

The entry shall be signed by the Registrar. The insertion of this entry in the Book of Applications constitutes the acceptance of the application and creates for the interested party the right of priority referred to in Article 19.

Article 96. As soon as the entry referred to in the foregoing article has been made, the Registrar shall order the publication in the Diario Oficial of an announcement, on three occasions, within a maximum period of 15 days and at the cost of the interested party, which shall contain:

(a) The name, firm name or denomination of the applicant and his nationality;

(b) The name of the agent or legal representative, if any;

(d) An indication of the class to which the products, goods or services belong or an indication, where appropriate, of the enterprise or establishment that the commercial name will identify, the activity in which it will engage, and the place and country where it is situated or its domicile.

(e) The date on which the corresponding application was filed.

Article 97. During the two months following the date of the first publication of the announcement to which reference is made in the foregoing article, any person who alleges that he has a legitimate interest shall be entitled to object to the application and to oppose the grant of registration:

I. On the grounds that the trademark, commercial name, publicity expression or symbol sought to be registered is covered by the prohibitions provided for in Articles 10, 49 or 6Z of this Convention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the cases provided for in items (o) and (p) of Article 10, (b) and (c) of Article 49, and (f) and (g) of Article 62, only the holder of the trademark, commercial name, publicity expression or symbol shall be entitled to oppose;

2. On the ground that he has a better right than the applicant.

The opponent shall be entitled to appear himself, with the assistance of an attorney or through an agent who shall also be an attorney. Article 98. The opposition shall be filed in writing with the Registry of Industrial Property.

This written statement shall contein:

(a) The precise designation of the authority to which it is addressed;

(b) The name, firm name or denomination, nationality, domicile and other particulars of the opponent and the name, occupation and domicile of the agent or legal representative, where appropriate;

(d) The facts and legal grounds on which it is based;

(e) A clear and specific statement of what is being applied for;

(f) The place and date of the writing and signature in the handwriting of the opponent.

As many copies as there are persons to whom the relevant record or decision must be reported shall accompany each statement of opposition.

Article 99 . The provisions of Article 90 are applicable to this matter.

Article 100. The opponent shall send together with the statement of opposition the documents on which it is based.

If they are not in his possession, he must expressly indicate what they are and submit them within 30 calendar days following the date of submission.

When the opposition has been replied to, no documents other than those relating to new facts will be accepted from the opponent.

The Registrar may reject ex officio any statement of opposition which is not in accordance with the provisions of this and the foregoing article, stating in the corresponding record wherein it is deficient. Article 101. As soon as the opposition is accepted, the Reg- istrar will immediately bring it to the notice of the applicant by personally sending him the relevant record. If it is not possible to do this because he cannot be found, the Registrar shall order the notification by letter or by means of a note which will be sent by registered mail to the address indicated in the application.

In every case the notification must be accompanied by a copy of the statement of opposition after it has been checked against its original.

Article 10Z. The time limit for replying to the opposition shall be two months, calculated from the day following the date on which notification was made to the applicant.

If there are several applicants, the time limit for answering the opposition shall begin to run from the day following the date on which the last notification was made. The applicants shall be entitled to formulate the reply jointly or severally.

Article 103. The answer to the opposition shall contain the particulars enumerated in Article 98. The applicant, in answering the opposition, shall be subject to the provisions of Article 100 relating to the opponent.

Article 104. As soon as the answer of the applicant is received, the Registrar shall take a decision on the opposition, accepting it or rejecting it within the month following the date on which the answer was submitted to the Registry.

If the applicant does not answer the opposition within the time limit stated in Article 102, the Registrar shall take a decision on it without further delay.

Article 105. If there is doubt concerning the graphic or phonetic similarity between two trademarks, the trademark already registered shall be protected against that which is sought to be registered.

Article 106. When the time limit referred to in Article 97 has expired without opposition having been made, or declared invalid by an executory judgment, the Registrar shall issue a substantiated decision authorizing the registration after payment of the registration fees. If within the month following the date on which the decision is notified the interested party has not make the relevant payments, the decision shall be invalid and the papers in the case shall be filed.

Article 107. Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 101, the decisions and records issued by the Registry of Industrial Property shall be reported to the interested parties either personally, by form letter or by memorandum which must be sent by registered mail to the address that was indicated, and the time limit shall run, unless otherwise expressly provided, from the working day following the date on which the interested party is personally notified, the form letter is left for him or the registered memorandum is deposited in the post office.

Article 108. A trademark, commercial name, or publicity symbol or expression shall be registered without prejudice to the better right of a third party and on the exclusive responsibility of the applicant.

Article 109. As soon as a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol has been registered, the Registrar shall immediately enter it in the Index of Industrial Property and affix or attach the corresponding model in the Registration Book or in the Models Br-,',-, if any.

Such obligations having been complied with, the Registrar shall issue and deliver to the owner of the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol a registration certificate.

Article I10. The registration certificate referred to in the foregoing article shall be issued on a form used by the Registry of Industrial Property for that purpose. This form in every case shall contain:

(a) The complete name of the Registry of Industrial Property and of the corresponding contracting states;

(b) The name, firm name or denomination, nationality and domicile of the holder of the trademark, commercial name, or publicity symbol or expression;

(c) An indication of the article protected and of the number, volume, folio and date of registration; (d) Where appropriate, a model of the trademark, commercial name, or publicity symbol or expression, which must bear the seal of the Registry and refer to the volume and page of the Models Book in which an identical model has been inserted, where appropriate;

(e) The complete enumeration of the products, goods or services which the trademark distinguishes, with specification of the class to which they belong. Where appropriate, the address of the enterprise or establishment that the commercial name identifies and the place and country in which it is situated;

(f) Such reservations as have been made;

(g) The date of the registration and the date of its expiration;

(h) The place and date on which the certificate is issued, and the seal and signature of the Registrar.

A copy of the registration certificate shall be kept in the pertinent file.

Article 11. When the entry of a trademark, commercial name, or publicity symbol or expression has been made in the corresponding Registration Book, it will be understood to be known to third parties without any further publication requirement being necessary.

Any modification sought to be introduced into a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol already registered shall be in accordance with the procedures prescribed for its registration.

CHAPTER III

Procedure for Renewing Registration of Trademarks

Article 112. The persons who have registered a trademark shall be entitled to renew its registration by complying for that purpose with the provisions of Article 25 and the following articles of this Convention. Article 113. To renew the registration of a trademark, the interested party must file with the Registry of Industrial Property an application containing:

(a) The precise designation of the authority to which it is addressed;

(b) The name, firm name or denomination, nationality, domicile and other particulars of the owner of the trademark, and the name, occupation and domicile of the legal representative or agent, when the application is made through an agent;

(d) An indication of the volume and page of the Models Book, if any, and of the period to which this corresponds, in which the model relating to the trademark whose regi.stration is to be renewed is inserted;

(e) The post office box number or exact address in the city in which the Registry of Industrial Property is situated, for the receipt of notifications;

(f) A specific indication of what is being applied for; and

(g) The place and date of the application and signature in the handwriting of the applicant or of his agent or legal representative.

Article 114. With the application referred to in the foregoing article, there shall be filed:

(a) The legally granted power of attorney, if the application is filed through an agent, unless the personality of this proxy has already been proved in the Registry of Industrial Property, in which case the date and the reason for its presentation and the number of the file in which it appears shall be indicated in the application. When the interested party deems it advisable, he may ask that the power of attorney be recorded in the records and returned to him;

(b) Evidence that the corresponding fees have been paid in accordance with Article 213;

(c) Such other documents as may be required pursuant to the domestic law of the Contracting State in which the application is filed. Article 115. In each application the renewal of the registration of only one mark may be requested.

Article 116. On the filing of an application for renewal of a registration, action shall be taken in accordance with the provisions of Article 90.

Article 117. As soon as an application has been filed, the Registrar shall proceed to verify that it satisfies the conditions and requirements set forth in Articles 25, 113, 114, and 1153of this Convention. if the result is negative, lie shall forthwith reject the application, indicating the reasons therefor.

Article 118. If the application is in order, the Rigistrar shall without delay issue a decision to the effect that the renewal has been made and ordering that the notation of the renewal hie made in the margin alongside the entry corresponding to the trademark and, where appropriate, in that of the respective mode!.

Article 11Q. The marginal notation referred to in the foregoing article must contain:

(a) An express indication to th, ::,-ctthat the registrati,,i of the trademark %.,,isrenewed;

(b The date on which the renewal was made;

(d) The seal ind siinature if the Ri.istrar.

Article 120. Tht. provisioms of Article 107 are' applicable to this chapter.

Article 121. Ahen the provisions of Articles II and I Ii have been complied with, the Rei!istrar shall issue and deliver a renewal certificate to the owner ,f the trademark.

Article 122. "The renewal certificate referred to iII the fore- goiie Article shall be issued on paper prescribed by the domestic legislation of each Contra, ting State. This certificate must in every case contain: (a) The complete name of the Registry of Industrial Prop- erty and of the Contracting State concerned;

(b) The name, firm name or denomination, nationality and domicile of the holder of the trademark;

(d) An express indication to the effect that the registration was renewed;

(e) The date of the renewal and the date of its expiry;

(f) The place and date on which the certificate is issued and the seal and signature of the Registrar.

Article 123. The renewal of the registration of a trademark shall take effect from the date of the expiry of the previous registration and it shall be presumed to be known to third parties without the necessity of any further publication requirement.

CHAPTER IV

Procedure for Registration of Assignments, Name Changes, and Licenses for User and for Cancelling a Registration

First Section

PROCEDURE FOR REGISTERING ASSIGNMENTS

Article 124. l'o obtain the registration of the assignment ,,f a trademark. commercial name, or publicity symbol or expression, the interested party shall file with the Registry of Industrial Property an applikation containing:

(a) The precise designation of the authority to which it is addressed;

(bd The name, firm name or denomination, nationality, domicile and other particulars o" the owner and of the acquirer of the trademark, commercial name, or publicity symbol or expression, and the name, occupation and domicile of the agent or legal representative, where appropriate. (c) An indication of the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol which is the object of the assignment, and of the number, volume, page and date of the entry in which it is recorded;

(d) The instrument by which the assignment takes place;

(e) The post office box number or exact address in the city in which the Registry of Industrial Property is situated, for the receipt of notifications;

(f) A specific statement of what is being requested; and

(g) The place and date of the application and signature in the handwriting of the applicant or of the agent or legal representative, as the case may be.

The application referred to in this Article may be filed by the assignor and the assignee simultaneously or by only one of the parties.

Article 125. Together with the application to which reference is made in the foregoing article, there shall be presented:

(a) The legally granted power of attorney if the application is filed through an agent, unless the personality of this agent has already been established in the Registry of Industrial Property, in which case the date and the reason for its presentation and the number of the file in which it appears shall be indicated in the application. When the interested party deems it advisable, he may ask that the power of attorney be recorded and returned to him;

(b) Evidence that the corresponding fees have been paid in accordance with Article 213;

(c) The duly authenticated and legalized document by means of which the assignment was formalized, unless it was granted in a Contracting State, in which case authentication will not be necessary;

(d) A clich6 and three facsimiles of the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol whicl- appears in the Registrations Book concerned or in the Models Book, if any, and (e) Such other documents as may be required pursuant to the domestic law of the Contracting State in which the application is filed.

Article 126, In the application the registration of the assignment of several trademarks, commercial names, or publicity symbols or expressions may be requested.

Article 127. On the filing of an application for registration of an assignment, action shall be taken in accordance with the provisions of Article 90.

Article 128. When the application has been filed, the Regis- trar shall forthwith proceed to verify that it meets tile requirements prescribed in Articles 28, 29, 124, and 125 of this Convention. If the result is negative, he shall forthwith reject the application, indicating the reasons therefor.

Article 129. If the application filed is in order, the Regis- trar shall without delay issue a decision giving effect to the assignment, and ordering that the pertinent marginal notations be made and that the decision be copied in the Decisions Book.

Article 130. When the provisions of the foregoing Article have been complied with, the Registrar shall order the publication in the Diario Oficial, on one occasion only and at the expense of the assignee, of an announcement that must contain:

(a) The name, firm name or denomination, nationality and domicile of the assignor and tle assignee;

(b) The precise indication of the trademark, trade name, publicity expression or symbol assigned and the number, volume and page of the book in which the notation and its date appear;

(d) The instrument by which the assignment is made.

Article 131. When the publication has been made, the Regis- trar shall issue and deliver to the assignee a certificate similar to that provided for in Article 110. Second Section

PROCEDURE FOR REGISTERING CHANGES OF NAME

Article 13Z. Natural or juridical persons who have changed or modified their name, firm name or denomination in accordance with the law shall cause the Registry of Industrial Property to make a notation of the change or modification made by the side of each one of the entries corresponding to the trademarks, commercial names, or publicity symbols or expressions belonging to them.

Article 133. To obtain the notation referred to in the foregoing article, the interested party shall file with the Registry of Industrial Property an application containing:

(a) The precise designation of the authority to which it is addressed;

(b) The name, firm name or denomination, nationality and domicile of the applicant, and the name, occupation and domicile of the agent or legal representative, where appropriate;

(c) A precise indication of the marks, commercial names and publicity expressions or symbols belonging to the interested party, and the name, page, volume and book in which they are registered;

(d) The post office box number or exact address in the city in which the Registry of Industrial Property is situated, for receipt of notifications;

(e) A precise indication of what is being applied for, and

(f) The place and date of the application and signature in the handwriting of the applicant and of the agent or legal representative, as the case may be.

Article 134. The application by means of which the registration of a change of name, firm name or denomination is requested must be accompanied by the same documents as are prescribed by Article 114 and, in addition, by the authentic document or documents in which the change or modification referred to in the application appears. Documents issued in states other than the Contracting States must be filed in duly authenticated form.

Article 135. On the filing of an application for change of name, firm name or denomination, the Registrar shall proceed in accordance with the provisions of Article 90.

Article 136. When an application has been filed, the Regis- trar shall proceed without delay to verify that it satisfies the requirements prescribed in Articles 133 and 134 of this Conven- tion. If the result is negative, he shall forthwith reject the application, indicating the reasons therefor.

Article 137. If the application is in order, the Registrar shall issue a decision authorizing the change of name, firm name or denomination and ordering that a record be made of the change or modification by the side of the corresponding entries. He shall likewise order that the same marginal notation be made in the entries relating to trademarks or publicity symbols or expressions whose owner is the natural or juridical person whose name, firm name or denomination has been modified.

Article 138. The marginal notation referred to in the foregoing article shall contain:

(a) A precise indication that the name, firm name or denomination was changed or modified;

(b) The name, firm name or denomination as changed or modified;

Article 139. When the provisions of Article 137 have been complied with, the Registrar shall order the publication in the Diario Oficial on one occasion only and at the expense of the interested party, of an announcement that must contain:

(a) The data included in items (a) and (b) of Article 138, and

(b) The trademarks, commercial names, and publicity expressions or symbols belonging to the person whose name, firm name or denomination was changed or modified. Article 140. When the publication has been made, the Reg- istrar shall issue and deliver to the interested party a certification of the notations made as a result of the change or modifications of the name, firm name or denomination of the former. This certification may cover all the changes made.

Third Section

PROCEDURE FOR REGISTERING LICENSES FOR USE

Article 141. To obtain the registration of a license for use of a trademark, the interested party must file with the Registry of Industrial Property an application containing:

(a) The precise designation of the authority to which it is addressed;

(b) The name, firm name or denomination, nationality, domicile and other particulars of the owner and of the holder of the license, and the name, occupation and domicile of the agent or legal representative, where appropriate;

(c) A precise indication of the trademark which is to be used and of the number, page and volume in which it is registered;

(d) The type of license, its duration and the territory it covers;

(e) The post office box number or exact address in the city in which the Registry of Industrial Property is situated, for the receipt of notifications:

(f) A specific indication of what is being applied for;

(g) The place and date of the application and signature in the handwriting of the applicant or of the agent or legal representative, as the case may be.

The application referred to in the foregoing article may be filed by the owner of the trademark or by the holder of the license simultaneously or by only one of the parties.

Article 142. The following must be filed with the application referred to in the foregoing article: (a) The legally granted power of attorney if the application was filed through an agent, unless the personality of the agent has already been established in the office of the Registry of Industrial Property, in which case the date and the reason for its presentation and the number of the file in which it appears shall be indicated in the application. Whenever the interested party deems it advisable, he may ask that the power of attorney be recorded in the records and returned to him;

(b) Evidence that the corresponding fees have been paid in accordance with Article 213, and

Documents issued in states other than the Contracting States must be filed in duly authenticated form.

Article 143. On the filing of application for registration of a license for use, the Registrar shall proceed in accordance with the provisions of Article 90.

Article 144. When the application has been filed, the Regis- trar shall proceed to verify that it satisfies the requirements prescribed in Articles 141 and 142 of this Convention. If the result is negative, he shall forthwith reject the application, indicating the reasons therefor.

Article 145. If the application filed is in order, the Regis- trar shall issue a decision ordering that registration be made in favor of the user and that the pertinent marginal notations be made.

Article 146. When the registration has been made, the Reg- istrar shall issue and deliver to the holder of the license a certificate which must contain the following particulars:

(a) The complete name of the Registry of Industrial Prop- erty and of the contracting state concerned;

(b) The name, firm name or denomination, nationality and domicile of the holder of the trademark;

(c) The name, firm name or denomination, nationality and domicile of the licensee; (d) An express indication of the trademark or trademarks covered by the license and of the number, page and volume of the registration;

(e) Mention of whether the license is or is not exclusive with respect to a specified territory or area;

(f) The duration of the license, and

(g) The place and date on which the certificate is issued and the seal and signature of the Registrar.

This certificate may cover all the trademarks affected by the license.

Fourth Section

PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING THE CANCELLATION OF A REGISTRATION

Article 147. When the holder of a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol seeks to obtain the cancellation of his registration, he must file with the Registry of Industrial Property an application containing the same particulars as indicated in Article 133. This application must be filed together with the documents mentioned in Article 114.

Article 148. In processing the application for cancellation of registration, the Registrar shall proceed, in general, in the same way as for registering the assignment of a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol.

Article 149. The Registrar shall order in the corresponding resolution that the registration be cancelled, that the reason therefor be entered in the margin alongside the corresponding entry, and that an announcement be published, on one occasion only, at the expense of the applicant, which must contain:

(a) The name, firm name or denomination, nationality and domicile of the renouncer;

(b) A precise indication of the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol whose registration was cancelled, and (c) The reason for the cancellation and the model of the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol.

Article 150. In the same way as provided for in the three foregoing articles, action shall be taken to obtain the cancellation of the registration or a trademark, trade name, or publicity expression or symbol when the nullity of the registration has been decreed by a competent court of justice, in which case a certified copy of the respective judgment must accompany the application for cancellation. In Contracting States other than the one in which the judgment was given, the cancellation shall take effect when the provisions of Article 221 have been complied with.

In this case, the announcements shall contain, in addition to the particulars set forth in Article 149, a statement of the provisions contained in the second paragraph of Article 46.

CHAPTER V

Abandonment of Applications and Oppositions

Article 151. Any person who has filed an application or opposition with the Registry of Industrial Property may abandon it regardless of the status of the proceedings. This act will cause the application or opposition to be deemed not to have been filed.

Article 152. The decision accepting the abandonment shall extinguish any actions taken by the applicant or the opponent, leaving matters as they were before the memorandum of abandonment had been filed.

Notwithstanding the provisions uf the foregoing paragraph, a person who has abandoned an opposition shall not be entitled to initiate a new one against the same registration application, based on identical grounds, or demand the nullity of the registration, in conformity with the provisions of the penultimate paragraph of Article 44.

Article 153. An abandonment must be formulated in writing and filed with the Registry of Industrial Property concerned. The signature of every memorandum of abandonment must be authenticated or, where appropriate, duly legalized in the document in which it appears. CHAPTER VI

Classification of Goods and Services

Article 154. For the classification of goods to which the trademarks regulated by this agreement refer, the following nomenclature shall be in effect in all the Contracting States:

Class 1

Chemical products for industry, science, photography, agriculture, horticulture, forestry Artificial and synthetic resins, unprocessed plastic materials (in the form of powder, liquid or paste) Fertilizers for land (natural or artificial) Fire extinguishing compounds Baths and chemical preparations for welding Chemical products for the preservation of foodstuffs Tanning materials Adhesive substances for industry

Class 2

Paints, varnishes, lacquers Antioxidant preservatives and wood preservatives Dyeing materials Fixatives Natural resins, sheet metal and powdered metal for painters and decorators

Class 3

Blanching and bleaching preparations Cleaning, polishing, degreasing and burnishing preparations Soaps Perfumery Essential oils, cosmetics, hair lotions Dentifrices

Class 4

Industrial oils and fats (not edible oils or fats or essential oils) Lubricants Dust-eliminating compounds Fuel compounds (including gasolines for motors) and lighting mate rials Wax candles, tallow candles, night tapers and wicks

Class 5

Pharmaceutical, veterinary and hygienic products Dietetic products for infants and invalids Plasters and bandage material Materials for filling teeth and for dental casts Disinfectants Herbicides and pesticides

Class 6

Unprocessed and semifinished common metals and their alloys Anchors, anvils, bells, laminated and cast construction materials Rails and other metallic materials for railroads Chains (with the exception of drive chains for vehicles) Nonelectric metallic cables and wires Locking devices Metal tubes Large or portable safes Steel balls Horseshoes Nails and screws Other (nonprecious) metal products not included elsewhere Minerals

Class 7

Machines and machine tools Engines (except for land vehicles) Transmissions and transmission belts (except for land vehicles) Large agricultural implements Incubators

Class 8

Cutlery, forks and spoons Hand tools and implements Cutting weapons Class 9

Scientific, nautical, geodesic, electrical (including radio) photographic, cinematographic, optical, weighing, measur- ing, beaconage and buoyage, control (inspection), lifesaving and teaching apparatus and instruments Automatic coin- or token-operated apparatus Talking machines Cash registers, calculating machines Fire extinguishers

Class 10

Surgical, medical, dental and veterinary instruments and apparatus (including artificial limbs, eyes and teeth)

Class I I

Lighting, heating, vaporizer, cooking, refrigerating, drying, ventilating, water-distributing and sanitary installations

Class 12

Vehicles Land, air or water locomotion apparatus

Class 13

Firearms, explosive substances Fireworks Munitions and projectiles

Class 14

Precious metals and their alloys and objects made of or plated with these metals (except cutlery, forks and spoons) Jewelry, precious stones Clocks and watches and other chronometric instruments

Class 15

Musical instruments (except talking machines and radio apparatus) Class 16

Paper and paper articles, cardboard and cardboard articles Printed materials, newspapers and periodicals, books Book-binding materials Photographs Stationery, adhesive materials (for stationery) Artist materials Paint brushes Typewriters and office machines (except furniture) Instructional or teaching material (except apparatus) Playing cards Printing type Cliches

Class 17

Guttapercha, elastic, balata and substitutes, objects made of these materials not included elsewhere Plastic sheets, plates and rods (semifinished products) Caulking, stuffing and insulating materials Asbestos, mica and their products Nonmetallic flexible tubes

Class 18

Leather and imitation leather, articles made of these materials not included elsewhere Hides and skins Trunks and suitcases Umbrellas, parasols and walking canes Saddle trees, harnesses and saddlery

Class 19

Construction materials, natural and artificial stones, cement, lime, mortar, plaster and gravel Stoneware or cement piping Road construction products Asphalt, pitch and bitumen Mobile homes Stone monuments Fireplaces Class 20

Furniture, mirrors, frames Articles (not included elsewhere) made of wood, cork, cane, rush, wicker, horn, bone, ivory, whalebone, shell, anber, mother of pearl, meerschaum, celluloid and substitutes for all these materials or plastic materials

Class 21

Small utensils and portable receptacles for the household and the kitchen (not made of precious or plated metals) Combs and sponges Brushes (except paint brushes) Materials for the manufacture of brushes Cleaning instruments and materials Steel wool Crystal, porcelain and earthenware not included elsewhere

Class 22

Cordage, twines, nets, tents, awnings, sails, sacks Stuffing materials (horsehair, kapok, feathers, seaweed, etc.); unprocessed textile fiber materials

Class 23

Threads and yarns

Class 24

Fabrics Coverlets and covers Textile articles not included elsewhere

Class 25

Clothing, including boots, shoes and slippers

Class 26

Lace and embroidery, belts and bows Buttons, snaps, hooks and eyes, eyelets, pins and needles Artificial flowers Class 27

Carpets, mats, matting, linoleums and other products for covering floors; upholstery (not made of fabric)

Class 28

Games, toys Gymnasium and sports articles (except clothing) Ornaments and decorations for Christmas trees

Class 29

Meat, fish, poultry and game Meat extracts Canned, dry and cooked fruits and vegetable3 Jellies, jams Eggs, milk and other dairy products Edible oils and fats Preserves, pickles

Class 30

Coffee, tea, cocoa, sugar, rice, tapioca, sago, coffee substitutes Cereal flour and bread, bisCUits, tarts, pastry and con- fectione ry products, edible ices Ioney, molasses Yeast, baking powders Salt, mustard Pepper, vinegar, sauces Spices Ice

Class 31

Agricultural, horticultural, forestry and grain products not included elsewhere Live animals Fresh fruits and vegetables Seeds, live plants and natural flowers Animal feeds, malt Class 32

Beer, ale and porter Aerated and mineral waters and other nonalcoholic beverages Syrups and other preparations for making beverages

Class 33

Wines, spirits and liquors

Class 34

Unprocessed or manufactured tobacco Smokers' articles Matches

Article 155. For the classification of the services referred to by the trademarks regulated by this Convention, the following nomenclature shall be in effect in all Contracting States:

Class 35

Advertising and business

Class 36

Insurance and finance

Class 37

Construction and repair

Class 38

Commnunication

Class 39

Transportation and storage

Class 40

Treatment of materials Class 41

Education and entertainment

Class 4Z

Miscellaneous

Article 156. The detailed list of goods and services annexed to this instrument shall serve as a standard for each Registry of Industrial Property in classifying the various goods or services protected by the trademarks whose registration is requested, and the natural or juridical persons applying to the Registry for the registration of a trademark shall also comply with the list.

Article 157. Goods and services belonging to different classes may not be included in the same application or in the same registration.

When there is doubt regarding the class into which an article or service must be placed, the doubt shall be resolved by the Reg- istry of Industrial Property. The appeals provided for in this instrument may be taken against the decision it makes.

CHAPTER VII

Appeals

Article 158. The appeals prescribed by the domestic law of each Contracting State may be taken against the decisions made by the Registry of Industrial Property.

These appeals must be filed and substantiated in the manner prescribed by the above-mentioned domestic law.

Article 159. No appeal may be taken against procedural rulings except that of responsibility.

Article 160. If the Registrar does not take a decision within the time limit specified in this Convention, the interested parties shall be entitled to make a verbal or written complaint to the competent authority to the effect that the disciplinary measures prescribed by the internal legislation of the Contracting States concerned be applied to the Registrar. CHAPTER VIII

Penalties

Article 161. Except where the offense constitutes a felony in accordance with the domestic law of the Contracting States, the following persons shall be liable to fine of 300 to 1, 000 Central American pesos:

(a) Those who falsify, imitate or fraudulently use a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol already registered in favor of another person;

(b) Those who knowingly alienate or abet the alienation of trademarks, commercial names, or publicity expressions or symbols or oi products, goods or services with falsified or fraudulently imitated trademarks;

(c) Those who maliciously sell labels or vignettes, designs of trademarks or publicity expressions or symbols identical with any already registered separately from the goods, services, enterprise or establishment for which they are intended, unless the authorization of the owner has been obtained;

(dl Those who commit any act which may be considered unfair competition in accordance with this Convention and those who use false indications of origin or source;

(e) Those who use as their trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol, or allow to appear therein, captions or words that are offensive to morality, the public order or good customs, or which ridicule persons, ideas, religions or sentiments worthy of consideration;

(f) Those who use a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol as registered in any of the contracting states where they are not so registered;

(g) Those who designate an establishment as a branch, agency or dependency of a specified enterprise whose commercial name has been registered in accordance with this Convention when it actually is not so;

(h) Those who hold a trademark for a specified class of goods and apply it as one registered for products belonging to a different class, and (i) In general, those who use a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol which is not registered in a manner contrary to the provisions of any of the items included in Articles 10, 49 or 61 of this Convention.

Article 16Z. The fines referred to in this article (sic) shall be imposed by the competent authority in accordance with the domestic law of each Contracting State, and in those in which fines are not specifically provided for, they shall be imposed by the Registrar.

The amount of the fine shall be determined according to the seriousness of the matter and the financial capacity of the offender.

Article 163. The penalties provided for in this chapter shall be enforced in accordance with the domestic law of each Contract- ing State and shall not affect the other responsibilities that this Convention places on the offender.

TITLE VIII

REGISTRY OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY

CHAPTER I

Preliminary Provisions

Article 164. All matters relating to industrial property shall be the responsibility of the Registry of Industrial Property, which shall be a dependent unit of the Ministry of Economy, or equivalent organ, of each Contracting State, and shall have the administrative status of a Direcci 6 n General (General Bureau).

Article 165. The Registry of Industrial Property shall be headed by a Registrar whose appointment shall be incumbent upon the executive power or body of each Contracting State through the Ministry of Economy or equivalent organ.

There shall be a Deputy Registrar who shall replace the Registrar in the event of illness, leave, temporary absences and other similar occurrences.

The Registry must also have a Secretary and such personnel as are necessary to enable it to discharge its duties. Article 166. No person may be a full Registrar or Deputy Registrar unless he is an attorney in the full enjoyment of his civil rights.

In the Contracting States where the Registry is headed, on the date of the entry into force of this Convention, by a Registrar who does not hold a law degree, the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall only be applicable from the date on which, regardless of the cause, he ceases to hold the post.

Article 167. The powers and duties of the Registrar are as follows:

(a) To accept or reject all applications or writings that are filed, depending on whether or not they are in accordance with the provisions of this Convention;

(b) To issue ex officio, or on ex parte request, certifications of documents which are in the Registry or of his acts;

(c) To issue ex officio to any person who applies for the registration of a commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol, the certificate referred to in Article 20 of this Convention;

(d) To issue ex officio to the owners of trademarks, commercial names, publicity expressions or symbols the corresponding registration certificate;

(e) To authorize with his signature and seal the documents issued by the office;

(f) To give an opinion on all matters within his competence whenever he is requested to do so by the judicial, administrative or contentious-administrative law authorities;

(g) To take cognizance of and settle, in accordance with this Convention, such oppositions as may be filed;

(h) To authorize the publications of the office;

(i) To organize and direct the work of the office and to submit to the national executive power or body, through the Minis- try of Economy or equivalent organ, such suggestions as he deems opportune for the better operation thereof; (j) To inform the executive power, or body, through the Ministry of Economy or equivalent organ, of any difficulty or obstacle opposing or delaying the effective enforcement of this Convention;

(k) To cooperative as fully as possible with the Registries of Industrial Property of the other Contracting States, supplying them with the information they need, exchanging experiences and publications, reports, expert opinions and data which may help solve problems of industrial property, make known the status of registrations and achieve, in general, the purposes of this instrument, and

(1) Such others as derive from this Convention or which are expressly conferred on him by the domestic laws of the Contracting States.

Article 168. The powers and duties of the Secretary are as follows:

(a) To receive all the writings filed with the office and to place on them a footnote in which he will record the date and hour of their filing;

(b) To acknowledge receipt of the applications and of the documents delivered to him, provided that the party that files them so requests;

(d) To receive and dispatch correspondence;

(e) To make notifications, and

(f) Such others as derive from this instrument or are assigned to him by the Registrar.

Article 169. The acts and documents authorized by the Reg- istrar in discharge of his powers and duties shall be valid in the territory of the signatory states. Article 170. Except where otherwise provided for in this Convention, the documents referred to in the foregoing article shall be exempt from legalization or authentication of signatures, but the Registrars must maintain a register of signatures of each and every one of the Registrars and Deputy Registrars of each signatory state so that they may check the documents submitted to them as being issued by those Registrars and Deputy Registrars against the registered signatures.

To that end, each Registrar and Deputy Registrar, within eight days following the entry into force of this Convention, or of having assumed his office, as the case may be, must send to each of the other Registrars of the Contracting States a reproduction of the signature he will use in the discharge of his duties.

Article 171. The Registrar and the personal subordinate to him shall be prohibited from transacting business directly or indirectly, on behalf of or in representation of third parties, with the Registry of Industrial Property.

Officials and employees of this office must maintain strict impartiality in all their acts.

Offenses shall be punished in accordance with the domestic laws of the signatory state in which they are committed,

Article 172. The Registry of Industrial Property is open to the public and may be consulted by any person during the regular working hours of the office.

Neither the Registrar nor his subordinate. may receive any emolument for the services they give to interested parties in complying with the provisions of the foregoing paragraph nor for permitting applicants to make such copies as they wish of the registrations, documents, files, records or indexes existing in the office.

Nor may they receive any emolument other than the salaries that the State has assigned to them for making any step, proceeding, inquiry or act necessary for complying with the provisions of this Convention.

Article 173. The books of the Registry of Industrial Prop- erty shall on no account be removed from the office of the Registry. All judicial, administrative or contentious-administrative law formalities or consultations which the authorities or private persons wish to make in them, or which require the presentation of these books, shall be made in the office itself and under the supervision and responsibility of the Registrar or of the Secretary, as the case may be.

Article 174. The Ministry of Economy or equivalent organ, of each Contracting State shall take such measures as are necessary to ensure that a commissioner visits the Registry of Indus- trial Property each year. The commissioner shall draw up a report in which he will record the state of the books and all things he has observed and done in the course of the visit.

An authorized copy of this report shall be sent to the Minis- try of Economy concerned, or equivalent organ, and to the Regis- trar for appropriate purposes.

Article 175. Applications and documents of any kind submitted to the Registry shall be filed therein.

CHAPTER II

The Register and Mode of Maintaining It

Article 176. The Register shall be composed of three sections:

1. Ownership of trademarks,

2. Ownership of commercial names;

3. Ownership of publicity expressions or symbols.

Article 177. The Register shall be maintained in books for which purpose each office shall have the following:

Applications book; Trademark Registration book; Commercial Name Registration book; Publicity Expressions and Symbols Registration book; Models book; Decisions book; Preventive Notations book; Assignments book.

150 In addition an Index of the Register of Industrial Property shall also be maintained.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Models Book shall be maintained solely in those signatory states that consider it necessary.

Article 178. The Central American Economic Council shall be entitled, by means of a resolution, to establish a different system of maintaining the Registry. Such resolution shall be put into force in each Contracting State by means of a decision or decree of the executive power or body.

Article 179. The books referred to in Article 177 shall be supplied by the Ministry of Economy, or equivalent organ, of each Contracting State. They shall bear on the cover a title which must state the name of the book, and shall be opened, paginated, and closed by the Minister or by the Undersecretary, or the Deputy Minister of the state department mentioned, who shall specify in an opening note-which must appear on the first page-the number of pages in the book and the fact that they have been duly numbered, stamped, and none of them is blemished, written on or unused, and on the closing page the number of pages used during the corresponding period.

When filled up, the books shall be bound in stiff covers if they have not already been.

Article 180. The books of the Registry of Industrial Prop- erty shall be numbered in chronological order and may be maintained in several volumes at the same time relating to the same class when the amount of work requires it.

Article 181. In the books for the registration of trademarks, commercial names, or publicity expressions or symbols the right- hand page shall be used for making the corresponding registration and the left-hand page for such notations as may be necessary. The final page shall be divided by means of perpendicular lines in order to leave the necessary blank spaces for noting in them all the renewals, assignments, licenses for use, preventive notations and other acts relating to the corresponding trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol. When the margin intended for notations is exhausted, an entry shall be made stating the volume and page of the passbook in which they continue, and in that book a page shall be set aside for making the notations corresponding to each trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol which is the reason for the carry over.

The Contracting Parties shall adopt, pursuant to a resolution of the Executive Council of the General Treaty, a uniform system of indexing all the marks, commercial names, or publicity expressions and symbols, which must ensure the greatest accuracy and rapidity in the search for data.

Article 182. Each registration shall begin with the number corresponding to it in the respective book and shall continue without leaving blanks, lines or blank spaces so that it is not possible to make any insertions.

Amendments, interlineal notes and any other material errors that are made in the books of the Registry shall be completely removed prior to the signature of the Registrar and it shall be abso- lutely forbidden to make erasures or deletions.

Article 183. All the quantities or numbers that are mentioned in the application entries as well as in the registrations, preventive notations or cancellations shall be expressed in letters even though those that are made are quotations.

This provision shall not cover the serial numbering of the entries of registrations of any class.

Article 184. In the Applications Book a notation shall be made of all the applications filed for the registration of a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol and, in doing so, the provisions of Article 95 of this instrument shall be complied with.

Article 185. The registration of the trademarks shall be made in the corresponding book and shall contain the following data:

(a) The number corresponding to the registration;

(b) The date and place of the registration; (c) The name, firm name or denomination of the holder of the trademark, his nationality and other particulars, and those of his agent or legal representative, as the case may be;

(d) A precise description of the trademark and country of origin thereof;

(e) A specific enumeration of the products, goods, or services that the trademark will distinguish and indication of the class to which they belong;

(f) The reservations that have been made with respect to the color or combination of colors, designs or characteristics of the trademark in the same order as they appear in the model submitted;

(g) The place and date of the decision by means of which the registration was ordered, and dates and numbers of the Diario Ofi- cial in which the corresponding announcements were published;

(h) A succinct account of the legal position, if applicable;

(i) The number of the volume and page of the Models Book in which the mark appears, if applicable; and

(j) The seal and signature of the Registrar.

Only one trademark may be entered in each registration.

Article 186. The registration of commercial names shall be made in the corresponding book and shall contain the following data:

(a) The number of the registration;

(b) The date and place of the registration;

(c) The name, firm name or denomination of the holder of the commercial name, his nationality and other particulars, and those of his agent, where appropriate;

(d) A precise description of the commercial name and of its country of origin;

(e) The commercial or industrial business of the enterprise or establishment that the commercial name will identify;

153 (f) Such reservations as have been made, where applicable;

(g) The date and place of the decision by means of which the registration was ordered, and the date and numbers of the Diario Oficial in which the corresponding announcements were published;

(h) A succinct account of the opposition, if any;

(i) The number of the volume and page of the Models Book in which the commercial name appears, if applicable, and

(j) The seal and signature of the Registrar.

Only one commercial name may be entered in each registration.

Article 187. The registration of publicity expressions or symbols shall be made in the corresponding book and shall contain the following data:

(a) The number of the registration;

(b) The place and date of the registration;

(c) The name, firm name or denomination of the holder of the publicity expression or symbol, his nationality and other particulars, and those of his agent or legal representative, if applicable;

(d) A precise description of the publicity expression or symbol and country of origin thereof;

(e) Such reservations as have been made with respect to the size, color or combination of colors or other signs characterizing the publicity expression or symbol;

(f) The place and date of the decision by means of which the registration was ordered, and dates and numbers of the Diario Ofi- cial in which the corresponding announcement was published;

(g) A succinct account of the opposition, if any;

(h) The number of the volume and the page of the Models Book in which the corresponding publicity symbol or expression appears, if applicable, and

154 (i) The seal and signature of the Registrar.

Only one publicity expression or symbol may be entered in each registration.

Article 188. In the States which maintain a Models Book, it will have the necessary dimensions and characteristics for affixing or attaching on each one of its pages a mudel of each trademark, commercial name and publicity expression or symbol.

Where it does not exist, the model shalllbe affixed or attached to the same page on which the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol is registered.

Article 189. Each model which is affixed or attached either in the Models Book or in the Registration Book must correspond to the same number of the entry of the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol it represents.

Article 190. The models must be engraved or printed and of a size that makes it possible to clearly see their detail

The Registry office will not accept models in relief evn though the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol has them, nor those which can in any other way damage the book in which they must be affixed, nor those made in pencil, nor those which do not represent faithfully and clearly tile tride- mark, coinmercial name, or publicity expression or symbol.

Whenever reservations are inade with respect to colors, the model must necessarily show them such as they Will Appear in the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol.

One of the models will be affixed to the Models Book or the corresponding Registration Book, another to the respective registration certificate, and still another to each certificate issued for the purposes of Article 20.

Article 191. Whenever a model is affixed or attached to a Models Book, it note shall be made in the margin of the book, volume or page in which the trademark, commercial name, publicity expression or symbol and the number of the entry appear. Article 192. In the Decisions Book, the final decisions made by the Registrar shall be copied.

Article 193. The registration of the decision shall contain:

(a) The number of the entry;

(b) The place and date of the registration;

(d) The full text of the decision, and

(e) The seal and signature of the Registrar.

Article 194. The certificate referred to in Article 20 of this Convention shall be registered in the Preventive Notations Book at the request of the interested party.

Article 195. The following persons may also request a preventive notation:

(a) Any person who sues for the nullity of the registration or the ownership or license for use of a trademark or the ownership of a commercial name or publicity expression or symbol. The judicial authority will issue the corresponding communication provided that the document on which the plaintiff bases his claim appears in the records;

(b) Any person in whose favor ownership is assigned or a license for use of a trademark is granted or the ownership of a commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol is assigned, if the instrument by virtue of which the assignment is made, or the license for use is granted, lacks any correctible legal formality which, however, prevents the definitive registration of the right.

In both cases the Registrar shall place beside the entry an indication of the volume and page of the Preventive Notations Book in which the notation appears.

The Registrar, within three working days following the date on which he received the communication referred to in item (a), shall send to the Registrars of the other Contracting States in which the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol to which the claim relates is registered, a photostatic copy of the communication issued to him by the judicial authority so that they may proceed without delay to make the corresponding annota- tion. At the foot of each copy the Registrar shall certify that it is in accordance with the original document and, if it consists of two sh ets, he shall seal them consecutively and shall stamp each one of them with his brief signature.

Article 196. The effects of the preventive notation to which reference is made in Article 194 shall consist in impeding the registration of the same trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol in the other member countries of this Con- vention in favor of a person other than that in whose favor the notation is made.

Article 197. The preventive notation of the claim in the cases provided for in item (a) of Article 195 shall invalidate alienation subsequent to the notation and shall have effect until, by a decision or executory judgment of the competent authority, the cancellation is ordered.

An alienation made in any of the Contracting States after the date of the first preventive notation shall not be valid if within two months following that date a preventive notation of the claim has been made in the country in which the alienation was made.

Article 198. A preventive notation for lack of formalities in the instrument shall have effect for two months.

Article 199. A preventive notation shall have the same effect as the registration during the terms specified in the foregoing articles.

Article 200. A preventive notation shall be changed into a registration whenever the person in whose favor it was made finally acquires the noted right.

In that case the registration shall take effect from the date of the filing of the document.

Article 201. Preventive notations shall contain the same data as required for registrations insofar as they appear in the documents submitted.

Article 202. Preventive notations shall be null and void in the same cases as the definitive registration. Article 203. Whenever by means of a single instrument, different trademarks, commercial names, or publicity expressions or symbols are alienated, a separate marginal notation shall be made for each one of them.

Article 204. Whenever a registration is made which in any way affects another, a note shall be made against it stating briefly the assignment, license for use, cancellation of the registered right or act in question, indicating the volume, number, and page of the new entry.

CHAPTER III

Rectification of Entries in the Register

Article 205. The Registrar shall be entitled to rectify on his own initiative, under his responsibility, the omissions and material errors committed in entries in books of the Registry whenever the documents on the basis of which the respective registration was made still exist in the office.

It shall be understood that a material error is made whenever some words are written for others or mistakes are made in proper names, firm names or denominations or quantities.

Article 206. If the Registrar notes the material error or the omission after the documents or titles have been returned to the interested party he shall only be entitled to make the rectification if he summons him and advises him to file the documents and titles with the office, and first verifies that they have not suffered any alto ration.

Article 207. The rectification shall be made by means of a new registration or notation without cost to the interested party.

CHAPTER IV

Replacement of the Books of the Registry

Article 208. Whenever as a result of any calamity or forgery or culpable act the books of the Registry are lost or are destroyed in whole or in part, the respective Minister, Undersecretary or Deputy Minister of Economy, or the equivalent official, shall draw up a report in which he will clearly record the books that are missing or have been damaged.

Article 209. Taking as a basis the report referred to in the foregoing article, the Ministry of Economy shall order the replace- n.nt of the book, advising the interested parties by means of announcements, published in the Diario Oficial and in one of the newspapers with the widest circulation, to submit to the office of the Registry, within three months "fter the date of the publication, the certification or title which proves the right they have to a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol, as the case may be.

The period referred to in the foregoing article may be extended.

Article 210. The Registrar shall forthwith re-register the trademark, commercial name, publicity expression or symbol if the certification or title referred to above is submitted to him.

If the interested parties do not submit them within the period specified in the foregoing article, the Registrar shall make the re-registration, without any responsibility on his part, on the basis of the documentation in the possession of the office.

Article 211. Whenever various titles already registered justifying successive assignments of the ownership of a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol, or licenses for use granted in respect to a trademark are filed, they shall all be included in a single entry.

Article 212. No fee of any kind shall be paid for registrations due to replacement of books.

CHAPTER V

Registration Fees

Article 213. The registration of a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol in the Register, as well as the registration or notation of subsequent operations relating to the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol registered shall be subject to the payment of the fees set

159 forth below, which shall be paid in the equivalent in local currency in the amount of Central American pesos prescribed in each case and in such collection office as each Contracting State specifies.

(a) For the registration of a trademark in each class of the nomenclature ...... CA$ 50

(b) For the registration of each commercial name . . CA$ 50

(d) For the renewal of each trademark ...... CA$ 50

(e) For the assignment, license for use or cancellation of each trademark in each class .... CA$ 10

(f) For the assignment, change of name or cancellation of each commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol ...... CA$ 10

(g) For the replacement or duplication of a registration certification or renewal certificate or any similar document ...... CA$ 5

CHAPTER VI

Cancellation of Registration

Article 214. Registrations are extinguished by their cancellation, which takes place in any of the cases in which the ownership of a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol is extinguished in accordance with this Convention.

Article 215. The cancellation of any registration shall contain:

(a) The reason of the cancellation;

(b) The date of the document and the date of filing in the Registry;

(c) Designation of the court, official or notary which had issued ir authorized it; (d) The name, firm name or denomination of the interested parties, and

(e) The place and date of its cancellation and the seal and signature of the Registrar.

Article 216. The cancellation shall be null and void:

(a) When the document in virtue of which it was made was false or null and void;

(b) When the registration being cancelled does not appear clearly in it, and

(c) When the name, firm name or denomination of the interested parties or of the court, official or notary is not st,.tcd in the document in virtue of which the cancellation was made.

CHAPTER VII

Effects of Registration

Article 217. When any document assigning the ownership of a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol or constituting a license for the use of a trademark is registered in the Registry, no other of prior date may be registered, by means of which the ownership is assigned or a license for use of the trademark already enrolled is constituted.

Article 218. Of various registrations relating to the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol, the first will be preferred, and if they are of the same date, the date and hour of the filing of the application or respective title in the registry will be taken into account, unless they refer to the same trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol which is indivisible and thus appears in the respective documents, in which case they shall all have the same validity and there shall be no preference.

Article 219. The omission or inexactitude of one or more of the particulars required for registrations shall not prejudice their validity. For a registration to be null, it is necessary that, by reason of the omission or inexactitude in question, absolute uncer- tainty exists about the persons or about the right acquired or about the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol which is the subject matter thereof.

Article 220. When the nullity of a registration has been declared judicially, the judge shall order it to be cancelled, for which purpose he must make due provision in the relevant judgment.

Article 221. Decisions issued by courts of justice of any of the Contracting States, by means of which a registration is declared to be null or a suit is settled about the ownership of a trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol or about a license for use of a trademark, shall have, in the territory of the other signatory states, the same force as the decisions of the courts of justice of any one of them, and they shall be executed if they satisfy the following requirements:

1. The judgment is final in the Contracting State in which it was given.

2. The holder of the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol who lost the suit is the same in the state or states in which the judgments will be executed. The person is assumed to be the same not only when the registration appears in favor of the person who lost the suit but also when it appears in favor of any relative of his within the fourth degree of consanguinity or the second degree of affinity, unless that relative shows that the person who lost the suit is not a partner in his enterprise or business and, in addition, that his right to the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol does not derive from a contract concluded directly or indirectly with that person. In the case of juridical persons, the foregoing shall be assumed without the need for proof to the contrary when the enterprise or business in whose favor the registration appears is a branch or agency of the one that lost the suit or when the partners thereof are the same or constitute the majority of the partners of the enterprise or business in whose favor the entry appears.

3. The trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol to which reference is made in the judgment is substantially identical with the trademark, commercial name, or publicity expression or symbol registered in the state in which the execution of the judgment is requested. 4. The person in whose favor the judgment is made could have brought, or can bring, on the basis of this Convention, the action which motivated the judgment in the state in which he requests execution.

5. The document in which the judgment appears is authentic. Authenticity relates to the fact of having been actually issued or authorized by the authorities or officials and to the manner in which it is expressed in the document. It will be sufficient proof of the authenticity of the document if the signature of the judicial official issuing it is authorized by the judge concerned; that of the latter, by the president of the Supreme Court of Justice; and that of that president, by that of the head of a diplomatic or consular mission of the country in which the judgment will be executed.

The judgment will be executed in accordance with the procedure prescribed by the domestic legislation of each Contracting State. CONCLUDING TITLE

ENFORCEMENT OF THIS CONVENTION

SOLE CHAPTER

Concluding Provisions

Article 222. The trademarks, commercial names, or publicity expressions or symbols that have been registered under laws in force prior to this Convention and which were in force when it began to take effect retain the validity which the respective laws granted to them for tile periods for which they have been renewed.

Subsequent renewals of tile trademarks shall be made in accordance with tie provisions of this Convention and the fees it prescribes must be paid.

Article 22 3. If upon renewal it is found that tile trademark protects goods or services included in different classes of tie nomenclature and the person concerned wishes to continue with the same trademark, he must file as mnany applications for renewal as there are classes involved and shall pay for each one of them tile fees established in item (d) of Article 213. In this case, tile Registrar shall make the pertinent decisions and in the respective notation shiall indicatt the date, number, volume and page of the entry of each one of them mnd shall issue to the owner a renewal certificate for each application filed. In all other matters the provisions of the following article and if Chapter III of Title VII of this instrument shall apply.

Article 224. In the cases provided for in the two foregoing articles, the Registrar, before granting renewal of the registration of a trademark, shall order the publication of tie announcement in the Diario Oficial on three occasions within a period of thirty days, at tile cost of the interested party, so that any person who believes lie has a better right may, within two months following the date of the first publication, object to the grant of this renewal.

It shall be understood that the natural or juridical person who proves to have been the first to have filed for registration in any of the Contracting States has a better right to the trademark except when the person who requested registration at a later date reliably demonstrates that he is the holder of the trademark in more states than the original applicant, that he has produced and sold on a large scale the products, goods or services protected by the trademark, and that his rights had been recognized in such states before the entry into force of this Convention.

If the better right is proved, the renewal of the registration shall be denied, and after its filing and subsequent processing, an entry shall be made in favor of the person who has proved the point mentioned above. Otherwise, the person who requested the renewal shall be regarded as having a better right to the trademark even in the country of the first contracting party, which better right he may exercise, and it must be recognized to him at the time he files for the renewal of its registration.

Only the persons referred to in Articles 2 and 35 of this Convention shall be entitled to object to the renewal of the registration.

The objection, if any, will be summarily decided before the competent judicial authority.

Article 225. Applications for registration which have been filed but have still not been accepted at the time this Convention enters into force shall be decided in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Titles and Chapters. If for any reason it is necessary to make changes in the application, this will not affect the right of priority or any other right arising from this instrument provided that the changes, amendments and additions are made within sixty days following the date of the notification of the record or the decision ordering it to be made.

Article 226. The registration applications that were being processed and the actions that had been pleaded at the time of the entry into force of this Convention will be prosecuted until settled, in accordance with the provisions of the domestic laws under which they were initiated.

Article 227. Civil actions arising out of this Convention will prescribe in three years.

Article 228. The action recognized by Article 26 to the owner of a trademark, permitting the competent authorities to prohibit the introduction of an article that bears it unlawfully, may not be prosecuted when the Customs Union is established between the territories of the signatory states, if the merchandise originates in any one of them.

Article 229. Registration applications and actions brought under the judicial authority of this Convention shall be deemed to have been abandoned and shall lapse without further inquiry if they are not prosecuted within one year, calculated from the last notification made to the interested party or parties.

Discontinuance shall not be in order by reason of the lapsing of the prescribed time limit when the application or the action was discontinued by reason of force majeur or for any other reason beyond the control of the interested party or parties.

In these cases the time limit will be calculated from the time the interested party or parties have been able to prosecute the proceedings.

Article 230. On the entry into force of this Convention in the manner prescribed in Article 237, the laws of each Contracting State relating to the subject matter expressly governed by it shall no longer apply.

Article 231. The detailed list of the products, goods or services included in each of the classes provided for in the Nomen- clature contained in Articles 154 and 155 of this Convention will be adopted by virtue of a resolution of the Executive Committee of the General Treaty.

This body may introduce into the list such modifications as are necessary to keep it up to date.

Article 232. The Executive Committee of the General Treaty may , by resolution, substitute another classification for that of the goods and services contained in Articles 154 and 155 of this instrument.

Article 233. The Contracting Parties undertake not to sign conventions with other states relating to trademarks, commercial names or designations, or publicity expressions or symbols, unless they do so jointly.

Article 234. On the entry into force of the Central American Convention on Patents of Invention, Designs and Industrial Models, this instrument shall become Book I of the Central American Code of Industrial Property, and the above-mentioned Convention, Book II.

Article 235. The signatory states agree to settle, in the spirit of this treaty, and through the Executive Council or the Central American Economic Council, as the case may be, disputes that may arise concerning the interpretation of any of its clauses. If they cannot agree, they shall settle the dispute by arbitration. To constitute the Arbitration Tribunal, each one of the Contracting States shall propose to the General Secretariat of the Organization of Central American States the names of three judges of their respective Supreme Courts of Justice. From the full list of candidates, the Secretary General of the Organization of Central Ame- rican States and the government representatives to that body shall select, by lot, one arbitrator for each contracting party, and each one shall be of a different nationality. The award of the Arbitra- tion Tribunal shall be given with the concurring votes of at least three members and shall have the effect of res judicata for all the Contracting States, with respect to any point that is settled regarding the interpretation of the clauses of this Convention.

Article 236. This Convention shall remain open for the adherence of the Republic of Panama, and its duration shall be subject to that of the General Treaty of Central American Eco- nomic Integration.

Article 237. This Convention shall be submitted for ratification in each Contracting State in conformance with their constitutional or legal requirements.

The instruments of ratification shall be deposited in the General Secretariat of the Organization of Central American States.

The Convention shall enter into force eight days after the date of the deposit of the third instrument of ratification, for the first three depositors, and for the subsequent depositors, on the date of deposit of their respective instruments.

Article 238. The Organization of Central American States shall send certified copies of this Convention to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of each of the Contracting States and to the Perma- nent Secretariat of the General Treaty of Central American Eco- nomic Integration, which it shall notify without delay of the deposit of each of the instruments of ratification, as well as of any denouncement that may occur. On the entry into force of the Convention, it shall also send a certified copy thereof to the Central Secretariat of the United Nations for the purposes of registration specified in Article 102 of the Charter of the United Nations.

In witness whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries sign this Convention in the city of San Jose, Republic of Costa Rica, on the first day of June nineteen hundred and sixty eight.

[Here follow signatures of the plenipotentiariesJ CENTRAL AMERICAN CONVENTION FOR THE PROTECTION OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY

Signed at San Jose, June 1, 1968

SIGNATORY DATE OF DEPOSIT OF THE COUNTRIES INSTRUMENT OF RATIFICATION

Costa Rica June 3, 1970 El Salvador Guatemala Honduras Nicaragua January 6, 1969

The original instrument is deposited with the General Secre- tariat of the Organization of Central American States, which is also the depository of the instruments of ratification.

This Convention remains open for the adherence of the Republic of Panama, and its duration shall be subject to that of the General Treaty of Central American Integration.

It shall enter into force eight days after the date of deposit of the third instrument of ratification, for the first three depositors, and for subsequent depositors, on the date of deposit of their respective instruments.